Skip to main content

Full text of "State of California Elevator Code"

See other formats


rr 







>4-*««^ 



2001 

California 

Elevator 

Safety 

Construction 

Code 



California Code of Regulations 

Title 24 P Part 7 

California Building 
Standards Commission 



EFFECTIVE 
November 1 ', 2002 

(For errata and supplements, see History Note Appendix) 

Item NO.6575F01 




% 



2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code 
California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 7 



PUBLISHED 

by 

International Code Council 

5203 LEESBURG PIKE, SUITE 600 

FALLS CHURCH, VA 22041 

(888) 422-7233 

COPYRIGHT © 2002 
by 

California Building Standards Commission 

2525 NATOMAS PARK DRIVE, SUITE 130 

SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95833-2936 

(916) 263-0916 



PRINTED IN THE U.S.A. 



Preface 



This document is Part 7 of the official 2001 triennial compilation and publication of the adoptions, amendments, and repeal of build- 
ing regulations to the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, also referred to as the California Building Standards Code. This part 
is known as the California Elevator Safety Construction Code. 

The California Building Standards Code is published in its entirety every three years by order of the California legislature, with 
supplements published in intervening years. The California legislature delegated authority to various state agencies, boards, com- 
missions, and departments to create building regulations to implement the state's statutes. These building standards have the same 
force of law, and take effect 180 days after publication, unless otherwise stipulated. The California Building Standards Code applies 
to all occupancies throughout the State of California as annotated. 

A city, county, or city and county may establish more restrictive building standards reasonably necessary because of local climatic, 
geological, or topographical conditions. Findings of the local condition(s) and the adopted local building standard(s) must be filed 
with the California Building Standards Commission to become effective and may not be effective sooner than the effective date of 
this edition of the California Building Standards Code. Local building standards adopted to be applicable to previous editions of the 
California Building Standards Code do not apply to this edition without appropriate adoption and the required filing. 

Should you have any questions regarding this code or wish to offer comments toward improving the format, please address your 
questions and comments to: 

California Building Standards Commission 

2525 Natomas Park Drive, Suite 130 

Sacramento, CA 95833-2936 

Phone: (916)263-0916 
Fax: (916)263-0959 

www.bsc.ca.gov 



IV 



Questions ami Interpretations Contact List 
1001 California Code of Regulations^ 



Board of Corrections 

Local Adult Jail Standards (916) 324-1914 

Local Juvenile Facility Standards (916) 324-1914 

California Energy Commission 

Energy Hotline (800) 772-3300 

Building Efficiency Standards 
Appliance Efficiency Standards 
Compliance Manual/Forms 

California State Library 

Construction Standards (916) 445-9617 

De partment of Consumer Affairs — Acupuncture Board 
Office Standards (916) 263-2680 

De partment of Consumer Affairs — Board of Pharmacy 
Pharmacy Standards (916) 445-5014 

De partment of Consumer Affairs — Bureau of Barbering 
and Cosmetolog y 

Barber and Beauty Shop and 

College Standards (916) 327-6250 

De partment of Consumer Affairs — Bureau off Home 
Furnishings and Thermal Insulation 

Insulation Testing Standards (916) 574-2041 

Department of Consumer Affairs — Structural Pest 
Control Board 

Structural Standards (916) 263-2540 

De partment of Consumer Affairs — Veterinary 
Medical Board 

Veterinary Hospital Standards (916) 263-2610 

De partment of Food and Agriculture 

Meat & Poultry Packing Plant Standards (916) 654-0504 

Dairy Standards (916) 653-6582 

Department of Health Services 

Organized Camps (916) 324-2208 

Public Swimming Pools (916) 324-2208 

Asbestos (415) 540-2134 



Department of Housing and Community Development 

Residential (916) 445-9471 

A Guide to California Multi-Family Disabled 
Access Regulations Available 
Through CALBO (916) 457-1103 

Manufactured Homes, Commercial Coaches, and 
Permanent Structures in Mobile Home Parks 
(General) (916) 445-3338 

Mobile Homes — Permits & Inspections 

Northern Region (916) 255-2501 

Southern Region (909) 782-4420 

Employee Housing (916) 445-9471 

De partment of Industrial Relations. Division of 
Occupational Safety and Health 

Places of Employment and 

Employee Safety (415) 703-5100 

Elevators (916) 263-7995 

Boiler Inspections (510) 622-3052 

Pressure Vessels (510) 622-3052 

Asbestos— Industrial Hygienist (916) 574-2993 

Department of Water Resources 

Gray Water Installations Standards (916) 327-1620 

Department of the Youth Authority 

Institutional Standards (916) 262-1428 

Division of the State Architect — Access Compliance 

Access Compliance (916) 322-4700 

California Accessibility Reference Manual . . . (916) 322-4700 

Division of the State Architect — Structural Safety 

Public Schools (916) 445-8100 

State-owned Buildings (916) 445-8100 

Asbestos (916) 445-8100 

State Building Inspector Information (916) 445-8100 

Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development 

Hospitals (916) 654-2012 

Skilled Nursing Facilities (916) 654-2012 

Clinics (916) 654-2012 

Permits (916) 654-3362 

Office of the State Fire Marshal (916) 445-8200 

State Historical Building Safety Board 

Alternative Building Standards (916) 445-7627 



VI 



How to Determine Where 
Changes Have Been Made 



Symbols in the margins indicate the status of code changes as follows: 
1 1 This symbol indicates that a change has been made to code language. 
>= This symbol indicates deletion of code language. 



VII 



VIII 



Table ©' 

Article Page 

7-1 Application 1 

7-2 Permit to Operate 3 

7-3 Variances 4 

7-4 (Reserved) 

7-5 Standard Reference Documents 5 

7-6 Definitions 6 

7-7 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Related 
Construction for Power Cable-driven 
Passenger and Freight Elevators 19 

7-8 Machinery and Equipment for Power Cable-driven 

Passenger and Freight Elevators 35 

7-9 Hydraulic Elevators 68 

7-10 Hand and Power Sidewalk Elevators 74 

7-11 Hand Elevators 77 

7-12 Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 79 

7-12.1 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with Automatic 

Transfer Devices 83 

7-12.2 Incline Elevators 85 

7-12.6 Screw Type Elevators 86 

7-12.7 Vertical and Inclined Recriprocating Conveyors ... 90 

7-13 Escalators 93 

7-14 Moving Walks 97 

7-15 Special Access Elevators and 

Special Access Lifts 101 

7-16 Hand Power Man Platforms 109 

7-17 Manlifts 110 

7-18 Design Data, Formulas, Tests on Approved 

Devices and Basic Electrical Regulations 118 

7-20 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 

Related Construction for Electric Elevators 139 

7-21 Machinery and Equipment for 

Electric Elevators 141 

7-22 Hydraulic Elevators 143 

7-23 Power Sidewalk Elevators 144 

7-24 Hand Elevators 145 

7-25 Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 146 

7-26 Escalators 147 

7-27 Moving Walks 148 

7-28 Periodic and Acceptance Inspections and Tests . . 149 

7-29 Engineering and Type Tests 150 

7-30 Design Data and Formulas 151 

7-31 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with 

Automatic Transfer Devices 152 

7-32 Special-purpose Elevators 153 

7-33 Rack and Pinion Elevators 154 

7-34 Inclined Elevators 155 



Article 

7-35 Screw Column Elevators 156 

7-36 Special Access Elevators and 

Special Access Lifts 157 

7-37 Seismic Requirements for Elevators, Escalators 

and Moving Walks 158 

7-38 Hand Power Man Platforms 159 

7-39 Manlifts 160 

History Note Appendix 161 

DETABLED AMALYSBS 

Group I Administrative Regulations 
Article 7=1= Application 

Section Page 
7-3000 Application 1 

Article 7-2. Permit to Operate 
7-3001 Permit to Operate 3 

Article 7-3. Variances 
7-3002 Variances 4 

Article 7-5. Standard Reference Documents 
7-3004 Authority for Standard 5 

Article 7-6. Definitions 
7-3009 Definitions 6 

Group BE. Existing Elevator Installations 

Article 7-7. Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 

Related Construction for Power Cable-driven 

Passenger and Freight Elevators 

7-3010 Construction of Hoistways and 

Hoistway Enclosures 19 

7-3011 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces 20 

7-3012 Electrical Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in 
Elevator Hoistways, Machine Rooms, 
or Machinery Spaces 21 

7-3013 Location and Guarding of Counterweights 22 

7-3014 Guarding of Exposed Equipment 22 

7-3015 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and 

Foundations 23 

7-3016 Pits for Elevators 23 

7-3017 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys for 

Elevator Cars and Counterweights 24 

7-3018 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 25 

7-3019 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways 26 

7-3020 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings 26 

ix 



Section Page 

7-3021 Hoistway Door and Gate Locking Devices 30 

7-3022 Power Operation of Doors and Gates 32 

Article 7-8. Machinery and Equipment for Power 
Cable-driven Passenger and Freight Elevators 

7-3030 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Rail 

Supports and Fastenings 35 

7-3031 Car and Counterweight Buffers and Bumpers 36 

7-3032 Counterweights 37 

7-3033 Car Frames and Platforms 38 

7-3034 Car Enclosure and Car Doors and Gates 39 

7-3035 Car and Counterweight Safeties 43 

7-3036 Governors 45 

7-3037 Capacity and Loading 47 

7-3038 Driving Machines and Sheaves 48 

7-3039 Terminal Stopping Devices 49 

7-3040 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 50 

7-3041 Emergency and Signal Devices 53 

7-3042 Hoisting Ropes and Their Connections 55 

Article 7-9. Hydraulic Elevators 

7-3050 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 

Machine Rooms 68 

7-3051 Electric Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in Elevator 
Hoistways, Machine Rooms, or Machinery 
Spaces 68 

7-3052 Location and Guarding of Counterweights, and 

Guarding of Exposed Equipment 68 

7-3053 Machine and Sheave Beams, Supports, and 

Foundations and Pits 68 

7-3054 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runby for 

Cars and Counterweights 68 

7-3055 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances .... 69 

7-3056 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways 69 

7-3057 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings 69 

7-3058 Hoistway Door and Gate Locking Devices 69 

7-3059 Power Operation of Doors and Gates 69 

7-3060 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide Rail 

Supports and Fastenings 69 

7-3061 Car and Counterweight Buffers or Bumpers 69 

7-3062 Counterweights 70 

7-3063 Car Frames and Platforms 70 

7-3064 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and 

Car Illumination 70 

7-3065 Car and Counterweight Safeties 70 

7-3066 Capacity and Loading 70 

7-3067 Hydraulic Driving Machines, Plungers, 

Cylinders and System Oil Level 70 

7-3068 Valves, Supply Piping and Fittings 71 

x 



Section Page 

7-3069 Tanks 72 

7-3070 Terminal Stopping Devices 72 

7-3071 Operation, Operating Devices and 

Control Equipment 72 

7-3072 Counterweight Ropes, Rope Connections 

and Sheaves 73 

Article 7-10. Hand and Power Sidewalk Elevators 

7-3073 General Requirements for Sidewalk Elevators 

with Sidewalk Doors 74 

7-3074 Machinery and Equipment for Elevators with 

Sidewalk Doors 75 

7-3075 Sidewalk Elevators without Sidewalk Doors 76 

Article 7-11. Hand Elevators 

7-3076 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Related 

Construction 77 

7-3077 Machinery and Equipment 77 

Article 7-12. Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 

7-3078 Enclosure of Hoistways, Machine Rooms and 

Machinery Spaces 79 

7-3079 Machinery and Equipment for Hand and 

Power Dumbwaiters 80 

Article 7-12.1. Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with 
Automatic Transfer Devices 

7-3080 Electric Material Lifts with Automatic 

Transfer Devices 83 

7-3081 Hydraulic Material Lifts with Automatic 

Transfer Devices 84 

7-3082 Power Dumbwaiters with Automatic 

Transfer Devices 84 

7-3083 Automatic Transfer Devices 84 

Article 7-12.2. Incline Elevators 

7-3084 Incline Elevators 85 

Article 7-12.6. Screw Type Elevators 

7-3085 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators 86 

7-3085.1 Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures 

[Rule 1500.1] ..86 

7-3085.2 Electric Wiring, Pipes and Ducts 86 

7-3085.3 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 

[Rule 1500.2] 86 

7-3085.4 Pits, Runby and Top Clearances [Rule 1500.3] 86 

7-3085.5 Overhead Machinery Beams and Supports 

[Rule 1500.4] 86 

7-3085.6 Counterweights [Rule 1500.5] 87 

7-3085.7 Hoistway Doors and Gates [Rule 1500.6] 87 

7-3085.8 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 

[Rule 1501] 87 

7-3085.9 Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors or Gates 

[Rule 1501.2] 87 






Section Page 

7-3085.10 Operation [Rule 1501.3] 87 

7-3085.11 Car Guide Rails and Guide Rail Fastenings 

[Rule 1502.1] 87 

7-3085.12 Car and Counterweight Buffers [Rule 1502.2] 87 

7-3085.13 Counterweight Guiding and Construction 

[Rule 1502.3] 88 

7-3085.14 Car Construction [Rule 1502.4] 88 

7-3085.15 Car Enclosures [Rule 1502.5] 88 

7-3085.16 Car Doors or Gates [Rule 1502.6] 88 

7-3085.17 Car Safeties and Governors [Rule 1502.7] 88 

7-3085.18 Capacity and Data Plates [Rule 1502.8] 89 

7-3085.19 Limitation of Load, Speed and Platform Area 

[Rule 1502.9] 89 

7-3085.20 Driving Machines and Sheaves [Rule 1502.10] ... 89 

7-3085.21 Suspension Means [Rule 1502.11] 89 

7-3085.22 Emergency Signal and/or Communication 

[Rule 1502.12] 89 

Article 7-12.7. Vertical and Inclined 
Reciprocating Conveyors 

7-3087 Application 90 

7-3087.1 Definitions 90 

7-3087.2 Safety Considerations 90 

7-3087.3 Electrical Code 90 

7-3087.4 Controls 90 

7-3087.5 Operation 91 

7-3087.6 Guarding 91 

7-3087.7 Counterweights 91 

7-3087.8 Maintenance and Service 91 

7-3088 Screw Type Elevators 91 

Article 7=13. Escalators 

7-3089 Construction Requirements 93 

7-3090 Escalator Machinery and Equipment 94 

Article 7-14. Moving Walks 

7-3091 Design Requirements 97 

7-3092 Operating and Safety Devices, Electrical 

Equipment and Wiring 99 

Article 7-15. Special Access Elevators and 
Special Access Lifts 

7-3093 Special Access Elevators 101 

7-3093.1 Hoistway Enclosure Construction 101 

7-3093.2 Pits 101 

7-3093.3 Top Car Clearance 101 

7-3093.4 Protection of Hoistway Openings 101 

7-3093.5 Pipes in Hoistways 101 



Section 

7-3093.6 Horizontal Car Clearances 101 

7-3093.7 Guarding of Suspension Means 101 

7-3093.8 Car Frames and Platforms 101 

7-3093.9 Car Enclosure 101 

7-3093.10 Number of Compartments 101 

7-9093.11 Car Doors and Gates 102 

7-3093.12 Light in Car 102 

7-3093.13 Counterweights 102 

7-3093.14 Location and Guarding of Counterweights 102 

7-3093.15 Safeties Required 102 

7-3093.16 Operation of Safeties 102 

7-3093.17 Application of Safeties 102 

7-3093.18 Materials Used in Safeties 102 

7-3093.19 Location of Speed Governor 102 

7-3093.20 Opening of the Brake Circuit on 

Safety Application 102 

7-3093.21 Governor Ropes 102 

7-3093.22 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails and 

Guide Fastenings 102 

7-3093.23 Buffers and Buffer Supports 102 

7-3093.24 Overhead Machinery Beams and Supports 102 

7-3093.25 Material for Sheaves and Drums and Minimum 

Diameter 103 

7-3093.26 Fastening of Driving Machines and Sheaves to 

Underside of Overhead Beams 103 

7-3093.27 Factor of Safety for Overhead Beams and 

Supports 103 

7-3093.28 Hydraulic Driving Machine 103 

7-3093.29 Screw Machines 103 

7-3093.30 Set Screw Fastenings 103 

7-3093.31 Friction Gearing, Clutch Mechanism 

or Couplings 103 

7-3093.32 Use of Cast Iron in Gears 103 

7-3093.33 Driving-machine Roller Chains and Sprockets . . . 103 

7-3093.34 Driving-machine Brakes 103 

7-3093.35 Terminal Stopping Devices 103 

7-3093.36 Operation of the Stopping Devices 103 

7-3093.37 Type of Operation 103 

7-3093.38 Control and Operating Circuit Requirements 103 

7-3093.39 Key-operated Switches (Deleted) 104 

7-3093.40 Electric Equipment and Wiring 104 

7-3093.41 Power Supply-line Disconnecting Means 104 

7-3093.42 Phase Reversal and Failure Protection 104 

7-3093.43 Emergency Stop Switch 104 

7-3093.44 Slack-rope and Slack-chain Devices 104 

7-3093.45 Emergency Devices 104 

7-3093.46 Capacity 104 

7-3093.47 Speed 104 

X! 



Section Page 

7-3093.48 Rise 104 

7-3093.49 Capacity Plate 104 

7-3093.50 Data Plates 104 

7-3093.51 Suspension Means 104 

7-3093.52 Suspension Ropes 104 

7-3093.53 Factor of Safety Suspension Means 105 

7-3093.54 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on 

Sheaves and Sprockets 105 

7-3093.55 Idle Turns of Ropes on Winding Drums 105 

7-3093.56 Securing of Wire Suspension Ropes to 

Winding Drums 105 

7-3093.57 Splicing, Replacement and Reshackling of 

Suspension Ropes 105 

7-3093.58 Fastening of Wire Rope Suspension Means 

to the Car or to the Counterweights 105 

7-3093.59 Replacement of Chains and Sprockets 105 

7-3093.60 Maintenance for Special Access Elevators 105 

7-3094 Vertical and Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) 

Lifts and Inclined Stairway Chairlifts 105 

7-3094.1 Unaltered Existing Lifts 105 

7-3094.2 Vertical Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts 106 

7-3094.3 Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts 107 

7-3094.4 Inclined Stairway Chairlifts 107 

7-3094.5 Maintenance of Special Access Lifts 107 

Article 7-16. Hand Power Man Platforms 

7-3095 Hoistway Construction 109 

7-3096 Machinery and Equipment 109 

Article 7-17. Manlifts 

7-3097 Construction Requirements for Manlifts 

Arranged for Front Loading 110 

7-3098 Construction Requirements for Manlifts 

Arranged for Side Loading 112 

7-3099 Mechanical Requirements and Operation 112 

Article 7-18. Design Data, Formulas, Tests on 
Approved Devices and Basic Electrical Regulations 

7-3100 Rated Load of Passenger Elevators 118 

7-3101 Electric Elevator Car Frame and Platform 

Stresses and Deflections 118 

7-3102 Hydraulic Plunger, Cylinder and 

Piping Design 120 

7-3103 Hydraulic Elevator Car Frame and Platform 

Stresses and Deflections 121 

7-3104 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines 

and Sheaves 122 

7-3105 Governor Trip Speeds and Approval Data 122 

7-3106 Car and Counterweight Safety Stopping 

Distances and Approval Data 122 

xii 



Section Page 

7-3106.1 Plunger Engaging Safety Device for Direct 

Plunger Hydraulic Elevators 123 

7-3107 Factors of Safety for Suspension Wire Ropes 
and Design of Wire Rope Fastenings for 
Power Elevators 123 

7-3108 Design of Oil Buffers and Buffer Supports 

and Tests for Approval of Oil Buffers 124 

7-3109 Guide Rails, Guide Rail Brackets, Fastenings 

and Supports for Electric Elevators 125 

7-3110 Approval of Hoistway Door Interlocks and 

Hoistway Door Combination Mechanical Locks 

and Electric Contacts (Contact Locks) 126 

7-3111 Stresses and Deflection in Machinery and 

Sheave Beams and Their Supports 126 

7-3113 Special Elevators 127 

Group III. New Elevator Installations 

Article 7-20. Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 
Related Construction for Electric Elevators 

7-3120.0 Construction of Hoistways and 

Hoistway Enclosures 139 

7-3120.1 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces 139 

7-3120.2 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes and 
Ducts in Hoistways, Machine Rooms and 
Machinery Spaces 139 

7-3120.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights 139 

7-3120.4 Guarding of Exposed Equipment 139 

7-3120.5 Machinery and Sheave Beams, 

Supports and Foundations 139 

7-3120.6 Pits 139 

7-3120.7 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys 

for Elevator Cars and Counterweights 139 

7-3120.8 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances . . . 139 

7-3120.9 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways 140 

7-3120.10 Protection of Hoistway-landing Openings 140 

7-3120.11 Hoistway-door Locking Devices, Car Door 
or Gate Electric Contacts, Hoistway Access 
Switches and Elevator Parking Devices 140 

7-3120.12 Power Operation, Power-opening and 
Power-closing of Hoistway Doors and 
Car Doors or Gates 140 

Article 7-21. Machinery and Equipment for 
Electric Elevators 

7-3121.0 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-rail 

Supports and Fastenings 141 

7-3121.1 Buffers and Bumpers 141 

7-3121.2 Counterweights 141 

7-3121.3 Car Frames and Platforms 141 

7-3121.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, 

and Car Illumination 141 

7-3121.5 Car and Counterweight Safeties 141 

7-3121.6 Speed Governors 141 

7-3121.7 Capacity and Loading 141 



Section 

7-3121.8 Driving Machines and Sheaves 141 

7-3121.9 Terminal Stopping Devices 141 

7-3121.10 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 141 

7-3121.11 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices .... 142 

7-3121.12 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections 142 

7-3121.13 Welding 142 

7-3121.14 Layout Data 142 

Article 7=22. Hydraulic Elevators 

7-3122.0 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 

Related Construction 143 

7-3122.1 Mechanical Equipment 143 

7-3122.2 Driving Machines 143 

7-3122.3 Valves, Supply Piping and Fittings 143 

7-3122.4 Hydraulic Machines, Tanks 143 

7-3122.5 Terminal Stopping Devices 143 

7-3122.6 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 143 

7-3122.7 Counterweights Ropes, Rope Connections 

and Sheaves 143 

7-3122.8 Layout Data 143 

Article 7=23. Power Sidewalk Elevators 
7-3123 Power Sidewalk Elevators 144 

Article 7-24. Hand Elevators 
7-3124 Hand Elevators 145 

Article 7-25. Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 
7-3125 Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 146 

Article 7=26. Escalators 

7-3126.0 Protection of Floor Openings 147 

7-3126.1 Protection of Supports and Machine Spaces 

Against Fire 147 

7-3126.2 Construction Requirements 147 

7-3126.3 Rated Speed 147 

7-3126.4 Driving Machine, Motor and Brake 147 

7-3126.5 Operating and Safety Devices 147 

7-3126.6 Lighting, Access and Electrical Work 147 

7-3126.7 Outdoor Escalators 147 

Article 7-27. Moving Walks 

7-3127.0 Protection of Floor Openings 148 

7-3127.1 Protection of Supports and Machine Space 

Against Fire 148 

7-3127.2 Construction Requirements 148 

7-3127.3 Rated Speed 148 

7-3127.4 Driving Machine, Motor and Brake 148 



Section 

7-3127.5 Operating and Safety Devices 148 

7-3127.6 Lighting, Access and Electrical Work 148 

7-3127.7 Outdoor Moving Walks 148 

Article 7-28. Periodic and Acceptance 
Inspections and Tests 

7-3128 Periodic and Acceptance Inspections and Tests . . 149 

Article 7-29. Engineering and Type Tests 
7-3129 Engineering and Type Tests 150 

Article 7-30. Design Data and Formulas 
7-3130 Design Data and Formulas 151 

Article 7-31 . Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with 
Automatic Transfer Devices 

7-3131 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with Automatic 

Transfer Devices 152 

Article 7-32. Special-purpose Elevators 
7-3132 Special-purpose Elevators 153 

Article 7-33. Rack and Pinion Elevators 
7-3133 Rack and Pinion Elevators 154 

Article 7-34. inclined Elevators 
7-3134 Inclined Elevators 155 

Article 7-35. Screw Column Elevators 
7-3135 Screw Column Elevators 156 

Article 7-36. Special Access Elevators and 
Special Access Lifts 

7-3136 Special Access Elevators and 

Special Access Lifts 157 

Article 7-37. Seismic Requirements for Elevators, 

Escalators and Moving Walks 

7-3137 Seismic Requirements for Elevators, 

Escalators and Moving Walks 158 

Article 7-38. Hand Power Man Platforms 
7-3138 Hand Power Man Platforms 159 

Article 7-39. Manlifts 

7-3139 Manlifts 160 

HISTORY NOTE APPENDIX 161 

xiii 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3000 



GROUP I ADMINISH 
Group B regulations apply to exes' 

Article 7=1 . Application 



ATIVE REGULATIONS 

ing and new elevator installations. 



7=300*1 

(a) Where Applicable. The Elevator Safety Orders are applica- 
ble to elevators in the state of California except: 

1. Elevators under the jurisdiction of the United States govern- 
ment. 

2. Elevators located in a single-unit private home and not ac- 
cessible to the public. 

3. Elevators located in a multi-unit residential building serving 
no more than two dwelling units and not accessible to the public. 

NOTE: Unless otherwise designated in this subchapter, the term 
"division" refers to the current Division of Occupational Safety and 
Health or any of its predecessors including the former Division of In- 
dustrial Safety or the Division of Occupational Safety and Health Ad- 
ministration. Reference to the former Division of Industrial Safety or 
Division of Occupational Safety and Health Administration in these 
orders is meant to refer to their successor, the Division of Occupational 
Safety and Health, or any subsequent successor agency. 

(b) Use and Precedence of Orders. 

1. When ASME A17.1-1996 is cited or incorporated by refer- 
ence in these Orders, it shall mean the 1996 edition of ASME 
A17.1, unless otherwise indicated. 

2. The Elevator Safety Orders shall apply if any difference ex- 
ists between the Elevator Safety Orders and ASME A17.1-1996; 
or any other code, document or standard referenced in ASME 
A17.1-1996. Where a specific provision varies from a general 
provision, the specific provision shall apply. 

3. If a section in the Elevator Safety Orders makes a cross- 
reference to a section, rule or table in ASME A17. 1-1996, such 
cross-referencing shall be that which is shown in ASME 
A17.1-1996 unless the referenced section, rule or table has been 
amended in the Elevator Safety Orders. 

4. If a section, rule or table in ASME A17. 1-1996 makes a 
cross-reference to another section, rule or table in ASME 
A17.1-1996, such cross-referencing shall be that which is shown 
in ASME A17.1-1996, unless the referenced section, rule or table 
has been amended in the Elevator Safety Orders. 

(c) Devices Included. The devices covered by the regulations 
of the Elevator Safety Orders are included under the term "eleva- 
tor" as used in the Labor Code. These orders apply to the follow- 
ing: 

1. Existing power-cable driven passenger and freight elevators 
covered by regulations of Articles 7-7 and 7-8 and new power- 
cable passenger and freight elevators covered by regulations of 
Articles 7-20 and 7-21. 

2. Existing hydraulic passenger and freight elevators covered 
by regulations of Article 7-9 and and new hydraulic passenger and 
freight elevators covered by regulations of Article 7-22. 

3. Existing power and hand sidewalk elevators covered by reg- 
ulations of Article 7-10 and new power sidewalk elevators cov- 
ered by regulations of Article 7-23. 

4. Existing hand passenger and freight elevators covered by 
regulations of Article 7-11 and new hand elevators covered by 
regulations of Article 7-24. 



5. Existing power and hand dumbwaiters covered by regula- 
tions of Article 7-12 and new power and hand dumbwaiters cov- 
ered by regulations of Article 7-25. 

6. Existing material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic 
transfer devices covered by regulations of Article 7-12.1 and new 
material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices 
covered by regulations of Article 7-31. 

7. Existing inclined elevators covered by regulations of Article 
7-12.2 and new inclined elevators covered by regulations of 
Article 7-34. 

8. Existing escalators covered by regulations of Article 7-13 
and new escalators covered by regulations of Article 7-26. 

9. Existing moving walks covered by regulations of Article 
7-14 and new moving walks covered by regulations of Article 
7-27. 

10. New and existing hand power man platforms covered by 
regulations of Article 7-16. 

11. New and existing manlifts covered by regulations of 
Article 7-17. 

12. Existing screw driven passenger and freight elevators cov- 
ered by regulations of Article 7-12.6 and new screw column eleva- 
tors covered by regulations of Article 7-35. 

13. New and existing vertical and inclined reciprocating con- 
veyors covered by regulations of Article 7-12.7. 

14. Existing special access lifts covered by regulations of 
Article 7-15 and new special access lifts covered by regulations of 
Article 7-36. 

(d) Devices Excluded. These orders do not apply to the fol- 
lowing: 

1. Belt, bucket, scoop, roller or similar inclined or vertical con- 
veyors or other types of automated conveyor systems. See Section 
7-3000 (c) (13). 

2. Tiering or piling machines, sometimes called stackers, used 
for loading or stacking material. 

3. Equipment for feeding or positioning materials at machine 
tools, printing presses, etc. 

4. Hoists for raising and lowering materials and which are pro- 
vided with unguided hooks, slings, and similar means for attach- 
ments to the materials. 

5. Skip or furnace hoists. 

6. Wharf ramps. 

7. Amusement devices. 

8. Stage and orchestra lifts. 

9. Lift bridges. 

10. Railroad car lifts or dumpers. 

11. Construction elevators as defined in Section 7200 of the 
Labor Code. 

12. Mine hoists. 

13. Freight platform hoists with a travel of not more than 5 feet 
(1.52 m). 

(e) Devices Protnibifed. The following type elevators are not al- 
lowed for new installations. 



1 



7-3000 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



1. Hatchway type elevator. 

2. Carriage type elevator. 

3. Auxiliary power elevator. 

4. Single belt elevator. 

5. Double belt elevator. 

6. Steam elevator. 

7. Gravity elevator. 

8. Platform elevator. 

9. Private residence elevators and inclined lifts as regulated in 
Part V, ASME A17.1, except those allowed by Articles 7-15 and 
7-36. 

(f) New Installations. New installations are devices listed as 
new devices in Section 7-3000 (c) that are: 

1. Erected from plans or contracts completed, and for which 
the notice of intention to install is filed with the division, after 
these regulations become effective. 

2. Existing installations which have been operating previous to 
the adoption of these regulations without the required inspection 
or permit to operate. 

3. Existing devices which are moved to a new location after 
these regulations become effective. 



NOTE: Regulations for new installations are contained in 
Group III. 

(g) Existing Installations. Existing installations are devices 
listed as existing devices in Section 7-3000 (c) that are: 

1. Devices which have been inspected by the Division and to 
which a serial number has been assigned. 

2. Devices for which erection was begun before these regula- 
tions became effective and for which the notice of intent to install 
is not required. 

3. Devices erected from plans or contracts completed, and for 
which the notice of intent to install is filed with the division, before 
these regulations become effective. 

NOTE: All the regulations for existing installations are contained 
in Group II. 

(h) Alterations, Repairs, Replacements and Maintenance of 

Devices. Alterations, repairs, replacements and maintenance of 
devices as listed in Section 7-3000 (c) shall comply with Part XII 
of ASME A17. 1-1996; except for Rule 1200.1, Rule 1206.10, 
Section 1214, Section 1215, Section 1216 and Section 1217; 
which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Sections 142.3, 7301, 7308 and 7317, Labor Code; and Section 18943 
(b), Health and Safety Code. 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3001 



Article 7-2, Permit to Operate 



Permit to Operate. 
7=3001. 
(a) Submittal of Plans and Notification of Intent to Install. 

1. The person or firm who intends to install a new elevator, 
dumbwaiter, escalator, moving walk, or manlift shall submit the 
erection plans to the division for review. In lieu of complete erec- 
tion drawings and plans, the division will accept notification from 
a recognized elevator company that they intend to install a device 
covered by these regulations of a certain type at a definite address, 
and subsequent notification to the division that the installation is 
complete and ready for inspection. 

2. The division may require drawings and details of construc- 
tion of any portion of an installation when complete erection plans 
are not submitted. 

3. When an installation requires material, fabrication, or 
construction other than recognized standard types or has an offset 
car frame or is an observation type elevator installed in other than 
a fully enclosed hoistway, drawings and details shall be submitted 
to the division prior to installation. 

4. Alterations to existing passenger or freight elevators as de- 
fined in Section 7-3000 (h) shall be considered as new installa- 
tions for submittal of plans or notice of intent to make the 
alteration and the subsequent notification that work is complete 
and ready for inspection. The notice of intent shall include a com- 
plete description of the alteration. 



5. The person or firm doing the work of replacing door locking 
devices, safety devices, governors, or oil buffers on existing 
installations of passenger or freight elevators shall notify the divi- 
sion when the work is complete and ready for inspection. 

6. The person or firm installing a new freight platform hoist for 
hand power man platform shall notify the division when the instal- 
lation is complete and ready for inspection. 

7. The person or firm responsible for special maintenance op- 
erations such as the cleaning of glass or the replacement of lamps 
that cannot be performed from inside the elevator car, shall submit 
a plan to the division outlining a safe method that will be used to 
perform the maintenance. 

8. The person or firm installing a static control shall provide the 
Division of Occupational Safety and Health with information 
showing that the control complies with the requirements of Group 
II, Sections 7-3040 (b) 4, 7-3040 (f) 4 and 7-3040 (f) 7. This infor- 
mation shall be in the form of either: 

A. Electrical schematic diagrams or block diagrams of the 
control and safety circuits; or 

B. A written check out procedure and demonstration of 
safety and speed control circuits required by Group II, 
Sections 7-3040 (f) 4 and 7-3040 (f) 7 at the time of the 
inspection. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Sections 142.3 and 7304 (b), Labor Code. 



7-3002 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-3. Variances 



Variances. 
7-3002. 

(a) Any employer may apply to the division for a temporary or- 
der granting a variance from an occupational safety and health 
standard. Such temporary order shall be granted only if the em- 
ployer files an application which meets the requirements of Sec- 
tions 6450 through 6457, inclusive, of the California Labor Code. 

(b) Any employer may apply to the Occupational Safety and 
Health Standards Board for a permanent variance from an occupa- 



tional safety and health standard, order, special order, or portion 
thereof upon a showing of an alternative program, method, prac- 
tice, means, device, or process which will provide equal or superi- 
or safety for employees. Such application shall conform to the 
requirements of the California Administrative Code, Title 8, 
Chapter 3.5. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 142.3 and 143, Labor Code. Ref- 
erence: Sections 142.3, 143, 143.2, 6450 and 6454, Labor Code; and 
Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety Code. 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



■LEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3004 



Article 7=5„ Standard Reference Documents 



Authority for Standard. 
7-3004. 



AUTHORITY FOR 
STANDARD 


DATE OF ISSUE 


TITLE OR DESCRIPTION OF STANDARD 


SECTION 


AGMA: 
420.03 


1963 


Practice for Helical and Herringbone Gear Speed Reducers 


7-3091 (n) 4 


430.03 


1963 


Practice for Speed Reducers and Increases Employing Spiral Bevel Gearing 


7-3091 (n) 4 


440.03 


1959 


Practice for Single and Double Reduction Cylindrical-Worm and 
Helical-Worm Speed Reducers 


7-3091 (n) 4 


441.03 


1963 


Practice for Single and Double-Reduction, Double-Enveloping Worm and Helical- 
Worm Speed Reducers 


7-3091 (n) 4 


460.04 


1965 


Practice for Gearmotors 


7-3091 (n) 4 


480.03 


1965 


Practice for Helical, Herringbone and Spur Gear Shaft Mounted Speed Reducers 


7-3091 (n) 4 


ASTM: 
A36 


1968 


Specification for Structural Steel 


7-3101 (a) 1 


A235 


1967 


Specifications for Carbon Steel Forgings for General Industrial Use 


7-3101 (a) 1 
7-3107 (b) 3 
7-3107 (b) 5 


A283 


1967 


Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength 
Carbon Steel Plate of Structural Quality 


7-3101 (a) 1 


A307 


1967 


Specifications for Low Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners 


7-3101 (a) 1 
7-3109 (b) 2 
7-3111 (c) 1 
7-3111 (c) 2 


A502 


1965 


Specifications for Steel Structural Rivets 


7-3101 (a) 1 
7-3109 (b) 3 
7-3111 (c) 2 


D2270 


1964 


Viscosity Index from Kinematic Viscosity 


7-3108 (e) 


SAE: 
100-R2 


1967 


High Pressure Steel Wire Reinforced Rubber Covered Hydraulic Hose 


7-3068 (a) 3 


Federal 

Specification 

DD-G-451c 


1968 


Glass, Plate, Sheet, Figured (Float, Flat, for Glazing, Corrugated, 
Mirrors, and Other Uses) 


7-3034 (b) 5 
E 


USAS: 

A2.5 

ASTM 84 
NFPA 255 


1963 
1961 
1961 


Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 


7-3101 (a) 3 


A17.1 and 
Supplements 

.la 

.lb 

.lc 


1965 

1967 
1968 
1969 


Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks 


7-3000 (d) 
7-3108 (f) 1 


B2.1 


1968 


Pipe Threads (Except Dry Seal) 


7-3102 (g) 5 


B29.1 


1963 


Transmission Roller Chains and Sprocket Teeth 


7-3091 (n) 5 


B29.2 


1957 


Inverted Tooth (Silent) Chains and Sprocket Teeth 


7-3091 (n) 5 


B31.1.0 


1967 


Power Piping 


7-3102 (g) 2 


B55.1 


1961 


Specifications for Multiple V-Belt Drives 


7-3091 (n) 6 


G50.1 
ASTM A 27 


1967 
1965 


Specifications for Mild to Medium Strength Carbon 
Steel Castings for General Application 


7-3101 (a) 1 
7-3107 (b) 3 


Z11.5 

ASTM D 97 


1966 
1966 


Method of Test for Pour Point 


7-3108 (e) 


Z97.1 


1966 
1966 


Performance, Specifications and Method of Test 

for Transparent Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings 


7-3034 (a) 7 
7-3034 (b) 5 
7-3089 (d) 2 
7-3091 (k) 1 
7-3091 (1) 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943(b), Health and Safety Code. 



7-3009 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-6. Definitions 



Definitions. 
7-3009. 

(a) Scope. The elevator industry and the material handling in- 
dustry, both of which are subject to these orders, use many words 
and terms that have meanings unique to their respective endeav- 
ors. Definitions are included to standardize nomenclature and im- 
prove communication between inspectors, mechanics, architects, 
engineers, and owners. Oral and written interchanges are en- 
hanced when both parties understand a given term or word to have 
a specific meaning. 

(b) List of Definitions. The following definitions shall be 
accepted as the meaning of the various terms as used in these regu- 
lations: 

ACCELERATION. The operation of advancing the elevator 
drive motor speed from zero to normal operating speed. 

ALTERATION. Any change or addition to the equipment 
other than ordinary repairs or replacements. 

ALTERNATE LEVEL. See Level, Alternate. 

ANGLE OF CONTACT. That portion of a sheave contacted 
by a rope. Measured in degrees of contact. Sometimes referred to 
as angle of wrap or arc of contact. 

ANNUNCIATOR, CAR. An electrical device in the car which 
indicates visually the landings at which an elevator landing signal 
registering device has been actuated. 

APPLIED FRAME ENTRANCE. A wraparound or partial 
addition to an existing_entrance frame used to improve the appear- 
ance or to provide the required clearance. 

APPROVED DEVICE. An approved device is one on which a 
written approval for use in the State of California has been issued 
by the Division of Industrial Safety. 

APRON. See Platform Guard. 

ASTRAGAL. A molding on the leading edge of hoistway and 
car doors. Usually a rubber molding extending the full height on 
center opening doors, and either metal or rubber running the full 
width of the upper panel on biparting freight type doors. It is fur- 
nished to reduce the effects of injury, should something get caught 
between door panels and quiet the operation of the doors. 

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. Persons who have been 
instructed in the operation and/or maintenance of the equipment 
and designated by the owner to use or maintain the equipment. 

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICE. See under Material 
Handling Devices. 

BACKLASH. Excessive clearance between the teeth of the 
worm and worm gear of a geared machine; it permits a rocking 
action of the drive sheave or gear when the worm is held station- 
ary. 

BASIC SAFETY CIRCUIT. A portion of the elevator control 
wiring that includes a number of mechanical switch contacts and 
relay contacts in series. Usually includes the final limits, emergen- 
cy stop button, governor contacts and a safety-operated switch. 
The cause of operation of any one of these contacts constitutes a 
possible hazardous operation of the elevator and therefore stops 
all elevator operation. Also called the emergency circuit. 

BUFFER. A device designed to stop a descending car or coun- 
terweight beyond its normal limit of travel by storing or by absorb- 
ing and dissipating the kinetic energy of the car or counterweight. 



1. Oil Buffer. A buffer using oil as a medium which absorbs and 
dissipates the kinetic energy of the descending car or counter- 
weight. 

2. Gas Spring-return Oil Buffer. An oil buffer utilizing the 
pressure of a compressed gas to return the buffer plunger or piston 
to its fully extended position. 

3. Mechanical Spring-return Oil Buffer. An oil buffer utiliz- 
ing the force of the compressed mechanical spring or springs to re- 
turn the buffer plunger or piston to its fully extended position. 

4. Oil Buffer Stroke. The oil-displacing movement of the buf- 
fer plunger or piston, excluding the travel of the buffer-plunger ac- 
celerating device. 

5. Spring Buffer. A buffer which stores in a spring the kinetic 
energy of the descending car or counterweight. 

6. Spring-buffer Load Rating. The load required to compress 
the spring an amount equal to its stroke. 

7. Spring-buffer Stroke. The distance the contact end of the 
spring can move under a compressive load until all coils are essen- 
tially in contact or until a fixed stop is reached. 

BUMPER. A device, other than an oil or spring buffer, de- 
signed to stop a descending car or counterweight beyond its nor- 
mal limit of travel by absorbing the impact. 

C.A.C. California Administrative Code (See C.C.R.). 

CAM. A steel angle beveled at both ends and fastened to the 
guide rails to operate terminal switches mounted on the car. A 
steel angle beveled at both ends fastened to the car to operate ter- 
minal switches in the hoistway. A steel angle mounted on the car to 
operate a hoistway floor selector. A movable steel bar or angle 
mounted on a car to unlock hoistway door interlocks. A device for 
converting regular rotary motion into irregular rotary motion or 
reciprocating motion. 

CAR, ELEVATOR. The load-carrying unit, including its plat- 
form, car frame, enclosure, and car door or gate. 

Car, Material Lift. See under Material Handling Devices. 

CAR DOOR OR GATE ELECTRIC CONTACT. An electri- 
cal device, the function of which is to prevent the operation of the 
driving machine by the normal operating device unless the car 
door or gate is in the closed position. 

CAR DOOR OR GATE POWER CLOSER. A device or as- 
sembly of devices which closes a manually opened car door or 
gate by power other than by hand, gravity, springs or the move- 
ment of the car. 

CAR DOOR OR GATE. POWER CLOSED. A door or gate 
which is closed by a door or gate power operator. 

CAR ENCLOSURE. The top and the walls of the car resting 
on and attached to the car platform. 

CAR FRAME (SLING). The supporting frame to which the 
car platform, upper and lower sets of guide shoes, car safety and 
hoisting ropes or rope sheaves of a cable elevator are usually at- 
tached or the plunger or cylinder of a direct plunger elevator are 
attached. 

Car Frame, Overslung. A car frame to which the hoisting rope 
fastenings or hoisting rope sheaves are attached to the crosshead 
or top member of the car frame. 

Car Frame, Underslung. A car frame to which the hoisting 
rope fastenings or hoisting rope sheaves are attached at or below 
the car platform. 



2001 CALIFORNBA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTBOM CODI 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3009 



Car Frame, Sub-post. A car frame, all of whose members are 
located below the car platform. 

Car Frame, Offset A car frame sufficiently offset from the 
center of the platform to require special design and construction 
not covered by the formulas in Article 18. 

Car Gate. The movable portion(s) of the car entrance which 
closes the opening, providing access to the car or landings. In con- 
trast to a car door, the car gate is not a solid panel. It consists of one 
of the following: 

1. Horizontally Sliding Collapsible Gate. A series of hori- 
zontally sliding vertical bars, jointed by a scissor-like linkage that 
allows the assembly to collapse (normally to less 25 perent of the 
closed width). The collapsing gate is subject to horizontal 
deflection. 

2. Horizontally Sliding Safety or Tubular Gate. A noncol- 
lapsible series of horizontally sliding vertical tubes. This gate may 
travel past the stationary car panel to the side of the enclosure 
when in the open position. 

3. Vertically Lifting Gate. A counterweight (counterbal- 
anced) assembly, consisting of one or more sections that are 
guided in the vertical direction to open or close. The gate may be 
of wood or metal construction. Wood gates may consist of either 
horizontal or vertical slats. Metal gates are usually constructed of 
perforated or expanded metal. 

Car, Material Lift. The load-carrying unit including the car 
frame, enclosure and transfer device. 

Car Platform. The structure which forms the floor of the car 
and which directly supports the load. 

Car Platform, Laminated. A self-supporting platform 
constructed of plywood with a bonded steel sheet facing on both 
top and bottom surfaces. 

Car Platform Frame. A structure frame, composed of inter- 
connecting members, which supports the car platform floor. 

CAR STOP SWITCH. A device located in the car which when 
manually operated, causes the electric power to be removed from 
the driving machine motor and brake of an electric elevator or 
from the electrically operated valves and pump motor of a hydrau- 
lic elevator. 

C.C.R. California Code of Regulations (formerly known as 
C.A.C.) 

CERAMIC PERMANENT MAGNET. A magnet of the type 
which has a force that does not deteriorate with time. 

CLEARANCE, BOTTOM CAR. The clear vertical distance 
from the pit floor to the lowest structural or mechanical part, 
equipment or device installed beneath the car platform, except 
guide shoes or rollers, safety jaw assemblies and platform aprons 
or guards, or other equipment located within 12 inches horizontal- 
ly from the edge of the platform, when the car rests on its fully 
compressed buffer. 

CLEARANCE, TOP CAR. The shortest vertical distance be- 
tween the top of the car crosshead, or between the top of the car 
whichever is higher, and the nearest part of the overhead structure 
or any other obstruction when the car floor is level with the top ter- 
minal landing. 

CLEARANCE, TOP COUNTERWEIGHT. The shortest 
vertical distance between any part of the counterweight structure 
and the nearest part of the overhead structure or any other obstruc- 
tion when the car floor is level with the bottom terminal landing. 

COLLISION SWITCH. See Earthquake Protection Devices. 



COMPENSATING ROPE SHEAVE SWITCH. A device 
which automatically causes the electric power to be removed from 
the elevator motor and brake when the compensating sheave ap- 
proaches its upper or lower limit of travel. 

COMPONENT RATED PRESSURE. The pressure to which 
a hydraulic component can be subjected. 

CONTROL. The system governing the starting, stopping, 
direction of motion, acceleration, speed, and retardation of the 
moving member. See also definition of control motion, control op- 
eration and control system in Section 3 of ASME A17.1-1996. 

1. DC Motor Control. A control system which uses a DC mo- 
tor to drive the machine. 

A. Generator-Field Control. A system of control which is 
accomplished by the use of an individual generator for 
each elevator or dumbwaiter wherein the voltage ap- 
plied to the driving-machine motor is adjusted by vary- 
ing the strength and direction of the generator field. 

B. Multivoltage Control. A system of control which is ac- 
complished by impressing successively on the armature 
of the driving-machine motor a number of substantially 
fixed voltages such as may be obtained from multicom- 
mutator generators common to a group of elevators. 

C. Rheostatic Control. A system of control which is ac- 
complished by varying resistance or reactance, or both, 
in the armature or field circuit, or both, of the driving- 
machine motor. 

D. Dual Bridge Thyristor Converter Control. A control 
system for a DC motor which supplies the armature with 
variable voltage of either polarity, and is capable of cur- 
rent flow in both directions. 

E. Single Bridge Thyristor Converter Control. A con- 
trol system for a DC motor which supplies the armature 
with variable voltage of fixed polarity. The field is re- 
versed to control direction and to cause regeneration. 

2. AC Motor Control. A control system which uses an alter- 
nating current motor machine. 

A. Single-speed Alternating Current Control. A control 
for a driving-machine induction motor which is 
arranged to run at a single speed. 

B. Two-speed Alternating Current Control. A control 
for a two-speed driving-machine induction motor which 
is arranged to run at two different synchronous speeds by 
connecting the motor windings so as to obtain different 
numbers of poles. 

C. Variable Frequency Control. A control system which 
changes the magnitude and frequency of the voltage ap- 
plied to the motor. 

D. Variable Voltage AC Control. A control system for an 
AC motor which varies the amount and direction of out- 
put torque by controlling the magnitude and phase 
sequence of the voltage to the motor. 

E. Variable Voltage AC, DC Injection Control. A control 
system for an AC motor which produces retardation 
torque by injecting a DC current into either a stator 
winding of the motor or a separate eddy-current brake. 

CONTROL STATIC. A control system in which control func- 
tions are performed by solid state devices. 

CONTROLLER. A device, or group of devices, which serves 
to control in some predetermined manner the apparatus to which it 
is connected. See also definition of controller motion, controller 



7-3009 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



motor and controller operation in Section 3 of ASME 
A17.1-1996. 

CONVEYOR, RECIPROCATING. See Material Handling 
Devices. 

DERAILMENT SWITCH. See Earthquake Protection 
Devices. 

DESIGNATED ATTENDANT. Where elevator operation is 
controlled from inside the car (attendant service, independent, 
hospital service and other similar operations), it shall be consid- 
ered as being operated by a designated attendant. 

DESIGNATED LEVEL. See Level, Designated. 

DISPATCHING DEVICE, ELEVATOR AUTOMATIC. A 

device, the principal function of which is to either operate a signal 
in the car to indicate when the car should leave a designated land- 
ing, or to actuate its starting mechanism when the car is at a desig- 
nated landing. 

DISPLACEMENT SWITCH. A device actuated by the dis- 
placement of the counterweight, at any point in the hoistway, to 
provide a signal that the counterweight has moved from its normal 
place of travel or has left its guide rails. 

DOOR OR GATE, CAR OR HOISTWAY. The sliding por- 
tion of the car or the hinged or sliding portion in the hoistway en- 
closure which closes the opening giving access to the car or to the 
landing. 

1. Biparting Door. A vertically sliding door, consisting of two 
or more sections so arranged that the sections or groups of sections 
open away from each other and so interconnected that all sections 
operate simultaneously. 

2. Center-opening Door. A horizontally sliding or horizontally 
swinging door consisting of two or more sections so arranged that 
the sections or groups of sections open away from each other. Hor- 
izontally sliding center-opening doors are interconnected so that 
all sections operate simultaneously. 

DOOR OR GATE CLOSER. A device which closes a hoist- 
way door or a car door or gate by means of a spring or by gravity. 

Door or Gate, Power Operated. A hoistway door or a car door 
or gate which is opened and closed by a door or gate power opera- 
tor. 

Door or Gate Power Operator. A device or assembly of de- 
vices which opens a hoistway door or a car door or gate or both by 
power other than by hand, gravity, springs, or the movement of the 
car; and which closes them by power other than by hand, gravity, 
or the movement of the car. 

Door or Gate, Self-closing. A manually opened hoistway door 
or a car door or gate which closes when released. 

Door or Gate, Manually Operated. A door or gate which is 
opened and closed by hand. 

Door or Gate, Semiautomatic. A door or gate which is opened 
manually and which closes automatically as the car leaves the 
landing. 

Door or Gate, Full-automatic. A door or gate which is opened 
automatically by the action of the elevator car approaching the 
landing and closed by gravity as the car leaves the landing. 

DOORS, SIDEWALK. Sidewalk doors are two section center- 
opening panels hinged to the sidewalk or other approximately hor- 
izontal surface that the sidewalk elevator penetrates and that cover 
or close the entire opening of the hoistway. 

DUMBWAITER. See Material Handling Devices. 

Undercounter Dumbwaiter. See Material Handling Devices. 



EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION DEVICES. A device or 
group of devices which serve to regulate the operation of an eleva- 
tor in a predetermined manner during or after an earthquake, con- 
sisting of: 

1. Collision Switch. A device actuated by the car or counter- 
weight to provide information to the control that a collision be- 
tween the car and the counterweight is imminent. 

2. Derailment Switch. A device actuated by the derailment of 
the counterweight at any point in the hoistway to provide informa- 
tion to the control that the counterweight has left its guides. 

3. Seismic Switch. A device actuated by building movement to 
provide information to the control that an earthquake in a prede- 
termined manner during or after an earthquake. 

ELEVATOR. A hoisting and lowering mechanism which 
moves a car or platform in fixed guides in a substantially vertical 
direction and which is designed to carry passengers or freight, or 
both, between two or more fixed landings. A hoisting mechanism, 
such as a portable hoist or a tiering machine, used to elevate or 
lower material between two or more fixed landings and used or 
fixed in a permanent location will be classed as an elevator. 

A hoisting mechanism, such as a portable hoist or a tiering ma- 
chine, used to elevate or lower material between two or more fixed 
landings and used or fixed in a permanent location will be classed 
as an elevator. 

A hydraulic hoisting mechanism used to elevate or lower 
material between two or more fixed landings and used or fixed in a 
permanent location will be classed as an elevator. 

Elevators are classified by the following types: 

1. Auxiliary Power Elevator. An auxiliary power elevator is 
one having a source of mechanical power, such as shafting, in 
common with other machinery. 

2. Carriage Type Elevator, A carriage type elevator is a hand 
freight elevator with a platform having no suspension sling frame, 
but which is raised by cables dropping from winding drums or 
sheaves over the wellway and connected to the platform at four or 
more points. 

3. Double Belt Elevator. A double belt elevator is an elevator in 
which the source of power is connected to the machine by a double 
belt stem employing idling pulleys and a belt shifter, and in which 
the reversal of direction of the elevator is accomplished by shift- 
ing the belts without reversing the prime mover. 

4. Electric Elevator. A power elevator in which the motion of 
the car is obtained through an electric motor applied to the elevator 
without an intervening hydraulic system. 

5. Gravity Elevator. An elevator utilizing gravity to move the 
car. 

6. Hand Elevator. An elevator utilizing manual energy to move 
the car. 

7. Hand Power Man Platform Elevator. A handpower man 
platform elevator is a counter balanced car in guides so arranged 
that a man on the platform may, by holding the brake in the off 
position, pull himself and the car up or down by means of a rope 
secured at the top and bottom of the hoistway. 

8. Hatchway Type Elevator. A hatchway type elevator is an 
elevator running through floor openings provided with hatch cov- 
ers, each of which is opened automatically as the car approaches 
the landing and is closed automatically as the car leaves the land- 
ing. 

9. Hydraulic Elevator. A power elevator where the energy is 
applied by means of liquid under pressure to a cylinder or plunger. 

A. Direct-plunger Elevator. A hydraulic elevator where 
the cylinder or plunger acts directly on the platform or 
car frame without intermediate linkage. 



8 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3009 



B. Hydraulic Maintained-Pressure Elevator. A hydrau- 
lic elevator where liquid under pressure is available at all 
times for transfer into the cylinder. 

C. Hydraulic Telescopic Plunger Elevator. A direct- 
plunger hydraulic elevator having a set of coaxial 
plungers. 

D. Hydro-electric or Electro-hydraulic Elevator. A hy- 
draulic elevator where liquid is pumped under pressure 
directly into the cylinder by a pump driven by an electric 
motor. 

E. Indirect Plunger Elevator. See Roped Hydraulic Ele- 
vator. 

F. Roped Hydraulic Elevator, a.k.a. "Indirect Plunger 
Hydraulic Elevator." A hydraulic elevator having its 
piston connected to the car with wire ropes. 

10. Inclined Elevator. An elevator which travels at an angle of 
inclination of 70 degrees or less from the horizontal. 

11. Multideck Elevator. An elevator having two or more 
compartments located one immediately above the other. 

12. Observation Type Elevator. An observation type elevator 
is an elevator designed and arranged to travel in a hoistway that is 
less than fully enclosed. These elevators are typically arranged to 
provide a view. 

13. Platform Type Elevator. A platform type elevator is an ele- 
vator in which the platform is directly supported at three or more 
points by suspension members which are relied upon to maintain 
the platform substantially level. 

14. Power Elevator. An elevator utilizing energy other than 
gravitational or manual to move the car. 

15. Rack and Pinion Elevator. A rack and pinion elevator is an 
elevator raised and lowered by means of a rack and pinion. 

16. Screw Column Type Elevator. A screw column type eleva- 
tor is an elevator raised and lowered by means of a threaded nut 
revolving on a spiral worm or the worm revolving inside the nut or 
both. 

17. Single Belt Elevator. A single belt elevator is an elevator in 
which the prime mover is connected to the machine by a single 
belt or multiple belt, all parts of which act together, and in which 
the reversal of direction of the elevator is accomplished by revers- 
ing the prime mover. 

18. Steam Elevator. A steam elevator is an elevator in which 
the motion of the car is obtained from a steam engine directly ap- 
plied to the elevator machinery. 

ELEVATOR, CONSTRUCTION. An elevator, used tempo- 
rarily during construction, alteration or demolition of buildings or 
structures, for use by workers or persons connected with or related 
to the building project. 

ELEVATOR, FREIGHT. An elevator used exclusively for 
carrying freight and on which only the operator and the persons 
necessary for unloading and loading the freight are permitted to 
ride. 

ELEVATOR, PASSENGER. An elevator used primarily to 
carry persons. 

ELEVATOR, PRIVATE RESIDENCE. See Elevator, Special 
Access. 

ELEVATOR, SIDEWALK. A freight elevator which operates 
through an area (usually the sidewalk) exterior to the building or 
structure and floor level below. The exterior area (sidewalk) is 
protected by sidewalk doors that are opened by the car as it as- 



cends. Sidewalk elevators without sidewalk doors are permissible 
(See Section 7-3075) only where the top landing is at ground level. 

ELEVATOR, SPECIAL ACCESS. A passenger elevator that 
is limited in size, capacity, rise and speed; installed as a means of 
access for persons with disabilities. 

ELEVATOR, SPECIAL PURPOSE PERSONNEL. A spe- 
cial purpose personnel elevator is an elevator for use by authorized 
personnel and their tools or equipment only, and where location, 
structure and limited usage are the determining factors. 

ELEVATOR, STAIRWAY. See Inclined Stairway Chairlift. 

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH. See Car Stop Switch. 

ENTRANCE, ELEVATOR AND DUMBWAITER. The pro- 
tective assembly which closes the openings in the hoistway enclo- 
sure normally used for loading and unloading. 

1. Horizontally Sliding. An entrance in which the panel(s) or 
door(s) slides horizontally. 

2. Swing. An entrance in which the panel(s) or door(s) swing 
around vertical hinges. 

3. Vertical Sliding. An entrance in which the panel(s) or door(s) 
slides vertically. 

ENTRANCE HARDWARE. All components of an entrance 
exclusive of the frame, door panels and interlocks, that are neces- 
sary to maintain the position of the panels within the assembly. 

ENTRANCE LOCKED OUT OF SERVICE. An entrance in 
which the hoistway door is mechanically locked by means other 
than the interlock to prevent the door being opened from the car 
side without keys or special equipment. 

ESCALATOR OR ELECTRIC STAIRWAY. A moving, in- 
clined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passen- 
gers. 

1. Conventional Escalator. An escalator on which the running 
gear is driven by a single drive shaft at a terminal. 

2. Modular Escalator. An escalator on which the running gear 
along the incline is driven by one or more drive units. 

The following definitions are applicable to escalators only. 

1. Balustrade. The side of an escalator extending above the 
steps. It includes skirt panels, interior panels, decks and handrails. 

2. Deck. The transverse members of the balustrade. A high deck 
is located immediately below the handrail stand. A low deck is lo- 
cated immediately above the skirt panel, having an interior or ex- 
terior section, or both. 

3. Exterior Escalator Panel. The panel enclosing the exterior 
side of the balustrade. 

4. Interior Escalator Panel. The panel located between the 
skirt and the handrail stand. 

5. Molding. The connecting means between the various por- 
tions of the balustrade. 

6. Newel. The balustrade termination at the landing. 

7. Newel Base. The panel located immediately under the newel. 

8. Skirt. The panels located immediately adjacent to the steps or 
treadway. 

9. Tandem Operation. Escalator used in series with common 
intermediate landings. 

FACTOR OF SAFETY. The ratio of the ultimate strength to 
the working stress of a member under maximum static loading, 
unless otherwise specified in a particular Rule. 

FIRE ENDURANCE. A measure of the elapsed time during 
which a material or assembly continues to exhibit fire resistance 
under specified conditions of test and performance. 



7-3009 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIRE RESISTANCE. The property of a material or assembly 
to withstand fire or give protection from it. As applied to elements 
of buildings, it is characterized by the ability to confine a fire or to 
continue to perform a given structural function or both. 

FIRE-RESISTIVE. Having fire resistance (see definition). 

FLAT STEPS. The distance, expressed in step lengths, that the 
leading edge of the escalator step travels after emerging from the 
comb before moving vertically. 

FREIGHT PLATFORM HOIST. A freight type hoist having 
no car enclosure, no hoist way enclosure and a rise of not more 
than 5 feet (1.52 m) in or adjacent to a loading platform or similar 
landing and serving two permanent landings. 

GATE, SEMI-AUTOMATIC. A gate which is opened manu- 
ally and which closes automatically as the car leaves the landing. 

GOVERNOR PULL THROUGH TENSION (FORCE). 

The magnitude of the tensile load developed in the moving gover- 
nor rope after the governor rope-retarding means is actuated. 

GOVERNOR ROPE-RETARDING MEANS. A mechanical 
means of developing a sufficient force in the governor rope to acti- 
vate the car or counterweight safeties or to trip the governor rope 
releasing carrier, where used. Such mechanical means include, but 
are not limited to, rope-gripping jaws, clutch mechanisms and 
traction arrangements. 

GURNEY LIFT. See under Special Access Lifts. 

HAND POWER MAN PLATFORM. See under Elevators. 

HATCH, HATCHWAY. See Hoistway. In early elevator usage 
a hatch or hatchway was a framed opening in a floor with a hinged 
or removable cover. Now incorrectly used to describe or designate 
an elevator hoistway. 

HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCH. A switch located at a land- 
ing, the function of which is to permit operation of the car with the 
hoistway door at this landing and the car door or gate open, in or- 
der to permit access to the top of the car or to the pit. 

HOISTWAY, ELEVATOR OR DUMBWAITER. A shaft- 
way for the travel of one or more elevators or dumbwaiters. It in- 
cludes the pit and terminates at the underside of the overhead 
machinery space floor or grating, or at the upperside of the roof 
where there is no machinery over the hoistway. 

1. Blind Hoistway. The portion of a hoistway (shaft) where 
normal landing entrances are not provided. 

2. Multiple Hoistway. A hoistway (shaft) with more than one 
elevator, dumbwaiter or material lift. 

3. Single Hoistway. A hoistway (shaft) with a single elevator, 
dumbwaiter or material lift. 

HOISTWAY ENCLOSURE. A fixed structure, consisting of 
vertical walls or partitions, which isolates the hoistway from all 
other parts of the building or from an adjacent hoistway and in 
which the hoistway doors and door assemblies are installed. 

HOISTWAY DOOR OR GATE LOCKING DEVICE. See 

hoistway door interlock or contact locks. 

Hoistway Unit System. A series of hoistway door interlocks, 
hoistway door electric contacts, or hoistway door combination 
mechanical locks and electric contacts, or a combination thereof, 
the function of which is to prevent operation of the driving ma- 
chine by the normal operating device unless all hoistway doors are 
in the closed position and, where so required by these regulations, 
are locked in the closed position. 

1. Hoistway Door Interlock. A device having two related and 
interdependent functions which prevent the operation of the driv- 



ing machine by the normal operating device unless the hoistway 
door is locked in the closed position, and prevent the opening of 
the hoistway door from the landing side unless the car is within the 
landing zone and is either stopped or being stopped. 

2. Contact Lock or Combination Mechanical Lock and 
Electric Contact. A combination mechanical and electric device 
the two related, but entirely independent, functions of which, pre- 
vent operation of the driving machine by the normal operating de- 
vice unless the hoistway gate is in the closed position, and lock the 
hoistway gate in the closed position and prevent it from being 
opened from the landing side unless the car is within the landing 
zone. 

HOISTWAY DOOR OR GATE ELECTRIC CONTACT. 

An electrical device, the function of which is to prevent operation 
of the driving machine by the normal operating device unless the 
hoistway door is in the closed position. 

HOISTWAY GATE SEPARATE MECHANICAL LOCK. 

A mechanical device, the function of which is to lock a hoistway 
gate in the closed position after the car leaves a landing and pre- 
vent the gate from being opened from the landing side unless the 
car is within the landing zone. 

HOISTWAY DOOR INTERLOCK RETIRING CAM 
DEVICE. A hoistway door interlock retiring cam is a device 
which actuates the locking mechanism of a type of hoistway door 
interlock by the action of a retractable cam. 

IDLER SHEAVE. A grooved sheave used to guide or apply 
tension to a rope or cord. 

INCLINED LIFT. See inclined elevator under Elevator. 

INCLINED STAIRWAY CHAIRLIFT, a.k.a. "Stairway 
Elevator." See Special Access Lifts. 

INCLINED WHEELCHAIR LIFT. See Special Access 
Lifts. 

JAMB. Any one of the three members constituting an elevator 
entrance frame, head jamb, strike jamb, and return jamb. 

KINETIC ENERGY. The kind of energy a body has by virtue 
of its motion. 

LABELED. Equipment or materials to which has been at- 
tached a label, symbol or other identifying mark of an independent 
certifying organization concerned with product evaluation, that 
maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment 
or materials and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates 
compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a speci- 
fied manner. 

LANDING, ELEVATOR. That portion of a floor, balcony, or 
platform used to receive and discharge passengers or freight. Al- 
though the vertical level is normally fixed, there are instances 
where the landing is arranged to vary vertically to satisfy given 
conditions. 

Landing, Bottom Terminal. The lowest landing served by the 
elevator which is equipped with a hoistway door and hoistway 
door locking device which permits egress from the hoistway side. 

Landing, Top Terminal. The highest landing served by the ele- 
vator which is equipped with a hoistway door and hoistway door 
locking device which permits egress from the hoistway side. 

Landing, Unenclosed. A landing which is open to the atmo- 
sphere or is open to an interior court of a building. 

LANDING, ESCALATOR OR MOVING WALK. The sta- 
tionary area at the entrance to or exit from an escalator, a moving 
walk or moving walk system. 

LANDING ZONE. A zone extending from a point 18 inches 
(457 mm) below an elevator or material lift landing to a point 
18 inches (457 mm) above the landing. 



10 



2001 CAL8FORNBA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCT80N CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3009 



L.C. California Labor Code. 

LEVEL, ALTERNATE. The floor or landing selected as the 
one to which the elevator(s) are to be dispatched by activation of 
the sensing device permitted by Section 3041 (c). 

LEVEL, DESIGNATED. The floor or landing selected as the 
one to which the elevator(s) are to be dispatched by the on position 
of the switch required by Section 3041 (c) and the landing where 
the switch is intended to be located. 

LEVELING DEVICE, ELEVATOR CAR. Any mechanism 
which will either automatically or under control of the operator 
move the car within the leveling zone toward the landing only, and 
automatically. 

Leveling Device, One-way Automatic. A device which cor- 
rects the car level only in case of under-run of the car but will not 
maintain the level during loading and unloading. 

Leveling Device, Two-way Automatic Maintaining. A de- 
vice which corrects the car level on both under-run and over-run 
and maintains the level during loading and unloading. 

Leveling Device, Two-way Automatic Nonmaintaining. A 
device which corrects the car level on both under-run and over-run 
but will not maintain the level during loading and unloading. 

LEVELING ZONE. The limited distance above or below an 
elevator landing within which the leveling device may cause 
movement of the car toward the landing independently of the 
hoistway door interlock or car door or gate contact. 

LISTED. Equipment or materials included in a list published 
by an independent certifying organization concerned with product 
evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of production of 
listed equipment or materials and whose listing states whether that 
equipment or material meets appropriate standards or has been 
tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. 

MACHINE AND CONTROL ROOMS, REMOTE. Rooms 
that do not share a common wall, floor, or ceiling with the hoist- 
way. 

MACHINE, DRIVING. The power unit which applies the en- 
ergy necessary to raise and lower an elevator or dumbwaiter car or 
to drive an escalator, moving walk, or an inclined lift. 

1. Chain-drive Machine. An indirect-drive machine having a 
chain as the connecting means. 

2. Direct-drive Machine. An electric driving machine, the 
motor of which is directly connected mechanically to the driving 
sheave, drum, or shaft without the use of belts or chain, either with 
or without intermediate gears. 

3. Electric Driving Machine. One where the energy is applied 
by an electric motor. It includes the motor and brake and the driv- 
ing sheave or drum, together with its connecting gearing, belt or 
chain, if any. 

4. Geared-drive Machine. A direct drive machine in which the 
energy is transmitted from the motor to the driving sheave, drum, 
or shaft through gearing. 

5. Hydraulic Driving Machine. One in which the energy is ap- 
plied by means of a liquid under pressure to a cylinder equipped 
with a plunger or piston. 

6. Hydroelectric Driving Machine. One in which the liquid is 
pumped under pressure directly into the cylinder by a pump driven 
by an electric motor without an intervening accumulator between 
the pump and the cylinder. 

7. Direct Plunger Driving Machine. A hydraulic driving ma- 
chine in which the plunger or cylinder is directly attached to the 
car frame or platform. 



8. Indirect-drive Machine. An electric driving machine, the 
motor of which is connected indirectly to the drive sheave, drum 
or shaft by means of a belt or chain through intermediate gears. 

9. Rack and Pinion Driving Machine. An electric driving ma- 
chine in which the motion of the car is obtained by power-driven 
rotating pinion(s) mounted on the car, traveling on a stationary 
rack mounted in the hoistway. 

10. Roped Hydraulic Driving Machine. One in which the en- 
ergy is applied by a piston connected to the car with wire ropes, 
which operates in a cylinder under hydraulic pressure. It includes 
the cylinder, the piston and multiplying sheaves, if any, and their 
guides. 

11. Screw Machine. An electric driving machine, the motor of 
which drives a nut on a vertical screw or rotates a vertical screw to 
raise or lower an elevator car. 

12. Traction Machine. A direct-drive machine in which the 
motion of the car is obtained through friction between the suspen- 
sion ropes and a traction sheave. 

A. Geared-traction Machine. A geared-drive traction 
machine. 

B. Gearless-traction Machine. A traction machine, with- 
out intermediate gearing, which has the traction sheave 
and the brake drum mounted directly on the motor shaft. 

13. Winding-drum Machine. A geared-drive machine in 
which the hoisting ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum. 

14. Worm-geared Machine. A direct-drive machine in which 
the energy from the motor is transmitted to the driving sheave or 
drum through worm gearing. 

MAIN FLOOR. The floor providing normal egress from the 
building. 

MAINTENANCE. A process of routine examination, lubrica- 
tion, cleaning, adjustment and replacement of parts for the pur- 
pose of ensuring performance in accordance with the applicable 
code requirement. 

MANLIFT. A device consisting of a power driven endless belt 
moving in one direction only, and provided with steps or platforms 
and handholds attached to it for the transportation of personnel 
from floor to floor. 

MANLIFT, HANDHOLD (HANDGRIP). A handhold is a 
device attached to a belt which can be grasped by the passenger to 
provide a means of maintaining balance. 

1. Open Type. One which has a handgrip surface fully exposed 
and capable of being encircled by the passenger's fingers. 

2. Closed Type. A cup-shaped device, open at the top in the di- 
rection of travel of the step for which it is to be used, and closed at 
the bottom, into which the passenger may place his fingers. 

MANLIFT, LIMIT SWITCH. A device the purpose of which 
is to cut off the power to the motor and apply the brake to stop the 
carrier in the event that a loaded step passes the terminal landing. 

MANLIFT, RATED SPEED. Rated speed is the speed for 
which the device is designed and installed. 

MANLIFT, SPLIT-RAIL SWITCH. An electric limit switch 
operated mechanically by the rollers on the manlift steps. It con- 
sists of an additional hinged or "split" rail, mounted on the regular 
guide rail, over which the step rollers pass. It is spring loaded in the 
"split" position. If the step supports no load, the rollers will 
"bump" over the switch; if a loaded step should pass over the sec- 
tion, the split rail will be forced straight, tripping the switch and 
opening the electrical circuit. 

MANLIFT, STEP (PLATFORM). A step is a passenger car- 
rying unit. 



11 



7-3009 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



MANLIFT, TRAVEL. The travel is the distance between the 
centers of the top and bottom pulleys. 

MANUAL RESET, ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK. 

A means, not accessible to the general public, requiring personal 
intervention by an authorized person prior to restarting the escala- 
tor or moving walk. 

MASONRY. Build-up construction or combination of building 
units or material of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gypsum, stone, or 
other approved units bonded together with mortar or monolithic 
concrete. Reinforced concrete is not classed as masonry. 

MATERIAL LIFT. See Material Handling Devices. 

MATERIAL HANDLING DEVICES. A hoisting or lowering 
mechanism which moves a car or platform in guides between two 
or more fixed landings and which is designed to carry inanimate 
objects only. Material Handling Devices are classified by the fol- 
lowing types: 

1. Dumbwaiter. A dumbwaiter is an elevator, the floor area of 
which does not exceed 9 square feet, whose total inside height, 
whether or not provided with fixed or removable shelves, does not 
exceed 4 feet, the capacity of which does not exceed 500 pounds, 
and which is used exclusively for carrying materials. 

2. Undercounter Dumbwaiter. One which has its top terminal 
landing located underneath a counter and which serves only this 
landing and the bottom terminal landing. 

3. Material Lift. A hoisting and lowering mechanism which 
would normally be classified as an elevator but with modifications 
to adapt it for the automatic movement of material by means of an 
integrally mounted automatic transfer device. 

A. Automatic Transfer Device, A mechanism which auto- 
matically moves a load consisting of a cart, tote box, 
pallet, wheeled vehicle, box or similar object to and 
from the platform of the lift. 

B. Restricted Area (Applicable to Article 7-12.1). An 
area through which the loads carried by the material lift 
travel by automatic means. The area shall extend in front 
of the entrance to the lift a distance not less than that 
equal to the length of the load plus 4 feet and separated 
from the unrestricted area by a standard guardrail or 
equivalent barrier. The end of the restricted area where 
not guarded shall be marked with a yellow line on the 
floor. 

C. Car, Material Lift. The load carrying unit including the 
car frame, enclosure and transfer device. 

4. Reciprocating Conveyor. A conveyor where the carrier 
pusher moves forward and back, or up and down in the same place. 

A. Inclined Reciprocating Conveyor. A reciprocating 
power or gravity actuated unit (not designed to carry 
passengers or an operator) that receives only inanimate 
objects on a carrier. These units operate on inclines gen- 
erally in the range of 30 degrees to 70 degrees from the 
horizontal. 

B. Vertical Reciprocating Conveyor. A reciprocating 
power or gravity actuated unit (not designed to carry 
passengers or an operator) that receives only inanimate 
objects on a carrier and transmits these objects vertically 
from one elevation to another. 

The following definitions are applicable to conveyors only. 

A. Actuator. A device that initiates the action of controls or 
controllers and is manually operated. The actuator may 
be a push button, toggle switch, foot pedal, hand lever, 



hand set timer, or any other device that performs the 
described function. 

B. Carrier 

(1) A device attached to or hung from trolleys to support 
the load. 

(2) The receptacle in which objects are placed for trans- 
mittal through a conveying system. 

(3) The moving part of a vertical or inclined reciprocat- 
ing conveyor that supports the load. 

C. Control(s). The system governing the starting, stop- 
ping, direction of motion, acceleration, speed, retarda- 
tion, identification, and function of the moving member 
in a predetermined manner. 

D. Controller. An electromechanical device or assembly 
of devices for starting, stopping, accelerating, or decel- 
erating a drive, or serving to govern in some predeter- 
mined manner the power delivered to the drive. 

E. Drive. An assembly of the necessary structural, me- 
chanical, and electrical parts that provide the motive 
power for a conveyor. 

F. Emergency Stop. A stop arising from a sudden and un- 
expected need, and not as a part of the normal operation. 

G. Emergency Stop Device. A device that must be actu- 
ated in an emergency situation to stop a conveyor. 

H. Enclosed. Describes guarding of moving parts in such a 
manner that physical contact by parts of the body is pre- 
cluded as long as the guard remains in place. The guard- 
ing may make use of hinged, sliding, or removable doors 
for inspection or lubrication. 

I. Guard. A covering or barricade to prevent entry into op- 
erating components such as gear, chain, and nip guards; 
a structure mounted below an overhead mounted con- 
veyor to protect personnel from falling materials. 

J. Guarded. Shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise pro- 
tected by means of suitable enclosure, covers, casing, 
shields, troughs, railings, or by nature of location so as to 
reduce foreseeable risk of personal injury. 

K. Guarded by Location. Describes moving parts so pro- 
tected by their remoteness from the floor, platform, 
walkway, or other working level, or by their location 
with reference to frame, foundation, or structure as to re- 
duce the foreseeable risk of accidental contact by per- 
sons or objects. Remoteness from foreseeable, regular, 
or frequent presence of public or employed personnel 
may in reasonable circumstances constitute guarding by 
location. 

L. Nip Point. A point at which a machine element moving 
in line meets a rotating element in such a manner that it is 
possible to nip, pinch, squeeze, or entrap a person or ob- 
jects coming into contact with one of the two members. 
The same definition holds for the similar point with 
respect to two rotating parts or two converging parts in 
linear movement. 

M. Operator's Station. Location at which actuators are 
placed for the purpose of starting, stopping, reversing, or 
otherwise controlling the conveyor or system of convey- 
ors in the course of normal operation. 

N. Overload Device. A mechanical or electrical device de- 
signed to disconnect the driven equipment from the driv- 
ing equipment in event of an overload on the conveyor. 



12 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODI 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3QQ9 



O. Qualified Person. A person who, by profession of a rec- 
ognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or 
who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience 
has successfully demonstrated his ability to solve prob- 
lems relating to the subject matter and work. 

P. Rated Capacity. Rated capacity shall mean the capacity 
at the rated speed, as established by the manufacturer or 
a qualified person, at which safe and satisfactory service 
can be expected. 

Q. Rated Speed. Rated speed shall mean the speed of the 
conveyor, as established by the manufacturer or a quali- 
fied person, at which safe and satisfactory service can be 
expected. 

R. Remote Control. Any system of controls in which the 
actuator is situated in a remote location. 

S. Remote Location. Any location, with respect to the 
conveyor, from which the presence or position of per- 
sonnel relative to the conveyor cannot be readily deter- 
mined from the operator's station. 

T. Safety Device. A mechanism or an arrangement placed 
in use for the specific purposes of preventing an unsafe 
condition, preventing the continuation of an unsafe con- 
dition, warning of an unsafe condition, or limiting or 
eliminating the unsafe effects of a possible condition. 

U. Walkway. An elevated passageway for persons above 
the surrounding floor or ground level. Included in this 
definition are catwalks, footwalks, runways, and ele- 
vated walkways. 

5. Operation, Material Handling Device. Operation of a ma- 
terial handling device shall mean the loading, unloading and 
actuation of the control. 

6. Operator, Material Handling Device. The operator of a ma- 
terial handling device shall mean the individual trained in safe 
operation of the particular device. 

MAY. The term "may" where used shall be construed as per- 
missive. 

MODERNIZATION. See alteration, maintenance, repair and 
replacement. 

MODULE. The increment of rise in a modular escalator that 
one drive unit is capable of powering. 

MOVING WALK. A type of passenger-carrying device on 
which passengers stand or walk, and in which the passenger- 
carrying surface remains parallel to its direction of motion and is 
uninterrupted. 

Moving walks are classified by the following types: 

1. Belt Type. A moving walk with a power driven continuous 
belt treadway. 

2. Belt Pallet Type. A moving walk with a series of connected 
and power driven pallets to which a continuous belt treadway is 
fastened. 

3. Edge-supported Belt Type. A moving walk with the tread- 
way supported near its edge by a succession of rollers. 

4. Pallet Type. A moving walk with a series of connected and 
power driven pallets which together constitute the treadway. 

5. Roller-bed Type. A moving walk with the treadway sup- 
ported throughout its width by a succession of rollers. 

6. Slider-bed Type. A moving walk with the treadway sliding 
upon a supporting surface. 



NEXT AVAILABLE LANDING. The first landing, in the di- 
rection of travel, that the elevator is electrically and mechanically 
capable of serving during the program in effect. 

NONSTOP SWITCH, ELEVATOR. A switch which, when 
operated, will prevent the elevator from making registered land- 
ing stops. 

NONINTERFERENCE. A feature of an elevator which gives 
preference to a passenger on the elevator for direction of travel and 
of the stops, over passengers waiting at the landing. 

OPERATING DEVICE. The car switch, pushbutton, lever, 
key, toggle switches or other manual device used to actuate the 
control. 

OPERATION. The method of actuating the control. 

1. Automatic Operation. Operation wherein the starting of the 
elevator car is effected in response to the momentary actuation of 
operating devices at the landing, or of operating devices in the car 
identified with the landings, or in response to an automatic starting 
mechanism, and wherein the car is stopped automatically at the 
landings. 

A. Group Automatic Operation. Automatic operation of 
two or more nonattendant elevators equipped with 
power-operated car and hoistway doors. The operation 
of the cars is coordinated by a supervisory control sys- 
tem, including automatic dispatching means, whereby 
selected cars at designated dispatching points automati- 
cally close their doors and proceed on their trips in a reg- 
ulated manner. It includes one button in each car for each 
landing served and up-and-down buttons at each landing 
(single buttons at terminal landings). The stops set up by 
the momentary actuation of the car buttons are made 
automatically in succession as a car reaches the corre- 
sponding landings irrespective of its direction of travel 
or the sequence in which the buttons are actuated. The 
stops set up by the momentary actuation of the landing 
buttons may be accomplished by any elevator in the 
group, and are made automatically by the first available 
car that approaches the landing in the corresponding 
direction. 

B. Nonselective Collective Automatic Operation. Auto- 
matic operation by means of one button in the car for 
each landing level served and one button at each landing, 
wherein all stops registered by the momentary actuation 
of landing or car buttons are made irrespective of the 
number of buttons actuated or of the sequence in which 
the buttons are actuated. With this type of operation the 
car stops at all landings for which buttons have been ac- 
tuated, making the stops in the order in which the land- 
ings are reached after the buttons have been actuated, but 
irrespective of its direction of travel. 

C. Selective Collective Automatic Operation. Automatic 
operation by means of one button in the car for each 
landing level served and by up-and-down buttons at the 
landings, wherein all stops registered by the momentary 
actuation of the car buttons are made as defined under 
nonselective collective automatic operation, but where- 
in the stops registered by the momentary actuation of the 
landing buttons are made in the order in which the land- 
ings are reached in each direction of travel after the but- 
tons have been actuated. With this type of operation, all 
"up" landing calls are answered when the car is traveling 
in the up direction and all "down" landing calls are an- 
swered when the car is traveling in the down direction. 

D. Single Automatic Operation. Automatic operation by 
means of one button in the car for each landing level 



113 



7-3009 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



served and one button at each landing, so arranged that if 
any car or landing button has been actuated, the actua- 
tion of any other car or landing operating button will 
have no effect on the operation of the car until the re- 
sponse of the first button has been completed. 

2. Call and Send Operation. Operation in which buttons are 
provided at the landings both for calling the elevator to that land- 
ing or for dispatching the elevator to other landings. 

3. Car-switch Operation. Operation wherein the movement 
and direction of travel of the car are directly and solely under the 
control of the operator by means of a manually operated car switch 
or of continuous-pressure buttons in the car. 

4. Car-switch Automatic Floor-stop Operation. Operation in 
which the stop is initiated by the operator from within the car with 
a definite reference to the landing at which it is desired to stop, af- 
ter which the slowing down and stopping of the elevator is effected 
automatically. 

5. Continuous-pressure Operation. Operation by means of 
buttons or switches in the car and at the landings, any one of which 
may be used to control the movement of the car as long as the but- 
ton or switch is manually maintained in the actuating position. 

6. Preregister Operation. Operation in which signals to stop 
are registered in advance by buttons in the car and at the landings. 
At the proper point in the car travel, the operator in the car is noti- 
fied by a signal (visual, audible, or otherwise) to initiate the stop, 
after which the landing stop is automatic. 

7. Signal Operation. Operation by means of single buttons or 
switches, or both, in the car, and up-or-down direction buttons or 
both, at the landings, by which predetermined landing stops may 
be set up or registered for an elevator or for a group of elevators. 
The stops set up by momentary actuation of the car buttons are 
made automatically in succession as the car reaches those land- 
ings, irrespective of its direction of travel or the sequence in which 
the buttons are actuated. The stops set up by the momentary actua- 
tion of the up-and-down buttons at the landing are made automati- 
cally by the first available car in the group approaching the landing 
in the corresponding direction, irrespective of the sequence in 
which the buttons are actuated. With this type of operation, the car 
can be started only by means of a starting switch or button in the 
car. 

OPERATION, INSPECTION. A special case of continuous- 
pressure operation used for troubleshooting, maintenance, repair, 
adjustment, rescue and inspection. 

OVERHEAD STRUCTURE. All of the structural members, 
platforms, etc., supporting the elevator machinery, sheaves, and 
equipment at the top of the hoistway. 

PALLET, MOVING WALK. One of a series of rigid plat- 
forms which together form an articulated treadway or the support 
for a continuous treadway. 

PARKING DEVICE, ELEVATOR. An electrical or mechani- 
cal device, the function of which is to permit the opening from the 
landing side of the hoistway door at any landing when the car is 
within the landing zone of that landing. The device may also be 
used to close the door. 

PENETRATE A FLOOR. To pass through or pierce a floor in 
such a way that the opening has a continuous perimeter and is pro- 
vided only to allow the equipment to pass through the floor. 

PHASE I EMERGENCY RECALL OPERATION. The op- 
eration of an elevator wherein it is automatically or manually re- 
called to a specific landing and removed from normal service 
because of activation of firefighters' service. 



PHASE II EMERGENCY IN-CAR OPERATON. The op- 
eration of an elevator by firefighters where the operation of the 
elevator is under their control. 

PISTON. Short cylindrical member which is provided with a 
sealing means which travels with the member within a hydraulic 
cylinder. Pistons may be coupled to the elevator by a coupling 
means which passes through a sealing means provided in the cyl- 
inder head. 

PIT, ELEVATOR. That portion of a hoistway extending from 
the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the 
bottom of the hoistway. 

PLATFORM GUARD. A smooth metal panel extending be- 
low the car seal, which eliminates the opening below the platform 
when the elevator is above the landing and in the leveling zone. 

PLUNGER (RAM). A long cylindrical compression member 
which is directly or indirectly coupled to the car frame. This mem- 
ber is not provided with a sealing means. Where used in assembly 
with a cylinder, the sealing means is provided on the cylinder 
head. In the case of telescopic plungers and cylinders, a sealing 
means may be used in the moving plunger which is also a cylinder. 

POSITION INDICATOR. A device that indicates the position 
of the elevator car in the hoistway. It is called a hall position indi- 
cator when placed at a landing, or a car position indicator when 
placed in the car. 

RATED LOAD. The load which the elevator, dumbwaiter, es- 
calator, moving walk, or inclined lift is designed and installed to 
lift or move at the rated speed. 

RATED SPEED. The speed at which the elevator, dumbwaiter, 
escalator, moving walk, manlift, or inclined lift is designed to op- 
erate under the following conditions: 

1. Elevator or Dumbwaiter. The speed in the "up" direction 
with rated load in the car. 

2. Escalator, Moving Walk or Inclined Lift. The rate of travel 
of the steps, treadway, or carriage, measured along the angle of in- 
clination, with rated load on the steps or carriage. In the case of a 
reversible escalator, the rated speed shall be the rate of travel of the 
steps in the "up" direction, measured along the angle of inclina- 
tion, with rated load on the steps. 

RECYCLING OPERATION, TELESCOPIC PLUNGER. 

An operation for restoring the relative vertical positions of the 
multiple plungers in a telescoping plunger arrangement. 

REHABILITATION. See alteration, maintenance, repair and 
replacement. 

RELEASING CARRIER, GOVERNOR ROPE. A mechan- 
ical device to which the governor rope may be fastened, calibrated 
to control the activation of a safety at a predetermined tripping 
force. 

REPAIRS. The word "repairs" where used herein shall mean 
only such work as is necessary to maintain present equipment in a 
safe and serviceable condition and to adjust or replace defective, 
broken, or worn parts with parts made of equivalent material, 
strength, and design, and where the replacing part performs the 
same function as the replaced part. 

REPLACEMENT. The substitution of a device or component 
in its entirety with a new unit that is basically the same as the origi- 
nal for the purpose of ensuring performance in accordance with 
applicable code requirements. 

RESTRICTED AREA (APPLICABLE TO ARTICLE 

7-12.1). See Material Handling Devices. 

ROPE, CAR-COUNTERWEIGHT. Wire rope which does 
not pass over the driving means used to connect the car and coun- 
terweight. 



14 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTBON CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3009 



ROPE, COMPENSATING. Wire rope used to counterbal- 
ance, or partially counterbalance, the weight of the suspension 
ropes. 

ROPE, COUNTERWEIGHT. Wire rope used to raise and 
lower the counterweight on an electric elevator having a winding 
drum machine or a hydraulic elevator equipped with a counter- 
weight. 

ROPE EQUALIZER, SUSPENSION. A device installed on 
an elevator car or counterweight to equalize automatically the ten- 
sions in the hoisting wire ropes. 

ROPE-FASTENING DEVICE, AUXILIARY. A device at- 
tached to the car or counterweight or to the overhead dead-end 
rope-hitch support which function automatically to support the car 
or counterweight in case the regular wire rope fastening fails at the 
point of connection to the car or counterweight or at the overhead 
dead-end hitch. 

ROPE, GOVERNOR. Wire rope with at least one end fastened 
to the safety activating means or governor rope releasing carrier, 
passing over and driving the governor sheave, and providing con- 
tinuous information on the speed and direction of the car or coun- 
terweight. 

ROPE SPROCKET DRIVE. A driving means consisting of 
wire rope with fixed links at constant intervals throughout its 
length. The links engage in slots on a grooved drive cog to provide 
a positive drive force. 

ROPE SUSPENSION (HOISTING). Wire rope used to raise 
and lower an elevator car or its counterweight, or both. 

RUNBY, BOTTOM ELEVATOR CAR. The distance be- 
tween the car buffer striker plate and the striking surface of the car 
buffer when the car floor is level with the bottom terminal landing. 

RUNBY, BOTTOM ELEVATOR COUNTERWEIGHT. 
The distance between the counterweight buffer striker plate and 
the striking surface of the counterweight buffer when the car floor 
is level with the top terminal landing. 

RUNBY, TOP, DIRECT-PLUNGER HYDRAULIC ELE- 
VATOR. The distance the elevator car can run above its top termi- 
nal landing before the plunger strikes its mechanical stop. 

SAFETY BULKHEAD. A closure at the bottom of the cylin- 
der located above the cylinder head and provided with an orifice 
for controlling the loss of fluid in the event of cylinder head 
failure. 

SAFETY, CAR OR COUNTERWEIGHT. A mechanical de- 
vice attached to the car frame or to an auxiliary frame, or to the 
counterweight frame, to stop and hold the car or counterweight in 
case of predetermined overspeed or free fall, or if the hoisting 
ropes slacken. 

SCREW COLUMN. A vertical structural member provided 
with screw threads which supports the car of a screw column ele- 
vator. The screw column may be either in tension or compression. 

SEISMIC SWITCH. See Earthquake Protection Devices. 

SHAFT, SHAFTWAY. See Hoistway. 

SHALL. The term "shall" where used shall be construed as 
mandatory. 

SHOULD. The term "should" where used shall be construed as 
advisory. 

SIGHT GUARD. A vertical member mounted on the hoistway 
side, leading edge of the hoistway door. It is used to reduce the 
opening between the leading edges of the hoistway door and the 
car door. 



SIGNAL DEVICE, ELEVATOR CAR FLASH. A device 
providing a signal light in the car, which is illuminated when the 
car approaches the landings at which a landing signal registering 
device has been actuated. 

SIGNAL REGISTERING DEVICE, ELEVATOR LAN- 
DING. A button or other device located at the elevator landing 
which when actuated by a waiting passenger, causes a stop signal 
to be registered by the car. 

SIGNAL SYSTEM, ELEVATOR SEPARATE. A system 
consisting of buttons or other devices located at the landings 
which, when actuated by a waiting passenger, illuminate a flash 
signal or operate an annunciator in the car indicating floors at 
which stops are to be made. 

SIGNAL TRANSFER DEVICE, ELEVATOR AUTOMA- 
TIC. A device by means of which a signal registered in a car is au- 
tomatically transferred to the next car following, in case the first 
car passes a floor for which a signal has been registered without 
making a stop. 

SIGNAL TRANSFER SWITCH, ELEVATOR. A manually 
operated switch, located in the car, by means of which the operator 
can transfer a signal to the next car approaching in the same direc- 
tion, when the operator desires to pass a floor at which a signal has 
been registered. 

SLACK-ROPE SWITCH. A device which automatically 
causes the electric power to be removed from the elevator driving- 
machine motor and brake when the hoisting ropes of a winding- 
drum machine become slack. 

Sleeving (Liner). The insertion of a smaller-diameter cylinder 
inside the existing cylinder of a hydraulic driving machine. 

Slope, Moving Walk. The angle which the treadway makes 
with the horizontal. 

SOLID STATE DEVICE. An element that can control current 
without moving parts. 

Speed Governor. A continuous operating speed monitoring 
and detection device which, at predetermined speeds, provides 
signals to the controller and imparts a retarding force to activate 
the car or counterweight safety. 

Starter's Control Panel, Elevator. An assembly of devices by 
means of which the starter may control the manner in which an 
elevator or group of elevators function. 

SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS. 

1. Inclined Stairway Chairlift, a.k.a. "Stairway Elevator." 
An inclined stairway chairlift is a seat(s) or chair(s) that travels on 
a stairway. 

2. Gurney Lift. A gurney lift is a hoisting and lowering mecha- 
nism, for use by a person(s) in a gurney, stretcher or similar device 
and an attendant(s) and possibly a support system. It consists of a 
platform with a minimal enclosure that moves through a fixed 
course either vertically or on an incline, and is used or fixed in a 
permanent location. The Division shall determine the specific lifts 
which are gurney lifts, for the purpose of these orders. This deter- 
mination shall apply equally to all similar or identical lifts used in 
a similar manner. 

3. Platform (Wheelchair) Lift A wheelchair lift is a hoisting 
and lowering mechanism for use by a person unable to use stairs. It 
consists of a platform with a minimal enclosure that moves 
through a fixed course either vertically or on an incline (which is 
often a stairway), and is used or fixed in a permanent location. The 
Division shall determine the specific lifts which are wheelchair 
lifts, for the purpose of these orders. This determination shall ap- 
ply equally to all similar or identical lifts used in a similar or iden- 
tical manner. 



15 



7-3009 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



A. Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lift. An inclined 
wheelchair lift is a wheelchair lift designed to operate on 
an incline which is often a stairway. 

B. Vertical Platform (Wheelchair) Lift. A vertical 
wheelchair lift is a wheelchair lift designed to operate 
vertically. 

The following definitions are applicable to Special Access Lift 
only. 

1. Runway. For stairway chairlifts and wheelchair lifts, the 
space in which the car, platform, or seat moves. 

2. Side Guard. The panels on the sides of the wheelchair lift 
platform not used for entrance. They are usually 42 inches (1.067 
m) high and are a form of car enclosure. 

3. Toe Guard. Toe guard refers to the panels extending below 
the platform. They eliminate all accessible areas under the plat- 
form when it is above the lower landing. It may be a telescoping- 
type device. 

STAGE LIFT. A stage lift is a hoisting and lowering mecha- 
nism with a platform that at some elevation is a stage or a part of a 
stage, such as an orchestra pit. The division shall determine the 
specific lifts which are stage lifts, for the purpose of these orders. 
This determination shall apply equally to all similar or identical 
lifts used in a similar or identical manner. 

STATIC SWITCHING. Switching of circuits by means of sol- 
id state devices. 

STOPPING DEVICE, ELEVATOR LANDING. A button or 
other device located at an elevator landing which when activated 
causes the elevator car to stop at that floor. 

STOPPING DEVICES, NORMAL. The automatic device 
used to actuate the control to slow and stop an elevator or dumb- 
waiter car at any landing. 

SUPPLY PIPING. The piping for a hydraulic elevator between 
the control valves and the driving member of the driving machine. 

TERMINAL SPEED LIMITING DEVICE, EMERGEN- 
CY. A device which automatically reduces the speed as a car ap- 
proaches a terminal landing, independently of the functioning of 
the operating device, and the normal terminal stopping device, if 
the latter fails to slow down the car as intended. 

TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICE, EMERGENCY. A de- 
vice which automatically causes the power to be removed from 
the electric elevator driving machine motor and brake, or from a 
hydraulic elevator machine, at a predetermined distance from the 
terminal landing and independently of the functioning of the nor- 
mal stopping device, the operating device and normal terminal 
stopping device, if the normal terminal stopping device does not 
slow down the car as intended. 

TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICE, FINAL. A device which 
automatically causes the power to be removed from an electric 
elevator or dumbwaiter driving machine motor and brake, or from 
a hydraulic elevator or dumbwaiter machine, independently of the 
functioning of the normal terminal stopping device, the normal 
stopping device, the operating device, or any emergency terminal 
stopping device, after the car has passed a terminal landing. 

TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICE, MACHINE FINAL. A 

final terminal stopping device operated directly by the driving 
machine. 

TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICE, NORMAL. A device or 
devices used to slow down and stop an elevator or dumbwaiter car 
automatically at or near a terminal landing independently of the 
functioning of the normal stopping device or the operating device. 



The device includes the terminal stopping switch, together with 
such terminal slow-down switches necessary to stop the car at or 
near the terminal landing. 

THRESHOLD COMB, MOVING WALK. The toothed por- 
tion of a threshold plate designed to mesh with a grooved treadway 
surface. 

THRESHOLD PLATE, MOVING WALK. That portion of 
the landing adjacent to the treadway consisting of one or more sta- 
tionary or slightly movable plates. 

TRANSOM. A panel or panels used to close a hoistway enclo- 
sure opening above a hoistway entrance. 

TRAVEL OR RISE. The vertical distance between the bottom 
terminal landing and the top terminal landing of an elevator, 
dumbwaiter, escalator, and inclined lift. 

TRAVELING CABLE. A cable made up of electric conduc- 
tors which provides electrical connection between an elevator or 
dumbwaiter car and a fixed connection in the hoistway. 

TREADWAY, MOVING WALK. The passenger-carrying 
member of a moving walk. 

TRUCK-ZONING DEVICE, ELEVATOR. A device which 
will permit the operator in the car to move a freight elevator within 
the truck zone with the car door or gate and a hoistway door or gate 
open. 

TRUCK ZONE, ELEVATOR. The limited distance above an 
elevator landing within which the truck-zoning device permits 
movement of the elevator car. 

U-GROOVE. A shape of groove used on the drive sheave of a 
double wrap traction machine, approximately a semicircle, with a 
radius approximately equal to the diameter of the hoist rope. 

UNDERCUTTING. A process of removing, by sawing or 
scraping, part of the mica until it is below the surface of the copper 
of a commutator. 

UNDERCUT U-GROOVE. A modified v-groove which has 
the lower sides cut in the shape of a U. 

UNLOCKING ZONE. A zone extending from the landing 
floor level to a point not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nor more than 
18 inches (457 mm) above or below the landing. 

VALLEY BREAK. A broken wire in a wire rope in which the 
outside wire of a strand breaks in the immediate vicinity of the 
point where it contacts a wire or wires of an adjacent strand, gener- 
ally at a point not visible when the wire rope is examined external- 
ly. One end of the broken wire is long enough to reach from one 
valley to the next one and the other end of the broken wire general- 
ly cannot be seen. 

VANE. (1) A thin piece of metal attached to a stationary struc- 
ture in the hoistway to provide the actuating part of a magnetically 
operated switch assembly mounted on the car. These switches are 
used to perform several functions. (2) A device mounted on a car 
door panel to transmit door operating power to the hoistway door. 

V-GROOVE. One form of traction sheave groove which is 
contoured in the shape of a straight-sided, flat bottom V. 

VISION PANEL. A small glass panel located in entrance doors 
to permit the passengers or attendant to see when the car has 
reached the landing. 

VOLATILE MEMORY. Memory lost when operating power 
is removed. 

WAITING PASSENGER INDICATOR. An indicator which 
shows at which landings and for which direction elevator hall 
stop-or-signal calls have been registered and are unanswered. 



16 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3009 



WEATHERPROOF. So constructed or protected that expo- 
sure to the weather will not interfere with its successful operation. 

WIDTH, MOVING WALK. The exposed width of the tread- 
way. 

WINDOW. An assembly consisting of a surrounding frame and 
one or more sashes, ventilators or fixed lights, or a combination of 
these, designed to be installed in a wall opening for the purpose of 
admitting light or air or both. 



WORKING PRESSURE. The pressure measured at the cylin- 
der of a hydraulic elevator when lifting the car and its rated load at 
rated speed, or, with Class C-2 loading when leveling up with 
maximum static load. 

YIELD STRENGTH. The tensile stress that is sufficient to 
produce a permanent deformation of 0.2%. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



17 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



18 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3010 



GROUP II. EXISTING ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS 

BE regulations apply to existing elevators installed prior to October 26, 1998. italicized paragraphs, 
sentences, or phrases apply to ail existing elevators while nonitaDicized apply to elevators 
installed after 1970 or after the date the regulation was adopted. 

Article 7-7. Hoistways, Hoisfway Enclosures and Related Construction for 
Power Cable-driven Passenger and Freight Elevators 



Scope. 

This article applies to electric cabled elevators of a convention- 
al type and to other types of elevators or lifts only as referenced in 
their respective articles. 

Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. 
7-3010. 

The hoistway enclosure shall be building walls, ceiling materi- 
als, and fireproofing conforming to governing building codes. The 
regulations included in this section establish minimum standards 
for hoistway enclosures. These regulations are not intended to 
supersede applicable local building codes establishing higher 
standards. 

(a) Enclosures of Hoistways. 

1. All sides of elevator hoistways on new installations shall be 
fully and permanently enclosed except for the necessary en- 
trances. 

EXCEPTION: Observation elevators which comply with applica- 
ble requirements of Sections listed in Design Section 7-3113 (a). 

A. Glass used in hoistways or as part of the hoistway enclo- 
sure shall be laminated glass conforming to the require- 
ments of ANSI Z97.1. 

2. All sides of existing elevator hoistways shall be permanently 
enclosed, except for the necessary entrances, to a height of not less 
than 6 feet above each floor and shall also conform to the follow- 
ing: 

A. The enclosure shall extend from the floor to the ceiling 
on the counterweight portion, which shall extend at least 
6 inches each side of the counterweight and from the 
floor to the ceiling on the entrance side, except for the 
necessary entrance. 

B. The maximum height of the entrance on elevators with- 
out car gates will be the height of the car crosshead or 
10 feet for elevators without a crosshead. Above this 
height, the front of the hoistway shall be enclosed. 

C. Where material is stored on any side of the hoistway, the 
hoistway enclosure on that side shall extend to the ceil- 
ing or at least 6 feet above the stored material. 

3. Enclosures shall be building walls, solid fixed partitions, 
metal grating, wood, or grillwork. Where grillwork is used, the 
wire shall be not less than No. WW &M gage steel wire, 0.135 
inches diameter. 

4. The openings in grillwork or between vertical boards shall 
reject a 2-inch ball. Vertical slots exceeding 1 inch in width shall 
not exceed 24 inches in length. 

5. When moving parts within the hoistway, including sliding 
doors, are closer than 4 inches from the outside face of the enclo- 
sure, the openings in the grillwork or between vertical boards or 
bars shall not exceed tfe inch in width or length. 

A combination of steel bars or vertical boards, spaced as speci- 
fied in Section (a) 4, covered with hardware cloth or of grillwork 
covered with hardware cloth may be used for such enclosures. 



6. The hoistway enclosure of observation elevators shall com- 
ply with the following: 

A. The hoistway enclosure on the side facing a car entrance 
shall extend from floor to floor vertically and 8 inches 
beyond the line of moving equipment in the hoistway on 
each side and shall comply with the requirements for 
fully enclosed hoistways. 

B. A hoistway enclosure not less than 8 feet high shall be 
provided at the sides or rear of any landing or level 
where any means of access is within 4 feet of the line of 
moving equipment in the hoistway. 

C. Landings or levels not used for observation purposes 
shall be provided with a fully enclosed hoistway. 

(b) Strength of Enclosures. 

1. Enclosures shall be so supported and braced as to deflect not 
more than 1 inch when subjected to a force of 100 pounds applied 
horizontally at any one point. Existing enclosures shall not deflect 
into the minimum running clearance allowed between the elevator 
car or counterweight and the enclosure when subjected to a simi- 
lar force. 

2. The hoistway enclosure adjacent to landing openings and the 
structure supporting the doors or gates and their locks shall be of 
sufficient strength to support in true alignment the landing doors 
or gates with their operating mechanism and locking devices. 

(c) Construction at Bottom of Hoistways. 

1. Pits extending into the ground shall be so designed as to pre- 
vent entry of ground water into the pit. 

2. The pit floor of any hoistway not extending to the ground 
shall be capable of sustaining a live load of not less than 125 
pounds per square foot in all open areas. Elevator equipment 
weight and forces resulting from compensating sheave or buffer 
impact shall be considered when this equipment is supported by 
the pit-floor structure. 

(d) Floor Over Hoistways of Power Elevators. 

1. Where the elevator machine is located over the hoistway, a 
metal or concrete floor shall be provided above or level with the 
top of the machine beams. 

A. The floor is not required to be located below the secon- 
dary or deflecting sheaves of traction machines pro- 
vided the sheaves can be serviced from the top of the car, 
or means are provided for servicing the sheaves from 
outside the hoistway. 

2. Where the elevator machine is located below or at the side of 
the hoistway, a metal or concrete floor shall be provided below the 
overhead sheaves unless the following requirements are con- 
formed to: 

A. Means of access for inspection and servicing of each 
governor is provided from outside the hoistway in such a 
manner that the action of the tripping mechanism can be 
inspected while the car is running and the governor, and 
governor switches where provided, can be reset by a per- 
son working from a permanent platform furnished as 
part of this access means. 



19 



7-3011 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



B. When the car is level with the top landing, the center line 
of the overhead sheaves or hoist rope dead end hitch 
plates shall not be more than 6 feet above the crosshead 
or 8 feet above the car top. 

C. A top-of-car inspection station conforming to Section 
7-3040 (a) 4 is provided. 

D. An access switch for access to the top of the car conform- 
ing to Section 7-3021 (k) is provided. 

3. The floor shall be capable of sustaining a concentrated load 
of 300 pounds on any 4 square inches; and where it constitutes the 
floor of the main or secondary level machinery space, it shall be 
designed for a live load of not less than 125 pounds per square foot 
in all open areas. Where the elevator machine is to be supported 
solely by the machine room floor slab, the floor slab shall be de- 
signed in accordance with the requirements of Design Section 
7-3111 (a). 

4. The openings in perforated or open work metal floors shall 
reject a ball 1 l2 inch in diameter and the greatest dimension shall 
be not more than 3 inches. Cable or tape openings in floors shall 
be protected by a guard not less than 4 inches high. 

5. The floor shall extend over the entire area of the hoistway 
where cross-sectional area is 100 square feet or less. Where the 
cross-sectional area is greater, the floor shall extend not less than 
2 feet beyond the general contour of the machine or sheaves or 
other equipment and to the entrance to the machinery space at or 
above the level of the platform. Where the floor does not cover the 
entire horizontal area of the hoistway, the open or exposed sides 
shall be provided with a standard guardrail and toeboard. 

6. Differences in level of machine room and machinery space 
floors shall be avoided when practicable. Where there is a differ- 
ence in level in such floors exceeding 15 inches, a standard guar- 
drail shall be provided at the edge of the higher level, and stairs or a 
ladder shall be provided for access between levels. 

(e) Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in Hoistway Enclo- 
sures of Power Elevators. Hoistway enclosures shall have sub- 
stantially flush surfaces on the hoistway side, subject to the 
following: 

1. Landing sills, hoistway doors, door tracks and hangers may 
project inside the general line of the hoistway. Landing sills and 
associated facia-guards shall comply with subsection 7-3020 
(a) 3. 

NOTE: The intent of this order is to allow recesses necessary for the 
installation of elevator equipment and minor recesses caused by floor 
beams and slabs. The phrase substantially flush does not include un- 
necessary horizontal surfaces or surface projections such as reinforc- 
ing rods, snapties, screws, etc., which may cause injury. 

Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 
7-3011. 
(a) Enclosure of Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 

The enclosure shall be building walls, ceiling material, and fire- 
proofing conforming to the governing building codes. The materi- 
al and height limitations outlined in this section establish the 
minimum standards for machine room enclosures. These regula- 
tions are not intended to supersede applicable local building codes 
establishing higher standards. 

1. Elevator driving machines, motor generator sets, control- 
lers, and auxiliary control equipment shall be installed in a room 
or enclosure set aside for that purpose. 

EXCEPTION: Machines and associated equipment as installed be- 
fore June 5, 1947, in machine rooms or machinery spaces accessible 
only to authorized attendants. 



2. Enclosures shall be of substantial construction at least 6 feet 
high, and if of openwork material shall reject a ball 2 inches in 
diameter. 

(b) Equipment in Machine Rooms of Power Elevators. 

1. Where the elevator machine and control equipment are 
located at the top of the hoistway, they may be located in a room or 
space containing other machinery and equipment essential to the 
operation of the building, provided that they are separated from 
the other machinery or equipment by a substantial metal grille en- 
closure not less than 6 feet high with a door or gate conforming to 
Section 7-3011 (d). The grille enclosure shall be of a design which 
will reject a ball 2 inches in diameter. 

A. Elevated machine or control areas within an equipment 
room shall have a wall or enclosure, including access 
means, that provides a barrier not less than 6 feet high 
above the adjacent floor. The raised platform shall be 
guarded by at least a standard guardrail with a standard 
toeboard. 

2. Where the elevator machine and control equipment are not 
located at the top of the hoistway, a separate machine room shall 
be provided and only machinery and equipment required for the 
operation of the elevator shall be permitted in the elevator ma- 
chine room. 

3. The enclosure for the elevator equipment shall be arranged so 
that passage through the machine room or enclosure is not neces- 
sary to gain access to other equipment or other parts of the build- 
ing. 

EXCEPTION: Passage to enclosed equipment installed within the 
elevator machine room to provide the ventilation required by Section 
7-3011 (f) 2A. 

4. Elevator machine rooms or enclosed areas shall be kept free 
of all materials except those used for repair or maintenance of the 
elevator. Machine rooms shall be kept reasonably clean. 

(c) Access to Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. Per- 
manent means for safe and convenient access shall be provided to 
all machine rooms, overhead sheave spaces provided with a floor, 
and secondary levels. This access shall be independent of the 
hoistway or car. 

1. Where passage over roofs is necessary to reach the means of 
access to machine rooms or machinery spaces, the following re- 
quirements shall be conformed to: 

A. A stairway, conforming to applicable building codes, 
shall be provided from the top floor of the building to the 
exit door at the roof level. 

B. Where the passage is over a sloping roof having a slope 
exceeding 15 degrees from the horizontal, an unob- 
structed, permanent, and substantial walkway not less 
than 24 inches wide, equipped on at least one side with a 
standard railing, shall be provided from the building exit 
door at the roof level to the means of access to the 
machine room or machinery spaces. 

2. The means of access to machine rooms or to machinery 
spaces shall conform to the following: 

A. Where the floor of the machine room or of the machinery 
space is more than 8 inches above or below the floor or 
roof from which the means of access leads, stairs, or 
ladders shall be provided between such levels. 

B. Where the difference in levels is not more than 3 feet, a 
vertical ladder with handgrips may be provided. 

C. Where the difference in levels is more than 3 feet, stairs 
having a maximum angle of 60 degrees from the hori- 
zontal and equipped with a standard stair railing shall be 
provided. 



20 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCT80N CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3012 



EXCEPTIONS: 1. Alternating tread stairs as permitted by Section 
3234 of the General Industry Safety Orders. 

2. Vertical ladders may be used where the differences in level are 
more than 3 feet for access from interior building floors or from 
machine rooms to machinery spaces containing overhead sheaves, sec- 
ondary and deflecting sheaves, or governors. 

D. A platform shall be provided at the top of stairs or lad- 
ders conforming to and where required by Article 4 of 
the General Industry Safety Orders. 

E. Standard handrails, guardrails, toeboards, and stair rail- 
ings shall conform to the regulations of Article 2 of the 
General Industry Safety Orders. 

(d) Access Doors. 

1. Elevator machine rooms or enclosures shall be secured 
against unauthorized access. Access doors shall be provided for 
all elevator machine rooms or enclosures and shall conform to the 
following: 

A. Have minimum width of 30 inches and a minimum 
height of 6 feet for machine rooms and a minimum 
height of 30 inches for other spaces specified in Sections 
7-3011 (e) 2 and 7-3011 (e) 3. 

B. Be self-closing. 

C. Be provided with a spring-type lock to permit the door to 
be opened from the inside without a key. 

EXCEPTION: Doors are not required at openings in machine room 
floors for access to deflecting and secondary sheave spaces provided 
the floor access opening is provided on all four sides with a standard 
railing, one side of which is arranged to slide or swing to provide access 
to the ladder or stairs leading to the secondary sheave space. Trap 
doors, where provided, shall have standard railings or guard wings on 
all open sides and shall be arranged to be secured in the open position. 
See Section 7-3011 (e) 3. 

(e) Headroom in Machine Rooms and Overhead Machinery 
Spaces. 

1. Elevator machine rooms and machinery spaces not located 
over the hoistway shall have a headroom of not less than 7 feet. 

2. Where a floor is provided at the top of the hoistway, elevator 
machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces above such floor 
shall have a clear headroom of not less than the following: 

A. Machine, control, and motor generator rooms, 7 feet. 

B. Spaces containing only overhead, secondary or deflect- 
ing sheaves, 3 feet 6 inches. 

C. Spaces containing only overhead, secondary or deflect- 
ing sheaves, and governors, 4 feet 6 inches. 

D. Under Sections 7-3011 (e) 2B and 7-3011 (e) 2C, the ma- 
chine or supporting beams may encroach on the required 
headroom provided there is clearance of not less than 
3 feet below the underside of machine beams or not less 
than 3 feet above the top of overhead sheave supporting 
beams with at least a 2-foot-wide clear passageway. 

3. Separate access to each secondary or deflecting sheave space 
shall be provided unless a clear passageway not less than 4 feet 
high and 2 feet wide is provided from one space to another in mul- 
tiple hoistway installations. This height may be reduced to 3 feet 
between the machine beams and the sheave space floor. 

(f) Lighting and Ventilation of Machine Rooms and 
Machinery Spaces. 

1. Permanent lighting and convenience outlets shall be pro- 
vided and installed to comply with the requirements of the State 
Electrical Code. See Article 620. 



2. Machine Rooms shall be provided with uniform natural or 
mechanical ventilation of sufficient capacity to maintain a tem- 
perature of not more than 104° F regardless of outside tempera- 
ture. 

A. Where mechanical ventilation equipment is provided, it 
shall be located outside the elevator machine room, 
where possible. When located within the machine room, 
it shall be isolated from the elevator equipment by an en- 
closure conforming to Section 7-3011 (a). 

(g) Work Space Required in Machine Rooms and Machin- 
ery Spaces. 

1. There shall be a clear work space and passageway at least 
18 inches wide on at least three sides of every elevator machine. 

EXCEPTION: A second side of the machine may be partially or to- 
tally blocked by an enclosure or equipment, thereby reducing the re- 
quired work space and passageway, provided the following are 
conformed to: 

1. Safe access to and a minimum of 18 inches work space is pro- 
vided for machine parts that require inspection, service, and adjust- 
ment when the machine is in operation; and 

2. Parts that normally do not require service, repair, or inspection 
when the machine is in operation shall be provided with access, or can 
be made accessible when protective guards, etc., are removed, and ade- 
quate work space to perform the work is provided. 

NOTE: The intent of this regulation is to locate the machine, with 
respect to the adjacent enclosure and other machine room equipment, 
so that safe and convenient access is provided for inspection, service, 
and adjustment. Safe working conditions for future major repairs 
should be considered when locating the machine and adjacent equip- 
ment. 

2. Governors, motor generator sets, and other devices, shall 
have a clear work space and passageway at least 18 inches wide 
and 6 feet 6 inches high on at least one side, and no passageway 
shall exist between various devices, or devices and the walls, less 
than 18 inches wide. 

The commutator end of motor generator sets shall be exposed to 
allow safe access for servicing and adjusting. 

3. The clear work space in front of and in back of control panels 
and the passage space at the ends of control panels shall conform 
to the State Electrical Code. See Article 620. 

4. The clear work space in front of, and the accessibility of the 
power disconnect switches, shall conform to the requirements of 
the State Electrical Code. See Article 620. 

(h) Identification Required. Where there is more than one ele- 
vator, each elevator shall be assigned a different number. This 
number shall be used to clearly identify all major components of 
that piece of equipment in the machine room and machinery 
spaces. 

Electrical Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in Elevator Hoistways, 

Machine Rooms, or Machinery Spaces. 

7-3012. 

(a) Wiring Methods in Hoistways and Machine Rooms. The 
installation of all electrical wiring in hoistways and machine 
rooms, except as may be provided elsewhere in these regulations, 
shall comply with the State Electrical Regulations. The special re- 
quirements for elevators may be found in Article 620. 

(b) Installation of Pipes and Ducts Conveying Gases, Va- 
pors, or Liquids in Hoistways, Machine Rooms, or Machinery 
Spaces. Pipes or ducts conveying gases, vapors, or liquids, and 
not used in connection with the operation of the elevator, shall not 
be installed in any hoistway, machine room, or machinery space. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Pipes or ducts that were installed before June 5, 
1947, and which convey gases, vapors, or liquids which if discharged 
into the hoistway would not endanger life. 



21 



7-3013 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



2. Steam and hot water pipes may be installed in hoistways, machine 
rooms, or machinery spaces for the purpose of heating these areas only, 
subject to the following: 

A. Heating pipes shall convey only low pressure steam (5 pounds 
per square inch or less) or hot water (212°F or less). 

B. All risers and return pipes shall be located outside the hoistway. 

C. Traps and shut-off valves shall be provided in accessible loca- 
tions outside the hoistway. 

3. Ducts for heating, cooling, ventilating, and venting may be 
installed in the machine room, subject to the following: 

A. Clear headroom of 7 feet is maintained. 

B. Clear work space around all elevator equipment is maintained. 

C. No inspection covers, adjustable dampers or clean-outs are 
installed in the elevator machine room. 

4. Pipes for sprinklers only may be installed in these spaces subject 
to the following: 

A. All risers and returns shall be located outside these spaces. 

B. Branch lines in the hoistway shall supply sprinklers at not more 
than one floor level. 

C. Shut-off valves shall be provided at accessible locations outside 
these spaces. 

D. Sprinkler heads shall be guarded against accidental contact. 

5. Piping and wiring for elevator pit sump pump may be installed in 
the hoistway. See Section 7-3016 (b). 

Location and Guarding of Counterweights. 
7-3013. 

(a) Location. Counterweights shall be located only in the hoist- 
way of the elevator they serve. 

(b) Counterweight Pit Guards. Counterweight runway enclo- 
sures of unperf orated metal, extending from a point not more than 
12 inches above the pit floor to a point not less than 7 feet above 
the pit floor, shall be installed on the open side or sides of all coun- 
terweights, except this enclosure may be omitted on the side facing 
the car where compensating roper chains are attached to the 
counterweight. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where oil buffers are installed under the coun- 
terweights in the pits of new installations, the enclosure, where re- 
quired, shall extend from a point even with the bottom of the buffer 
stroke to a height of not less than 7 feet above the pit floor. 

2. Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. The enclosure shall be 
fastened to a metal frame adequately reinforced and braced to be at 
least equal in strength and stiffness to No. 14 M.S. gage steel. 

(c) Guarding of Counterweights in a Multiple-elevator 
Hoistway. 

1. Where counterweights are located between elevators in a 
hoistway having more than one elevator, the counterweight shall 
be guarded for the entire height of the hoistway. The guard shall 
extend at least 6 inches horizontally beyond each counterweight 
rail. The guard shall be made from wire-mesh material equal to or 
stronger than 0.048-inch-diameter wire with openings not exceed- 
ing V2 inch, securely fastened to keep the guard taut and plumb. 

2. The guarding of counterweights required in Section 3013 (c) 
(1) shall be accomplished within three years of the effective date 
of this regulation. 

Guarding of Exposed Equipment. 
7-3014. 

(a) Guarding in Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 

The following equipment located in machine rooms or machinery 
spaces shall be guarded to protect against accidental contact: 

1. Exposed external moving parts such as gears, sprockets, 
sheaves, drums, shafts and their driving ropes, chains or tapes for 
selectors, floor controllers or signal machines. 



EXCEPTION: Guards are not required for equipment located 
more than 7 feet above the floor. 

2. The nip points of the drive sheave of traction machines where 
the machine frame does not provide this protection. 

3. All moving parts of the equipment in secondary sheave 
spaces shall be completely guarded except the governor sheave 
andflyballs. Expanded metal or grillwork shall be used for secon- 
dary sheave guards. 

EXCEPTION: Guards are not required for equipment located 
more than 7 feet above the secondary sheave space floor. 

4. The moving parts of equipment in overhead sheave spaces 
having a ceiling height of less than 6 feet 6 inches shall be com- 
pletely guarded except the governor sheave and flyballs. 

5. The moving parts of equipment in overhead sheave spaces 
shall be guarded when it is necessary to pass over or by the moving 
parts to gain access to the governor. 

(b) Guarding in the Hoistway and on the Car. The following 
equipment located in the elevator hoistway or on the elevator car 
shall be guarded to protect against accidental contact: 

1. Hoisting rope sheaves attached to and mounted above the car 
crosshead shall be completely guarded. Handholds shall be pro- 
vided on each side of the guard. 

2. Hoisting rope sheaves mounted within the car crosshead shall 
be provided with guards at the exposed nip points. 

3. Where secondary or deflecting sheaves are located on the 
hoisting side of overhead machines, the ropes shall be guarded at 
the point of contact with the sheave, except where the bottom of 
the sheave is more than 7 feet above the crosshead of the car when 
the car is at the top terminal landing. 

4. Where overhead sheaves are located above the crosshead, the 
ropes attached to the crosshead shall be guarded at the point of 
contact with the overhead sheave unless the sheave is located in an 
overhead sheave space. 

5. Ventilating fans or blowers installed on the car top shall be 
guarded. 

(c) Rope Retainer Guards. Rope retainer guards shall be pro- 
vided on deflector sheaves, machine sheaves, compensator rope 
sheaves, governor tension sheaves and hoist rope sheaves on cars 
and counterweights to inhibit displacement of ropes in the event 
ropes become slack. 

Rope guards shall be continuous or there shall be one restraint 
for 30 degrees wrap or less, and two restraints for wraps in excess 
of 30 degrees. Where one restraint is furnished, it shall divide the 
arc of contact into equal parts. Where two restraints are furnished, 
they shall be located approximately 1 I^ of the arc of contact from 
the nip points. 

(d) Snag Guards. Snag points created by rail brackets, clip 
bolts and fishplates shall be provided with guards to prevent snag- 
ging of the following: 

1. Compensating cables on the counterweight and within 
30 inches of a counterweight rail bracket. 

2. Governor ropes located within 20 inches of a counterweight 
rail bracket. 

3. Hoist ropes located within 12 inches of a snag point. 

4. Traveling cables hung so any portion of their loop below the 
hatch junction box is within 36 inches horizontally of a potential 
snag point. 



22 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3015 



Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations. 
7=3015. 

(a) Beams and Supports Required. 

1. Machines, machinery, and sheaves shall be so supported and 
maintained in place as to effectually prevent any part from becom- 
ing loose or displaced under the conditions imposed in service. 

2. Supporting beams, if used, shall be of steel, reinforced con- 
crete, or, for existing installations, sound timber. 

3. Beams are not required under machines, sheaves, and ma- 
chinery, or control equipment which are supported on floors, pro- 
vided such floors are designed and installed to support the load 
imposed thereon. 

(b) Loads on Machinery and Sheave Beams, Floors or 
Foundations, and Their Supports. 

1. Overhead beams, floors, and their supports shall be designed 
for the loads specified in Design Section 7-3111 (a) 2. 

2. The foundations, beams, and floors for machinery not located 
over the hoistway shall be designed to support the loads specified 
in Design Section 7-3111 (a) 3. 

(c) Securing of Machinery and Equipment to Beams, 
Foundations or Floors. 

1. Machinery or equipment shall be secured to and supported on 
or from the top of overhead beams or floors. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Secondary or deflecting sheaves of traction 
elevators. If bolts in tension are used to support such sheaves, the bolts 
shall be provided with lock nuts and shall be cotter-keyed. 

2. Rotable overhead sheaves whose members in tension comply 
with the requirements of Design Section 7-3101 (b) 1C. 

2. Machines and sheaves located below or at one side of a hoist- 
way shall be anchored to beams, foundations, or floors with bolts 
that meet the specifications of Design Section 7-3111 (c) 1. 

A. Where bolts are used through sloping flanges of struc- 
tural shapes, the boltheads shall be of the tipped or 
beveled-head type or shall be fitted with beveled steel 
washers, and nuts on sloping flanges shall seat on 
beveled steel washers. 

3. The fastenings including vibration isolation units and sup- 
porting structures used to attach controllers, motor generators 
sets, compensating rope sheave assemblies, machines, machine 
beams, and sheaves to the building shall conform to Section 
7-3111 (c) 3. 

(d) Overhead Hoisting Rope Hitches. Where hoisting ropes 
are secured to the structure above a hoistway, the hitch plates and 
hitchplate blocking beams, where used, shall be secured to and 
mounted on top of overhead beams, machine beams, or on top of 
auxiliary beams connected to the webs of overhead beams. Hitch 
plates, blocking, or auxiliary beams shall be secured with bolting, 
riveting, or welding and shall be so located that the tensions in the 
hoisting ropes will not develop direct tensions in the bolts or 
rivets. The hitch-plate supporting beams and fastenings shall be 
designed to support the loads as specified in Design Section 
7-3111 (c) 2 and 7-3111 (d). 

(e) Cast Metals in Tension or Bending. Cast metals which are 
subject to tension or bending shall not be used to support machin- 
ery or equipment from the underside of overhead beams or floors 
except as allowed in Design Section 7-3111 (e). 

(f) Allowable Stresses or Deflections for Machinery and 
Sheave Beams or Floors and Their Supports. The unit stresses 
or deflections for all machinery and sheave beams and floors and 
their supports, based on the loads computed as specified in Design 



Section 7-3111 (a), shall not exceed those permitted by Design 
Sections 7-3111 (a) and 7-3111 (b). 

Pits for Elevators. 
7-3016. 

(a) Where Required. A pit shall be provided at the bottom of 
the hoistway of every power-driven elevator. The pit shall extend 
the entire area of the hoistway. 

(b) Design and Construction of Pits. 

1. See Section 7-3010 (c) for details of pit construction. 

2. The pit depth shall be not less than is required for the installa- 
tion of the buffers, compensating sheaves, if any, and all other 
elevator equipment located therein, and to provide the minimum 
bottom clearance and runby required by Section 7-3017. 

3. The floor of the pit shall be approximately level, but suffi- 
cient slope shall be allowed for drainage. No recess shall be al- 
lowed unless covered or guarded. 

4. Drains connected directly to sewers shall not be installed in 
elevator pits. 

5. Drains or sumps in elevator pits shall not be used as the nor- 
mal means of drainage for liquids directed into the pit from other 
areas of the building. 

6. Pumping equipment provided to remove accidental water 
from the pit shall be located outside the hoistway where practica- 
ble or shall be of the type that can be readily removed from the 
hoistway for repairs. 

(c) Guards Between Adjacent Pits. Enclosures not less than 
6 feet high shall be provided between pits of adjacent hoistways. 
Where openings are provided in the enclosure, they shall not ex- 
ceed! inches. Where a ladder is provided on the enclosure, the en- 
closure shall extend not less than 6 feet above the top rung and not 
less than 12 inches each side of the side rails. 

EXCEPTION: Enclosures between pits may be omitted if the 
clearance between the underside of the car sling, when resting on the 
fully compressed buffer, and the bottom of the pit is not less than 7 feet; 
and provided that where counterweights are located between pits they 
shall be guarded on the side away from the elevator they serve, even 
though they may have compensating ropes or chains. 

(d) Access to Pits. Safe and convenient access shall be provided 
to all pits. Access may be by means of the lowest hoistway door or 
by means of a separate pit access door. Each pit of multiple hoist- 
ways shall have a separate means of access except where a sepa- 
rate pit access door is provided and guards between pits are not 
required. 

1. Where access to the pit is by way of a separate pit door or gate, 
the door or gate shall be self-closing and self-locking and shall be 
arranged to be opened from inside the pit without a key. Separate 
pit access doors shall be kept locked. 

EXCEPTION: The lock on existing pit access doors may be 
omitted under any of the following: 

1 . The access door is equipped with a contact that prevents the eleva- 
tor from running when the door is open. 

2. The access to the pit is from an area secured against unauthorized 
access. 

3. The clearance between the pit floor and the underside of the car 
sling is not less than 7 feet when the car is on the fully compressed buff- 
er, the counterweight runway is guarded to a height of not less than 
7 feet except on the side where compensating chains or ropes are 
attached and all sheaves are guarded. 

2. Separate pit access doors or gates, where provided, shall be 
not less than 30 inches wide nor less than 4 feet high. 

3. The separate pit access door shall be provided with a contact 
if the car apron, or the car platform, extends into the access open- 
ing when the car is level with the lowest hoistway landing. 



23 



7-3017 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



4. Access to pits over 4 feet in depth below the sill of the pit 
access door shall be by means of a permanent ladder or stairway 
into the pit. The ladder or stairway shall be adequately guarded to 
prevent contact between a person on the ladder or stairway and 
any moving part of adjacent elevators or machinery. The ladder 
shall be located adjacent to the strike jamb of and accessible from 
the access door to the pit. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Ladders or stairways are not required to be pro- 
vided in pits of elevators installed before June 5, 1947, unless they have 
undergone a major alteration or have been required for cause. 

2. Elevators installed between June 5,1947 and December 1, 1988 
are required to have ladders or stairways only if the pit is over 4 feet 
(1.22 m) in depth. 

5. Access ladders or stairways shall comply with the require- 
ments of Subchapter 7, Article 4, Title 8, Chapter 4 of the Califor- 
nia Administrative Code, except that for vertical ladders the 
distance from the ladder rung to the wall shall be not less than 
4 inches. 

(e) Pit Maintenance. Pits shall be maintained in a clean and 
dry condition. 

(f) Illumination of Pits. Lights and convenience outlets in 
elevator pits shall be installed to comply with the requirements of 
the State Electrical Code. See Article 620. 

(g) Stop Switch in Pits. There shall be installed in the pit of ev- 
ery power elevator an enclosed type positive acting stop switch 
meeting the requirements of Section 7-3040 (b) 5, except eleva- 
tors installed before June 5, 1947. 

1. This switch shall be located so as to be accessible from the 
pit access door. Where access to the pits of elevators in a multiple 
hoistway is by means of a single separate access door, the stop 
switch for each elevator shall be located adjacent to the nearest 
point of access to its pit from the access door. 

2. In elevator pits, where the access is through the lowest land- 
ing hoistway door, the stop switch shall be located within 18 inch- 
es above or 18 inches below the floor level at the access landing. 
The stop switch shall be located not more than 6 feet 6 inches 
above the pit floor. When the pit exceeds 8 feet in depth, another 
stopswitch shall be provided adjacent to the pit ladder and approx- 
imately 4 feet above the pit floor. 

3. All pit stop switches shall be properly identified by a name 
plate or painted with red or orange color. 

(h) Safe Access to Elevated Equipment in the Elevator Pit 
and on the Underside of the Car. Where the pit floor is more than 
12 feet below the bottom hoistway landing, or where the means for 
checking the oil level in oil buffers is more than 7 feet above the pit 
floor, drawings that detail the means of access to elevated equip- 
ment shall be submitted to the division for approval. 

Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys for Elevator Cars 
and Counterweights. 

7-3017. 
(a) Bottom Car Clearances. 

1. When the car rests on its fully compressed buffer, there shall 
be a vertical clearance of not less than 2 feet between the pit floor 
and the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment, or device 
installed beneath the car platform except guide shoes or rollers, 
safety jaw assemblies, and platform aprons, guards, or other 
equipment located within 12 inches horizontally from the sides of 
the car platform. 

2. When the car rests on its fully compressed buffer, no part of 
the car or any equipment attached thereto shall strike any part of 
the pit or any part of the equipment located therein. 



(b) Bottom Runby for Counterweighted Elevators. The bot- 
tom runby of cars and counterweights shall be not less than the 
following: 

1. Where oil buffers are used, 6 inches. 

EXCEPTION: Where existing difficulties on modernization jobs 
prevent a sufficient pit depth or top clearance on the counterweights, 
the runby may be eliminated so that the buffers are compressed by 
amounts not to exceed 25 percent of their stroke when the car floor is 
level with the terminal landing. 

2. Where spring buffers are used: 

A. 6 inches where generator-field control is used. 

B. Where rheostatic or alternating current control is used, 
not less than the following: 



RATED SPEED IN FEET PER MINUTE 


RUNBY IN INCHES 


Not over 25 


3 


26 to 50 


6 


51 to 100 


9 


101 to 200 


12 



(c) Bottom Runby for Uncounterweighted Elevators. The 

bottom runby for uncounterweighted elevators shall be not less 
than the following: 

1. 3 inches where the rated speed does not exceed 25 feet per 
minute. 

2. 6 inches where the rated speed exceeds 25 feet per minute. 

(d) Maximum Bottom Runby. In no case shall the maximum 
bottom runby exceed the following: 

1. 24 inches for cars. 

2. 36 inches for counterweights. 

(e) Top Car Clearance for Counterweighted Elevators. The 

top car clearance shall be not less than the sum of the following 
four items: 

1. The bottom counterweight runby. 

2. The stroke of the counterweight buffer used. 

3. 2 feet of the distance which any sheave or any other equip- 
ment mounted in or on the car crosshead projects above the top of 
the car crosshead, whichever is greater. 

4. One-half the gravity stopping distance based on: 

A. 115 percent of rated speed where counterweight oil buff- 
ers are used. Where provision is made to prevent the 
jump of the car at counterweight buffer engagement, this 
figure need not be more than 18 inches where the gravity 
slow down distance is greater than 36 inches. 

B. Governor tripping speed where counterweight spring 
buffers are used. 

(f) Top Car Clearance for Uncounterweighted Elevators. 

The top car clearance shall be not less than the greater of the 
following: 

1. 36 inches. 

2. 12 inches plus the amount which any equipment mounted on 
the car crosshead, or above the car top when no crosshead is pro- 
vided, projects vertically more than 2 feet above the crosshead or 
top. 

(g) Vertical Clearances With Underslung Car Frames. 

Where an underslung car frame is used, the clearance between the 
car rope hitches or car sheaves and any obstruction in the hoistway 
vertically above them, when the car floor is level with the top ter- 
minal landing, shall be not less than the following: 



24 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3018 



1. Where no counterweight is used, 9 inches. 

2. Where a counterweight is used, the sum of the following four 
items. 

A. The bottom counterweight runby. 

B. The stroke of the counterweight buffer used. 

C. 6 inches. 

D. One-half the gravity stopping distance based on: 

(1) 115 percent of rated speed where counterweight oil 
buffers are used. 

(2) Governor tripping speed where counterweight 
spring buffers are used. 

(h) Top Counterweight Clearances. The top counterweight 
clearances shall be not less than the sum of the following four 
items. 

1. The bottom car runby. 

2. The stroke of the car buffer used. 

3. 6 inches. 

4. One-half the gravity stopping distance based on: 

A. 115 percent of rated speed where car oil buffers are used 
and no provision is made to prevent the jump of the 
counterweight at car buffer engagement. 

B. Governor tripping speed where spring car buffers are 
used. 

(i) Overhead Clearances Where Overhead! Beams Are Not 
Over Car CrossheacL Where overhead beams or other overhead 
hoistway construction are located vertically over the car, but not 
over the crosshead, the following requirements shall be met: 

1. The clearance from the car top to such beams or construction, 
including sheaves, when the car floor is level with the top terminal 
landing, shall be not less than the distance specified in Sections 
7-3017 (e) and 7-3017 (f). 

2. The clearance above an imaginary plane, drawn even with the 
top of the car crosshead, to the underside of such beams or 
construction, except sheaves, shall be not less than 2 feet when the 
car is level with the top terminal landing. 

3. When the clearance above the imaginary plane, drawn even 
with the top of the car crosshead, is less than the distance specified 
in Section 7-3017 (e) or Section 7-3017 (f), such beams or 
construction, except sheaves, shall be located not less than 2 feet 
horizontally from the edge of the car crosshead. 

(j) Equipment on Top of Car Not Permitted to Strike Over- 
head Structure. The clearance above any auxiliary equipment 
mounted to project above the top of the car shall be not less than 
the sum of the following three items when the car platform is level 
with the top landing: 

1. The bottom counterweight runby. 

2. The stroke of the counterweight buffer used. 

3. One-half the gravity stopping distance based on: 

A. 115 percent of rated speed where counterweight oil buff- 
ers are used. Where provision is made to prevent the 
jump of the car at counterweight buffer engagement, this 
figure need not be more than 6 inches. 

B. Governor tripping speed where counterweight spring 
buffers are used. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 



(k) Minimum Top Clearance. 

1. Elevators installed before June 5, 1947, shall have the ropes 
adjusted so that the car or counterweight will rest upon the bump- 
ers or buffers fully compressed before the counterweight or the car 
is vertically within 1 foot of any part of the construction over the 
hoistway and before any equipment mounted on the car or coun- 
terweight will strike any structure or equipment in the hoistway. 

2. Elevators installed since June 5, 1947, shall have the ropes 
adjusted to maintain the top car clearance required by Section 
7-3017 (e), the top counterweight clearance required by Section 
7-3017 (h), and the bottom runby required by Section 7-3017 (b). 

3. The top car clearance shall be not less than 3 feet on any 
elevator. 

4. The clearance from the raised guardrails required by Section 
7-3034 (a) 9 to the overhead structure shall be not less than 
18 inches when the counterweight is on its fully compressed 
buffer. 



Horizontal Car and Counterweigl 
74018. 

(a) Between Car and Hoistway Enclosure. The clearance be- 
tween the car and the hoistway enclosure, or any projection in the 
hoistway, shall not be less than 1 inch except on the sides used for 
loading and unloading. 

(b) Between Car and Counterweight and Counterweight 
Screen. The clearance between the car and the counterweight 
shall be not less than 1 inch. The clearance between the counter- 
weight and the counterweight screen and between the counter- 
weight and the hoistway enclosure, or any projection in the 
hoistway, shall be not less than 3 /4 inch. 

(c) Between Cars in Multiple Hoistways. The running clear- 
ance between the cars and any equipment attached thereto, of 
elevators operating in a multiple hoistway, shall be not less than 
2 inches. This clearance must be increased when guards between 
adjacent pits are required. 

(d) Between Cars and Landing Sills. The clearance between 
the car platform sill and the hoistway edge of any landing sill, or 
the hoistway side of any vertically sliding counterweighted hoist- 
way door or of any vertically sliding counterbalanced biparting 
hoistway door, shall be not less than 1 l2 inch where side steel 
guides are used, and not less than 3 U inch where corner steel 
guides are used. The maximum clearance shall be not more than 
V-fa inches. Where wood guides are used, the clearance shall be 
not less than 3 /4 inch. 

(e) Between Landing Side of Car Platforms and Hoistway 
Enclosure. The clearance between the edge of the car platform 
sill and the hoistway enclosure or fascia plate for the full width of 
the clear car entrance opening shall be not more than 5 inches. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. The clearance may be increased to not more 
than 7V2 inches for vertically sliding hoistway doors of the pass type 
or of the heavy duty type requiring special sills for extra wide openings. 

2. Existing elevators whose hoistways are equipped with vertically 
sliding hoistway gates in which a clearance of not more than 6 inches 
is permitted for that distance necessary for operation of the gates plus 
24 inches. 

3. Existing elevators which can be started only from the car in which 
a clearance of not more than 6 inches is permitted. 

4. Existing elevators which have been equipped with interlocked or 
contact locked car gates or interlocked car doors at the entrance where 
the clearance exceeds 5 inches provided the lock is inaccessible from 
inside the car. Interlocks arranged to comply with Section 7-3021 (d) 
ID are acceptable. 

(f) Elevators: Without Car Doors or Gates. 

1. Where an elevator is exempted under these regulations from 
installation of a car door or gate, the sides of hoistways opposite 



25 



7-3019 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



car entrances shall be smooth and free from protruding objects or 
recesses within 4 inches of the car platform, unless such protrud- 
ing objects or tops of recesses be smoothly and solidly beveled at 
an angle of not less than 60 degrees from the horizontal. 

EXCEPTION: Projections or recesses which are less than 1 inch. 

2. New installations or replacements of the beveled surfaces re- 
quired by Section 7-3018 (f) 1 shall be one of the following: 

A. Metal plates not less than No. 10 M.S. gage 0.138 inch. 

B. Metal sheets not less than No. 16 M.S. gage 0.061 inch 
backed with wood or concrete. 

C. Smooth beveled concrete. 

(g) Measurement of Clearances, The clearances specified in 
Section 7-3018 shall be measured with no load on the car platform. 

Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. 

7-3019. 

(a) Hoistways Not Extending to the Lowest Floor of the 
Building. Where the space below the hoistway is used for a pas- 
sageway, or is occupied by persons, or if unoccupied is not perma- 
nently sealed against access, the following requirements shall 
apply: 

1. Elevator counterweights shall be provided with safeties con- 
forming to Section 7-3035. 

2. The cars and counterweights shall be provided with oil buff- 
ers or spring buffers. If spring buffers are used, they shall be so de- 
signed and installed that they will not be fully compressed when 
struck by the car with its rated load and by the counterweights at 
the following speeds. 

A. Governor tripping speed where the safety is governor 
operated. 

B. 125 percent of rated speed where the safety is not gover- 
nor operated. 

3. Car and counterweight buffer supports shall be of sufficient 
strength to withstand, without permanent deformation, the impact 
resulting from buffer engagement at the following speeds: 

A. Governor tripping speed where the safety is governor 
operated. 

B. 125 percent of rated speed where the safety is not gover- 
nor operated. 

Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings. 

7-3020. 

(a) Hoistway Entrances. Protection of hoistway entrances 
shall conform to the governing building codes. The regulations in- 
cluded in this section establish the minimum entrance standards. 
These regulations are not intended to supersede applicable local 
building codes establishing higher standards. The locations, clear- 
ances, and guarding requirements of this section shall be main- 
tained. 

1. Hoistway Doors Required on Passenger Elevators. All 

passenger elevator hoistway landing openings, giving access to 
the car platform, shall be provided with hoistway doors which will 
fill the full height and width of the openings. 

2. Hoistway Doors or Gates Required on Freight Elevators. 

All freight elevator hoistway landing openings, giving access to 
the car platform, shall be provided with hoistway doors which will 
fill the full height and width of the openings or shall be provided 
with gates. 



3. Landing Sills and Guards and Tracks on Landings. 

A. Metal sills, of sufficient strength to support the load to be 
carried by the sill when loading or unloading the car, 
shall be permanently secured in place at each hoistway 
door opening. Sills shall be substantially level with the 
floor surface of the elevator landing or shall be beveled 
to meet the floor surface, and for passenger elevators 
shall be so designed and maintained as to provide secure 
foothold for the entire width of the door opening. 

Landing sills of freight elevators shall be designed 
and installed to withstand the load specified in Section 
7-3037 (b). 

B. The hoistway wall opposite the car entrance shall be 
smooth. Recesses or projections in excess of 1 inch shall 
be beveled at an angle of not less than 60 degrees nor 
more than 75 degrees from the horizontal. The wall 
opposite the car entrance and below the landing sills 
shall conform to the following: 

(1) Where a car leveling device is provided, the hoist- 
way shall be plumb with the edge of the landing sill 
and shall have a straight vertical face extending be- 
low the landing sill not less than the length of the 
leveling zone plus 3 inches. 

(2) Where no car leveling device is provided, the hoist- 
way shall be plumb with the edge of the landing sill 
and shall have a straight vertical face extending be- 
low the landing sill not less than 3 inches. 

(3) The straight vertical face required below the landing 
sills of passenger elevators shall be of smooth metal 
not less than No. 16 M.S. gage. 

(4) Vertically sliding biparting doors or vertically slid- 
ing doors which slide down to open shall be consid- 
ered to meet the requirements of Sections 7-3020 (a) 
3B1. and 7-3020 (a) 3B2. provided the doors meet 
the requirements of Section 7-3020 (b) 8. 

C. The building corridors shall be lighted to conform to the 
requirements of the State Electrical Code. See Article 
620. 

D. The tops of railroad tracks located on elevator landings 
shall be substantially flush with the floor surface for a 
distance of at least 6 feet from the sill edge. 

E. Hinged hoistway landing sills may be provided in con- 
nection with vertically sliding, biparting, counterbal- 
anced doors of freight elevators provided the sills are 
hinged on the landing side so that they can be lowered 
only when the landing doors are in the fully opened posi- 
tion. 

4. Minimum Size of Hoistway Entrances. The clear opening 
provided by elevator entrances shall be not less than 6 feet 6 inches 
high nor less than 2 feet 6 inches wide. 

(b) Hoistway Doors. 

1. Materials. Doors shall consist of a solid panel or of a solid 
panel to a height of 3 feet above the floor, above which they may be 
of solid or open workproviding the openings therein do not exceed 
1 l2 inch square. 

2. Use of Glass Panels. Glass panels in hoistway doors shall be 
limited to vision panels only. See Section 7-3020 (b) 18 for vision 
panel requirements. 

EXCEPTION: Hoistway doors installed before June 5, 1947. 

3. Strength. Hoistway doors shall be so constructed as to with- 
stand a constant force of 250 pounds applied at right angles to and 



26 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3020 



at approximately the center of the door, without causing the door 
to break or to be permanently deformed. Each panel or section of 
multipanel or multisection doors shall withstand the force speci- 
fied. 

4. Construction of Horizontally Sliding Boors. 

A. Horizontally sliding doors shall have leading edges that 
are smooth and free of sharp projections. The meeting 
edges of center-opening doors may be provided with a 
resilient member on one or both doors to form a shallow 
overlap. Single-slide and two speed doors shall lap the 
strike jamb but shall not close into pockets in the strike 
jamb. The clearance between the corridor face of the 
doors and the bucks and headers, and between overlap- 
ping faces of two-speed doors, shall be not more than 
-Vg inch. 

B. Manually operated horizontal-sliding doors shall be so 
arranged that the handle on the outside of the door pro- 
vided for opening or closing the door will not pass the 
stationary panel or the wall in such a manner as to 
create a shear hazard. 

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators, with entrances installed before 
1947, where the entrance opening would be less than 30 inches wide 
if this provision were applied. 

5. Construction of Center-opening Horizontally Swinging 
Doors. Center-opening, horizontally swinging doors shall con- 
form to the following: 

A. One door section shall be provided with an overlapping 
astragal on its vertical edge. 

B. Stops shall be provided at the top of both door sections 
which will stop the door section when closed, and which 
will meet the strength requirements of Section 7-3020 
(b)3. 

6. Construction of Vertically Sliding Doors. Vertically sliding 
doors shall conform to the following: 

A. Truckable sills, of vertically sliding, counterweighted 
doors, which slide down to open, and of biparting, coun- 
terbalanced doors of elevators used to carry freight, shall 
be designed to withstand the loads specified in Design 
Section 7-3101 (f). 

B. The clearance between the face of the doors and the 
landing sill shall be not more than V2 inch measured 
when the doors are in the closed position. 

C. Biparting, counterbalanced doors shall conform to the 
following: 

(1) They shall be provided with means to stop the clos- 
ing doors when the distance between closing rigid 
members of the door sections is not less than 3 fo inch. 

(2) A nonshearing, noncrushing member of either the 
meeting or overlapping type shall be provided on the 
upper door section to close the distance between the 
rigid door sections when in contact with the stops. 

(3) Rigid members which overlap the meeting edge or 
center latching devices are prohibited. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing elevators which can be operated from 
the car only. 

2. Existing power operated doors. 

7. Counterweighting or Counterbalancing of Vertically 
Sliding Doors. 

A. Single or multisection vertically sliding doors shall be 
so counterweighted and vertically sliding biparting, 



counterbalanced doors shall be so counterbalanced that 
they will not open or close by gravity. Fastenings shall 
be provided to prevent the detachment or dislodgement 
of counterbalancing weights of doors. 

B. The suspension means and their connections shall have a 
factor of safety of not less than 5. 

8. Beveled Guards for Vertically Sliding Doors. Where the 
lower side of the truckable sill projects more than V2 inch beyond 
the nearest surface below it, the sill shall be provided with a guard 
of not less than No. 16 M.S. gage metal beveled at an angle not less 
than 60 degrees nor more than 75 degrees from the horizontal. 

9. Pull Straps on Manually Operated, Vertically Sliding 
Doors. Manually operated, vertical sliding doors of elevators 
which can be operated from the landings shall be provided with 
pull straps on the inside and outside of the door where the lower 
edge of the upper door panel is more than 6 feet 6 inches above the 
landing when the door is in the fully open position. Pull straps 
shall be provided only on the inside of the hoistway door on eleva- 
tors which can be operated from the car only. 

A. The bottom of the strap shall not be more than 6 feet 
6 inches above the landing when the door is in the open 
position. 

B. The length of the strap shall not be extended by rope or 
similar material. 

C. Looped pull straps are prohibited. 

10. Types of Hoistway Doors for Passenger Elevators. For 
passenger elevators, doors shall be one of the following types: 

A. Horizontally sliding, single or multisection. 

B. Horizontally swinging, single section. 

C. Combination horizontally sliding and swinging. 

D. Power-operated, vertically sliding biparting counterbal- 
anced doors which operates in conjunction with the car 
gate as outlined in Section 7-3022 (e). 

E. At landing openings used exclusively for freight, manu- 
ally operated, vertically sliding biparting counterbal- 
anced doors may be used. 

11. Types of Hoistway Doors for Freight Elevators. For 
freight elevators, doors shall be one of the following types: 

A. Horizontally sliding, single or multisection. 

B. Horizontally swinging, single section. 

C. Combination horizontally sliding and swinging. 

D. Center-opening, two-section, horizontally swinging, 
subject to the restrictions of Section 7-3020 (b) 12. 

E. Vertically sliding, biparting counterbalanced. 

F. Manually operated, vertically sliding, counterweighted, 
single or multisection. 

12. Limitations of Use of Center-opening Swinging Doors. 
Center-opening, two-section, horizontally swinging hoistway 
doors shall be permitted for freight elevators only. 

13. Closing of Hoistway Doors. Horizontally sliding or swing- 
ing doors of automatic operation elevators shall be provided with 
door closers arranged to close and lock an open hoistway door 
automatically if the car for any reason leaves the landing zone. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Center-opening, horizontally swinging doors. 
2. The swinging portion of combination horizontally sliding and 
swinging type doors. 

14. Location of Horizontally Sliding or Swing Hoistway 
Doors. Horizontally sliding or swinging elevator hoistway doors 
shall be located so the maximum distances between the hoistway 
side of the hoistway door and the hoistway edge of the landing 
threshold and the car door or gate are as follows: 



27 



7-3020 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



HOISTWAY CONSTRUCTION FOR CABLED ELEVATORS 



TYPE OF ELEVATOR EXISTING OR 
NEW INSTALLATIONS 


TYPE OF DOOR 


HOISTWAY DOOR TO 

EDGE OF THRESHOLD 

(Inches) 


HOISTWAY DOOR TO CAR DOOR 
OR GATE 
(Inches) 


New passenger or freight operated from the car 
only 


Horizontal sliding or single swinging 


2V 2 


6 


New freight operated from the car only 


Center-opening horizontally swinging 


4 


6V2 


New passenger or freight automatic or constant 
pressure operation 


Single swinging 


1 


4V 2 


New freight automatic or constant pressure 
operation 


Center-opening horizontally swinging 


1 


4V 2 


New passenger or freight automatic or constant 
pressure operation 


Horizontal sliding 


2V 2 


6 


Existing passenger or freight installed before 1947 
operated from car only 


Any 


6 


— 


Existing passenger or freight installed before 1947 
automatic or constant pressure operation 


Any 


4 


5V2, except installations with 
power-operated car doors may be 6 


Existing passenger or freight installed before 1947 
with no car gate 


Any 


4 


— 



NOTE: When the hoistway door or the car door or gate consists of 
two or more sections, the distances specified in this table shall be mea- 
sured from the section of the door which travels the greater distance in 
closing. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. For new installations of center-opening hori- 
zontally swinging doors on freight elevators with automatic or constant 
pressure operation from the landings, the distance measured from the 
top portion of the doors to the edge of the hoistway threshold may be 
increased to not more than 4 inches provided the distance to the bottom 
36 inches of the doors is not more than 1 inch and all setbacks of more 
than 1 inch are beveled at an angle of not less than 60 degrees with the 
horizontal. 

2. For existing installations where the inside face of the hoistway 
door is more than 4 inches from the edge of the threshold (6 inches for 
car switch elevators), the following methods of reducing the clearance 
are acceptable. 

A. Horizontal bars set approximately 10 inches between centers for 
the full height of the door, with the inside face of the bars within 
2 inches of the threshold. 

B. Vertical bars at 5 inch centers for the full height of the door and 
reinforced with at least three horizontal bars, with the inside face 
of the bars within 2 inches of the threshold. 

C. An interlocked or contact lock car door or gate, inaccessible 
from inside the car, and the panel or bars described in Section 
7-3020 (b) 14 Exception, Item 3 provided on the hoistway door. 

3. For existing installations having excessive clearance between the 
hoistway door and the car door, the hoistway door shall be equipped 
with a 36-inch high built-up panel on the lower portion of the door or 
three horizontal bars approximately equally spaced with the upper bar 
approximately 36 inches above the floor and the lower bar approxi- 
mately 10 inches above the floor and with the inside face of the panel 
or of the bars within 2 inches of the threshold. 

15. Projection of Hoistway Doors and Equipment Beyond 
Landing Sills. Hoistway doors and equipment shall not project 
into the hoistway beyond the line of the landing threshold opposite 
the car entrance. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Door operators and interlocks on existing 
installations. 

2. Interlock operating mechanism and interlocks provided that the 
running clearance from the car sill to the interlock shall be not less than 
V2 inch. 

16. Opening of Hoistway Doors From the Hoistway Side. 

A. Hoistway doors shall be arranged so that they may be 
opened by hand from the hoistway side when the car is 
within the interlock unlocking zone except when the 
door is locked "out of service." 



B. Means shall not be provided for locking "out of service" 
either the doors at the main entrance landing or at the top 
or bottom terminal landing. 

C. Handles or other means provided for operation of manu- 
ally operated doors shall be located so that it is not neces- 
sary to reach back of any panel, jamb, or sash to operate 
them. 

17. Hangers, Guides, and Guide Shoes for Sliding Hoistway 
Doors. 

A. All horizontally and vertically sliding hoistway doors 
shall be hung and guided so that the doors will not be 
displaced from their guides or tracks when in normal 
service, nor when the doors are subjected to a constant 
horizontal force of 250 pounds applied at right angles to 
and at approximately the center of the door or to the cen- 
ter of each door section where multisection doors are 
used. Bottom guide shoes, or an auxiliary guide, shall be 
made of or reinforced with metal to prevent the door 
from being displaced from its guides. 

B. Combination horizontally sliding and swinging doors 
shall be so interconnected that: 

(1) The swinging panel can be opened only when the 
sliding panel is in the open position, and 

(2) Both panels shall swing simultaneously 

EXCEPTION: Interconnections are not required when both the 
sliding and the swinging panels are equipped with hoistway door inter- 
locks. 

C. Hangers for horizontally sliding hoistway doors shall be 
provided with means to prevent the doors from jumping 
the tracks. Stops shall be provided to prevent the hangers 
from leaving the ends of the track or suitable stops may 
be provided on the door only. Hangers and tracks shall be 
so designed and installed as to support the door in case of 
fire. 

D. The hangers, tracks, and their supporting brackets and 
fastenings for horizontally sliding, power-operated 
hoistway doors shall be constructed to withstand, with- 
out damage or appreciable deflection, an imposed load 
equal to 4 times the weight of the door as applied succes- 
sively downward and upward at the vertical center line 
of the assembled door or of each door section. 



28 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3020 



E. Door sections or panels of multisection horizontally 
sliding hoistway doors shall be so connected to each 
other as to ensure simultaneous movement of all sec- 
tions or panels. 

EXCEPTION: Door sections or panels that are: 

1. directly driven by the car door; and 

2. equipped with an approved hoistway unit-system hoistway door 
interlock on each driven door; and 

3. provided with door closer(s) installed to comply with Section 
7-3020 (b) 13. 

18. Hoistway Door Vision Panels. 

A. Vision panels shall be provided in the following types of 
elevator hoistway doors. 

EXCEPTION: Car switch elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 

(1) All horizontally swinging doors. 

(2) Manually operated, even though self-closing, doors 
of the horizontally sliding type or vertically sliding 
types except at landings where car position indica- 
tors are provided. 

B. Vision panels are required in one section only of multi- 
ple section doors, but may be provided in all sections. 
Vision panels may be provided for any type of hoistway 
door irrespective of the type of operation of the elevator. 

C. Hoistway doors installed before June 5, 1947, need not 
be altered to provide vision panels, but a clear section 
conforming to Section 7-3020 (b) 18D1, Section 7-3020 
(b) 18D5 and Section 7-3020 (b) 18D6 shall be provided 
in cases where existing manually operated grillwork or 
glass paneled doors are altered by covering or painting. 

D. Vision panels shall conform to the following: 

(1) The area of any single vision panel shall be not less 
than 25 square inches, and the total area of one or 
more vision panels in any hoistway door shall be not 
more than 100 square inches. 

(2) Each clear panel opening shall reject a ball 6 inches 
in diameter. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 

(3) Muntins used between panel sections shall be of sub- 
stantial construction. 

(4) Vision panel openings shall be glazed with clear 
wired glass not less than V4 inch thick. 

EXCEPTION: Existing vision panels glazed with safety glass. 

(5) The center of the panel shall be located not less than 
54 inches nor more than 66 inches above the landing; 
except that for vertically sliding, biparting doors, it 
shall be located to conform with the dimensions spe- 
cified herein insofar as the door design will permit. 

(6) Vision panels in horizontally swinging doors shall 
be located for convenient vision when opening the 
door from the car side. 

(7) Glass panels in power-operated doors shall be sub- 
stantially flush with the landing side surface of the 
door. 

19. Hoistway Door Counterweight Guides and Enclosure. 
Hoistway door counterweights, where used, shall run in guides or 
shall be boxed in. The bottom of the guides or boxes shall be so 
constructed as to retain the counterweight if the counterweight 
suspension means breaks. 



(c) Hoistway Gates. 

1. Use of Hoistway Gates Limited by Building Codes. Freight 
elevator hoistway entrances may be equipped with gates instead 
of doors where permissible under governing building codes. 

2. Types of Hoistway Gates. Hoistway gates shall be one of the 
following types. 

A. Vertically sliding, single or multisection, excluding 
biparting. 

B. Horizontally sliding, single or multisection. 

C. Where structural conditions preclude the use of vertical- 
ly sliding or horizontally sliding gates, horizontally 
swinging or horizontally sliding collapsible gates may 
be used. 

3. Size of Hoistway Gates. Gates shall fill the entire width of 
the opening and shall conform to the following: 

A. On new installations gates shall be not less than 6 feet 
high. 

B. Existing gates shall be not less than 66 inches high; or, 

C. Gates at the top terminal landings of existing elevators, 
where structural conditions make 66-inch-high gates 
impractical, may be not less than 41 inches nor more 
than 45 inches high. 

4. Construction of Hoistway Gates. 

A. Hoistway gates shall be constructed and maintained as 
to withstand a constant force of 100 pounds applied at 
right angles to and at approximately the center of the 
gate without deflecting the gate past the line of the 
threshold or a constantforce of 250 pounds similarly ap- 
plied without forcing the gate from its guides or breaking 
the gate. 

B. Hoistway gates shall be constructed with slats having 
spaces between the slats not exceeding 2 inches, or of 
open work steel which will reject a ball 2 inches in diam- 
eter. A 1-inch space is permissible between the bottom of 
the gate and the floor. 

EXCEPTION: Existing shipper rope controlled elevators operated 
from the landings may have access openings in the gates 5 inches wide 
and 36 inches high, located with the bottom of the opening approxi- 
mately 30 inches from the floor. Where a two-section gate is used, the 
access slot need not be over 26 inches high. 

C. Horizontally sliding, collapsible gates shall be 
constructed so as to use as few collapsible members as 
possible, but no gate opening shall be over 3 inches in 
width. Alternate vertical members shall act as guiding 
members at both top and bottom. 

5. Location of Hoistway Gates. 

A. Collapsible gates shall be installed so that the distance 
from the inside of the gate and the line of the edge of 
the car platform shall be not less than 4 nor more than 
5 inches. 

B. 41-inch to 45-inch high gates at the top landing of eleva- 
tors having a car top or a meat track shall be maintained 
so that the distance from the inside of the gate and the 
hoistway edge of the landing threshold shall be not less 
than 4 inches nor more than 6 inches. 

C. The distance from the hoistway side of the gate to the 
hoistway edge of the landing threshold shall be not more 
than 4 inches, nor less than 2 inches, except as specified 
in Section 7-3020 (c) 5B. 



29 



7-3021 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



D. The space between the bottom of the gate and the floor 
shall not exceed 1 inch. 

EXCEPTION: Existing gates installed on elevators before June 5, 
1947 may have a space not to exceed 4 inches. 

6. Operation of Hoistway Gates. Hoistway gates shall be 
opened and closed manually or by power from a source in no way 
derived from the motion of the elevator car. 

7. Requirements for Gates Less Than 66 Inches High. On ex- 
isting installations, where gates less than 66 inches high have been 
installed, the car top, where provided shall be hinged back at least 
18 inches from the landing threshold, and no rigid horizontal or 
projecting member between the vertical sides of the car enclosure 
shall extend closer than 12 inches from the landing thresholds. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators equipped with car doors or gates. 
2. Existing meat tracks but not meat track supports. 

8. Hoistway Gate Counterweights and Suspension Means. 

A. Gate counterweights shall run in guides or in weight 
boxes and be arranged to retain the weight in the box or 
in the guides in case of the breaking of the counterweight 
suspension means. 

B. Vertically sliding hoistway gates shall be so counter- 
weighted or counterbalanced that they will not open or 
close by gravity. 

Hoistway Door and Gate Locking Devices. 
7-3021. 

(a) Required on Passenger Elevator Hoistway Doors. All 

passenger elevator hoistway doors shall be equipped with ap- 
proved hoistway -unit system hoistway door interlocks. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing manually operated hoistway doors of 
elevators having a rated speed of not more than 150 feet per minute and 
a rise of not more than 20 feet which are provided with interlocks and 
zone switches as described for doors in Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

2. Manually operated doors at the lowest landing, or at the ground 
floor of elevators with only one floor below the ground floor, provided 
that no other entrances are in line on floors above or below and the 
doors are equipped with interlocks and zone switches as described for 
doors in Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

3. Existing basement doors provided with interlocks and zone 
switches as described for doors in Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

(b) Required on Freight Elevator Hoistway Doors. All freight 
elevator hoistway doors shall be equipped with approved hoist- 
way-unit-system hoistway door interlocks. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Manually operated hoistway doors for freight 
elevators having a rated speed of not more than 150 feet per minute and 
a rise of not more than 20 feet which are provided with interlocks and 
zone switches as described for doors in Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

2. Manually operated doors at the lowest landing, or at the ground 
floor of elevators with only one floor below the ground floor, provided 
that no other entrances are in line above or below and the doors are 
equipped with interlocks and zone switches as described for doors in 
Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

3. Existing installations, completed before June 5, 1947, of inter- 
locks or contact locks which approximately fulfill the functions re- 
quired for approved interlocks or contact locks. 

(c) Required on Freight Elevator Hoistway Gates. 

l.All existing freight elevator hoistway gates shall be equipped 
with either approved hoistway -unit-system interlocks or with ap- 
proved combination mechanical locks and electric contacts (con- 
tact locks). 

2. All new freight elevator hoistway gates shall be equipped 
with approved hoistway-unit-system interlocks. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Manually operated hoistway gates for freight 
elevators having a rated speed of not more than 150 feet per minute and 



a rise of not more than 20 feet which are provided with interlocks and 
zone switches as described for doors in Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

2. Manually operated gates at the lowest landing, or at the ground 
floor of elevators with only one floor below the ground floor, provided 
that no other entrances are in line above or below and the gates are 
equipped with interlocks and zone switches as described for doors in 
Section 7-3021 (d) ID. 

3. Existing installations, completed before June 5, 1947, of inter- 
locks or contact locks which approximately fulfill the functions 
required for approved interlocks or contact locks. 

(d) Hoistway Door Interlocks and Operating Cams. 

1. Operation of the driving machine when a hoistway door is un- 
locked is permissible only under the following conditions: 

A. By a car-leveling or truck-zoning device. 

B. By a combination hoistway access switch and operating 
device on constant-pressure or car-switch type eleva- 
tors. 

C. When a hoistway access switch is operated. 

D. Those manually operated doors specified in Exceptions 
1 and 2, Section 7-3021 (a), and in Exceptions 1 and 2, 
Section 7-3021 (b), may be equipped with interlocks that 
are unlocked by a stationary cam on the car, provided the 
circuits are so arranged that the power will be cut off the 
machine and the brake applied, if the door is not closed 
or if the car travels more than one foot away from the 
floor before the door is locked. 

E. When the elevator is equipped with an advance start or 
pulse start feature that allows the building up of the start- 
ing motor torque while the doors are in the last phase of 
the closing operation and may result in the car moving a 
short distance away from the floor if the closing of the 
doors is interrupted. This feature will be allowed only 
after written approval has been granted by the division. 

F. Existing elevators equipped with emergency release 
buttons permitted by the exception to Section 7-3021 (i). 

G. Elevators which can be started from the car only may be 
provided with an auxiliary lock at the lowest landing 
used in connection with the unlocking means for the 
lowest landing door so arranged that the car can leave the 
landing with the auxiliary lock in the unlocked position 
provided the circuits are so arranged that the power will 
be cut off and the brake applied should the car travel 
more than one foot away from the landing before the 
auxiliary lock locks. 

2. Interlocks shall conform to the following requirements: 

A. Interlock contacts shall be positively opened by the 
locking member or by a member connected to and me- 
chanically operated by the locking member, and the con- 
tacts shall be maintained in the open position by the 
action of gravity or by means of the opening member. 

B. The interlock shall hold the door in the locked position 
by means of gravity or by a restrained compression 
spring on a rod or in a tube, or by both, or by means of the 
opening member. 

C. The interlock shall lock the door in the closed position 
before the driving machine can be operated by the nor- 
mal operating device. 

Devices which permit operation of the driving ma- 
chine by the normal operating device before the door is 
closed, or when the door is closed but before it is locked, 
are not interlocks and are not permitted where interlocks 
are required by these regulations. 

EXCEPTION: As provided in Section 7-3021 (d) 1. 



30 



2001 CAUFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION COD! 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3021 



D. Elevator hoistway doors or gates shall not be arranged 
to be unlocked from outside the hoistway except where 
the unlocking means is of a type which cannot function 
unless the elevator car is at or within 30 inches of the 
landing. 

EXCEPTION: Doors or gates at the lowest landing that are 
equipped with auxiliary locks zoned so the power will be cut off the 
machine and the brake applied if the door is not closed or if the car 
travels more than one foot away from the floor, before the door is 
locked. 

E. Interlocks used with multisection doors shall conform to 
the following requirements: 

(1) They shall lock all sections of the door, but may be 
applied to only one section of the door, provided the 
device to interconnect the door sections is so 
arranged that the locking of one section insures that 
all sections are closed and cannot be opened. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing swing sections with auxiliary con- 
tacts on the section held closed by an overlapping astragal on the door 
equipped with interlock. 

2. Vertically sliding biparting doors installed before June 5, 1947. 

(2) Where used with vertically sliding biparting 
counter-balanced doors, they shall be so arranged 
that the interlock contacts are mechanically held in 
the open position by the door or devices attached 
thereto unless the door is in the closed position. 

(3) Where used with center-opening horizontally 
swinging doors, both door sections shall be 
equipped with interlocks. 

(4) Where a door-closer, used with a combination slid- 
ing and swinging door, is arranged to be discon- 
nected to allow the sliding panel to swing, it shall be 
so designed and installed that it shall not make the in- 
terlock contact when disconnected and released. 

F. Interlock systems employing a single master switch for 
more than one door are prohibited 

3. Retiring cams used to actuate an interlock shall exert a force 
at least double the average force required to operate the interlock 
and shall have a movement at least V2 inch more than the average 
movement required to operate the interlock. An interlock retiring 
cam shall be permanently marked by the manufacturer with: 

A. Its rated horizontal force. 

B. Its rated horizontal movement. 

4. The vertical face of any retiring cam, used for operating an 
interlock shall not exceed 18 inches in length unless the elevator is 
arranged to level automatically and is equipped with power- 
opened landing doors. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators equipped with a truck-loading 
device. 

2. Cams installed on elevators before June 5, 1947. 

5. Interlocks shall be so located that they are not accessible 
from the landing side when the hoistway doors are closed. 

(e) Hoistway Gate Combination Mechanical Locks and 
Electric Contacts (Contact Locks). 

1. Hoistway gate combination mechanical locks and electric 
contacts are permitted for hoistway gates of existing freight eleva- 
tors only. 

2. Operation of the driving machine when a hoistway gate is not 
in the closed position is not permissible. 

EXCEPTION: By a car-leveling or truck-zoning device. 

3. Contact locks shall conform to the following requirements. 



A. Contact locks, except existing locks installed before 
1947, shall be so designed and installed that the locking 
member and the electric contact are in a single unit. 
They shall be so installed and adjusted that the electric 
contact cannot close until the gate is in the closed posi- 
tion and so that the locking member is in a position to 
lock the gate when or before the contact closes. 

B. The electric contact shall be positively opened by the 
locking bar of the mechanical lock, or by a lever or other 
device attached to and operated by the gate, and the con- 
tact shall be maintained in the open position by means 
other than depending solely on the operation of a spring 
or springs. 

C. The function of a contact lock to hold a gate in the locked 
position shall not depend solely on a spring or springs, 
except that a coil (helical) spring in compression may be 
used if retained on a rod or in a tube to prevent separation 
in case of failure. 

D. Contact locks used with multisection gates shall con- 
form to the following requirement: 

They shall lock all sections of the gate, but may be 
applied to only one section provided the device used to 
interconnect the gate sections is so arranged that the 
locking of one section ensures that all sections are closed 
and cannot be opened. 

4. The vertical face of any cam used for operating a contact lock 
shall not exceed 18 inches in length. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators equipped with a truck-loading device. 

(f) Tests and Approvals. 

1. Each type and make of hoistway door interlock and hoistway 
gate combination lock and electric contact (contact lock) shall be 
approved by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. See 
Design Section 7-3110. 

2. Approved devices shall be marked for identification. The 
marking shall be permanent and shall include the following: 

A. Manufacturer's name or trademark. 

B. Type or style letter or number. 

C. Rated voltage. 

D. Rated test force and test movement on installations re- 
quiring a retiring cam. 

(g) Closed Position of Hoistway Doors. Hoistway doors shall 
be considered to be in the closed position under the following con- 
ditions: 

1. For horizontally sliding or swinging doors, when the leading 
edge of the door is within 3 /g inch of the nearest jamb or when the 
panels of horizontally sliding-center-opening doors are within 
3 Is inch of contact with each other. 

EXCEPTION: The doors shall be considered to be in the closed 
position at 4 inches from the jamb on existing elevators provided: 

1. The elevator can be started from the car only. 

2. The doors are provided with closers to fully close and lock the 
door after the car has started. 

3. The doors cannot be reopened from the landing side within the 
4-inch zone. 

4. If such elevators can be converted to collective operation for night 
service, the closed position shall be not more than 2 inches when on the 
automatic operation. 

2. For vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors, 
when the closing doors are not more than 3 fo inch from their 
stopped position. See Section 7-3020 (b) 6C. 

EXCEPTION: This distance may be increased to IV4 inches when 
new safety astragals are installed to replace existing solid astragals. 



31 



7-3022 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



(h) Closed Position of Hoistway Gates. Hoistway gates shall 
be considered to be in the closed position under the following con- 
ditions. 

1. For vertically sliding, counterbalanced gates, when the space 
between the bottom of the gate and the sill is not more than 
2 inches. 

2. For horizontally sliding or swinging gates, when the space 
between the edge of the gate and the nearest face of the strike jamb 
does not exceed 2 inches. 

(i) Interlock By-pass Switch (Emergency Release). No emer- 
gency release switch shall be provided in or on any elevator to ren- 
der the hoistway door interlocking circuit or the car door or gate 
contact circuit inoperative. 

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators which can be started from the car 
only that are provided with a constant pressure key switch or a constant 
pressure button requiring a pressure of at least 10 pounds to operate. 
This device shall be located above the normal operating device not less 
than 6 feet-above the car floor. 

(j) Elevator Parking Device. An elevator parking device shall 
be provided on car switch elevators at one landing, and may be 
provided at other landings, except on elevators having hoistway 
doors which are automatically unlocked when the car is within the 
landing zone. 

Parking devices shall conform to the following requirements: 

1. They shall be mechanically or electrically operated. 

2. They shall be so designed and installed that friction or the 
breaking of any spring used in the device will not permit opening 
or unlocking a door when the car is outside the landing zone of that 
floor. 

3. Springs, where used, shall be of the restrained compression 
type which will prevent separation of parts in case the spring 
breaks. 

(k) Hoistway Access Switches. 

1. Elevators equipped with power-operated hoistway doors or 
elevators equipped with manually operated vertical biparting 
doors shall be provided with access switches at one upper landing 
to permit access to the top of the car, and at the lowest landing to 
permit access to the pit if this landing is the normal point of access 
to the pit. 

EXCEPTION: Access to the top of elevators with a travel 15 feet 
or less. 

A. Observation elevators with manually operated hoistway 
doors shall be provided with access switches at one up- 
per landing to permit access to the top of the car. 

2. Hoistway access switches shall conform to the following: 

A. The switch shall be installed only at access landings. 

B. The switch shall be installed in the hoistway entrance 
frame or within 12 inches of the entrance frame of the 
elevator with which it is identified, and not less than 
3 feet not more than 6 feet 6 inches above floor level. 

C. The switch shall be of the continuous-pressure, spring 
return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder type lock 
having not less than 5 -pin or 5-disc combination with the 
key removable only when the switch is in the off posi- 
tion. The lock shall not be operable by any key which 
will operate locks or devices used for other purposes in 
the building except where locks are provided in the car 
top emergency exit covers the key may also unlock the 
exit cover. The key shall be available to and used only by 
elevator inspectors, maintenance men, and repairmen. 



3. The operation of the switch at either access landing shall per- 
mit, and may initiate and maintain, movement of the car with the 
hoistway door at this landing unlocked or not in the closed posi- 
tion; and with the car door or gate not in the closed position, sub- 
ject to the following: 

A. The operation of the switch shall not render ineffective 
the hoistway door interlock at any other landing. 

B. The car cannot be operated at a speed greater than 150 
feet per minute. 

C. For automatic and continuous pressure operation eleva- 
tors, provided: 

(1) Landing operating devices of continuous pressure 
operation elevators, and car and landing operating 
devices of automatic operation elevators, shall first 
be made inoperative by means other than the access 
switch. This means shall be located in the car and 
shall be key operated or located behind a locked 
cover. 

(2) Power operation of the hoistway door and the car 
door or gate is inoperative. 

D. Automatic operation by a car-leveling device is inopera- 
tive. 

E. The top-of-car operating device is inoperative. 

F. The movement of the car initiated and maintained by the 
top access switch shall be limited in the down direction 
to a travel not greater than the height of the car crosshead 
above the car platform, and limited in the up direction 
above the access landing to the distance the car apron ex- 
tends below the car platform. 

4. Where electrically operated switches, relays, or contactors 
are used to render inoperative the hoistway door interlock or the 
car door or gate contact, the control circuits shall be arranged to 
conform to the requirements of Section 7-3040 (f) 3; and, in addi- 
tion, to render the normal car and hall operation ineffective if any 
such switch, relay, or contactor fails to function in its intended 
manner. 

(1) Restricted Opening of Hoistway Doors. Passenger eleva- 
tors installed after January 1, 1989, shall have the hoistway and/or 
car doors arranged as follows: 

1. When a car is outside the unlocking zone, the hoistway doors 
or car doors shall be so arranged that the hoistway doors or car 
doors cannot be opened more than 4 inches from inside the car. 

2. When the car doors are so arranged that they cannot be 
opened when the car is outside the unlocking zone, the car doors 
shall be openable from outside the car without the use of special 
tools. 

3. The unlocking zone shall extend from the landing floor level 
to a point no greater than 18 inches above or below the landing 
floor level. 

4. The arrangement required by subsection 7-3021 (1) 1 shall not 
restrict the opening to the extent that the floor numbers required by 
subsection 7-3041 (c) cannot be located and observed. 

5. The arrangement required by subsection 7-3021 (1) 1 shall not 
constitute a violation of subsection 7-3022 (c) 5 if the doors can be 
opened sufficiently to determine the numbers required by subsec- 
tion 7-3041 (c). 

Power Operation of Doors and Gates. 
7-3022. 
(a) Types of doors and gates permitted. 

1. Where both a hoistway door and a car door or gate are opened 
and/or closed by power, the hoistway door and the car door or gate 
shall: 



32 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTOR CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3022 



A. Both be of the horizontally sliding type or 

B. Both be of the vertically sliding type. 

(b) Power Opening. 

1. Power opening of a car door or gate shall be subjected to the 
following: 

A. Power opening shall occur only when the car is at rest at 
the landing or is leveling except that on elevators with 
static control, power shall not be applied to open car 
doors until the car is within 12 inches of the landing. 

B. Collapsible-type car gates shall not be power opened to a 
distance exceeding V3 the clear gate opening, and in no 
case more than 10 inches. 

C. Existing power-operated, collapsible car gates shall be 
provided with a means to prevent shear. 

2. Power opening of a hoistway door shall conform to the 
following: 

A. Power opening shall occur only at that landing where the 
car is stopping, is leveling, or is at rest; and shall start 
only when the car is within the landing zone or is within 
30 inches above or 30 inches below the landing where an 
automatic car leveling device is provided, except that on 
static control elevators, opening shall not begin until the 
car is within 12 inches of the landing. 

B. Power opening may be initiated automatically through 
control circuits provided that when stopping under nor- 
mal operating conditions, the car shall be at rest or sub- 
stantially level with the landings before the hoistway 
door is in the fully open position. 

C. Sequence opening of a vertically sliding, biparting 
hoistway door and adjacent car gate shall be provided 
where required by Section 7-3022 (f) 1. 

(c) Power Closing. 

1. Where a car door or gate is closed by power, or is of the auto- 
matically released, self-closing type and. faces a manually oper- 
ated or self-closing hoistway door, the closing of the car door or 
gate shall not be initiated unless the hoistway door is in the closed 
position. 

EXCEPTION: Where a car door or gate is closed by power through 
continuous pressure of a door closing switch, or of the car operating de- 
vice, and where the release of the closing switch or operating device 
will cause the car door or gate to stop or to stop and reopen. 

A. The closing mechanism shall be so designed that the 
force necessary to prevent closing of a horizontally slid- 
ing car door or gate from the rest shall be not more than 
30 pounds. 

2. Horizontally sliding or vertically sliding biparting hoistway 
doors may be closed by continuous pressure means subject to the 
following: 

A. The release of the closing means shall cause the hoist- 
way door and a power-operated or power-closed car 
door or gate to stop or to stop and reopen. 

B. The operation of the closing means at any landing shall 
not close the hoistway door at any other landing nor the 
car door or gate when the elevator is at any other landing. 

C. For elevators having more than one hoistway opening at 
any landing level, a separate closing means shall be pro- 
vided in the car for each car door or gate and its adjacent 
hoistway door. Any closing means at a landing shall 
close only that hoistway door and the car door or gate at 
the side where such means is located. 



EXCEPTION: A separate closing means need not be furnished in 
the car for a horizontally sliding hoistway door and adjacent car door 
or gate which conform to the requirements of Section 7-3022 (d). 

D. Sequence closing of a vertically sliding, biparting hoist- 
way door and adjacent car gate shall be provided where 
required by Section 7-3022 (f). 

E. Vertically sliding biparting hoistway doors shall be used 
only in conjunction with a vertically sliding car gate that 
is closed by similar means. 

3. Power closing by momentary pressure or by automatic means 
of horizontally sliding hoistway doors or car doors or gates shall 
be permitted only for automatic or constant-pressure operation 
elevators. The closing of the doors or gates shall be subject to the 
following: 

A. It shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3022 
(d). 

B. A momentary pressure switch shall be provided in the 
car, the operation of which shall cause the doors to stop 
or to stop and reopen. 

4. Power closing of vertically sliding, biparting hoistway doors 
by momentary pressure or by automatic means shall be subject to 
the following: 

A. Only in conjunction with a vertically sliding car gate that 
is closed by a similar means. 

B. A warning bell or other audible signal shall be provided 
on the car which will start to sound at least 5 seconds be- 
fore the car door or gate starts to close and shall continue 
to sound until the hoistway door is substantially closed. 

EXCEPTION: The 5-second time interval may be omitted when 
the doors are closed by a switch in the car. 

C. Sequence closing of the hoistway door and the adjacent 
car gate shall be provided and shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3022 (f). 

D. The car gate shall be equipped with a reopening device 
conforming with the requirements of Section 7-3022 (e). 

E. A momentary -pressure type switch shall be provided in 
the car and at each landing which, when operated, shall 
cause the hoistway doors and the car gate to stop or to 
stop and reopen. 

F. The average closing speed shall not exceed 1 foot per 
second for each panel of a biparting, counterbalanced 
hoistway door and shall not exceed 2 feet per second for 
a vertically sliding, counterweighted car gate. 

5. Car doors shall be arranged to be opened manually from in- 
side the car in the event the power supply to the elevator is discon- 
nected. 

(d) Kinetic Energy and Force Limitations for Power Door 
Operators Used With Horizontally Sliding Hoistway Doors 
and Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or Gates. Where a power- 
operated, horizontally sliding hoistway door is closed by momen- 
tary pressure or by automatic means or is closed simultaneously 
with another door from one continuous pressure means, the clos- 
ing mechanism shall be designed and installed to conform to the 
following requirements: 

1. The kinetic energy of the hoistway door and all parts rigidly 
connected thereto, computed for the average closing speed, shall 
not exceed 7 foot-pounds where a reopening device for the power- 
operated car door or gate conforming to the requirements of Sec- 
tion 7-3022 (e) is used, and shall not exceed 2V2 foot-pounds 
where such door reopening device is not used. 

Where the hoistway door and the car door or gate are closed in 
such a manner that stopping either one manually will stop both, the 



33 



7-3022 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



sum of the hoistway and the car door weights, as well as all parts 
connected rigidly thereto, shall be used to compute the kinetic 
energy. 

The average closing speed shall be determined by timing the 
closing door as follows: 

A. With single-slide and two-speed doors, determine the 
time required for the leading edge of the door to travel 
from a point 2 inches away from the open jamb to a point 
2 inches away from the opposite jamb. 

B. With center-opening or two-speed center-opening 
doors, determine the time required for the leading edge 
of the door to travel from a point 1 inch away from the 
open jamb to a point 1 inch from the center meeting point 
of the doors. 

2. The force necessary to prevent closing of the hoistway door 
(or the car door or gate if self-closing or power-operated) from rest 
shall be not more than 30 pounds. This force shall be measured on 
the leading edge of the door with the door at any point between 
one-third and two-thirds of its travel. 

3. The weight of the doors and all parts rigidly connected thereto 
shall be submitted to the Division of Occupational Safety and 
Health. 

(e) Reopening Device for Power Operated Car Doors or 
Gates. Where required by Section 7-3022 (c) 4D or Section 
7-3022 (d) 1, a power-operated car door or gate shall be provided 
with a reopening device which will function to stop and reopen a 



car door or gate and the adjacent hoistway door in the event that 
the car door or gate is obstructed while closing. For center-open- 
ing doors, the reopening device shall be so designed and installed 
that the obstruction of either door panel, when closing, will cause 
the reopening device to function. 

(f) Sequence Operation for Power Operated Hoistway 
Doors With Car Doors or Gates. 

1. Sequence operation shall be provided under the following 
conditions: 

A. Sequence opening and closing shall be provided for 
power-operated vertically sliding biparting counter- 
balanced doors where used on passenger elevators in 
conjunction with a power-operated vertically sliding 
car gate. 

B. Sequence closing shall be provided for power-operated, 
vertically sliding biparting hoistway doors and verti- 
cally sliding car gates which are closed by momentary 
pressure or by a timing device. 

2. The sequence operation of a vertically sliding, biparting 
hoistway door and adjacent power-operated vertically sliding car 
gate shall conform to the following: 

A. In opening, the hoistway door shall be opened at least 
2 fe of its travel before the car gate can start to open. 

B. In closing, the car gate shall be closed at least 2 I^ of its 
travel before the hoistway door can start to close. 



34 



2001 CAUFORNSA 



ELEVATOR SAFETY CONS' 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3030 



• 



Article 7-8= Machinery and E 
Passenger and 

Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Rail Supports and 
Fastenings. 

7=3030. 

(a) Guide Rails Required. All elevators and their counter- 
weights shall be provided with guide rails. 

EXCEPTION: Existing counterweights running in boxes. 

(b) Materials. Guide rails, guide rail brackets, rail clips, fish- 
plate and their fastenings shall be of steel or other metals conform- 
ing to the requirements of this section. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1 . Where steel may present an accident hazard, as 
in chemical or explosive plants, guide rails may be of selected wood or 
other suitable nonmetallic materials provided the rated speed of the car 
does not exceed 150 feet per minute. 

2. Existing elevators originally installed with wood guide rails. 

(c) Requirements for Steel. Steel, where used, shall conform 
to the requirements of Design Section 7-3109 (b). 

(d) Requirements for Metals Other Than Steel. Metals, other 
than steel, may be used provided the factor of safety is not less 
than, and the deflections not more than, the values specified in De- 
sign Section 7-3109, and provided that cast iron is not used. 

(e) Rail Section. 

1. Guide rails shall be T-section, conforming to the nominal 
weights and dimensions shown in Figure 7-3030 El and Table 
7-3030 El. 

EXCEPTION: Other approved shapes may be used subject to the 
requirements of Design Section 7-3109 (c). 

2. The cross section of existing or replacement wood guides 
shall be not less than those given in Table 7-3030 E2. The guides 
shall be of clear grain maple or its equivalent. 

(f) Maximum Load on Rails in Relation to the Bracket 
Spacing. The maximum load on rails in relation to the bracket 
spacing shall be the smallest of the two values established by Sec- 
tions 7-3030 (f) 1, 7-3030 (f) 2 and 7-3030 (f) 3. 

1. Where a single car or counterweight safety is used, the maxi- 
mum suspended weight of the car and its rated load, or the maxi- 
mum suspended weight of the counterweight, including the 
weight of any compensating ropes or chains and of any traveling 
cables suspended therefrom, per pair of guide rails, shall not ex- 
ceed the maximum specified in Figure 7-3030 Fl for the size of rail 
and the bracket spacing used. 

EXCEPTION: The bracket spacing may exceed the values speci- 
fied in Figure 7-3030 Fl for a counterweight with a safety device or for 
a given weight of car plus its rated load per pair of guide rails, provided: 

1. The guide rail is reinforced; and 

2. The moment of inertia of a single reinforced rail, about an axis 
(I-I) parallel to the base of the rail, shall be not less than that required 
by Figure 7-3109 D for the total weight per pair of guide rails at the 
bracket spacing used. 

2. Where the car or counterweight is provided with two safety 
devices (duplex safety), the loads specified in Figure 7-3030 Fl 
may be increased by the factors specified in Table 7-3030 F2. 

3. The weight of the counterweight and the bracket spacing for 
each rail size shall not exceed the values determined from Figures 
7-3030 F3 A, 7-3030 F3 B and 7-3030 F3 C or for a counterweight 
with a safety the values determined from Figure 7-3030 Fl, 
whichever is most restrictive. In no case shall bracket spacing 
exceed 16 feet. 



ent for Power CabSe-driveim 
eight Elevators 

4. Where the spacing between counterweight rail brackets tied 
to the building exceeds 10 feet intermediate tie brackets, not re- 
quired to be tied to the structure, shall be added so the distance 
between adjacent brackets is not more than 7 feet. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing elevators in which the counterweight 
rail guiding system complies with Section 200 of ANSI A17.1-1971. 

2. A period of seven years from October 6, 1975 will be allowed for 
counterweight rails existing on this date to comply with the require- 
ments of Section 7-3030 (f) 4. 

5. The maximum bracket height ad minimum section modulus 
of the supporting leg of counterweight rail support brackets shall 
be determined from Figure 7-3030 (F) 4 using the weight of the 
counterweight. 

A. Where gussets or diagonal struts are used, the bracket 
height shall be considered as the unsupported length of 
the bracket leg measured from the centerline of the rail. 

B. Where tie rods are used to tie the legs of the brackets 
together to increase the effective section modulus, the tie 
rods that are located across the outer ends of the brackets 
shall be guarded unless located more than 7 inches from 
the edge of the car top. 

6. The maximum bracket height and minimum section modulus 
of intermediate tie brackets for counterweight rails shall be deter- 
mined from Figure 7-3030 (F) 4 using V3 the weight of the coun- 
terweight. 

EXCEPTION: The counterweight guide systems of elevators need 
not comply with Section 7-3030 (f) 3, Section 7-3030 (f) 4, Section 
7-3030 (f) 5 and Section 7-3030 (f) 6 where proper certification to the 
Division of Industrial Safety has been made by an engineer qualified 
under the Civil and Professional Engineers Act that the guide system 
has been designed and built to withstand the seismic forces for which 
the building was designed. 

(g) Stresses and Deflections. The stresses and deflections in a 
guide rail or in a rail and its reinforcement shall not exceed those 
specified in Design Section 7-3109 (a) 1, nor shall the deflections 
in the brackets and fastenings exceed those specified in Design 
Section 7-3109 (a) 2. 

(h) Guide Rail Guiding Surfaces. Guide rails shall have fin- 
ished guiding surfaces. 

(i) Rail Joints and Fishplates. 

1. Metal guide rails shall be joined together by fishplates of such 
design and strength as to withstand the forces specified in Design 
Section 7-3109 (a) within the deflection limits specified. 

2. The joints of metal guide rails shall conform to the following 
requirements: 

A. The ends of the rails shall be accurately machined with a 
tongue and matching groove centrally located in the 
web. 

B. The backs of the rail flanges shall be accurately 
machined, in relation to the rail guiding surfaces, to a 
uniform distance front to back of the rails to form a flat 
surface for the finished fishplates. 

C. The ends of each rail shall be bolted to the fishplates with 
not fewer than 4 bolts. 

D. The width of the fishplate shall be not less than the width 
of the back of the rail. 

E. The thickness of the fishplates and the diameter of the 
bolts for each size of guide rail shall be not less than spe- 
cified in Table 7-3030 12. 



35 



7-3031 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



F. The diameter of bolt holes shall not exceed the diameter 
of the bolts by more than Vi6 inch for guide rails nor 
1 /$ inch for fishplates. 

(j) Overall Length of Guide Rails. The top and bottom ends of 
each run of guide rail shall be so located in relation to the extreme 
positions of travel of the car and counterweight that the car and 
counterweight guiding members cannot travel beyond the ends of 
the guide rails. This shall mean from the bottom of the pit to the 
underside of the overhead slab or beams. 

(k) Guide Rail Brackets and Building Supports. 

1. The building construction forming the supports for the guide 
rail brackets shall be of such design as to: 

A. Safely withstand the application of the car or counter- 
weight safety when stopping the car and its rated load or 
the counterweight. 

B. Withstand the forces specified in Design Section 7-3109 
(a) within the deflection limits specified. 

Where necessary, the building construction shall be 
reinforced to provide adequate support for the guide 
rails. 

NOTE: Hoistway enclosure walls of brick, terra cotta, and similar 
materials, used in buildings of steel and concrete construction, are usu- 
ally insufficient in strength to form by themselves adequate supports 
for the guide rails. 

C. Withstand seismic forces created by accelerations of 
0.5 g horizontally acting on the car and/or counterweight 
in their most adverse position in relation to any bracket 
without deflecting more than V4 inch and without ex- 
ceeding 88 percent of the yield strength of the material 
used. 

2. Guide rail brackets shall be secured to their supporting struc- 
ture by meas of bolts, rivets, or by welding to withstand forces de- 
scribed in Section 7-3030 (k) 1C. Fastening bolts ad bolt holes in 
brackets and their supporting beams shall conform to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3030 (1). Welding shall conform to Section 
7-3033 (g). 

3. Bracket fastening to building structures designed to provide 
controlled movement between the brackets ad the building shall 
be of a type acceptable to the division ad shall be of a design sup- 
ported by engineering calculations. 

(1) Fastening of Guide Rails to Rail Brackets. 

1. Guide rails shall be secured to their brackets by clips or by 
bolts. 

2. The size of bolts used for fastening the guide rails or rail clips 
to the brackets shall be not less than specified in Table 7-3030 L2. 

3. The diameter of holes or the width of slots for fastening bolts 
shall not exceed the diameter of the bolt by more than the inch. 
Where slots are used for adjustment of the distance between guide 
rails, the brackets shall be secured in their final position by a bolt 
not less than 96 inch diameter or by welding. 

Car and Counterweight Buffers and Bumpers. 
7-3031. 
(a) T^pe Required. 

1. Buffers or bumpers shall be installed under the cars and 
counterweights of all cable driven power elevators. 

EXCEPTION: Counterweights of existing elevators which have 
never had bumpers or buffers. 

2. Spring buffers, oil buffers, or their equivalent, shall be used 
on all cable-driven power elevators. 



EXCEPTION: Solid bumpers of rubber, wood, or other material 
having similar shock absorbing qualities may be used on: 

1. Existing installations of solid bumpers. 

2. Existing elevators having a rated speed of 50 feet per minute or 
less which have never had bumpers. 

3. Oil buffers or their equivalent shall be used where the rated 
speed is in excess of 200 feet per minute. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Installations of bumpers or spring buffers made 
before June 5, 1947. 

2. Where Type C safeties are used, solid bumpers may be used under 
the car. 

(b) Location. 

1. Buffer or bumpers shall be located symmetrically with refer- 
ence to the vertical centerline of the car frame or the counter- 
weight frame, within the tolerance of 2 inches. The car bumpers or 
buffers shall be located so that the bottom runby does not exceed 
24 inches. 

2. Buffers or bumpers shall be located in the pit. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Oil buffers mounted on the counterweight. 
2. Existing buffers mounted under the car. 

(c) Stroke of Spring Buffers. Spring buffers shall be 
constructed so that the stroke of the buffer spring, as marked on its 
marking plate, shall be equal to or greater than the following: 



RATED CAR SPEED FEET PER MINUTE 


STROKE IN INCHES 


100 or less 


1V 2 


101 to 150 


2V 2 


151 to 200 


4 



1. The spring buffer shall be mounted so that the spring will be 
compressed solid before the car or counterweight rests on the buff- 
er support. 

(d) Load Rating of Spring Buffers. Spring buffers for cars and 
counterweights shall: 

1. Be capable of supporting, without being compressed solid, a 
static load having a minimum of twice the total weight of: 

A. The car and its rated load for car buffers. 

B. The counterweight for counterweight buffers. 

2. Be compressed solid with a static load of three times the 
weight of: 

A. The car and its rated load for car buffers. 

B. The counterweight for counterweight buffers. 

EXCEPTION: When Section 7-3019 (a) (2) necessitates a greater 
load rating. 

(e) Marking Plate for Spring Buffers. Each spring buffer shall 
have permanently attached to it a metal plate marked in a legible 
and permanent manner to show its stroke and load rating. (The 
load rating is the load required to compress the spring an amount 
equal to its stroke.) 

(f) Stroke of Oil Buffers. The minimum stroke of oil buffers 
shall be based on the requirements outlined in Design Section 
7-3108 (a). Table 7-3031 F indicated the minimum buffer strokes 
for the most usual rated speeds. 

EXCEPTION: When oil buffers are used in conjunction with an 
emergency terminal stopping device conforming to the requirements 
of Section 7-3039 (c) which will limit the speed at which the car or 
counter weight can strike its buffer the following shall apply: 

1. Reduce stroke oil buffers may be used on modernization 
installations in existing hoist ways provided that the stroke of the 
buffer shall be long as possible for the existing conditions. 

2. Reduced stroke oil buffers may be used for installations when 
installed as follows: The buffer stroke shall be based on at least 



36 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3032 



115 percent of such reduced striking speed on an average retarda- 
tion not exceeding 32.2 feet per second squared (9.81 m/s 2 ). In no 
case, shall the stroke used be less than 50 percent of the stroke re- 
quired by Section 7-3031 (f) for rated speeds under 800 feet per 
minute (4.06 m/s), nor less than 33V3 percent or 18 inches (457 
mm) whichever is greater, for rated speeds of 800 feet per minute 
(4.08 m/s) or more. 

NOTE: See Section 7-3031 (m), Testing of Oil Buffers, 
(g) Retardation by Oil Buffers. Buffer retardation rates shall 
conform to the requirements of Design Section 7-3108 (b). 

(h) Factor of Safety for Oil Buffer Parts. The factor of safety 
of oil buffer parts shall conform to the requirements of Design 
Section 7-3108 (c). 

(i) L/R for Members Under Compression as Columns. The 
L/R ratio for oil buffer members shall conform to Design Section 
7-3108 (d). 

(j) Plunger Return Requirements. Oil buffers shall be so de- 
signed that: 

1. The buffer plunger of the gravity-return and spring-return 
type oil buffers, when the buffer is filled with oil, shall, when re- 
leased after full compression, return to its fully extended position 
within 90 seconds. 

2. The plunger of a spring-return type oil buffer with a 50 pound 
weight resting on it shall, when released after being compressed 

2 inches, return to the fully extended position within 30 seconds. 

3. Car and counterweight buffers of the spring-return type shall 
be provided with a switch, operated by the buffer in case it is com- 
pressed more than 3 inches, and so connected to the control circuit 
that the speed of the descending car or counterweight shall not ex- 
ceed ^2 the rated speed unless the buff er plunger returns to within 

3 inches of its normal position. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators with buffers installed before June 5, 
1947. 

(k) Means for Determining Oil Level. Oil buffers shall be pro- 
vided with means for determining the oil level, and that the level is 
within the maximum and minimum allowable limits. Glass sight 
gages shall not be used. 

(1) Approval of Oil Buffers. Every type oil buffer shall be ap- 
proved by the Division of Industrial Safety before installation. 
The approval shall be based on tests witnessed by a representative 
of the division, or certified test reports as specified in Design Sec- 
tion 7-3108 (g) may be accepted. 

(m) Testing of Oil Buffers. On each installation of an elevator 
equipped with oil buffers, a field test of the buffers shall be made, 
and witnessed by a representative of the division consisting of run- 
ning the car with rated load onto its buffer at rated speed and the 
counterweight onto its buffer at rated speed with the car empty. In 
making these tests, the normal terminal limit switches shall be 
made temporarily inoperative, and the final terminal limits shall 
remain operative but shall be temporarily relocated if necessary to 
permit full compression of the buffer during the tests. 

EXCEPTION: Reduced stroke buffers shall be struck at speeds re- 
duced to conform to the stroke of the buffer used, and the test shall dem- 
onstrate that no part of the car or counterweight will contact the 
overhead structure. Failure to so demonstrate shall require adjustments 
or modification acceptable to the division. 

(n) Load Ratings of Oil Buffers. The minimum and maximum 
load ratings of car and counterweight oil buffers as indicated on 
the buffer marking plate shall conform to the following: 

1. The minimum load rating shall be not greater than: 

A. For car oil buffers, the total weight of the car as marked 
on the crosshead data plate plus 150 pounds. 



B. For counterweight oil buffers, the weight of the counter- 
weight used. 

2. The maximum load rating shall be not less than: 

A. For car oil buffers, the total weight of the car as marked 
on the crosshead data plate plus the rated load. 

B. For counterweight oil buffers, the weight of the counter- 
weight used. 

(o) Oil Buffer Marking Plate. Every installed oil buffer shall 
have securely attached thereto a metal plate, marked by the 
manufacturer in a legible and permanent manner, indicating: 

1. The maximum and minimum loads and the maximum strik- 
ing speed for which the buffer has been approved. 

2. The manufacturer's identifying type or number of the buffer. 

3. The permissible range in viscosity of the buffer oil to be used, 
stated in Saybolt Seconds Universal at 100°F. 

4. The viscosity index number of the oil to be used. 

5. The pour point in degrees F. of the oil to be used. 

6. The stroke. 

Counterweights. 
7=3(032. 

(a) Frames. Counterweight weight sections shall be mounted in 
structural or formed metal frames, so designed as to retain the 
weights securely in place. 

EXCEPTION: Existing counterweights secured together by rods 
and guided on slots in the guide weights or by separate guide shoes. 

1. The counterweight frame shall be constructed so the nominal 
clearance between the face of the rail and the frame does not ex- 
ceed V2 inch on each side at the approximate center of the frame. 

2. The counterweight frame and subweights shall be 
constructed so the subweights occupy not less than 2 /3 of the 
counterweight frame space. 

(b) Tie Rods. At least two tie rods shall be provided which shall 
pass through all weight sections and through the top and bottom 
structural members. Tie rods shall be provided with lock nuts and 
cotter pins at each end. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Counterweights installed before June 5,1947, 
shall be securely retained in place. See Section 7-3032 (g). 

2. Tie rods are not required where other means are provided to retain 
weight sections in place if they become broken. 

3. The tie rods need not pass through the top structural member pro- 
vided some equally effective method of retaining the weights in the 
frame is provided. 

1. Existing rod-type counterweights installed since June 5, 
1947, shall be secured together with not less than four rods, at least 
two of which pass through holes in each weight section. 

2. Where material other than cast metal or steel subweights se- 
cured by tie rods in a structural frame is used as a counterweight, 
the plans for the counterweight shall be submitted to the division 
for approval. 

(c) Guiding of Counterweights. All elevator counterweights 
shall run in guides. 

EXCEPTION: Existing counterweights running in boxes. 
1. Counterweight frames shall be guided on each guide rail by 
upper and lower guiding members attached to the frame. The guid- 
ing members or auxiliary guiding members and their attachment 
to the counterweight frame shall be designed to withstand seismic 
forces of not less than 0.5g horizontally. The clearances between 
the machined faces of the rail and auxiliary guiding members 
shall be not more than 3 /j6 inch. The engagement of the rail shall 
be not less than the dimension of the machined side face of the rail. 



37 



7-3033 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators where proper certification to the Di- 
vision of Industrial Safety has been made by an engineer qualified un- 
der the Civil and Professional Engineers Act that the counterweight 
guides have been designed and built to withstand the seismic forces for 
which the building was designed. 

2. A period of seven years from October 6, 1975 will be allowed for 
counterweights of elevators existing on this date to comply with the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3032 (c) 1. 

2. Where an independent car counterweight is provided, it shall 
run in separate guide rails and shall not be of sufficient weight to 
cause undue slackening of the hoisting ropes during acceleration 
or retardation of the elevator car. 

3. On existing elevators where car counterweights and machine 
counterweights are used in the same guides, the car counter- 
weights shall be located above the machine counterweights, and a 
distance of not less than 6 inches between weights shall be main- 
tained. Machine and car counterweights that are not independent 
of and separated from each other will not be permitted. Where the 
counterweight ropes attached to a lower counterweight pass 
through an upper counterweight, the ropes shall be protected from 
injury. 

(d) Design Requirements for Frames and Rods. The frame 
members and their connections shall be designed with a factor of 
safety of not less than 5 with the elevator at rest and the counter- 
weight at the top of its travel. 

Frames and rods shall be made of steel or other metals conform- 
ing to the requirements for materials in car frames in Section 
7-3033 (f). 

Connections between frame members shall conform to the re- 
quirements in Section 7-3033 (g). 

(e) Sheaves. Where a hoisting sheave or sheaves is mounted in 
the frame, the requirements of Design Section 7-3101 (b) 1 shall 
apply. 

(f) Suspension Rope Hitch Plates or Shapes. Where counter- 
weights are suspended by ropes attached directly to the frames by 
means of rope fastenings, the rope attachments shall conform to 
Section 7-3033 (m). 

(g) Securing of Weights in Frames. The weights shall be 
mounted and secured in the frames to prevent shifting of the 
weights by an amount which will reduce the running clearances to 
less than those specified in Section 7-3018 (b). 

(h) Overhead Stops for Counterweights of Drum Type Ele- 
vators. There shall be secured at the upper limit of travel of the 
counterweights of all elevators having winding drum machines, 
an I-beam or other obstruction so that the counterweights cannot 
be drawn up into the overhead sheaves or drum. 

(i) Cars Counterbalancing One Another. An elevator car 
shall not be used to counterbalance another elevator car. 

(j) Compensating Chain or Rope Fastenings. Compensating 
chains or ropes shall be fastened to the counterweight frame di- 
rectly or to a bracket fastened to the frame and shall not be fastened 
to the tie rods. 

Car Frames and Platforms. 

7-3033. 

(a) Car Frames Required. Every elevator suspended by wire 
ropes shall have a car frame consisting of a cross head, uprights 
(stiles), and a plank located approximately at the middle of the car 
platform, and in no case farther from the middle than 1 /g of the dis- 
tance from front to back of the platform. 

(b) Guiding Members. Car frames shall be guided on each 
guide rail by upper and lower guiding members attached to the 
frame. 



(c) Design of Car Frame and Guiding Members. The frame 
and its guiding members shall be designed to withstand the forces 
resulting under the loading conditions for which the elevator is de- 
signed. See Section 7-3037. 

(d) Underslung or Sub-post Car Frames. The vertical dis- 
tance between the top and bottom guide shoes of an elevator car 
having a subpost car frame, or having a underslung car frame lo- 
cated entirely below the car platform, shall be not less than 40 per- 
cent of the distance between guide rails. 

(e) Car Platforms. Every elevator car shall have a platform 
consisting of a nonperforated floor attached to a platform frame 
supported by the car frame, and extending over the entire area 
within the car enclosure. The platform frame members and the 
floor shall be designed to withstand the forces developed under the 
loading conditions for which the elevator is designed and 
installed. 

EXCEPTION: Platform frames are not required where laminated 
platforms are provided. Laminated platforms may be used for passen- 
ger elevators having a rated load of 5,000 pounds or less. The deflec- 
tion at any point of a laminated platform, when uniformly loaded to 
rated capacity, shall not exceed V96O of the span. The stresses in the 
steel facing shall not exceed 20 percent of its ultimate strength. The 
stresses in the plywood core shall not exceed 60 percent of the allow- 
able stresses specified in Table 3. Allowable stresses for plywood, in 
the American Plywood Association's Plywood Design Specification 
(PDS), Form No. Y510, August, 1986, revised December, 1990, which 
is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(f) Materials for Car Frames and Platform Frames. 

1. Materials used in the construction of car frames and plat- 
forms shall conform to the following: 

A. Car frames and outside members of platform frames 
shall be made of steel or other metals. 

B. Platform stringers of freight elevators designed for Class 
B or C loading shall be of steel or other metals. 

C. Platform stringers of passenger elevators and of freight 
elevators designed for Class A loading shall be made of 
steel or other metals, or of wood. 

D. Cast iron shall not be used for any part subject to tension, 
torsion, or bending. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Guiding supports. 

2. Guide shoes. 

3. Compensating rope anchorages. 

2. Steel, where used in the construction of car frames and plat- 
forms, shall conform to the requirements of Design Section 
7-3101 (a). 

3. Metals other than steel may be used in the construction of car 
frames and platforms provided the metal used has the essential 
properties to meet all the requirements for the purpose in accor- 
dance with acceptable engineering practices, and providing the 
stresses and deflections conform to the requirements of Sections 
7-3101 (a) 4 and 7-3101 (a) 5. 

4. Wood used for platform stringers and for platform floors and 
subfloors shall be of clear, structural quality lumber conforming to 
the requirements of Design Section 7-3101 (a) 2. 

(g) Car Frame and Platform Connections. Connections be- 
tween members of car frames and platforms shall be riveted, 
bolted, or welded, and shall conform to Design Section 7-3101 (a) 
4 and to the following: 

1. Bolts used through flanges of structural members where the 
flanges slope more than 5 degrees shall have bolt heads of the 
tipped-head type or shall be fitted with beveled washers. 

2. Nuts used on the flanges of structural members where the 
flanges slope more than 5 degrees shall seat on beveled washers. 



38 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3034 



3. Welding of parts upon which safe operation depends shall be 
done in accordance with the appropriate standards established by 
the America Welding Society. All welding of such parts shall be 
done by welders qualified in accordance with the requirements of 
the American Welding Society. At the option of the manufacturer, 
the welders may be qualified by one of the following: 

A. By the manufacturer. 

B. By a California licensed Professional Engineer. 

C. By an approved testing laboratory. 

EXCEPTION: Tack welds not later incorporated into finished 
welds carrying calculated loads. 

(h) Protection of Platforms Against Fire, The underside of 
wood platforms and the exposed surfaces of wood platform string- 
ers of passenger elevators shall be protected against fire by one of 
the following methods: 

1. By covering with sheet steel of at least No. 27 M.S. gage or 
with equally fire retardant material. 

2. By painting with fire retardant paint. See Design Section 
7-3101 (a) 3. 

3. Fire retardant treated wood. 

(i) Platform Guards (Aprons). The entrance side of the plat- 
form of passenger and freight elevators equipped with leveling de- 
vices or truck-zoning devices shall be provided with smooth metal 
guard plates of not less than No. 16 M.S. gage steel, or material of 
equivalent strength and stiffness, adequately reinforced and 
braced to the car platform and conforming to the following: 

1. It shall extend not less than the full width of the widest hoist- 
way boor opening. 

2. It shall have a straight vertical face, extending below the floor 
surface of the platform, of not less than the depth of the leveling or 
the truck zone, plus 3 inches. 

3. The lower portion of the guard shall be bent back at an angle 
of not less than 60 degrees nor more than 75 degrees from the hori- 
zontal. The bent portion shall be not less than 3 inches long. 

4. The guard plate shall be securely braced and fastened in place 
to withstand a constant force of not less than 150 pounds applied at 
right angles to and at any position on its face without deflecting 
more than V4 inch, and without permanent deformation. 

(j) Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car Frame and Plat- 
form Members. The stresses in car frame and platform members, 
based on the static load imposed upon them, shall not exceed those 
specified in Design Section 7-3101 (a) 4. 

(k) Maximum Allowable Deflections of Car Frame and Plat- 
form Members. The deflections of car frame and platform mem- 
bers, based on the static load imposed upon them, shall be not 
more than those specified in Design Section 7-3101 (a) 5. 

(1) Car Frames With Crosshead Sheaves. Where a hoisting 
rope sheave is mounted on the car frame, the construction shall 
conform to Design Section 7-3101 (b). 

(m) Hoisting Rope Hitch Plates or Shapes. Where cars are 
suspended by hoisting ropes attached to the car frame by means of 
rope shackles, the shackles shall be attached to steel hitch plates or 
to structural or formed steel shapes. Such plates or shapes shall be 
secured to the underside or to the webs of the car frame member 
with bolts, rivets, or welds so located that the tensions in the hoist- 
ing ropes will not develop direct tension in the bolts or rivets. The 
stresses shall not exceed those permitted by Design Sections 
7-3111 (c) and 7-3111 (d). 

(n) Calculation of Stresses in Car Frame and Platform 
Frame Members. The calculation of the stresses and deflections 



in the car frame plank and uprights, and platform frames, shall be 
based on the formulas and data in Design Section 7-3101. 

(o) Platform Side Braces. Where side bracing and similar 
members are attached to car frame uprights, the reduction in area 
of the upright shall not reduce the strength of the upright below 
that required by Design Section 7-3101 (a) 4. 

(p) Hinged Platform Sills. Hinged platform sills shall conform 
to the following requirements: 

1. They shall be provided with electric contacts which will pre- 
vent operation of the elevator by the normal operating device un- 
less the hinged sill is within 2 inches of its fully retracted position, 
provided that when in this position the sill shall not reduce the 
clearance specified in Section 7-3018 (d). 

2. The elevator may be operated by the leveling device in the 
leveling zone with the sill in any position. 

Car Enclosures and Car Doors 



(a) Passenger and Freight Enclosures, General. All elevator 
cars shall be permanently enclosed on all sides and the top, except 
that portion which is used as an entrance or entrances. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing freight elevators which shall comply 
with Section 7-3034 (c). 
2. Emergency exit panels. 

1. The enclosure shall be securely fastened to the car platform 
and so supported that it cannot loosen or become displaced in or- 
dinary service or on application of the car safety or on buffer en- 
gagement. 

2. The enclosure walls shall be of such strength and be so 
designed and supported that when subjected to a pressure of 
75 pounds applied horizontally at any point on the walls of the 
enclosure, the deflection will not reduce the running clearance be- 
low the allowed minimum. 

3. No elevator car shall have more than one compartment. Two 
compartments in the same horizontal plane will be permitted, pro- 
vided that access to the landings can be had through only one of 
them. 

EXCEPTION: Passenger elevators or freight elevators may have 
two compartments, one of which is located immediately above the oth- 
er provided the compartmented elevator conforms to the following re- 
quirements: 

1. The elevator shall be used exclusively for passengers or exclu- 
sively for freight at any one time. 

2. Each compartment shall conform to the requirements of this Sec- 
tion except that a trap door in the floor of the upper compartment shall 
provide access to the top emergency exit for the lower compartment. 

3. Where either or both compartments are intended for passenger 
service, the minimum rated load for each compartment shall conform 
to the requirements of Section 7-3037 (a). 

Where one compartment is intended for freight use, its minimum 
rated load shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3037 (a) or 
shall be based on the freight loads to be handled, if greater than the 
minimum rated load required by Section 7-3037 (a). 

Where both compartments are used exclusively for freight, the 
minimum rated load of each compartment shall conform to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3037 (b). 

The rated load of the elevator shall be the sum of the rated loads of 
the individual compartments. 

4. An emergency stop switch conforming to the requirements of 
Section 7-3040 (b) 5 shall be provided in each compartment and these 
emergency stop switches shall be so connected that the car cannot run 
unless both are in the run position. 

5. All hoistway doors shall be closed and locked and the car doors 
for each compartment closed before the car can be operated. 

4. An emergency exit with a cover shall be provided in the top 
of all new elevators except observation-type elevators and in the 



39 



7-3034 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



top of all passenger elevator cars installed since June 5, 1947. On 
elevators installed after April 16, 1970, the emergency exit shall 
conform to the following: 

A. The exit opening shall have an area of not less than 400 
square inches, and shall measure not less than 16 inches 
on any one side. 

B. The exit shall be so located as to provide a clear passage 
of not less than 400 square inches unobstructed by fixed 
elevator equipment, including lighting equipment lo- 
cated in or on top of the car. 

C. The exit cover shall open outward and shall be hinged or 
otherwise attached to the car top and so arranged that the 
cover can be opened from the top of the car and from in- 
side the car by means of a spring return 5 pin or disc tum- 
bler lock that allows the exit to be opened from the car 
with a key and from the top of the car without a key. 

The key shall be accessible to authorized personnel 
and no other key to the building shall unlock the emer- 
gency exit lock, except where access switches are fur- 
nished, the key used to operate the access switch may 
also unlock the car top emergency door lock. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Exit covers arranged to be opened from the top 
of the car only on elevators not equipped with emergency operation de- 
scribed in Section 7-3041 (d) 6. 

2. The exit cover of the lower deck of a multideck elevator shall be 
openable from either compartment. 

D. Car top emergency exits shall be prohibited on observa- 
tion-type elevators. Where access to the car top is re- 
quired for re-roping or other maintenance work as may 
be determined by the Division, access panels in the car 
top shall be provided secured in place so as to require a 
tool to remove the panel. 

5. Tops of car enclosures, including exit covers, shall be so de- 
signed and installed as to be capable of sustaining a load of 300 
pounds on any square area 2 feet on a side and 100 pounds applied 
at any point. Simultaneous application of these loads is not re- 
quired. 

6. Equipment or material which is not required for the operation 
of the elevator or its appliances, except where specifically pro- 
vided herein, shall not be located above the top of an elevator car. 

7. Glass may be used in elevator cars provided: 

A. Glass, other than safety glass, shall be used only for cov- 
ers for certificates, lighting fixtures, or other appliances 
necessary for the operation of the elevator providing no 
one piece shall exceed 1 square foot in area and the total 
area, excluding electric lamps, shall not exceed 4 square 
feet. 

EXCEPTION: Existing wire glass or shatterproof glass in car 
doors. 

B. Safety glass meeting the requirements of ANSI A97.1, 
except for transparency, may be installed inside the ele- 
vator car enclosure, provided the glass is mounted in 
such a manner that the glass and its mountings will with- 
stand the required elevator test without becoming dis- 
lodged or damaged. 

C. Car enclosures for special elevators may be of glass pro- 
vided they comply with Section 7-3034 (b) 5. 

8. Apparatus or equipment other than that used in connection 
with the operation of the elevator, shall not be installed inside the 
elevator car. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Railroad or conveyor tracks in freight elevator 
cars. 



2. Lighting, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and sound equip- 
ment for the car. 

9. Permanent guardrails, either fixed or capable of being raised 
from a retracted position, shall be provided around all sides of the 
work area of the car top where a hoistway enclosure is not fur- 
nished to provide a safe work area for maintenance work on the car 
and in the hoistway. 

A. Where guardrails must be raised into position, the top of 
car operating station shall not be operative unless the 
guardrails are raised. 

(b) Passenger Car Enclosures. 

1. The enclosures for passenger elevators may be of metal, 
wood, or other substantial material subject to the following: 

A. For new installations, they shall be of solid material 
from the floor to the car top. 

B. For existing installations, they shall be of solid material 
to a height of not less than 3 feet above the car floor. 
Above the solid panel and extending to the top frame of 
the cab, open work may be used, provided the design 
shall be such that the openings will not be more than 
1 l2 inch square to a height of at least 6 feet from the car 
floor and the openings above 6 feet shall be not more 
than 2 inches in width. 

C. The tops of all passenger elevator cars shall be made 
solid except those existing tops covered with wire 
screening having meshes not larger than V2 inch in the 
greatest dimension. 

2. Where car doors are used, means for ventilation shall be pro- 
vided. Vent openings shall not be located in the portion of the en- 
closure walls extending from a point 1 foot above the floor to a 
point 6 feet above the floor. Vent openings less than 1 foot above 
the floor shall reject a ball 1 inch in diameter. Vent openings above 
the 6 foot level shall reject a ball 2 inches in diameter. Vent open- 
ings shall reject a ball 3 /4 inch in diameter, or shall be protected by 
substantial baffles, or shall be located above a ceiling, to prevent 
objects projecting from the car into the hoistway. 

Ventilating fans or blowers, if used, shall be securely fastened in 
place and located above the ceiling or outside the enclosure. 

3. Side emergency exits, to allow passage between elevator 
platforms, shall be installed in the adjacent enclosures of elevators 
in adjacent hoistways where there are no intervening hoistway 
partitions, counterweights, or any fixed obstructions other than 
separator beams, and where the vertical distance between adjacent 
landings exceeds 30 feet. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators equipped with safety devices that do 
not require resetting from the car. 

2. Where the horizontal distance between elevator car platforms ex- 
ceeds 2 feet 6 inches, side exit doors are prohibited. Side emergency 
exit doors shall: 

A. Be of the hinged type. 

B. Open only into the car. 

C. Extend from the floor or base molding to a clear height of not 
less than 5 feet and shall have a width sufficient to provide not 
less than 14 inches of clear passageway when the door is open. 

D . Be so located as to provide free passageway and so that passage 
of persons is not obstructed by hoisting or counterweight ropes, 
car frame members, or by fixed elevator equipment. 

E. Be provided with a lock so arranged that the door may be 
opened from inside the car only by a specially shaped, remov- 
able key, and from outside by a nonremovable handle. Locks 
shall be so designed that they cannot be opened from the inside 
by the use of ordinary tools or instruments. There shall be no 
obstruction on the inside of the enclosure which will prevent 
opening the door from either side. 



40 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3034 



F. Be provided with approved-type electric contacts to prevent 
operation of the elevator when the door is open and so located 
as to be inaccessible from the inside of the car. 

G. Be of the same material and construction as required for the en- 
closure. Keys for unlocking side emergency exit doors shall be 
kept on the premises in a location available to qualified persons 
in case of emergency. 

4. Vision panels are not required, but where used shall: 

A. Have a total area of not more than 144 square inches, and 
no single glass panel shall have a width exceeding 
6 inches. 

B. Be provided with clear wire-glass or laminated safety 
glass panels. 

C. Be located in the car door or in the front return panel of 
the car enclosure. 

D. In power-operated car doors, have the inside face of the 
glass located substantially flush with the inside surface 
of the door panel. 

5. Passenger elevator car enclosures of glass may be installed in 
hoistways designed for the purpose of view or aesthetic values. 
These special car enclosures shall conform to the following as a 
minimum: 

A. It is recommended that the amount of glass be held to a 
minimum and that the lower portion of the car enclosure 
be of metal construction to a height of at least 42 inches 
above the floor. If solid metal construction is not pro- 
vided, adequate guardrails will be required on the inside 
of the car. 

B. Detailed drawings listing materials and fastenings shall 
be submitted to the division for approval prior to instal- 
lation and certification that the glass used conforms to 
Section 7-3034 (b) 5D. 

C. The glazing material shall be such that shock from set- 
ting the safety or landing the car on the buffer will not 
dislodge any panel. In the design of the elevator car, pro- 
visions shall be made to allow the car-holding safety de- 
vice to set a maximum 2 inches out of level without 
causing the cab structure to wrack in any manner. 

D. The glass product-type shall be a laminated glass with a 
total nominal thickness of 0.550 or 9 /i6 inch. The com- 
position will be two lites of minimum V4-inch glass with 
a tolerance of ± V32 inch. The inner lite may be heat 
treated or plate glass. The outer lite may be tinted, or re- 
flective, but shall not have a rated strength and impact 
resistance less than 1 /4-inch plate glass. Heat treated 
glass may be annealed, heat strengthened or fully tem- 
pered. 

Joining or laminating the two glass lites together shall 
be an interlayer of polyvinyl butyral not less than 0.060 
inch thick. The glass product-type shall meet the re- 
quirements of ANSI Z97.1-1972 for safety glazing 
materials and Federal Specification DD-G-00451 (b). 

E. Glazing of these glass units shall have the following 
minimum glazing dimensions in the metal or gasketed 
frames with pressure stops: 

1. Rabbet depth not less than 1 I% inch 

2. Clearance at head, sill and jambs 7 /i6 inch 

3. Setting block height V4 inch to 5 /s inch 

4. Edge clearance not less than Vs inch 

Glass shall be centered in the sash opening with 
centering shims (a minimum of three shims per 



edge). Shims and setting blocks will be 80 to 90 
durometer neoprene, permanently attached to the 
sash rabbet, and functioning as a cushion between 
the metal and the glass. 

The vinyl shall be protected at all edges with a 
continuous protective covering or tape along all 
edges. The tape shall be impervious to oil, water, or 
solvent. Glass should not be exposed to surface tem- 
peratures exceeding 130 °F for prolonged periods of 
time. 

F. These are minimum standards for glass and glazing in 
elevators. For unusual designs or other applications, it is 
suggested that a responsible professional engineer be 
consulted. The technical representative of glass suppli- 
ers may be consulted regarding size availability and 
glazing details. Maximum glass area, per lite, shall be re- 
viewed in each application with reference to applicable 
codes or building authority requirements. 

(c) Freight Car Enclosures: 

1. Enclosures shall be of metal without perforations to a height 
of not less than 6 feet above the platform floor, except for the nec- 
essary entrances. Above the 6 foot level, the walls and top of the 
enclosure shall be metal with or without perforations, except that 
portion of the enclosure wall in front of and extending 6 inches on 
each side of the counterweight which shall be without perfora- 
tions. Perforated portions of enclosures shall reject a ball 
IV2 inches in diameter. 

2. Existing freight elevator cars shall be enclosed not less than 
6 feet high, except for the necessary entrances. The enclosure may 
be of wood, metal, or other recognized material, solid or open 
work, but if open work is used, the design shall be such as to reject 
a ball 1 l2 inch in diameter, except enclosures installed before June 
5, 1947 shall reject a ball 2 inches in diameter. 

That portion of the enclosure in front of the counterweight, or in 
front of any obstruction within 4 inches of the car, shall extend to 
the car top. Where no car top is provided, the enclosure shall ex- 
tend to the crosshead height or to a height of 8 feet if the crosshead 
height is less than 8 feet. This enclosure shall extend 6 inches each 
side of the counterweight; and if open-work is used, shall reject a 
ball V2 inch in diameter. 

EXCEPTION: Where the enclosure of a power freight elevator is 
cut away at the front of the car to make the shipper rope accessible, 
such opening in the enclosure shall be cut to within 30 inches of and 
not less than 24 inches from, the car platform and so located as to re- 
duce the hazard to a minimum. 

3. Hinged or removable panels shall not be provided in car tops 
except for emergency exits. 

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators without contacted car doors or 
gates in hoistways, where the upper terminal landing entrance is pro- 
tected by a gate 41 inches to 45 inches high, any portion of the car top 
within 18 inches of the line of the edge of the threshold shall be hinged 
so that it will fold back if obstructed in its descent. 

(d) Car Doors and Gates, General Requirements. 

1. A door or gate shall be provided at each entrance to the car. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators installed before June 5, 1947, with no 
car doors or gates in which the operator is always in control of the car 
except in the leveling zone. This exception applies only to the entrance 
nearest the operator on passenger elevators. 

2. Automatic operation freight elevators having an entrance over 7 
feet wide that were installed before June 5, 1947, and have never had 
doors or gates on the car. 

3. Existing elevators that have been converted from shipper rope op- 
eration and which never had car gates. This exception applies to con- 
version of operation only without addition to the number of stations 
from which the car can be operated. 



41 



7-3034 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



2. Each car door or car gate shall be equipped with an ap- 
proved-type electric contact, located so that the contact is not 
readily accessible from inside the car. Car door or gate contacts 
shall conform to the following: 

A. Operation of the elevator driving machine when the car 
door or gate is not in the closed position shall be possible 
only by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device or when a 
hoistway access switch is operated. 

EXCEPTION: The limited movement of elevators equipped with 
advance start or pulse start feature. See Section 7-3021 (d) IE. 

B. They shall be positively opened by a lever or other de- 
vice attached to and operated by the door or gate. 

C. There shall be maintained in the open position by the ac- 
tion of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or 
by both, or by positive mechanical means. 

3. The closed position for car doors or car gates shall be when 
the edge of the door or gate is closed within 2 inches of the nearest 
face of the jamb or sill, or on center-opening doors, when the 
doors are closed within 2 inches of each other. 

EXCEPTION: For elevators which can be started from the car 
only, and whose car door or gate is provided with a door closer, and 
whose hoistway doors are provided with door closers and interlocks 
meeting the requirements of the exception to Section 7-3021 (g), the 
car door or gate contact may permit starting of the car when the car door 
or gate is closed to within 4 inches of the nearest face of the jamb; or 
on center-opening doors when the doors are closed within 4 inches of 
each other. 

4. The distance from the face of the car door or gate to the face of 
the hoistway door shall conform to the requirements of Section 
7-3020 (b) 14. 

5. Doors and gates and their guides, guide shoes, tracks, and 
hangers, shall be so designed and installed that when the fully 
closed door or gate is subjected to a force of 75 pounds, applied on 
an area ofl square foot at right angles to and approximately at the 
center of the door or gate, it will not deflect beyond the line of the 
car sill. When subjected to a force of 250 pounds similarly ap- 
plied, doors and vertically sliding gates shall not break nor be per- 
manently deformed and shall not be displaced from their guides or 
tracks. Where multi-section doors or gates are used, each panel 
shall withstand the forces specified. 

6. Car doors or gates shall be arranged so that when the car is 
stopped, they may be opened by hand from inside the car. The 
force required at the edge of horizontally sliding doors to open the 
door(s) shall not exceed 75 pounds. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Power-operated doors of passenger elevators, 
provided they are arranged to be opened from inside the car in case of 
power failure. 

2. Locked doors or gates provided on existing elevators under Sec- 
tion 7-3018(e), Exception 4. 

(e) Passenger Car Doors and Gates. 

1. There shall be not more than two entrances to the car. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947, with more 
than two original entrances. 

2. Horizontally sliding doors shall be provided at each car en- 
trance opening of automatic operation elevators and at any car en- 
trance opening remote from the operator of elevators having other 
types of operation. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. In existing hoistways, where structural condi- 
tions do not permit the installation of doors, collapsible-type car gates 
may be provided. 

2. Vertically-sliding, power-operated gates of the balanced, counter- 
weighted type may be used provided their operation is sequenced with 
power-operated biparting hoistway doors as outlined in Section 
7-3022 (e) and the construction of the gate conforms to Sections 
7-3034 (f) 3 and 7-3034 (f) 5. 



3. Doors and gates, when in the fully closed position, shall pro- 
tect the full width and height of the car entrance opening. 

EXCEPTION: The height of vertically-sliding, power-operated 
gates permitted by Section 7-3034 (e) 2. 

4. There shall be no openings in doors, except for vision panels, 
if used. Door panels shall have a substantially flush surface with- 
out recessed or raised moldings and shall be of material conform- 
ing to Section 7-3034 (b) 1. 

5. Collapsible-type gates, where allowed, shall conform to the 
following: 

A. When fully extended (closed position), reject a ball 

3 inches in diameter. 

EXCEPTION: Gates installed on elevators before June 5, 1947. 

B. Have alternate vertical members act as guides at both 
top and bottom. 

EXCEPTION: Gates installed on elevators before June 5, 1947. 

C. Not be power opened unless arranged in some manner to 
prevent shear. See Section 7-3022 (a) 1. 

D. Handles for collapsible gates shall be provided with fin- 
ger guards. 

E. Not be used with power-operated, vertically-sliding 
hoistway doors. 

F. May be arranged to swing inward when in the fully open 
(collapsed) position. 

(f) Freight Car Doors and Gates. 

1 . Doors shall be of the horizontally sliding type or may be of the 
vertically sliding type if manually operated. 

2. Gates shall be of the horizontally sliding collapsible type or of 
the vertically sliding type. For elevators designed for either Type 
B or Type C loading, gates shall be of the vertically sliding type. 

3. Car doors and gates shall conform to the following: 

A. Doors and gates shall protect the full width of the car 
entrance opening. 

B. Horizontally sliding doors, when fully closed, shall pro- 
tect the full height of the opening. 

C. Doors shall be of material conforming to Section 7-3034 
(c)l. 

4. Collapsible type gates shall conform to the following: 

A. When fully extended (closed position), reject a ball 

4 Ife inches in diameter up to a height of not less than 
6 feet. 

B. Have alternate vertical members act as guides at the 
bottom and no less than every fourth vertical member act 
as guides at the top. 

C. Not be power opened unless arranged in some manner to 
prevent shear. See Section 7-3022 (a) 1. 

D. Be provided with handles with finger guards. 

E. May be arranged to swing inward when in the fully open 
(collapsed) position. 

5. Vertically sliding doors or gates shall conform to the 
following: 

A. They shall be of the balanced, counterweighted type or 
the biparting counterbalanced type. 

B. Weights used to balance doors or gates shall be located 
outside the car enclosure and shall run in guides or shall 
be boxed in. Guides shall be of metal, and be so 
constructed as to contain the weight if the suspension 
member fails. Suspension members shall have a factor of 
safety of not less than 5. 



42 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY C0NSTRUGT8ON CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3035 



C. Gates shall be constructed of wood or metal and shall be 
of a design which will reject a ball 2 inches in diameter. 

D. Vertically sliding gates and vertically sliding doors, 
when fully closed, shall extend from a point not more 
than 1 inch above the car floor to a point not less than 
6 feet above the car floor. 

(g) Illumination of Cars. 

1 . Cars shall be provided with an electric light or lights. Not less 
than two lamps shall be provided. 

2. The minimum illumination measured at the landing edge of 
the car platform when the car and landing doors are open shall be 
not less than: 

A. For passenger elevators — 5 footcandles. 

B. For freight elevators — 2V2 footcandles. 

3. Passenger elevator cars shall be provided with emergency 
lighting in accordance with Article 700, State Electrical Code and 
conforming to the following: 

A. The emergency system shall provide some general illu- 
mination for the car. The intensity of illumination 4 feet 
above the car floor and approximately 1 foot in front of a 
car station shall be no less than 0.2 of a footcandle. 
Lights shall be automatically turned on in all elevators in 
service not more than 10 seconds after normal lighting 
power fails. The emergency power supply system shall 
be capable of maintaining the above light intensity for a 
period of not less than 4 hours. 

B. Not less than two lamps of approximately equal wattage 
shall be provided to obtain the required illumination. 

4. Light control switches are required and shall: 

A. Be located within the elevator enclosure. 

B. Be located in or adjacent to the operating device in the 
car or in the space above the light diffusing ceiling where 
such ceilings are provided. 

C. In passenger elevators having automatic operation, be 
key operated or in a fixture with a locked cover if located 
below the light diffusing ceiling. 

5. The panels used for light diffusing shall not come in contact 
with the lamps or lampholders and shall be of a material that will 
not support combustion in air. 

6. Light bulbs or tubes in passenger elevators shall be installed 
behind a protecting cover. 

EXCEPTION: Light bulbs mounted in a recess approximately the 
diameter of the bulb and recessed behind the parent surface a distance 
not less than the diameter of the bulb. 

7. Lamps in freight elevators shall be installed behind a protec- 
tive guard to prevent breakage. 

Car and Counterweight Safeties. 
7=3035. 
(a) Where Required and Located. 

1. The car of every elevator suspended by wire ropes shall be 
provided with one or more approved car safety devices of a type 
identified in Section 7-3035 (e). The safeties shall be attached to 
the car frame, and one safety shall be located within or below the 
lower members of the car frame (safety plank). 

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators having a rise of not more than 
15 feet that were: 

1. Installed before January 1, 1925, or 

2. Equipped with a safety device actuated by the slackening or 
breaking of the hoisting cables. 



2. All car safeties shall be mounted on a single car frame and 
shall operate only on one pair of guide rails, between which the 
frame is located. 

3. See Design Section 7-3106 for details of approval of safeties. 

4. Every type of car-holding or counterweight safety device 
hereafter installed shall be field tested before a permit to operate is 
issued. This test shall be witnessed by an authorized representa- 
tive of the Division of Industrial Safety, or the division may accept 
reports of witnesses recognized as competent by the division. This 
test shall demonstrate that the safety device will function as re- 
quired by Section 7-3035 (c). 

(b) Duplex Safeties. 

1. Where two (duplex) safeties are provided, the lower safety 
device shall be capable of developing not less than V2 of the force 
required to stop the entire car with rated load. See also Design Sec- 
tion 7-3100 (b). Duplexed safety devices shall be arranged so as to 
function approximately simultaneously. Complete details of the 
car frame and the safety device linkage shall be submitted to the 
division for approval. 

2. Type A or Type C safety devices shall not be used in multiple 
(duplexed). 

(c) Function and Stopping Distance of Safeties. 

1. The safety device, or the combined safety devices where fur- 
nished, shall be capable of stopping and sustaining the entire car 
with its rated load from governor tripping speed. The weight of the 
entire car shall include any compensating ropes, traveling cables, 
and any other attachments to the car. 

EXCEPTION: Safeties of elevators equipped with alternating cur- 
rent driving machines may have the full load test conducted at normal 
down speed by tripping the governor by hand. See Section 7-3036 (a) 
1 for governor test required. 

2. Type B safeties shall stop the car with its rated load from gov- 
ernor tripping speed within the range of the maximum and mini- 
mum stopping distances as determined by the formulas in Design 
Section 7-3106 (a) 1. 

A. Table 7-3035C and Figures 7-3106 Al through 7-3106 
A7 show the maximum and minimum stopping dis- 
tances for various governor tripping speeds for refer- 
ence. 

B. The distance the car traveled, after the safety device be- 
gan to engage the rails until the car stopped, shall be 
measured by taking the average of the four rail marks 
and deducting the length of the safety jaw or wedge. 

3. During the field test, the controls shall be arranged so that the 
full power in the down direction shall be applied until the safety 
has fully applied. 

4. The field test on Type A safeties shall include the inertia test 
as outlined in Design Section 7-3106 (c) 3A. 

5. The field test of counterweight safeties actuated by a gover- 
nor shall be conducted with no load in the car. See Section 7-3035 
(d) 1 for drop test requirements where counterweight safeties are 
not governor actuated. 

6. Afunctional test may be required when inspection of the safe- 
ty parts reveals conditions that may prevent the safety from oper- 
ating as intended. 

(d) Counterweight Safeties. Where any space below the hoist- 
way is used for a passageway or is occupied by persons, or if unoc- 
cupied is not permanently sealed against access, the following 
requirements shall be conformed to: 

1. Elevator counterweights shall be provided with safeties con- 
forming to the requirements for car safeties. 



7-3035 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where otherwise specified in Section 7-3035, 
counterweight safeties may differ from car safeties. 

2. For rated speeds of not over 150 feet per minute, counterweight 
safeties may be operated as a result of the breaking or slackening of the 
hoisting ropes and may be of the inertia or other approved type without 
governors. 

Every safety device applied as a result of the slackening or breaking 
of the hoisting cables shall be drop tested when installed. This test shall 
be witnessed by a representative of the Division of Industrial Safety, or 
the Division may accept reports of witnesses recognized as competent 
by the Division. 

3. Existing counterweights equipped with safety devices actuated 
by the breaking or slackening of the counterweight ropes and which 
have a rated speed of not more than 250 feet per minute. 

4. Wedge clamp safeties shall not be used for counterweight safeties 
unless they are arranged to be reset from the pit or the machine room. 

(e) Identification and Classification of Types of Safeties. Car 

safety devices (safeties) are identified and classified on the basis 
of performance characteristics after the safety begins to apply 
pressure on the guide rails. On this basis, there are three types of 
safeties. 

1. Type A Safeties. Safeties which develop a rapidly increasing 
pressure on the guide rails during the stopping interval, the stop- 
ping distance being very short due to the inherent design of the 
safety. The operating force is derived entirely from the mass and 
the motion of the car or the counterweight being stopped. These 
safeties apply pressure on the guide rails through eccentrics, roll- 
ers, or similar devices, without any flexible medium purposely 
introduced to limit the retarding force and increase the stopping 
distance. 

2. Type B Safeties. Safeties which apply limited pressure on the 
guide rails during the stopping interval, and which provide stop- 
ping distances that are related to the mass being stopped and the 
speed at which application of the safety is initiated. 

Retarding forces are reasonably uniform after the safety is fully 
applied. Continuous tension in the governor rope may or may not 
be required to operate the safety during the entire stopping inter- 
val. Minimum and maximum distances are specified on the basis 
of governor tripping speed. 

3. Type C Safeties (Type A with Oil Buffers). Safeties which 
develop retarding forces during the compression stroke of one or 
more oil buffers interposed between the lower members of the car 
frame and a governor-operated Type A auxiliary safety plank ap- 
plied on the guide rails. The stopping distance is equal to the effec- 
tive stroke of the buffers. 

(f) Safeties to Stop Ascending Cars or Counterweights Pro- 
hibited. Safeties shall not stop an ascending car or counter- 
weight. 

(g) Governor Actuated Safeties and Car Safety Mechanism 
Switches Required. 

1. Car safeties and counterweight safeties, where provided, 
shall be actuated by separate approved governors. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Speed governors are not required for the opera- 
tion of counterweight safeties of elevators having a rated speed of not 
more than 150 feet per minute. 

2. Existing elevators that comply with the exceptions to Section 
7-3035 (a) 1. 

2. Car safeties shall be provided with a switch, operated by the 
car safety mechanism when the safety is applied. 

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators which comply with the excep- 
tions to Section 7-3036 (d) 2. 

(h) Limits of Use of Various Types of Safeties. 

1. Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties. Type A safeties may be 
used on elevators having a rated speed of not more than 150 feet 



per minute. When overspeed occurs, with the hoisting ropes in- 
tact, such safeties shall be actuated by the governor. 

On the parting of the hoisting ropes (free fall), Type A governor- 
operated safeties shall apply without appreciable delay; and their 
application shall be independent of the speed action of the gover- 
nor and of the location of the break in the hoisting ropes (inertia 
application) and may be accomplished by the use of a governor 
and governor rigging having a sufficiently high value of inertia to 
apply the safety on free fall independently of the speed action of 
the governor. 

2. Type C (Combination Instantaneous and Oil Buffer Safe- 
ty). Type C Safeties may be used subject to the following require- 
ments: 

A. The rated speed shall be not more than 500 feet per 
minute. 

B. The oil buffer shall conform to all requirements speci- 
fied in Section 3031 for oil buffers, except that the stroke 
shall be based on governor tripping speed and on an av- 
erage retardation not exceeding 32.2 feet per second per 
second. 

C. After the buffer stroke has been completed, provision 
shall be made for an additional travel of plunger or pis- 
ton of not less than 10 percent of the buffer stroke to pre- 
vent excessive impact on the buffer parts and the 
auxiliary safety plank. 

D. Where the distance between guide rails exceeds 8 feet, 
the safety shall be provided with two oil buffers of sub- 
stantially identical calibration; and the buffers shall be 
so located as to develop minimum stresses in the auxilia- 
ry safety plank during safety operation. 

Buffers shall be located in line with and symmetrical- 
ly between the guide rails. 

E. The auxiliary safety plank shall be so designed that the 
maximum stresses in the plank shall not exceed those 
specified for similar car frame members in Design Sec- 
tion 7-3101 (a) 4. 

F. The rail-gripping device of the auxiliary safety plank 
shall be so arranged and connected as to prevent the 
plank from being out of level more than V2 inch in the 
length of the plank when the safety is operated to stop the 
car. 

G. An electric switch shall be provided and so arranged and 
connected that the elevator cannot be operated by means 
of the normal operating device if any buffer is com- 
pressed more than 10 percent of its stroke. 

H. Means shall be provided to prevent operation of the ele- 
vator by means of the normal operating device if the oil 
level in any buffer is below the minimum allowable 
level. 

3. No car-holding safety device shall be used for a greater total 
load or speed than that specified in the approval. The weight of the 
independent car counterweights, where used, may be deducted 
from the total load of the car and capacity in determining the load 
on the safety device. 

4. Observation elevators shall have safeties of the type that do 
not require access to the car or hoistway for resetting. Safeties on 
elevators exposed to the weather shall have corrosion resistant 
parts of all points where corrosion could prevent the device from 
functioning as intended. 

(i) Application and Release of Safeties. 

1. Safeties shall be applied mechanically. Electric, hydraulic, 
or pneumatic devices shall not be used to apply the safeties re- 



44 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3036 



quired by this section, nor to hold such safeties in the retracted 
position. 

2. The application of the safety to stop the car, with its rated load 
centered on each quarter of the platform symmetrically with rela- 
tion to the center lines of the platform, shall not cause the platform 
to be out of level more the 3 /s of an inch per foot in any direction. 

EXCEPTION: Type C safeties. 

3. When car safeties are applied, no decrease in tension in the 
governor rope nor motion of the car in the down direction shall 
release the safeties; but such safeties may be released by the mo- 
tion of the car in the up direction. 

4. Safeties shall be so designed that on their application the 
forces which provide the stopping action shall be compressive 
forces on each side of the guide rail section. 

(j) Minimum Permissible Clearance Between Rail Gripping 
Faces of Safety Parts. In the normally retracted position of the 
safety, the distance between the rail-gripping faces of the safety 
parts shall be not less than the thickness of the guide rail plus 0.14 
(%4) inch; and the clearance on any side between the gripping 
face and the guide rail shall be not less than 0.0625 ( 9 /64) inch as 
measured on the side of the rail toward which the car frame is 
pressed with sufficient force to take up all clearances in the guide 
shoe assembly. Safety jaws, while in the retracted position, shall 
be so restrained as to prevent a reduction of this minimum clear- 
ance. 

(k) Maximum Permissible Movement of Governor Rope to 
Operate the Safety Mechanism. 

1. For all drum-operated safeties, the movement of the governor 
rope, relative to the car, required to operate the safety mechanism 
from its fully retracted position to a position where the safety jaws 
begin to exert pressure against the guide rails, shall not exceed the 
following values based on rated speed. 

200 feet per minute or less 42 inches 

201 to 375 feet per minute 36 inches 

Over 375 feet per minute 30 inches 

2. Drum-operated car safeties, requiring continual unwinding 
of the safety drum rope to fully apply the safety, shall be so de- 
signed that not less than three turns of the safety rope will remain 
on the drum after the overspeed test of the safety has been made 
with rated load in the car. 

(1) Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of Safety Parts 
and Rope Connections. See Design Section 7-3106 (d) for design 
factors of safety. 

(m) Corrosion Resistant Bearings in Safeties and Safety Op- 
erating Mechanisms. Bearings in safeties and of the safety oper- 
ating mechanism shall be of corrosion-resistant construction with 
one or both members of a bearing made of, or electroplated with, a 
corrosion-resistant material. 

(n) Marking Plates for Safeties. A metal plate or plates shall be 
securely attached to each safety so as to be readily visible, and 
shall be marked in a legible and permanent manner with letters and 
figures not less than V4 inch in height indicating the following: 

1. The type of safety. 

2. The maximum mapping speed in feet per minute for which 
the safety is designed to be used. 

3. The maximum weight in pounds for which the safety is de- 
signed to be used with the car frame in which it is installed. 

4. The name of the manufacturer and the identifying number of 
the safety. 



5. The date of the initial safety test required by Section 7-3035 
(a) 4 witnessed by a representative of the division. 

(o) Governor Rope Releasing Carriers. The governor-rope 
releasing carrier on the car (or on the counterweight) shall be set 
to require a tension in the governor rope, to pull the rope from the 
carrier, of not more than 60 percent of the pull-through tension de- 
veloped by the governor; and the carrier shall be designed so that 
the pull-out tension cannot be adjusted in a normal manner to ex- 
ceed the amount specified. Tension in the governor rope required 
to pull the rope from the carrier shall not exceed 300 pounds. 

(p) Rail Lubricants and Lubrication Plate. Rail lubricants or 
coatings which will reduce the holding power of the safety or pre- 
vent its functioning as required in Section 7-3035 (c) shall not be 
used. 

Where lubricants are to be used, a metal plate shall be securely 
attached to the car crosshead in an easily visible location, and shall 
carry the notation "CONSULT MANUFACTURER OF THE 
SAFETY FOR THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE RAIL LU- 
BRICANT TO BE USED." 

If lubricants other than those recommended by the manufactur- 
er are used, a safety test shall be made to demonstrate that the safe- 
ty will function as required by Section 7-3035 (c). 

(q) Compensating Rope Tie Down. For rated speeds of 800 
feet per minute or more, a device shall be provided to tie the car 
and counterweight together to limit the jump of the car or counter- 
weight as a result of buffer engagement or application of car or 
counterweight safety. 

Governors. 
7=3036. 

(a) Governors Required and Location. Every elevator and 
every counterweight equipped with an approved type, governor- 
actuated safety device shall be equipped with an approved gover- 
nor. See Design Section 7-3105 for details of approval of 
governors. 

EXCEPTION: Counterweights excepted under Section 7-3035 
(d). 

1. Every type of governor hereafter installed shall be field tested 
before a permit to operate is issued. This test shall be witnessed by 
an authorized representative of the Division of Industrial Safety, 
or the division may accept reports of witnesses recognized as com- 
petent by the division. 

A. Where the tripping speed of the governor is not deter- 
mined on the running test on each installation, it shall be 
separately determined by removing the governor rope 
and driving the governor by hand or by a motor in such a 
manner as to accurately determine the tripping speed. 

2. The governor shall be located where it cannot be struck by the 
car or counterweight in case of overtravel, and where there is ade- 
quate space for full movement of governor parts. The governor 
shall be readily accessible with adequate work space for resetting 
and maintenance. When the elevator driving machine is located 
over the hoistway, the governor shall be located above the floor 
over the hoistway. 

(b) Tripping Speeds for Governors. 

1. Governors for car safeties shall be set to trip at overspeeds as 
follows: 

A. At not less than 115 percent of rated speed. 

B. At not more than the tripping speed listed opposite the 
applicable rated speed in Table No. 7-3036 B. Maximum 
tripping speeds for intermediate rated speeds shall be de- 
termined from Design Section Figure 7-3105 A. For 



7-3036 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



rated speeds exceeding 1500 feet per minute, the maxi- 
mum tripping speeds shall not exceed 120 percent of the 
rated speed. 

2. Governors, where provided, for counterweight safeties shall 
be set to trip at an overspeed greater than, but not more than 10 per- 
cent above, that at which the car governor is set to trip. 

(c) Sealing and Painting of Governors. Governors shall have 
their means of speed adjustment sealed alter test. If governors are 
painted after sealing, all bearing and rubbing surfaces shall be 
kept free or freed of paint and a hand test made to determine that 
all parts operate freely as intended. Seals shall be of a type which 
will prevent readjustment of the governor tripping speed without 
breaking the seal. Whenever this seal is broken, the governor shall 
be rechecked and set for the proper tripping speed. 

(d) Governor Overspeed and Car Safety Mechanism 
Switches. 

1. A switch shall be provided on the governor, and operated by 
the overspeed action of the governor when used with TypeB and C 
car safeties of elevators having a rated speed exceeding 150 feet 
per minute and on all elevators with static controls. A switch shall 
be provided on the governor when used with counterweight safe- 
ties at any car speed. When operated the switch shall cause power 
to be removed from the hoist machine motor and brake. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing elevators with traction type machines 
installed before June 5, 1947, which are provided with a car-safety- 
mechanism switch. 

2. Elevators with drum-type machines installed before June 5, 1947. 

2. Every car safety shall be provided with a switch operated by 
the car safety mechanism when the safety is applied. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing elevators with drum-type machines. 

2. Existing elevators with traction-type machines and sliding-type 
safety devices which are provided with a governor overspeed switch. 

3. Counterweight safeties. 

3. The switches shall, when operated, remove power from the 
driving-machine motor and brake before or at the time of applica- 
tion of the safety. 

4. The setting of the car governor overspeed switch when used 
with static control shall be at no more than 90 percent of the trip- 
ping speed of the governor and shall be activated in either direc- 
tion of travel. The setting of the car governor overspeed switch for 
elevators with other types of control shall conform to the follow- 
ing: 

A. For rated speeds more than 150 feet per minute, up to and 
including 500 feet per minute, the car governor over- 
speed switch shall open in the down direction of the 
elevator at not more than 90 percent of the speed at 
which the governor is set to trip in the down direction. 

B. For rated speeds more than 500 feet per minute, the car 
governor overspeed switch shall open in the down direc- 
tion of the elevator at not more than 95 percent of the 
speed at which the governor is set to trip in the down di- 
rection. 

EXCEPTIONS TO SECTIONS 7-3036 (d) 4A AND 7-3036 (d) 

4B: The governor overspeed switch may be set to open in the down di- 
rection of the elevator at not more than 100 percent of the speed at 
which the governor is set to trip in the down direction, subject to the 
following requirements: 

1. A speed-reducing switch is provided on the governor which will 
reduce the speed of the elevator in case of overspeed, and which shall 
be set to open as specified in Section 7-3036 (d) 4A and Section 7-3036 
(d) 4B. 

2. Subsequent to the first stop of the car following the opening of the 
speed-reducing switch, the car shall remain inoperative until the switch 
is manually reset. 



C. The governor overspeed switch, when set as specified in 
either Section 7-3036 (d) 4A or Section 7-3036 (d) 4B 
shall open in the up direction at not more than 100 per- 
cent of the speed at which the governor is set to trip in the 
down direction. 

5. The governor switches and safety mechanism switches shall 
conform to the following: 

A. Governor overspeed switches and speed-reducing 
switches required by Section 7-3036 (d) shall be posi- 
tively opened and shall remain in the open position until 
manually reset. 

B. Safety switches operated by the car safety mechanism 
shall be positively opened and shall not reset unless the 
car safety mechanism has been returned to the running 
position. 

(e) Governor Ropes. 

1. Governor ropes shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, phosphor 
bronze, or stainless steel, of regular-lay construction, and shall be 
not less than 3 /g inch in diameter. Tiller-rope construction shall not 
be used, except to replace existing ropes of tiller-rope construc- 
tion. 

2. Replacement of governor ropes shall be of the same size, ma- 
terial, and construction as the rope originally installed by the 
elevator manufacturer, except that a rope of the same size but of 
either different material or construction may be employed, pro- 
vided a test is made of the car or counterweight safety and gover- 
nor with the new rope to demonstrate that the safety will function 
as required by Section 7-3035 (c). 

3. Whenever a governor rope is renewed, a running test of the 
safety device, with or without load, shall be conducted at not less 
than rated speed to demonstrate that the governor jaws or yoke 
properly grip the rope and that the safety device functions prop- 
erly. 

4. Whenever wear, corrosion, broken wires, or other factors in- 
dicate that the governor rope has its breaking strength reduced 
materially below the manufacturers rating, the rope shall be re- 
newed. Governor ropes shall not be lengthened or repaired by 
splicing. 

5. A metal, fiber, or plastic tag or tags shall be securely attached 
to each governor rope. This data tag shall bear the following wire 
rope data: 

A. The diameter in inches. 

B. The manufacturer's rated breaking strength. 

C. The grade of material used. 

D. The month and year the ropes were installed and the 
safeties tested. (The safety test date may be indicated on 
a separate tag.) 

E. Whether nonpreformed or preformed. 

F. Construction classification. 

G. Name of the person or firm who installed the ropes. 
H. Name of the manufacturer of the rope. 

6. During normal operation of the elevator, the governor rope 
shall run free and clear of the governor jaws, rope guards, or other 
stationary parts. 

7. The governor rope shall be attached by an approved method 
such as babbitted sockets or crosby clips. The attachment shall de- 
velop a factor of safety of not less than 5 based on governor rope 
pull-through tension. 

(f) Design of Governor Rope-grip Jaws for Type B Safeties. 

1. Type B car and counterweight safety shall be actuated by a 
governor equipped with rope-grip jaws which will permit the gov- 



46 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3037 



ernor rope to pull through the jaws. The maximum tension in the 
governor rope to cause it to slip through the governor jaws shall 
not exceed 75 of the rated ultimate strength of the rope. 

2. Governor jaws shall be of such shape and minimum length 
that no appreciable damage to or deformation of the rope shall re- 
sult from the stopping action of the jaws in operating the car or 
counterweight safety. 

3. Each governor shall be equipped with a rope gripping device 
which does not depend solely on springs for the application of the 
jaws to the ropes. Springs may be used to provide the tension be- 
tween the governor rope and the jaws as required to set the safety. 

(g) Design of Governor Sheaves and Traction Between Gov- 
ernor Rope and Sheave. 

1. The arc of contact between the governor rope and the gover- 
nor sheave shall be at least 180 degrees. Governor ropes shall be 
provided with devices to maintain them in tension. 

2. Governor sheave grooves shall have machine-finished sur- 
faces. Governor tension sheaves shall have machine -finished 
grooves for rated car speeds of more than 150 feet per minute. Ma- 
chined governor sheave grooves shall have a groove diameter of 
not more than lVs times the diameter of the governor rope. 

3. The pitch diameter of governor sheaves and governor tension 
sheaves shall be not less than the product of the diameter of the 
rope and the applicable multiplier listed below, based on the rated 
speed and the number of strands in the rope. 



RATED SPEEDS 


NUMBER OF 
STRANDS 


MULTIPLIER 


Two hundred feet per minute or less 


6 


42 


Two hundred feet per minute or less 


8 


30 


Over 200 feet per minute 


6 


46 


Over 200 feet per minute 


8 


32 



(h) Governor Marking Plate. A metal plate or plates shall be 
securely attached to each governor and shall be marked in a legible 
and permanent manner with letters and figures not less than 
V4 inch in height, indicating the following: 

1. The speed in feet per minute at which the governor is set and 
sealed to trip. 

2. The size, material, and construction of the governor rope on 
which the governor jaws were designed to operate. 

3. The manufacturer and identifying number of the governor. 

4. Pull-through tension settings of the governor jaws on gover- 
nors used with Type B safeties. 

Capacity and Loading. 
7-3037. 
(a) Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators. 

1. The rated load in pounds for passenger elevators shall be 
based on the inside net platform areas, and shall be not less than 
that determined by the formulas of Design Section 7-3100 (a). 

EXCEPTION: The load rating, in pounds, of elevators installed be- 
fore June 5, 1947, providing the existing load ratings is not higher than 
that which can be lifted at rated speed and can be lowered within the 
limits of Section 7-3040 (f) 5. 

A. The inside net platform areas shall be determined as 
shown in Figure 7-3037 Al. Table 7-3037 Al and Figure 
7-3037 A2 show the maximum inside net platform areas 
for the various common rated loads and may be used for 
reference purposes. 



2. Passenger elevators shall conform to the requirements of 
Design Section 7-3100 (b) in their design to handle overload. 

3. The number of passengers permitted on a passenger elevator 
shall not exceed the rated load in pounds, divided by 150. 

4. Where partitions are installed in the elevator cars for the pur- 
pose of restricting the platform net area for passenger use, they 
shall be permanently bolted, riveted, or welded in place. Gates, 
doors, or handrails shall not be used for this purpose. Partitions 
shall be so installed as to provide for approximately symmetrical 
loading. 

5. When freight is to be carried on a passenger elevator, the fol- 
lowing requirements shall be conformed to: 

A. The minimum rated load shall conform to the require- 
ments of Sections 7-3037 (a) and 7-3037 (b), whichever 
is greater. 

B. The elevator shall be designed for applicable class of 
freight elevator loading. 

(b) Minimum Rated Load for Freight Elevators. 

1. The minimum rated load for freight elevators in pounds shall 
be based on the weight and class of the load to be handled, but shall 
in no case be less than the following for each class of loading, 
based on the inside net platform area. 

A. Class A — General Freight Loading. The rated load 
shall be based on not less than 50 pounds per square foot 
of inside net platform area. 

B. Class B — Motor Vehicle Loading. The rated load shall 
be based on no less than 30 pounds per square foot of in- 
side net platform area. 

C. Class C. The rated load shall be based on not less than 
50 pounds per square foot of inside net platform area. 

2. See Design Section 7-3101 (f) 2 for the definitions of the vari- 
ous classes of freight loading. 

(c) Capacity and Data Plates. 

1. Every elevator shall be provided with a capacity plate and a 
data plate. 

EXCEPTION: Passenger elevators not designed for one-piece 
loads are not required to have a capacity plate. 

Capacity plates shall be securely fastened in a conspicuous 
place inside the car. Data plates shall be securely attached to the 
car crosshead. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. For underslung elevators having no crosshead, 
the data plate shall be located inside the car. 

2. Data plates of elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 

2. Capacity and data plates shall have the following informa- 
tion: 

A. Capacity plates shall indicate the rated load of the eleva- 
tor in pounds and, in addition, this plate or a separate 
plate shall indicate: 

(1) The one-piece load capacity where the elevator is 
designed to lift such loads exceeding the rated load. 
See Section 7-3037 (g). 

(2) For freight elevators designed for Class C2 loading, 
the maximum load the elevator is designed to sup- 
port while being loaded or unloaded. 

B. Data plates shall indicate: 

(1) The weight of the complete car including the car 
safety and all auxiliary equipment attached to the 
car. 



47 



7-3038 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



(2) The rated load and speed. 

(3) The wire rope data required by Section 7-3042 (b). 

(4) The manufacturer's name and date of installation. 

C. Data plates shall be of metal and capacity plates shall be 
of metal or of laminated plastic. Letters and figures shall 
be stamped or etched in or cast on the surface of the plate 
in such a manner as to be readily legible. The height of 
the letters and figures shall be not less than: 

1. One-quarter inch for passenger elevator capacity 
plates where provided. 

2. One inch for freight elevator capacity plates. 

3. One-eighth inch for data plates. 

(d) Carrying of Passengers on Freight Elevators. Freight 
Elevators shall not be used for passenger service. 

(e) Signs Rquired in Freight Elevator Cars. 

1. The following signs shall be provided inside the car located in 
a conspicuous position: 

A. In every freight elevator a sign shall specify the type of 
loading for which the elevator is designed with one of 
the following markings: 

1. "THIS ELEVATOR DESIGNED FOR GENERAL 
FREIGHT LOADING." 

2. "THIS ELEVATOR DESIGNED FOR MOTOR- 
VEHICLE LOADING." 

3. "THIS ELEVATOR DESIGNED FOR LOADED 

INDUSTRIAL TRUCK WEIGHING 

LB. MAXIMUM." 

B. In freight elevators, a sign reading: 

"THIS IS NOT A PASSENGER ELEVATOR. NO PER- 
SONS OTHER THAN THE OPERATOR AND 
FREIGHT HANDLERS ARE PERMITTED TO RIDE 
ON THIS ELEVATOR." 

2. The material, marking and fastening of signs shall conform to 
the requirements for capacity plates except that the letters need not 
be more than V2 inch high. 

(f) Overloading of Freight Elevators. Freight elevators shall 
not be loaded to exceed their rated load as specified on the capac- 
ity plate. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Static loads on elevators loaded and unloaded 
by industrial trucks as noted on car capacity or separate plate. 

2. Elevators designed and installed to carry one-piece loads exceed- 
ing their rated load. 

(g) Carrying of One-piece Loads Exceeding the Rated Load. 

Passenger and freight elevators may be used, where necessary, to 
carry one-piece loads greater than their rated load provided they 
are designed, installed, and operated to conform to the following 
requirements: 

1. A locking device shall be provided which will hold the car at 
any landing independently of the hoisting ropes while the car is 
being loaded or unloaded. 

2. The locking device shall be so designed that it cannot be un- 
locked unless and until the entire weight of the car and load is sus- 
pended on the ropes. 

3. A removable wrench or other device shall be provided to op- 
erate the locking device. 

4. The locking device shall be so designed that the locking bars 
will be automatically withdrawn should they come in contact with 
the landing locks when the car is operated in the up direction. 



5. A special capacity plate shall be provided inside the elevator 
car, and located in a conspicuous place, which shall bear the words 
"CAPACITY LIFTING ONE-PIECE LOADS," in letters fol- 
lowed by figures giving the special capacity in pounds for lifting 
one-piece loads for which the machine is designed. 

6. The car frame, car platform, sheaves, shafts, ropes, and lock- 
ing device shall be designed for the specified "Capacity Lifting 
One-piece Loads," provided that: 

A. In the design of the car frame, platform, sheaves, shafts, 
and ropes, the allowable stresses may be 20 percent 
higher than those permitted for normal loading. 

B. The factor of safety for the locking device shall be not 
less than 5. 

7. The car safeties shall be designed to stop and hold the speci- 
fied "Capacity Lifting One-piece Loads" with the ropes intact. 

8. Where there is an occupied space, or an unoccupied space 
not sealed against access under the hoistway, the following re- 
quirements shall be conformed to: 

A. The machine shall be designed to operate with the "Ca- 
pacity Lifting One-piece Loads" at slow speed. 

B. The car safety shall be designed to stop and hold the car 
with this load independently of the hoisting ropes. 

C. The counterweight safety shall be designed to stop and 
hold the entire weight of the counterweight indepen- 
dently of the ropes. 

9. For traction machines, where necessary to secure adequate 
traction, additional counterweight shall be added during the peri- 
od of use with one-piece loads so that the total overbalance is at 
least equal to 45 percent of the "Capacity Lifting One-piece 
Loads." 

10. A special operating device of the car-switch or constant- 
pressure type shall be provided in the machine room, located near 
the driving machine, to operate the elevator. When this device is 
operative, all other operating devices shall be inoperative. 

11. The "Capacity Lifting One-piece Loads" of any passenger 
traction elevator shall not exceed IV3 times the rated load of the 
elevator. 

(h) Additional Requirements for Passenger Overload. See 

Design Section 7-3100 (b) for additional design requirements for 
passenger elevators. 

Driving Machines and Sheaves. 
7-3038. 

(a) Type of Driving Machine. All driving machines shall be of 
the traction type. 

EXCEPTION: Winding drum machines may be used for freight 
elevators subject to the following: 

1. They shall not be provided with counter-weights. 

2. The travel of the elevator car shall not exceed 40 feet. 

3. The rated speed of the elevator shall not exceed 50 feet per minute. 
The installation of belt drive and chain drive machines is pro- 
hibited. 

(b) Material and Grooving for Sheaves and Drums. Sheaves 
and drums used with suspension and compensating ropes shall: 

1. Be of metal finished grooves, provided the grooves of 
sheaves not used to transmit power may be lined with rubber or 
other sound isolating material. 

2. Have a pitch diameter not less than: 

A. 40 times the diameter of the rope, where used with sus- 
pension ropes. 



48 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3039 



EXCEPTION: Existing sheaves where 8x19 wire rope is used and 
which have a diameter less than 40 diameters of the rope, but not less 
than 32 diameters, and are provided with permanent marking "Use 
8x19 Cables Only". 

B. 32 times the diameter of the rope, where used for com- 
pensating sheaves. 

(c) Factor of Safely for Machines and Sheaves. See Design 
Section 7-3104. 

(d) Bolts Transmitting Torque, and Set Screws. Bolts or other 
means used to transmit torque between the driving sheave and the 
gearing, and their supports, shall be tightly fitted without play. 

Set screws or threaded portions of bolts or screws shall not be 
used to transmit torque. 

(e) Shaft Fillets and Keys. A fillet shall be provided at any 
point or change in the diameter of driving-machine shafts and 
sheave shafts to prevent excessive stress concentrations in the 
shafts. 

Shafts which support drums, sheaves, gears, couplings, and 
other members, and which transmit torque, shall be provided with 
tight fitting keys. 

(f) Cast Iron Worms and Worm Gears. Worms and gears 
made of cast iron shall not be installed nor used as replacements in 
elevator driving machines. Worms and worm gears shall be so ar- 
ranged that in the event of the worm shaft breaking the worm will 
still remain in mesh with the worm gear. 

(g) Friction Gearing and Clutches. Friction gearing or a 
clutch mechanism shall not be used in elevator driving machines 
for connecting the drums or sheaves to the source of power. 

(h) Driving Machine Brakes. 

1. The elevator driving machine shall be equipped with a fric- 
tion brake applied by a spring or springs, or by gravity, and re- 
leased electrically. 

2. The brake shall be designed and maintained to have a capac- 
ity sufficient to hold the car at rest with its rated load. 

3. Where gravity is used to apply the brake, the weights shall be 
guarded to prevent any obstruction being placed under the 
weights. 

Terminal Stopping Devices. 
7-3039. 
(a) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices. 

1. Normal terminal stopping device switches shall be directly 
operated by the movement of the car. Normal terminal stopping 
devices may use mechanically operated, magnetically operated, 
optical, or static-type switches. 

2. Upper and lower normal terminal stopping devices shall be 
provided and arranged to slow down and stop the car automati- 
cally, at or near the top and bottom terminal landings, with any 
load up to and including rated load in the car and from any speed 
attained in normal operation. Such devices shall function inde- 
pendently of the operation of the final terminal stopping device. 
The device shall be so designed and installed that it will continue 
to function until the final terminal stopping device operates. 

3. Directional stopping switches for normal terminal stopping 
devices shall be of the enclosed type located on the car or in the 
hoistway, and shall be operated by the movement of the car using 
metal operating cams. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators installed before June 5, 1947, that are 
equipped with an acceptable stopping device in the overhead or ma- 
chine room positively driven from the car by a tape, rope, chain, or 
wire. 



2. Winding-drum machines installed before June 5, 1947, having 
this device located on the machine. 

A. Where the stopping switch in the hoistway is arranged to 
function only in case the automatic slowdown circuit 
fails, an additional directional stopping switch comply- 
ing with the requirements of Section 7-3039 (a) 2, shall 
be mounted either in the machine room or in the hoist- 
way. 

B. Where the automatic floor stop device complies with 
Section 7-3039 (a) 3, it may be used as the normal termi- 
nal stopping device. 

4. On elevators arranged to automatically slow down at the ter- 
minal landings, the normal terminal stopping devices shall be ar- 
ranged to stop the car within the limits of top and bottom runby in 
case the automatic slowdown fails to function. 

5. When the slowdown switches used with the normal terminal 
stopping device are located in the machine room, they shall con- 
form to the following: 

A. They shall be operated by a device mechanically con- 
nected to and driven by the car. Friction or traction 
drives shall not be used. 

B. Tapes, chains, ropes, or similar devices used as the me- 
chanical connection to the car shall be provided with an 
electrical contact which will cause the electric power to 
be removed from the elevator motor and brake if the me- 
chanical connection fails. 

C. The slowdown switches used as part of the normal termi- 
nal stopping device may function as the automatic slow- 
down provided a stopping switch is mounted in the 
hoistway that will fulfill the requirements of Section 
7-3039 (a) 4. 

6. The winding machines of all power-driven, drum-type eleva- 
tors shall be equipped with an acceptable normal terminal stop- 
ping device. 

(b) Final Terminal Stopping Devices. 

1. Final terminal stopping devices shall be provided and ar- 
ranged to cause the electric power to be removed automatically 
from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake after the car 
has passed a terminal landing. The device shall be set to function 
as close to the terminal landing as practicable, but so that under 
normal operating conditions it will not function when the car is 
stopped by the normal terminal stopping device. 

2. The operation of the final terminal stopping devices shall pre- 
vent movement of the car by the normal operating device in both 
directions of travel. 

3. Elevators having traction or winding-drum machines shall 
have final terminal stopping devices located in the hoistway and 
operated by metal cams attached to the car. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Freight elevators installed before January 1, 
1925. 

2. Passenger and freight elevators installed before April 17, 1970 
that have final limit switches on the car operated by cams in the hoist- 
way. 

These devices shall be located as follows: 

A. Where spring buffers or solid bumpers are provided, the 
device shall function before the buffer or bumper is en- 
gaged. 

B. Where oil buffers are used, the device shall function be- 
fore the car buffer is compressed more than 2 /3 of its 
stroke, or before the counterweight buffer is compressed 
more than V3 of its stroke. 

C. Operating cams shall be so located and of such length as 
to maintain the switches in the open position until the car 



7-3040 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



is in contact with the overhead structure or on the fully 
compressed bumpers or buffers. 

EXCEPTION: Traction elevators equipped with compensating 
ropes may have the cam so located that the final terminal stopping de- 
vice at the top of the hoistway is maintained in the open position until 
the counterweight is resting on its fully compressed buffer. 

D. If the switch to limit the "up" travel is located so as to be 
opened when the car is more than 18 inches past the up- 
per terminal landing, a car apron, conforming to Section 
7-3033 (i), shall be provided, and be the depth of this 
zone plus 3 inches. 

4. Final terminal stopping-device switches shall be of the en- 
closed type, securely mounted and directly operated by the move- 
ment of the car. Arrangements which depend on a spring or 
gravity, or both, to open the switch contacts shall not be used. The 
switch contacts shall be opened directly mechanically. 

5. The normal and final terminal stopping device shall not con- 
trol the same controller switches unless two or more separate and 
independent switches are provided, two of which shall be closed to 
complete the driving-machine motor-and-brake circuit in either 
direction of travel. Where a two phase or three phase alternating 
current driving machine motor is used, these controller switches 
shall be of the multipol type. 

A. The controller switches opened by the final terminal 
stopping device shall not be of the manual reset type. 

B. The control shall be so designed and installed that a 
single ground or short circuit will not prevent both the 
normal or final stopping device circuits from stopping 
the car. 

6. Elevators having winding drum machines shall also have fi- 
nal terminal stopping switches located on and operated by the 
driving machine, except drum machines installed before June 5, 
1947. 

A. Final terminal stopping switches, located on and oper- 
ated by the driving machine, shall not be driven by 
chains, ropes or belts. 

(c) Emergency Terminal Stopping Devices. Emergency ter- 
minal stopping devices installed in connection with reduced- 
stroke oil buffers shall conform to the following: 

1. They shall operate at a predetermined distance from the ter- 
minal landing if the car has not slowed down to a predetermined 
speed when it reaches that predetermined distance from the termi- 
nal landing. The device shall automatically cause the power to be 
removed from the driving machine motor and brake independent- 
ly of the normal stopping device. 

2. They shall provide a retardation not in excess of 32.2 feet per 
second. 

3. They shall not apply the car safety. 

4. They shall be so designed and installed that a single short cir- 
cuit caused by a combination of grounds or by other conditions 
shall not prevent their functioning. 

5. The car speed sensing device shall be located on the governor 
and the emergency terminal stopping switch shall be located in the 
hoistway. 

EXCEPTION: The emergency terminal stopping switch may be 
located in the maching room provided the operating means conform to 
the requirements of Sections 7-3039 (a) 5B. 

(d) Terminal Speed Limiting Devices for Static Control 
Elevators. 

1. Terminal speed limiting devices shall be provided when a 
static control is used on elevators with rated speeds over 500 feet 



per minute or that do not use the normal terminal stopping device 
switches to limit generator shunt field current directly so the car 
speed is reduced as it approaches the terminal should the normal 
means fail to do so and shall conform to the following: 

A. They shall operate at a predetermined distance from the 
terminal landing if a car has not slowed to a predeter- 
mined speed when it reaches that predetermined dis- 
tance from the terminal landing. The device shall 
automatically cause the power to be removed from the 
driving machine motor and brake independently of the 
normal stopping device. 

B. They shall provide a retardation not in excess of 32.2 
feet per second per second. 

C. They shall not apply the car safety. 

D. They shall be so designed and installed that a single short 
circuit caused by a combination of grounds or by other 
conditions shall not prevent their functioning. 

E. The car speed sensing devices shall be independent of 
the normal speed control system. 

F. The associated car position switches shall be located in 
the hoistway. 

EXCEPTION: The associated car position switches may be lo- 
cated in the maching room provided the operating means conform to 
the requirements of Sections 7-3039 (a) 5A and 7-3039 (a) 5B. 

Operating Devices and Control Equipment. 
7-3040. 
(a) Operation and Operating Devices. 

1. Operating devices shall be of the enclosed electric type. Rope 
or rod operating devices actuated directly by hand, or rope-oper- 
ating devices actuated by wheels, levers, or cranks shall not be 
used. 

2. Handles of car-switch operation elevators shall be so ar- 
ranged that they will return to the stop position and latch there au- 
tomatically when the hand of the operator is removed. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before 1925 may omit the auto- 
matic latch. All existing elevators having preregister signal or car- 
switch automatic floor stop operation, and which are not equipped with 
a contacted car door or gate, shall have the operating device so ar- 
ranged that the power will be cut off from the machine and the brake 
applied when the hand of the operator is removed from the operating 
device, except when the car is being operated by the leveling device in 
the leveling zone. 

3. For all types of elevators, the car operating device and the 
machine controller shall be labeled so as to designate the up and 
down car movement. 

EXCEPTION: The operating device for signal or automatic opera- 
tion elevators. 

Car-switch or hand-lever operating levers shall be so arranged 
that the movement of the lever toward the entrance door (which 
the operator usually faces) will cause the car to descend, and the 
movement of the lever away from the door will cause the car to 
ascend. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Starting levers for signal operation elevators. 
2. Existing hydraulic elevators. 

4. Means shall be provided to operate the elevator from the top 
of the car during adjustment, inspection, maintenance, or repair. 

The operating means shall conform to the following: 

A. It shall be of the continuous-pressure type. 

B. It shall operate the car at a speed not exceeding 150 feet 
per minute and shall be dependent on the normal termi- 
nal stopping devices as the limits of travel in either direc- 
tion. 



50 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3040 



C. It shall operate the car only when the car door or gate is in 
the closed position and when all hoistway doors are in 
the closed portion and, where required by these regula- 
tions, locked. 

D. It may be of the portable type, provided the extension 
cord is permanently attached to a car top fixture so that 
the device cannot be removed. 

E. It shall be so arranged and connected that, when opera- 
tive, the movement of the car shall be solely under the 
control of this device, except as provided in Section 
7-3040 (a) 4G; and any power-door operating devices 
shall be inoperative. The transfer switch or other means 
for accomplishing this function shall be located between 
the car crosshead and that side of the car which is nearest 
to the hoistway door used for access to the top of the car. 

F. The device shall be used only for the purpose of adjust- 
ment, inspection, maintenance, or repair of the elevator 
or hoistway equipment. 

G. Separate additional means, of the continuous-pressure 
type, may also be provided to make power-door operat- 
ing devices and automatic car-leveling devices opera- 
tive from the top of the car for testing purposes. 

H. The car top shall be kept free of grease or oil that would 
present a slipping hazard at this operating station. 

I. All elevators with car tops shall be provided with a top- 
of-car stop switch conforming to Section 7-3040 (b) 5. 

J. All elevators with car tops shall be provided with a top- 
of-car electric light with switch and convenience outlet 
connected to a power source not disconnected by any ac- 
tion of the elevator control circuits. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 

5. Operation of an elevator in a leveling or truck zone at any 
landing by a car-leveling or truck -zoning device, when the landing 
doors or the car doors or gates are not in the closed position, is per- 
missible subject to the following: 

A. Operating devices of manually operated car-leveling 
devices or truck-zoning devices shall be of the continu- 
ous-pressure type located in the car, and the device inop- 
erative except in the zone specified. 

B. Car platform guards conforming to Section 7-3033 (i) 
shall be provided, and where a car-leveling device is 
used, landing sill guards conforming to Section 7-3020 
(a) 3B shall also be provided. 

C. For elevators without static controls arranged to level 
automatically, which can be started only from on the car, 
which are equipped with power-opened car doors, the 
zone shall not extend more than 3 feet above and 3 feet 
below the landing level. 

D. For elevators with static control arranged to level auto- 
matically, the leveling zone shall not extend more than 
12 inches above and below the landing level. 

E. For elevators with static control, an inner leveling zone 
extending not more than three (3) inches above and three 
(3) inches below the landing shall be provided. A car 
shall not move if it stops outside of the inner leveling 
zone unless the doors are fully closed. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators which comply with Section 7-3040 (f) 4. 

F. For elevators without static controls arranged to level 
automatically, which can be started from the landings 
and are equipped with manually-operated car doors or 



gates, the zone shall not extend more than 15 inches 
above and 15 inches below the landing level. 

G. Manually operated leveling devices (inching) are limit- 
ed to a zone of 12 inches above and 12 inches below the 
landing level. 

H. The truck zone at any landing shall not extend more than 
5 feet 6 inches above the landing. 

I. Where a truck or leveling zone for one hoistway en- 
trance extends into the door interlocking zone for a sec- 
ond entrance, the truck-zoning or leveling operation 
shall be inoperative unless the hoistway door at the sec- 
ond entrance is in the closed position. 

Where a truck or leveling zone for one hoistway en- 
trance extends into the leveling zone for a second en- 
trance, the leveling operation for the second entrance 
shall be inoperative while the hoistway door at the first 
entrance is open. 

EXCEPTION: The car may be operated by a car-leveling device 
at any landing having two hoistway entrances within 2 inches of the 
same level with both car doors or gates and the corresponding hoistway 
doors open, provided landing-sill guards conforming to Section 
7-3020 (a) 3B are installed at both floors. 

J. A leveling or truck-zoning device shall move the car at a 
speed not more than 150 feet per minute. 

6. Automatic elevators shall conform to the following require- 
ments: 

A. If the car has started for a given landing in response to 
an impulse from a car button, no impulse can be given 
from any landing to send the car in the reverse direction 
until the car has reached the destination corresponding 
to the first impulse or to cause the car to fail to stop at the 
landing indicated by the first impulse. 

EXCEPTION: This is not intended to prevent the use of a key oper- 
ated switch to gain control of an elevator for emergency operation. 

B. The car cannot be started by an impulse from a hall land- 
ing after completing a stop at a floor in response to the 
impulse from a car button until there has been a delay of 
not less than 5 seconds or the car door contact or the 
emergency stop switch has been operated. 

7. Constant pressure operation elevators shall be arranged so the 
car cannot be started by an impulse from a hall landing after a stop 
made by releasing the car button until there has been a delay of not 
less than 5 seconds or the car door contact or hoistway door lock- 
ing device has been operated. 

8. Existing elevators operated by a non-self-centering device, 
shall be provided with a sequence device to prevent re-starting of 
the car after any electrical protective device or main line switch 
has opened the circuit unless the operating device has first been 
returned to the inoperative position. 

(b) Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical protective de- 
vices shall be provided in accordance with the following: 

1. Slack-rope Switch. Elevators having winding-drum ma- 
chines shall be provided with a slack-rope device equipped with a 
slack-rope switch of the enclosed manually reset type which shall 
cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator driving- 
machine motor and brake if the hoisting ropes become slack. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators having a rise of not more than 15 feet, 
installed before June 5, 1947. 

2. Motor Generator Running Switch. Where generator field 
control is used, means shall be provided to prevent the application 
of power to the elevator driving machine motor and brake unless 
the motor generator set connections are properly switched for the 
running condition of the elevator. It is not required that the electri- 



51 



7-3040 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



cal connections between the elevator driving machine motor and 
the generator be opened in order to remove power from the eleva- 
tor motor. 

3. Compensating-rope-sheave Switch. Compensating-rope 
sheave shall be provided with a compensating-rope-sheave switch 
or switches, mechanically opened by the compensating-rope 
sheave before the sheave reaches its upper or lower limit of travel, 
to cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator driv- 
ing-machine motor and brake. 

4. Motor-field Excitation Switch. Where direct current is sup- 
plied to an elevator drive machine motor armature and shunt field, 
a motor field current sensing means shall be provided which shall 
cause the electric power to be removed from the motor armature 
and brake unless the direct current flowing in the shunt field of the 
motor is sufficient to prevent overspeeding of the motor. 

EXCEPTION: Static control elevators provided with a device to 
detect an overspeed condition prior to and independent of the operation 
of the governor overspeed switch. This device shall cause power to be 
removed from the elevator driving machine motor armature and ma- 
chine brake. 

5. Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency stop switch shall be 
provided in the car, and located in or adjacent to the car operating 
panel. 

EXCEPTION: Passenger elevator cars with an in-car stop switch 
that comply with the requirement in Section 7-3040 (b) (5) (B) below. 

A. Emergency stop switches shall: 

(1) When opened, this switch causes the electric power 
to be removed from the elevator driving-machine 
motor and brake independently of the operation of 
the operating device and the leveling device. 

(2) Be of the manually opened and closed type. 

(3) Have red operating handles or buttons. 

(4) Be conspicuously and permanently marked "STOP." 

(5) Be positively opened mechanically and their open- 
ing shall not be solely dependent on springs. 

B. In-car stop switch. 

(1) An in-car stop switch shall be permitted in passen- 
ger elevator cars with enclosures constructed of 
solid material from the floor to the car top. 

(2) The in-car stop switch shall be either key operated or 
behind a locked panel. 

(3) The in-car stop switch shall be clearly marked 
"STOP" and shall indicate the stop and run posi- 
tions. 

(4) The in-car stop switch shall comply with Sections 
3040(b)(5)(A)(l) and (b)(5)(A)(5). 

(5) The elevator controls shall be arranged so the car 
will not move, level, or advance start, unless the 
hoistway door interlocks and the car door contacts 
are in the closed position, except for the required 
releveling or anti-creep. 

(6) The car door contacts shall be adjusted so the closed 
position is not more than 1 inch. 

(7) The keys for the in-car stop switch shall be available 
for use by maintenance and inspection personnel. 

(8) The Division shall be notified when an emergency 
stop switch in a passenger elevator is replaced, with 
an in-car stop switch. The Division shall inspect the 
in-car stop switch before the passenger elevator is 
placed in service. 



NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Sections 142.3, Labor Code, and 18943 Health and Safety Code. 

6. Broken-rope, Tape, or Chain Switches. 

A. Broken-rope, tape, or chain switches shall be provided 
when the slow-down switches of the normal terminal 
stopping device are located in the machine room. 

7. Stop Switch in Pit. A stop switch conforming to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3040 (b) 5 shall be provided in the pit of every 
electric or electrically controlled elevator. See Section 7-3016 (g) 
for location. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 

8. Stop Switch on Top of Car. A stop switch conforming to 
Section 7-3040 (b) 5 shall be provided on top of every electric and 
every electrically controlled elevator car. See Section 7-3040 (a) 
41. 

9. Car-safety Mechanism Switch. A switch conforming to the 
requirements of Sections 7-3035 (g) 2 and 7-3036 (d) shall be re- 
quired where a car safety is provided. 

10. Governor Overspeed Switch. A governor overspeed 
switch shall be provided when required by Section 7-3036 (d). 

11. Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final terminal stopping 
devices conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3039 (b) 
shall be provided for every cabled electric elevator. 

12. Emergency Terminal Stopping Devices. Where reduced- 
stroke oil buffers are provided, as permitted by Section 7-3031 (f), 
emergency terminal stopping devices conforming to Section 
7-3039 (c) shall be provided. 

13. Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers Used with Type C Car 
Safeties. Oil-level and compression switches conforming to the 
requirements of Section 7-3035 (h) (2) shall be provided for all oil 
buffers used with Type C safeties. 

14. Hoistway Door Interlocks or Hoistway Gate Contact 
Locks. Hoistway door interlocks or hoistway gate interlocks or 
contact locks shall be provided for all electric or electrically con- 
trolled elevators in accordance with the requirements of Section 
7-3021. 

15. Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts. Car door or gate 
electric contacts shall be provided for all electric or electrically 
controlled elevators having car doors or gates. 

16. Normal Terminal Stopping Devices. Normal terminal 
stopping devices shall be provided for every electric or electrical- 
ly controlled elevator. 

17. Car Side-emergency-exit Door Contact Switches. A car 

door electric contact shall be provided on each car side-emergen- 
cy-exit door of an electric or electrically controlled elevator where 
such exit doors are provided. 

18. Motor-generator Overspeed Protection. Means shall be 
provided to cause the electric power to be removed automatically 
from the elevator driving machine motor and brake should a motor 
generator set, driven by a direct current motor, overspeed exces- 
sively. 

19. Electric Contacts for Hinged Car-Platform Sills. Hinged 
car-platform sills, where provided, shall be equipped with electric 
contacts. 

20. Oil Buffer Switches. Car and counterweight buffers of the 
spring return type shall be provided with a switch conforming to 
the requirements of Section 7-3031 (j) 3. 

21. Sheave Space Stop Switch. A stop switch conforming to 
the requirements of Section 7-3040 (b) 5 shall be provided in all 
sheave spaces, except secondary sheave spaces, where the space is 
provided with a floor. 



52 



2001 CAL5FORNBA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3041 



(c) Requirements for Electrical Equipment and Wiring. 

1. All electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with the 
provisions of the California Electrical Code (CEC). 

2. Phase Reversal and Failure Protection. If polyphase alter- 
nating current power supply is used, a reverse phase protection 
shall be provided with means to prevent the starting of the elevator 
if the phase rotation is in a wrong direction, or if there is a failure of 
any phase. This protection shall be considered to be provided if a 
reversal of phase of the incoming polyphase alternating current 
power will not cause the elevator driving machine motor to oper- 
ate in the wrong direction. 

(d) Installation of Condensers or of Devices to Make Electri- 
cal Protective Devices Inoperative. The installation of condens- 
ers, the operation or failure of which will cause an unsafe 
operation of the elevator, is prohibited. 

No permanent device shall be installed, except as provided in 
these regulations, which will make any required electrical protec- 
tive device inoperative. 

(e) Release and Application of Driving-machine Brakes. 
Driving-machine brakes shall not be electrically released until 
power has been applied to the driving-machine motor. 

All power feed lines to the brake shall be opened by an electro- 
mechanical switch and the brake shall apply automatically when: 

1. The operating device of a car-switch or continuous-pressure 
operation elevator is in the stop position. 

2. A floor stop device functions. 

3. Any of the electrical protective devices function, except car 
door contacts or hoistway door locking devices, during leveling 
operations. Under Sections 7-3040 (e) 1 and 7-3040 (e) 2, the ap- 
plication of the brake may occur at the time of or before the 
completion of the slow-down and leveling operations. The brake 
shall not be permanently connected across the armature or field of 
a direct current elevator driving-machine motor nor shall a single 
ground, short circuit or static control prevent the application of the 
brake in the intended manner. 

(f) Control and Operating Circuit Requirements. In the de- 
sign and installation of the control and operating circuits, the fol- 
lowing requirements shall be met. 

1. If springs are used to actuate switches, contactors, or relays 
to break the circuit to stop an elevator at the terminal landings, 
they shall be of the compression type. 

2. The completion or maintenance of an electric circuit shall 
not be used to interrupt the power to the elevator driving-machine 
motor or brake at the terminal landings, nor to stop the car when 
the emergency stop switch is opened or any of the electrical pro- 
tective devices operate. 

EXCEPTION: Dynamic braking, and speed control switches. 

3. The failure of any single magnetically operated switch, con- 
tactor, or relay to release in the intended manner, or the occurrence 
of a single accidental ground, shall not permit the car to start or 
run if any hoistway door or gate interlock is unlocked or if any ho- 
istway door or car door gate contact is not in the closed position. 

4. The failure of any static control device, speed measuring cir- 
cuit or speed pattern generating circuit to operate as intended or 
the occurrence of a single accidental ground or short circuit shall 
not permit the car to start or run if any hoistway door or gate inter- 
lock is unlocked or if any hoistway door or car door or gate contact 
is not in the made position. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators with the operation described in Section 
7-3040 (a) 5E. 



5. Where generator field control is used, means shall be pro- 
vided to prevent the generator from building up and supplying suf- 
ficient current to the elevator driving machine motor to move the 
car when the elevator motor or generator field control switches are 
in the "off position. 

The means used shall not interfere with maintenance of an ef- 
fective dynamic braking circuit during stopping and standing con- 
ditions. 

6. The control circuits shall be so designed, installed, and 
maintained that the car speed in the down direction with rated load 
in the car, under normal operating conditions with the power sup- 
ply on or off, shall not exceed governor tripping speed or 125 per- 
cent of the rated speed, whichever is lesser. 

7. Elevators with a static control shall comply with the follow- 
ing: 

A. An independent means shall be provided to limit the 
speed of an elevator to not more than 150 f.p.m. during 
leveling, access switch operation and inspection opera- 
tion should the normal means to control this speed fail to 
do so. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators with an independent speed measuring de- 
vice arranged to remove power from the motor and brake independent 
of the static control if the speed of the elevator exceeds 150 f.p.m. dur- 
ing leveling access switch operation and inspection operation. 

8. Where only one of the controller switches required by Sec- 
tion 7-3039 (b) 5 is an electromechanical switch, the elevator con- 
trol shall be arranged so the car shall not restart after the brake has 
been set unless the electromechanical switch has been in the de- 
energized position during the time the brake was set. 

(g) Out-of-Service Requirements. When it is intended to dis- 
continue, for an extended period, the use of an elevator, the cables 
shall be disconnected, and the car and counterweights landed sat- 
isfactorily and the power disconnected. 

(h) Load- Weighing Devices on Passenger Elevators. Load- 
weighing devices which will prevent operation of the elevator 
may be installed provided they function to prevent such operation 
only when the load on the elevator platform is in excess of 125 per- 
cent of minimum rated load. 

(i) Floating (Movable) Platforms. Floating platforms which 
permit operation of the elevator when the car door or gate is not in 
the closed position are prohibited. 

Emergency and Signal Devices. 
7-3041. 

(a) Emergency Devices for Summoning Assistance. (See La- 
bor Code Section 7320) 

1. Passenger elevators and automatic operation freight eleva- 
tors shall be provided with an emergency alarm system, operable 
from within the car, which will provide effective means for sum- 
moning assistance at all hours in case of emergency. 

2. New installations of passenger or freight elevators, which 
are operated at any time without a designated operator in the car, 
shall be provided with one of the two following emergency alarm 
systems. 

A. A telephone in each elevator car, connected to a central 
telephone exchange providing 24 hour service. 

B. A system meeting the following requirements. 

1. An electric bell, operable from the car, not less than 6 inches 
in diameter, located inside the building and audible inside and out- 
side the hoistway. One bell operable from all cars may be used for 
a group of elevators. 

2. Means for two-way conversation between each elevator and 
a readily accessible point outside the hoistway. 



53 



7-3041 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators in buildings having a height from the 
lowest to the highest elevator landing of not more the 65 feet, providing 
the distance between any adjacent landing does not exceed 15 feet. 

2. When the means of communication with an approved emergency 
service permits two-way conversation. See Section 7-3041 (a) 3B. 

3 . If the bell or the means of two-way conversation, or both, are nor- 
mally connected to the building power supply, they shall automatically 
transfer to a source of emergency power within 10 seconds after the 
normal supply fails. The power source shall be capable of providing for 
the operation of the bell for one hour and the means of two-way con- 
versation for 4 hours. 

3. Where elevators, which are operated at any time without a 
designated operator in the car, are located in buildings, other than 
apartments, hotels, or similar residential buildings, where atten- 
dants, watchmen, or tenants are not continuously available to take 
action in case the emergency signal is operated, and are not pro- 
vided with a telephone in the elevator car connected to a central 
exchange system, they shall be provided with one of the following 
additional emergency signal devices. 

A. An electrical alarm bell, not less than 6 inches in diame- 
ter operable from inside the car shall be mounted in a 
weatherproof enclosure on the outside of the building 
near the main entrance. A sign that can be read from the 
adjacent sidewalk shall be mounted on or near the bell 
and shall be marked "ELEVATOR EMERGENCY, 
CALL POLICE" in letters not less than 2 inches high. 
Only one outside alarm bell is required, which shall be 
operable from the cars of all elevators of the type speci- 
fied in the building. An emergency power source meet- 
ing the requirements of Section 7-3041 (a) 2B3 shall be 
provided. 

B. Means within the car for communicating with or signal- 
ing to an approved emergency service which operates 
24 hours each day. 

4. A sign, having lettering not less that 3 /j6 inch, shall be pro- 
vided in passenger elevators adjacent to the car emergency alarm 
giving instructions as to the use of the device for summoning assis- 
tance. 

(b) Photoelectric Tube By-pass Switch. [See Title 24, Part 2, 
Section 2-3003.8.] 

(c) Operation of Elevators Under Fire or Other Emergency 
Conditions. [See Title 24, Part 2, Section 2-3003.9.] 

(d) Earthquake Emergency Operation. 

1. Passenger elevators with automatic operation and counter- 
weights shall be provided with earthquake protective devices of 
the following types. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators whose car and counterweight guid- 
ing system including rails, brackets and guiding shoes whose equip- 
ment fastenings and attachments to the building structural members 
have been properly certified to the Division, by an engineer qualified 
under the Civil and Professional Engineers Act, to be designed and 
built to withstand the static and dynamic seismic forces for which the 
building was designed. 

2. Elevators in structures such as rock quarries, mills, steel towers, 
dams, storage bins, power plants and tanks where the elevators are used 
only by maintenance and operating personnel and in buildings such as 
jails and penal institutions, where stopping of an elevator would inter- 
fere with the security of the institution. 

3. A period of seven years from October 6, 1975, will be allowed for 
elevators existing at the time of the adoption of Section 7-3041 (d) to 
comply with the retroactive requirements of Section 7-3041 (d). 

A. Elevators with drum machines operating at any speed 
and traction machines operating at rated speeds of more 
than 150 f p.m. shall be provided with either a seismic 
switch device or a derailment switch device. 



B. Elevators with traction machines with rated speeds of 
not more than 150 feet per minute shall be provided with 
a collision switch device. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators provided with either a seismic switch 
device or a derailment switch device. 

2. Elevators with fraction machines with counterweights located or 
restrained to prevent the car and counterweight colliding. 

C. Elevators with traction machines arranged to operate 
under emergency conditions after activation of either a 
seismic switch device or a derailment switch device 
shall be provided with a collision switch device. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators with traction machines with counter- 
weights located or restrained to prevent the car and counterweight col- 
liding. 

2. Elevators equipped with a derailment switch that continuously 
monitors the position of the counterweight and therefore acts as a colli- 
sion switch. 

2. Passenger elevators with traction machines, counterweights, 
and selective collective or group automatic operation shall, upon 
activation of a seismic switch or derailment device, and if in mo- 
tion, either 

A. Slow to a speed not greater than 150 feet per minute and 
proceed to the next floor in the direction of the travel and 
stop. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators operating in a hoistway with more than 
36 feet between landings shall not proceed to the next floor in the direc- 
tion of travel if the car must pass the counterweight or 

B. Stop and then proceed to the next floor at a speed not 
greater than 150 feet per minute in a direction away from 
the counterweight. 

3. Passenger elevators with traction machines having automat- 
ic operation other than selective collective or group automatic 
shall, if in motion, upon activation of an earthquake protective de- 
vice, stop. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators with traction machines that comply with 
7-3041 (d) 1. 

4. Passenger elevators with counterweights and drum ma- 
chines shall, if in motion, upon activation of an earthquake protec- 
tion device stop. 

5. Elevators required to comply with Section 7-3041 (d) 1 when 
on automatic operation shall conform to Sections 7-3041 (d) 2, 3, 
and 4 when on attendant service. 

6. Cars stopped by an earthquake protection device shall be 
operable at not more than 150 feet per minute from the car top op- 
erating station as described in Section 7-3040 (a) 4 if so equipped. 

7. Activation of a seismic switch device or momentary activa- 
tion of a derailment switch device shall prevent operation of the 
car by the emergency service key described in 7-3041 (c) or a hos- 
pital emergency service key at a speed greater than 150 feet per 
minute. 

8. Activation of a collision switch device or continuous activa- 
tion of a derailment switch device shall prevent operation of the 
car except from the car top operating station. 

EXCEPTION: Cars stopped by activation of the collision switch 
or derailment switch may be operable from the emergency service 
switch described in Section 7-3041 (c) in the direction away from the 
counterweight. 

9. A collision switch shall, upon activation, stop an elevator 
traveling at a speed of 150 feet per minute before the car meets the 
counterweight. 

10. Elevators not in operation shall remain at the landing. Ele- 
vators shall upon reaching a landing remain at the landing unless 
operated by the emergency service key described in Section 
7-3041 (c). 



54 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3042 



11. Cars with power operated doors shall upon reaching a 
landing cause their doors to open and remain open unless oper- 
ated by the emergency service key described in Section 7-3041 (c). 

12. An earthquake sensing device shall activate upon excita- 
tion in a horizontal or vertical direction of not more than 0.15 g. 

13. An identified momentary reset button or switch for each car 
located in the control panel in the machine room shall be provided 
for elevators equipped with a seismic switch or a derailment 
switch. 

14. Cars stopped by an earthquake protection device shall re- 
main stopped in the event of a power failure and subsequent resto- 
ration of power. The functions performed by the electrical 
protective devices required by Section 7-3040 (b) shall not be can- 
celled by the earthquake protection device. 

15. Earthquake protection devices with the exposed live parts 
in the hoistway shall operate at not more than 24 volts Root Mean 
Square A.C. or 24 volts D.C. above or below ground potential and 
shall not be capable of supplying more than 1 l2 ampere when short 
circuited. 

16. Earthquake protection devices shall be of a fall safe type or 
shall include a dual system arranged to prevent energizing the 
sensing portion unless the complete system is intact. 

17. Earthquake protection devices shall be arranged to be 
checked for satisfactory operation and shall be calibrated at in- 
tervals recommended by the manufacturer. 

(e) Medical Emergency Elevators. Effective 1-25-88. (See 
Title 24, Part 2, Section 5108.) 

Hoisting Ropes and Their Connections., 
7=3042. 

(a) Suspension Means. All cable-driven elevator cars and 
counterweights shall be suspended by steel or iron wire ropes at- 
tached to the car frame or passing around sheaves attached to the 
car frame. Ropes shall be without covering, except that marlin- 
covered rope may be used where liability to excessive corrosion or 
other hazard exists. 

1. Only wire rope having the commercial classification "Ele- 
vator Wire Rope," or wire rope constructed specifically for eleva- 
tor use, shall be used for the suspension of elevator cars and for the 
suspension of counterweights, including replacement of ropes on 
existing elevators. 

(b) Wire Rope Data on Crosshead Data Plate. 

1. The crosshead data plate required in Section 7-3037 (c) 2B 
shall bear the following wire rope data: 

A. The number of ropes. 

B. The diameter in inches. 

C. The material of the ropes and the manufacturer's rated 
breaking strength per rope in pounds. 

2. Whenever new ropes are installed that do not agree in size, 
number, or material with the existing data, the division shall be no- 
tified in writing before such a change is made. 

(c) Wire Rope Data on Rope Data Tag. 

1. A metal, fiber, or plastic tag shall be securely attached to one 
of the wire rob fastenings. This data tag shall bear the following 
wire rope data: 

A. The diameter in inches. 

B. The manufacturer's rated breaking strength. 

C. The grade of material used. 

D. The month and year the ropes were installed. 



E. Whether nonpreformed or preformed. 

F. Construction classification. 

G. Name of the person or firm who installed the ropes. 
H. Name of the manufacturer of the rope. 

2. A new tag shall be installed at each renewal. 

3. The height of the letters shall be not less Vi6 inch. 

(d) Wire Rope Data on Reshackling Tag. 

1. Whenever wire ropes are reshackled, a metal, fiber, or plastic 
tag shall be securely attached to one of the wire rope fastenings. 
This tag is in addition to the tag required in Section 7-3042 (c). The 
reshackling tag shall bear the following data: 

A. The month and year the ropes were reshackled. 

B. The name of the person or firm who reshackled the 
ropes. 

(e) Factor of Safety. 

1. The factor of safety of the suspension wire ropes shall be not 
less than that determined by the formula and graphs of Design 
Section 7-3107 (a). Table 7-3042 El lists the minimum factors of 
safety for various intermediate rope speeds. 

2. The factor of safety of replacement ropes for existing eleva- 
tors shall be not less than the factor of safety of the original ropes 
based on their original breaking strength. 

(f) Minimum Number and Diameter of Moisting Ropes. 

1. The minimum number of hoisting ropes used shall be three for 
traction elevators, and two from drum-type elevators. 

EXCEPTION: Existing traction elevators with two hoisting ropes. 

2. Where a car counterweight or a drum counterweight is used, 
the number of counterweight ropes used shall be not less than two. 

3. The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 
shall be 3 /s -in. (9.5 mm). Outer wires of the ropes shall be not less 
than 0.024. (0.61 mm) in diameter. 

The term "diameter," where used in this section, shall refer to 
the nominal diameter as given by the rope manufacturer. 

(g) Suspension Rope Equalizers. 

1. Suspension rope equalizers, where provided, shall be of the 
individual-compression spring type. 

EXCEPTION: Equalizers of other types may be used with traction 
elevators provided the equalizers and their fastenings are accepted by 
the division; and provided that equalizers of the single-bar type or 
springs in tension shall not be used to attach suspension ropes to cars 
or counterweights or to dead-end hitch-plates. See Design Section 
7-3107 (d). 

2. Equalizers shall be used on the car and counterweight ends 
of all ropes of overhead drum-type elevators where the ropes trav- 
el in opposite directions on the drum face. 

(h) Securing of Wire Suspension Ropes to Winding Drums. 

1. Car and counterweight suspension ropes of winding drum 
machines shall have the drum ends of the ropes secured on the in- 
side of the drum by clamps or by tapered babbitted sockets. 

2. Wire suspension ropes of drum-type machines shall have not 
less than one turn of each rope on the drum when the car or coun- 
terweight is resting on the fully compressed buffers. 

(i) Replacement and Reshackling of Suspension and Com- 
pensating Ropes. 

1. When wear, corrosion, broken wires, or other factors indicate 
that ropes or cables have their breaking strength materially re- 
duced below the manufacturer 's rating, they shall be renewed. 

2. When hoisting or counterweight ropes are renewed, the entire 
set shall be renewed. A set of ropes in this case shall mean all of the 



55 



7-3042 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



hoisting ropes, or all of the car counterweight ropes, or all of the 
drum counterweight ropes. 

3. Suspension wire ropes or compensating ropes shall not be 
lengthened or repaired by splicing. 

4. When suspension ropes are renewed, the method of babbit- 
ting shall conform to the requirements of Sections 7-3042 (j) 5, 
7-3042 (j) 6, and 7-3042 (j) 7. 

5. The hoisting ropes of power elevators having drum-type driv- 
ing machines with one-to-one (1:1) roping shall be reshackled at 
the car ends when an inspection shows any evidence of fatigue or 
abrasion, and in no case at intervals longer than indicated in the 
following schedule. 



RESHACKLING OF DRUM ELEVATORS 


FREQUENCY 
IN YEARS 


O.H. Drum, Heavy Duty (Over 50 trips per day) 


1 


O.H. Drum, Medium Duty (25-50 trips per day) 


2 


O.H. Drum, Light Duty (Less than 25 trips per day) 


4 


Basement Drum, Heavy Duty (Over 50 trips per day) 


2 


Basement Drum, Medium Duty (25-50 trips per day) 


4 


Basement Drum, Light Duty (Less than 25 trips per day) 


6 



EXCEPTION: In lieu of reshackling, the division will accept an 
auxiliary rope-fastening device which meets the requirements of Sec- 
tion 7-3042 (k). 

A. At the time of this reshackling, a careful inspection shall 
be made of other shackles, particularly at the drum 
counterweight ends with the weights landed and the rope 
slack. These ends shall be reshackled if they show any 
evidence of fatigue or abrasion. 

B. See Section 7-3042 (d) for the data required on the re- 
shackling tag. 

(j) Hoisting Rope Fastenings. 

1. The car and counterweight ends of car and counterweight 
wire ropes, or the stationary hitch-ends where multiple roping is 
used, shall be fastened in such a manner that all portions of the 
rope, except the portion inside the rope sockets, shall be readily 
visible. 

Fastening shall be: 

A. By individual tapered babbitted rope sockets. See De- 
sign Section 7-3107 (b) (1). 

B. By other types of rope fastenings accepted by the divi- 
sion provided that JJ -bolt-type rope clips (clamps) shall 
not be used for such fastenings. See Design Section 
7-3107 (b) 2. 

2. The car ends, or the car or counterweight dead ends where 
multiple roping is used, of all suspension wire ropes of traction- 
type elevators shall be provided with shackle rods of a design 
which will permit individual adjustment of the rope lengths. Simi- 
lar shackle rods shall be provided on the car or counterweight ends 
of compensating ropes. 

3. Hoisting rope fastenings shall conform to the following: 

A. The portion of the rope fastening which holds the wire 
rope (rope socket) and the shackle rod may be in one 
piece (unit construction) or they may be separate. 

B. The rope socket shall be either cast or forged steel pro- 
vided that where the rope socket and the shackle rod are 
in one piece (unit construction), the entire fastening 
shall be of forged steel. See Design Section 7-3107 (b). 



C. Where the shackle rod and the rope socket are not in one 
piece, the shackle rod shall be of forged or rolled steel. 

D. Where the shackle rod is separate from the rope socket, 
the fastening between the two parts shall be positive and 
such as to prevent their separation under all conditions 
of operation of the elevator. Where the connection of the 
two parts is threaded, the length of the thread engage- 
ment of the rod in the socket shall be not less than IV2 
times the root diameter of the thread on the rod, and a 
cotter pin or equivalent means shall, in addition, be pro- 
vided to restrict the turning of the rod in the socket and 
prevent unscrewing of the connection in normal opera- 
tion. 

E. Rope fastenings incorporating antifriction devices 
which will permit free spinning of the rope shall not be 
used. 

F. Where hoisting or car counterweight ropes pass through 
plates at the hitchblock or car crosshead, said plates 
shall be chamfered, and free from sharp projections. 

4. Tapered babbitted-type rope sockets shall be of design as 
shown in Figure 3107 and shall conform to the requirements of 
Design Section 7-3107 (b). 

5. Only babbitt metal shall be used to secure ropes in tapered 
babbitted sockets. Babbitt metal shall contain at least 9 percent of 
antimony and shall be clean and free from dross. 

6. Where the tapered babbitted type of socket is used, the meth- 
od and procedure to be followed in making up the fastening shall 
conform to that outlined in Design Section 7-3107 (c). 

7. When the babbitt has cooled and the tape at the small end re- 
moved, a visual inspection shall be made which shall show that: 

A. The babbitt is visible at the small end of the socket. 

B. The tops of the looped strands of the rope are just visible 
above the surface of the babbitt. Where rope with steel 
core is used, the steel core shall also be visible above the 
surface of the babbitt. 

C. No loss of rope lay has occurred where the wire rope en- 
ters the basket. Babbitted sockets which do not conform 
to the above requirement shall be rejected and the rope 
resocketed. 

(k) Auxiliary Rope Fastening Device. Auxiliary rope-fasten- 
ing devices, designed to support elevator cars or counterweights if 
any regular rope fastening fails, may be provided subject to the 
following requirements: 

1. They shall be accepted by the division on the basis of 
adequate tensile and fatigue test made by an approved testing lab- 
oratory. 

2. The device and its fastenings, in its several parts and assem- 
bly, shall have a strength at least equal to that of the manufactur- 
er's breaking strength of the rope to which it is to be attached. 

3. The device shall be so designed and installed that: 

A. It will not become operative unless there is a failure of 
normal rope fastening. 

B. It will function in a rope movement of not over IV2 inch- 
es. 

C. It will not interfere with the vertical or rotational move- 
ments of the rope during normal service. 

4. Means shall be provided to cause the electric power to be re- 
moved from the hoisting machine motor and brake when any aux- 
iliary fastening device operates. Such means shall be of the 
manually reset type. 



56 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



TABLE 7-3030 E1 



5. The method used to attach the device to the rope shall be 
such as to prevent injury to or appreciable deformation of the rope. 

6. The installation of the device shall not reduce the required 
overhead clearances. 



7. Each device shall be permanently marked with the name of 
the manufacturer and with the size of the wire rope for which they 
are designed to be used. 





TABLE 7-3030 E1— STEEL GUIDE RAILS 






NOMINAL WT. PER FOOT IN LBS. 


NOMINAL DIMENSION IN INCHES 


A 


B 


C 


D 


E 


8 


2 7 /l6 


3V 2 


5 /8 


1V 4 


5 /l6 


11 


3V 2 


4V 2 


5 /8 


1V 2 


5 /l6 


12 


3V 2 


5 


5 /8 


l 3 /4 


5 /l6 


15 


3V 2 


5 


5 /8 


l 31 / 32 


v 2 


18V 2 


4V 4 


5V 2 


3 /4 


l 31 /32 


v 2 


22V2 


4 3 /64 


5V 2 


1V 8 


2 


9 /l6 


30 


5 


5V 2 


1V 4 


2V4 


n /l6 



TABLE 7-3030 E2— WOOD GUIDE RAILS 



MAXIMUM TOTAL WEIGHT PER PAIR OF GUIDE RAILS 


CROSS SECTION OF EACH GUIDE RAIL IN INCHES 


3,000 


1V2 x l 3 / 4 


5,000 


l 7 / 8 x 2V4 


8,000 


2V4 x 2V4 


10,000 


2 5 / 8 X 2 3 / 4 


14,000 


4 x 5V 4 


16,000 


5x7 



TABLE 7-3030 F2— LOAD MULTIPLYING FACTOR 
FOR DUPLEX SAFETIES 



VERTICAL DISTANCE BETWEEN SAFETIES IN FEET 


MULTIPLE LOAD IN FIGURE 3030 F1 


18 or more 


2.0 


15 


1.83 


12 


1.67 


9 


1.50 



TABLE 7-3030 12— MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FISHPLATES AND MINIMUM 

DIAMETER OF FASTENING BOLTS 



NOMINAL WEIGHT OF GUIDE RAIL IN 
POUNDS PER FOOT 


MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FISHPLATES 
IN INCHES 


MINIMUM DIAMETER OF BOLTS 
IN INCHES 


8 


9 /l6 


v 2 


11 


U /l 6 


5 /8 


12 


n /l6 


5 /8 


15 


U /16 


5 /8 


18V 2 


13 /16 


3 /4 


22V2 


13 /16 


3 /4 


30 


15 /16 


3 /4 



TABLE 7-3030 L2— MINIMUM SIZE OF RAIL FASTENING BOLTS 



NOMINAL WEIGHT OF GUIDE RAIL 
IN POUNDS PER FOOT 


MINIMUM DIAMETER OF BOLTS IN INCHES 


8 


v 2 


11 


5 /8 


12 


5 /8 


15 


5 /8 


I8V2 


5 /8 


22V2 


3 /4 


30 


3 /4 



57 



TABLE 7-3031 F 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



TABLE 7-3031 F— MINIMUM BUFFER STROKES 



RATED SPEED IN FEET PER MINUTE 


115% OF RATED SPEED IN 
FEET PER MINUTE 


MINIMUM STROKES OF OIL BUFFERS 
IN INCHES 


200 


230 


2 3 / 4 


225 


259 


3V 2 


250 


288 


4V 4 


300 


345 


6V 4 


350 


402 


8V 4 . 


400 


460 


11 


450 


517 


13 3 / 4 


500 


575 


17 


600 


690 


24 3 / 4 


700 


805 


33V 4 


800 


920 


43 3 / 4 


900 


1035 


55V 2 


1000 


1150 


68V2 


1100 


1265 


83 


1200 


1380 


98V 2 


1300 


1495 


115V 2 


1400 


1610 


134V 2 


1500 


1725 


154 


1600 


1840 


175 V 4 


1700 


1955 


197 3 / 4 


1600 


2070 


221 3 / 4 


1900 


2105 


247 


2000 


2300 


273 3 / 4 



NOTE 1: Where buffers of the stroke specified are not provided, the requirements of Section 7-3031 (f) exceptions apply. 



NOTE 2: 



1 fpm = 5.08 E = 03 m/s 
1 in. = 25.4 mm 



TABLE 7-3035 C— MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM STOPPING DISTANCES TYPE B CAR SAFETIES 
WITH RATED LOAD, AND OF TYPE B COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



RATED SPEED IN FEET 
PER MINUTE 


MAXIMUM GOVERNOR TRIP SPEED 
IN FEET PER MINUTE 


STOPPING DISTANCES IN FEET-INCHES 


Minimum 


Maximum 


to 125 


175 


0-1 


1-3 


150 


210 


0-2 


1-4 


175 


250 


0-3 


1-7 


200 


280 


0-4 


1-10 


225 


308 


0-5 


2-0 


250 


337 


0-6 


2-3 


300 


395 


0-8 


2-9 


350 


452 


0-10 


3-4 


400 


510 


1-1 


4-0 


450 


568 


1-5 


4-10 


500 


625 


1-8 


5-8 


600 


740 


2-4 


7-7 


700 


855 


3-2 


9-10 


800 


970 


4-1 


12-6 


900 


1085 


5-1 


15-3 


1000 


1200 


6-3 


18-6 


1100 


1320 


7-6 


22-4 


1200 


1440 


8-11 


26-4 


1300 


1560 


10-6 


30-11 


1400 


1680 


12-2 


35-7 


1500 


1800 


14-0 


40-10 



58 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



TABLE 7-3036 B 



TABLE 7-3036 B— MAXIMUM SPEEDS IN FEET-PER-MINUTE 
AT WHICH GOVERNOR OVERSPEED SWITCH OPERATES 



RATED SPEED 


MAX GOVERNOR TRIP SPEED 


MAX SPEED AT WHICH GOVERNOR OVERSPEED 
SWITCH OPERATES, DOWN 


0-125 


175 


176* 


150 


210 


210* 


175 


250 


225 


200 


280 


252 


225 


308 


277 


250 


37 


303 


300 


395 


355 


350 


452 


407 


400 


510 


459 


450 


568 


512 


500 


625 


563 


600 


740 


703 


700 


855 


812 


800 


970 


921 


900 


1085 


1031 


1000 


1200 


1140 


1100 


1320 


1254 


1200 


1440 


1368 


1300 


1560 


1482 


1400 


1680 


1596 


1500 


1800 


1710 



* Governor overspeed switch not required on car governors. 



TABLE 7-3037 A1— MAXIMUM INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREAS FOR THE VARIOUS RATED LOADS 


RATED LOAD LB. 


INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREA SQ. FT. 


500 


7.0 


600 


8.3 


700 


9.6 


1,000 


13.25 


1,200 


15.6 


1,500 


18.9 


1,800 


22.1 


2,000 


24.2 


2,500 


29.1 


3,000 


33.7 


3,500 


38.0 


4,000 


42.2 


4,500 


46.2 


5,000 


50.0 


6,000 


57.7 


7,000 


65.3 


8,000 


72.9 


9,000 


80.5 


10,000 


88.0 


12,000 


103.0 


15,000 


125.1 


18,000 


146.9 


20,000 


161.2 


25,000 


196.5 


30,000 


231.0 



59 



TABLE 7-3042 E1 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



TABLE 7-3042 E1— MINIMUM FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR SUSPENSION WIRE ROPES 



ROPE SPEED IN FEET PER MINUTE 


MINIMUM FACTOR OF SAFETY 


Passenger 


Freight 


50 


7.60 


6.65 


75 


7.75 


6.85 


100 


7.95 


7.00 


125 


8.10 


7.15 


150 


8.25 


7.30 


175 


8.40 


7.45 


200 


8.60 


7.65 


225 


8.75 


7.75 


250 


8.90 


7.90 


300 


9.20 


8.20 


350 


9.50 


8.45 


400 


9.75 


8.70 


450 


10.00 


8.90 


500 


10.25 


9.15 


550 


10.45 


9.30 


600 


10.70 


9.50 


650 


10.85 


9.65 


700 


11.00 


9.80 


750 


11.15 


9.90 


800 


11.25 


10.00 


850 


11.35 


10.10 


900 


11.45 


10.15 


950 


11.50 


10.20 


1000 


11.55 


10.30 


1050 


11.65 


10.35 


1100 


11.70 


10.40 


1150 


11.75 


10.45 


1200 


11.80 


10.50 


1250 


11.80 


10.55 


1300 


11.85 


10.55 


1350 


11.85 


10.55 


1400 


11.90 


10.55 


1450 


11.90 


10.55 


1500 


11.90 


10.55 



60 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3030 E1 



m 

_i 

z 

CO 

_J 

< 

DC 

LL 

o 

DC 

cc 

UJ 

a. 

\- 

X 

<2 

UJ 




T-SecHion Rail 

FIGURE 7=3030 El 
ELEVATOR GUIDE RAILS 



52,000 
48,000 
44,000 
40,000 
36,000 

32,000 
28,000 
24,000 

20,000 

j 

2 16,000 

12,000 

8,000 

4,000 



4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

BRACKET SPACING IN FEET 

FIGURE 7=3030 F1 

MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF CAR WITH RATED LOAD OR OF COUNTERWEIGHT WITH SAFETY 
FOR A PAIR OF GUIDE RAILS AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7-3030 (f) 1 



50,000 








































\ 


X 










































•V 


N| 


























































































.<?/■ 








































^yc 


fe 


^ 














































































































































































30,000 










-, P^ . 














32,000 


















^**i 


fr 


^L 










































































































































21,00 









18.5# HAIL 














22,000 
































































































18,000 


lb 


000 








" 15#RA 

I 


L 






















I 










I I 
11,000 








I 
- 12# 
11# 


I 
RAIL 




















10 


00( 


J 






RAIL 














^_J 2,000 






































5,5nn 






























8,000 














— £ 


# Rail 








4,000 










































^ 2,300 













































61 



FIGURE 7-3030 F3A 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



10,000 



9,000 



8,000 



I 
(5 
LU 
£ 

I- 
X 

<2 

£ 

DC 
LU 

H 
Z 

o 
o 



7,000 



6,000 



5,000 



4,000 







































\ 














8 POUND RAIL OR EQUIVALENT 








\ 




















\ 


^ 


































\ 


\ 


































\ 


\ 


































\ 




\ 


































\ 


\ 


































\ 


\ 






WITH TWO INTERMEDIATE SPREADER BRACKETS 










\ 




































\ 


s. 




































\ 




































\ 


















































































WITH ONE INTERMEDIATE 
















\ 
















S 


^l-lt 


AUt 


H bf 


1AL.K 


^tl 










\ 






































\ 




































s 












































V 


VITH 


NO 


































MTERMEDIATE 






















II 












SPREADER 




























^ E 


iHAL 


,l\fcl 












"X 















































10 11 12 13 

BRACKET SPACING IN FEET 



14 



15 



16 



FIGURE 7-3030 F3A 

MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF COUNTERWEIGHTS AND BRACKET SPACING 
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7-3030 (f) 3 



62 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



1GURE 7-3030 FSB 



20,000 



19,000 



18,000 



17,000 



16,000 



x 
CD 
Qj 15,000 

X 

— 14.000 

cc 

LU 

I- 

§ 13,000 

O 
O 



12,000 



11,000 



10,000 



9,000 



8,000 







































V 












1 1 , 1 2, OR 1 5 POUND RAIL OR EQUIVALENT 






\ 
















I 


^ 




































\ 




































\ 




















































































































WITH TWO INTERMEDIATE SPREADER BRACKETS 












































































































































































































WITH ONE INTERMEDIATE 
















\ 




















spp 


1tAl 


JtH 


BUM 


Of\t 


1 




\ 






































\ 




































\ 


k 










































V 


yiTH 


NO 


































nJTERMEDIATE 






















II 












SPREADER 




























** B 


MALj 


Ktl 












1 















































10 11 12 13 

BRACKET SPACING IN FEET 



14 



15 



16 



FIGURE 7-3030 F3B 

MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF COUNTERWEIGHTS AND BRACKET SPACING 
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7-3030 (f) 3 



63 



FIGURE 7-3030 F3C 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



38,000 



36,000 



34,000 



32,000 



30,000 



n] 28,000 



X 

£ 26,000 



3 
O 

o 



24,000 



22,000 



20,000 



18,000 



16,000 



14,000 







































\ 














10.5 POUND RAIL OR EQUIVALEN 


j 






\ 




















\ 


V 


































\ 


\ 


































\ 


\ 


































\ 


^ 




































\ 




































\ 


\ 






WITH TWO INTERMEDIATE SPREADER BRACKETS 










\ 




































\ 
































































































































































WITH ONE INTERMEDIATE 














V 




















SPr 


-itai 


Jttt 


DMA 


or\t 


i 




\ 






















































































































V 


VITH 


NO 


































VJTERMEDIATE 






















II 












SPREADER 




























^ B 


JHML 


Ktl 












v. 















































10 11 12 13 

BRACKET SPACING IN FEET 



14 



15 16 



FIGURE 7-3030 F3C 

MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF COUNTERWEIGHTS AND BRACKET SPACING 
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7-3030 (f) 3 



64 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3030 F4 



17,000 
16,000 

15,000 

14,000 
13,000 

12,000 

I- 
x 
11,000 

1-10,000 

x 

o 

w 9,000 

DC 

w 8,000 

z 

O 7,000 
O 

6,000 
5,000 
4,000 
3,000 
2,000 
1,000 

























I II II I II I II I II II 


























W= 63360 x SECTION MODULUS 


\ 
























BRACKET HEIGHT 


\ 


s 






















(A36 steel) _ 




\ 


V 
























\ 
























- 








\ 






\ 




















\ 




\ 


V 




















\ 




VJ 


s. 




















\ 




s 


y 




















\ 




•s 


s ( 




















































\ 




' 


s^ 










































\ 


























































\ 


V 




































































































s 






































































































































































































































































































^ 















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































1.2 

0.98 

0.83 

0.58 
0.44 
0.39 
0.30 



5 6 7 8 9 10 

COUNTERWEIGHT BRACKET HEIGHT IN INCHES 



11 



FIGURE 7-3030 F4 

MAXIMUM COUNTERWEIGHT WEIGHT AND BRACKET HEIGHT 
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7-3030 (f) 4 



65 



FIGURE 7-3037 A1 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



1 



INSIDE NET 

CAR AREA = A X B 

B 


"* A ■" 



r 



j 



INSIDE NET 

CAR AREA = A X B 



■ ' 



' T~ 



.L 



r 



FIGURE 7-3037 A1 
INSIDE NET CAR AREA 



66 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3037 A2 





-2 








2 — 








4 — 


— 300 


- 2 












— 400 




- 






- 


6 - 


























-3 








3 — 










— 500 












8 _ 






- 










— 600 


— 4 












_ 700 












10 - 






- 






— 4 


w _2A 2 + .200A 

3 12 - 


— 800 

— 900 


- 6 


4- 












— 1000 




z 










14 - 


— 1100 




I 




CO 
HI 

I 
o 

z 


r-5 




"~~^-^ 16 - 
20^= 


— 1200 

— 1300 

— 1400 

— 1500 
=^4600 W 

— l708-~«j3 


- 8 

- 10 


5-j 


CO 
UJ 

I 

o 
z 

OS 


I- 

LU 
LU 

LL 






t 2- 
UJ 24- 


_ 1800 £^~ 
_ 1900 ?£ 
_ 2000 j£ 


- 14 Z ^~~- 


- 


I- 

UJ 
UJ 
LL 


Z 


|-6 


' 


' uj 26 - 


— 2200 z 

- 2400 r 

— 2600 (L 


o 

- 16 CO 
CC 
UJ 


" &^l 




x 
i— 


i 


i CC 28 - 
< 

D 30 - 


': 


z 

X 


CD 






o 


'— 2800 q 


- 18 Q- 


~ 


I- 

Q 


z 

LU 

I 


i-7 




W 35 _ 

Z 


— 3000 < 

— 3200 Q. 

— 3400 < 


- 20 


7—. 


' ' 






< 40 


- 3600 O 




; 


X 


X 


1 




UJ 


i- 3800 q 

— 4000 Qj 

CC 






I- 


I— 
Q 






DC 

< 45 _ 


- 25 




z 


£ 

2 


j-8 




II 
^ 50 _ 


- 5000 q 


- 30 


8-j 


UJ 

-J 
CC 

o 

LL 

5 


DC 






ss _ 


UJ 






O 
u_ 


f-9 


W = ?£ + 126A - 1367 60 " 


- 6000 CC 


- 40 


9 H 


5 

a. 




190 65 - 

70 - 


- 7000 


- 50 


1 




j-10 


75 - 


- 8000 


~ 60 


10-= 


CL 






80 - 


- 9000 










^-11 


85 - 
90 _ 


_ 10 000 


~ 70 


11-^ 










- 11 000 












100 - 




— 80 








-12 




- 12 000 




12 — 








110 — 


- 13 000 










^13 


120 — 


_ 14 000 


- 100 


- 








_ 15 000 




13 — 






1 


130 — 


- 16 000 


~~ 120 








- 


140 _ 


- 17 000 










— 14 


150 _ 


- 18 000 




14 — 






7 


160 — 


- 19 000 


— 140 


- 






— 15 


170 - 
180 _ 


_ 20 000 
22 000 


— 160 


15 — 






j-16 


190 — 


- 24 000 




16 ~i 






- 


200 - 


_ 26 000 


- 180 


- 






j-17 


220 - 


- 28 000 




17-j 






j-18 


240 - 


- 30 000 

— 32 000 


- 200 


18 ~ 






r 19 


260 — 


- 34 000 


19 — 










_ 36 000 








-20 


280 _ 
300 _ 


_ 38 000 
- 40 000 


20- 






EXAMPLE: PLATFORM 4 FT. - 4 IN. X 8 FT. - IN. 






AREA = 26 SQ. FT. 






REQUIRED CAPACITY = 2184 LBS. 






PERSONS PERMITTED = 14 





FIGURE 7-3037 A2 
REQUIRED CAPACITY OF PASSENGER ELEVATOR! 



67 



7-3050 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-9. Hydraulic Elevators 



Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Machine Rooms. 
7-3050. 

(a) Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. 

The construction of hoistways and hoistway enclosures shall con- 
form to Section 7-3010. 

(b) Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 

1. Hydraulic elevator machines and control equipment shall be 
installed in a separate room or enclosure conforming to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3011 (a). 

EXCEPTION: Existing installations of cabinet-type machines. 

2. The enclosure for the elevator equipment shall be arranged so 
that passage through the machine room or enclosure is not 
necessary to gain access to other equipment or other parts of the 
building. 

3. Elevator machine rooms or enclosed areas shall be kept free 
of all materials except those used for repair or maintenance of the 
elevator. 

EXCEPTION: Existing installations of cabinet-type machines. 

4. Safe access to machine rooms and machinery spaces shall be 
provided to conform to the regulations of Sections 7-3011 (c) and 
7-3011 (d). 

5. The ceiling height in elevator machine rooms or enclosures 
shall be not less than 7 feet and the clear headroom not less than 
6 feet 6 inches below obstructions, such as; pipes, ducts, or wiring 
used in connection with the elevator. 

6. Permanent lighting and convenience outlets shall be pro- 
vided and installed to comply with the requirements of the State 
Electrical Code. See Article 620. 

7. Clear work space shall be provided within the machine room 
or enclosure to comply with the requirements of Section 7-3011 
(g) except that where the controller is not mounted on the pumping 
unit, or where the design of the machine housing is such that three 
(3) sides are permanently enclosed, and that oil may be added to 
the reservoir safely and without spills getting into the controls, a 
third side of the machine may be partially or totally blocked pro- 
vided all other requirements for access to machine parts are com- 
plied with. 

8. Where the machinery for more than one elevator is installed 
in the same machine room, a separate number shall be assigned to 
each elevator and the major components within the machine room 
identified with the number assigned. 

Electric Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in Elevator Hoistways, 
Machine Rooms or Machinery Spaces. 

7-3051. 

Electric wiring, pipes, and ducts in hoistways, machine rooms, 
or machinery spaces shall conform to Section 7-3012, except that 
the clear headroom under ducts may be reduced to 6 feet 6 inches. 

Location and Guarding of Counterweights, and Guarding 
of Exposed Equipment. 

7-3052. 

(a) Where Required: 

1. The location and the guarding of counterweights, where pro- 
vided, shall conform to Section 7-3013. 



2. The guarding of exposed equipment in the machine room and 
in the hoistway shall conform to the applicable requirements of 
Section 7-3014 and the following: 

A. Pump drive belts and pulleys shall be guarded to protect 
against accidental contact when adjustments are made to 
adjacent valves or control components. 

Machine and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations 
and Pits. 

7-3053. 

(a) Machine and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Founda- 
tions. Overhead sheave beams and their supports for counter- 
weights, where provided, shall conform to Section 7-3015. 

(b) Pits. Elevator pits shall conform to Section 7-3016, except 
the bottom clearance and runby shall be determined by Section 
7-3054. 

(c) The pump unit and tank shall be supported and maintained 
in place to conform to Section 7-3111 (c) 3. 

(d) Structural members for offset car frame elevators. Struc- 
tural members used to attach guide rails, plungers and cylinders to 
the building shall be designed to withstand four times the static 
loads imposed by the class of loading used. 

Bottom and Top Clearances and Runhy for Cars and 

Counterweights. 

7-3054. 

(a) For Direct-plunger Elevators. The bottom and top clear- 
ances and runby for cars, and for counterweights where provided, 
shall conform to the following: 

1. The bottom car clearance shall conform to Section 7-3017 (a) 
provided that, in the determination of the clearance required by 
Section 7-3017 (a) 1, any under-car bracing which is located with- 
in 6 inches horizontally from the edge of the car platform or 3 inch- 
es horizontally from the centerline of the guide rails shall not be 
considered. 

2. The bottom runby of the car shall be not less than 3 inches. 

3. The top runby of the car shall be not less than 6 inches. 

4. Neither the top nor the bottom runby of the car shall be more 
than 24 inches. The top runby of the hydraulic elevator car is the 
distance the car platform travels above the top terminal landing 
when the plunger reaches its extreme limit of travel. 

5. Any fixed structure above the car or crosshead when the 
plunger is at its extreme limit of travel shall conform to the 
following: 

A. The distance above a horizontal plane even with the top 
of the car crosshead and extending 2 feet each side of the 
crosshead shall be not less than 2 feet. 

EXCEPTION: Offset car frames outside the area of the car top that 
have not less than 12 inches between a horizontal plane even with the 
top of the crosshead members and any object above. 

B. The distance above any part of the car top shall be not 
less than 2 feet 6 inches. 

C. The distance above any fixed equipment mounted above 
the car top shall be not less than 6 inches. 

D. The clearance from the raised guardrails required by 
Section 7-3034 (a) 9 to the overhead structure shall be 
not less than 18 inches when the plunger is at its extreme 
limit of travel in the "up" direction. 

6. Where a counterweight is provided, the top clearance and the 
bottom runby of the counterweight shall conform to the following: 



68 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3055 



A. Top Clearance. The top clearance of the counterweight 
shall be not less than the sum of the following three 
items: 

(1) The bottom car runby. 

(2) The stroke of the car buffers used. 

(3) 6 inches. 

B. Bottom Runby. The bottom runby of the counterweight 
shall be not less than the sum of the following: 

(1) The distance the car can travel above its top terminal 
landing until the plunger strikes its top mechanical 
stop. 

(2) 6 inches. 

The minimum runby specified shall not be reduced by 
rope stretch. 

Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances. 

7=3055. 

The horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall conform 
to the requirements of Section 7-3018, except that the distance be- 
tween the enclosure and any side of the car top that is not protected 
by guide rails shall be not more than 2 feet. 

Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. 
7=3056. 

(a) Protection of Usable Space Below Hoistways. Where the 
space below the hoistway is used for a passageway, is occupied by 
persons, or if unoccupied is not permanently sealed against ac- 
cess, the following requirements shall be conformed to: 

1. The cylinder shall be supported by a structure of sufficient 
strength to support the entire load that may be imposed upon it; 
and 

2. No counterweights will be permitted. 

3. The car shall be provided with buffers of one of the following 
types: 

A. Oil buffers conforming to Section 7-3061 (a). 

B. Spring buffers of a design which will not be fully com- 
pressed when struck by the fully loaded car at the maxi- 
mum speed attained in the down direction. 

4. Car buffer supports shall be provided which will withstand, 
without permanent deformation, the impact resulting from buffer 
engagement by the car with its rated load at the maximum speed 
attained in the down direction. 

(b) Protection of Cylinders and Piping. Cylinders and piping 
that pass through areas where vehicles may contact them shall be 
protected by guards or barriers. 

Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings. 

7=3057. 

The protection of hoistway landing openings shall conform to 
the requirements of Section 7-3020. 

Hoistway Door and Gate Locking Devices. 

7=3058. 

Hoistway door and gate locking devices, hoistway access, and 
parking devices shall conform to the requirements of Section 
7-3021. 



Power Operation of Doors and Gates 
7=3059. 

Power operation, power opening, and power closing of hoist- 
way doors or gates and car doors or gates shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3022. 

Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide Rail Supports 

and Fastenings. 

7=3060. 

(a) Guide Rails Required. Passenger and freight elevators 
shall be provided with car guide rails, and with counterweight 
guide rails where a counterweight is provided. 

(b) Materials and Rail Section. The guide rail material and the 
rail section shall conform to Sections 7-3030 (b) through 7-3030 
(e) inclusive. 

(c) Bracket Spacing, Stresses, Deflections and Maximum 
Loading. 

1. Guide rails shall be fastened to the building structure at inter- 
vals of not more than 16 feet. 

2. The stresses and deflections in the car guide rails and in their 
brackets, fastenings, and supports due to the horizontal forces im- 
posed on the rail during loading, unloading, and running, based on 
the bracket spacing used, shall conform to Design Section 7-3109 
(a). 

Where, for the rail section used, the stresses exceed those there- 
in specified, the rail section shall be reinforced to limit the stresses 
and deflections to the amount specified. 

3. Guide rails for counterweights, where provided, shall con- 
form to the applicable portions of Section 7-3030 (f). 

(d) Rail Joints and Fishplates. The joints of metal guide rails 
shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3030 (i). 

(e) Overall length of Guide Rails. The top and bottom ends of 
each run of guide rail shall be so located in relation to the extreme 
positions of travel of the car and counterweight that the car and 
counterweight guiding members cannot travel beyond the ends of 
the guide rails. The guide rails shall be supported from the pit floor 
in such a manner that the entire weight of either the car or counter- 
weight can be suspended from the associated set of guide rails. 

(f) Guide Rail Brackets and Building Supports and Their 
Fastenings. The guide rail brackets, building supports, and their 
fastenings shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sec- 
tions 7-3030 (k) and 7-3030 (1). 

EXCEPTION: The seismic forces referred to in Section 7-3030 (k) 
1C. 

Car and Counterweight Buffers or Bumpers. 

7=3061. 

(a) Car Buffers or Bumpers. 

1. Car buffers shall be provided for elevators having a maxi- 
mum speed of more than 50 feet per minute in the down direction. 

2. Car bumpers or buffers shall be provided for elevators hav- 
ing a maximum speed of less than 50 feet per minute in the down 
direction. 

3. Car buffers or bumpers shall conform to the requirements of 
Section 3031 except that the stroke and retardation requirements 
for hydraulic elevators shall be based on the maximum speed in 
the down direction. 

Where the cylinder is an integral part of the car frame and takes 
the buffer reactions directly, the buffers shall be arranged symmet- 
rically with respect to the cylinder. 

4. Car buffers or bumpers shall be located so that the car will 
come to rest on the bumper or on the fully compressed buffer be- 
fore the plunger or cylinder reaches its down limit of travel. 



69 



7-3062 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



(b) Counterweight Buffers. Where counterweights are pro- 
vided, counterweight buffers shall not be provided. 

Counterweights. 

7-3062. 

(a) Applicable Requirements. Counterweights, where pro- 
vided, shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3032. 

EXCEPTION: Rod-type counterweights may be used provided 
that, in addition to the two tie rods, they also have two supporting rods 
having a factor of safety of not less than 5 with the elevator at rest and 
the counterweight at the top of its travel. 

Car Frames and Platforms. 

7-3063. 

(a) Requirements. Direct-plunger elevators shall be provided 
with car frames and platforms conforming to the requirements of 
Section 7-3033 subject to the following modifications: 

1. The stresses and deflections in car frame and platform mem- 
bers and their connections, based on the static load imposed upon 
them, shall be not more than those permitted by Section 7-3033, 
provided that the maximum stresses in the car frame uprights 
which are normally subject to compression shall conform to De- 
sign Section 7-3103 (a) 1. 

2. The calculation of the stresses and deflections inside post car 
frame and platform members shall be based on the formula and 
data in Section 7-3103 (a). 

For cars with corner-post or subpost car frames, or offset car 
frames, the formulas and specified methods of calculations do not 
generally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific condi- 
tions and requirements in each case. 

Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car 
Illumination. 

7-3064. 

Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumination shall 
conform to the requirements of Section 7-3034, except that side 
emergency exits in passenger elevator cars shall not be permitted. 

Car and Counterweight Safeties. 
7-3065. 

(a) If a car safety is provided, it shall engage the guide rails to 
produce a retarding force, and it shall conform to the requirements 
of Section 7-3035 and the following: 

1. The safety shall be of a type which can be released only by 
moving the car in the up direction. 

The switches required by subsection 7-3036 (d) shall, when 
opened, remove power from the driving machine motor and con- 
trol valves before or at the time of application of the safety. 

(b) If a plunger engaging safety device (PESD) is provided in 
direct plunger hydraulic elevators, it shall be of the type that en- 
gages the plunger to produce a retarding force, and it shall be de- 
signed and approved for that purpose. See Section 7-3106.1 for 
required approval data. 

1. The PESD shall: 

A. Be the type that can only be released by establishing at 
least no load pressure on the hydraulic system. 

B. Be responsive to a pressure decrease in the system. 

C. Be field testable. 

D. Be field tested during the acceptance test. The test shall 
be witnessed by the Division before a permit to operate 
is issued. The test shall be conducted at no less than the 



operating speed in the down direction with a capacity 
load on the car, to demonstrate that the PESD shall stop 
the elevator with its capacity load. 

2. Further, the PESD shall: 

A. Be tested annually for proper operation with no load. 

B. When actuated, operate a switch that shall cut off the 
power from the operating valves and pump motor. This 
switch shall reset only upon release of the PESD. 

3. The PESD shall have a metal plate or plates, permanently at- 
tached and readily visible, marked with legible and permanent let- 
ters and figures not less than V* inch high indicating the following: 

A. The name of the manufacturer and the identifying num- 
bers of the PESD, 

B. The date the PESD was initially tested and the test wit- 
nessed, 

C. The diameter and wall thickness of the plunger for 
which the particular PESD is designed, 

D. The maximum weight, in pounds, for which the PESD is 
designed, 

E. The maximum speed for which the PESD is designed, 
and, 

F. The shim adjustment range. 

4. The PESD may be used on new Group III and existing Group 
II elevators. 

5. The runby clearance may be reduced to no less than 1 inch on 
existing hydraulic elevators if a PESD is provided. 

6. The subsequent 5-year load tests per Section 7-3071(j) will 
not be required when the hydraulic elevator is equipped with a 
PESD that complies with the provisions of Section 7-3065(b) 
above. 

Capacity and Loading. 
7-3066. 

(a) Applicable Requirements. The requirements of Section 
7-3037 covering capacity and loading shall apply to hydraulic ele- 
vators except for the following: 

1. With Class C2 loading, all parts of the hydraulic equipment 
shall be designed for the maximum pressure developed in the sys- 
tem during loading and unloading. 

2. The crosshead data plate or plates shall indicate the 
following: 

A. The weight of the complete car and the auxiliary equip- 
ment attached to the car, excluding the plunger and cyl- 
inder where they are not part of the car frame. 

B. The rated load and speed. 

C. The outside diameter and wall thickness of the finished 
plunger. 

D. The manufacturer's name and date of installation. 

3. The requirements of Section 7-3037 (g) for lifting one-piece 
loads do not apply. Hydraulic elevators shall not be loaded to ex- 
ceed their rated load as specified on the capacity plate unless de- 
signed and installed to carry one-piece loads exceeding their rated 
load. 

4. The requirements of Design Section 7-3100 (b), Additional 
Requirements for Passenger Overload, do not apply to hydroelec- 
tric elevators. 

Hydraulic Driving Machines, Plungers, Cylinders and 
System Oil Level. 

7-3067 
(a) Type of Drive. 



70 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3068 



1. Hydraulic elevators shall be of the direct-plunger type with 
the plunger or cylinder attached directly to the underside of the 
car, or to the car frame without intervening linkages, ropes or 
chains. 

2. Hydraulic machines shall be of the hydroelectric type. 

(b) Plungers. 

1. The plunger and connecting couplings for the plunger shall 
be of materials with a factor of safety of not less than 5 based on the 
ultimate strength and with an elongation of not less than 10 per- 
cent in a length of 2 inches (51 mm). 

2. Plungers shall be designed, constructed, and attached to the 
car in accordance with Design Section 7-3102. 

3. Plungers shall be provided with solid metal stops and/or other 
means to prevent the plunger from traveling beyond the limits of 
the cylinder. Stops shall be so designed and constructed as to stop 
the plunger from maximum speed in the up direction under full 
pressure without damage to the connection to the driving machine, 
plunger, plunger connection, couplings, plunger joints, cylinder, 
cylinder connecting couplings or any other parts of the hydraulic 
system. For rated speeds exceeding 100 feet per minute (0.51 m/s) 
where a solid metal stop is provided, means other than the normal 
terminal stopping device shall be provided to retard the car to 100 
feet per minute (0.51 m/s) with a retardation not greater than grav- 
ity, before striking the stop. 

4. A plunger-follower guide may be used provided it is arranged 
so that the elevator is always in a position where the unsupported 
length of the plunger conforms to the "maximum free length" as 
defined in subsection 7-3102 (a) and to open the power circuit if 
this length is exceeded. 

(c) Cylinders. 

1. Cylinders shall be designed and constructed in accordance 
with the formula in Sections 7-3102 (e) and 7-3102 (f). 

2. Clearance shall be provided at the end of the cylinder so that 
the end of the plunger will not strike the head of the cylinder when 
the car is resting on its fully compressed buffer. 

3. Means shall be provided to collect any oil leakage from the 
cylinder packing gland. 

(d) System Oil Level. 

1. The hydraulic system oil level shall be monitored by a quali- 
fied person or an approved monitoring system to ensure the oil 
level is within the manufacturer's recommended level. 

2. When the oil is below the recommended level, and the quan- 
tity of oil loss is not accounted for, the elevator shall be taken out of 
service and the Division shall be notified within 48 hours. 

A. The elevator shall remain out of service until the cause of 
the unaccounted oil loss is determined and corrected. 

Valves, Supply Piping and Fittings. 
7-3068. 
(a) General Requirements. 

1. Valves, piping, and fittings shall not be subjected to working 
pressures exceeding those recommended by the manufacturer for 
the type of service for which they are used. 

2. Piping shall be so supported as to eliminate undue stresses at 
joints and fittings, particularly at any section of the line subject to 
vibration. 

3. Flexible hose and fitting assemblies and flexible couplings 
installed between the check valve and the cylinder on new instal- 



lations or as replacements on existing elevators shall conform to 
the following: 

A. Installations shall be accomplished without introducing 
twist in the hose, and shall conform with the minimum 
bending radius specified in SAE 100 R2 High Pressure, 
Steel Wire Reinforced, Rubber Covered Hydraulic 
Hose. They shall be located and supported to protect 
hose and fittings from abrasions or undue stresses from 
external sources. 

B. Shall have a bursting strength sufficient to withstand not 
less than 10 times working pressure. They shall be tested 
in the factory or in the field prior to installation at a pres- 
sure of at least 5 times working pressure, and shall be 
marked with date and pressure of test. See Section 
7-3009 (b) for definition of working pressure. 

C. Hose shall otherwise conform to the requirements of 
SAE 100 R2, and shall be compatible with the fluid used 
therein. 

D. Hose fittings shall be of an approved type. 

E. The hose and fittings assembly shall be permanently 
marked with the SAE hose-type identification and the 
installation date. 

F. When wear, corrosion or other factors indicate that safe- 
ty factor of the hose has been materially reduced below 
the manufacturer 's rating, it shall be renewed. 

G. Flexible couplings shall be so designed and constructed 
that failure of the sealing element will not permit separa- 
tion of the parts connected. 

(b) Relief and Check Valves. 

1. Each pump or group of pumps shall be equipped with a relief 
valve conforming to the following requirements: 

A. The relief valve shall be located between the pump and 
the check valve and shall be of such a type and so 
installed in a by-pass connection that the valve cannot be 
shut off from the hydraulic system. 

B. The relief valve shall be pre-set to open at a pressure not 
greater than that necessary to maintain 125 percent of 
the working pressure. 

C. The size of the relief valve and by-pass shall be suffi- 
cient to pass the maximum rated capacity of the pump 
without raising the pressure more than 20 percent above 
that at which the valve opens. Two or more relief valves 
may be used to obtain the required capacity. 

D. Relief valves having exposed pressure adjustments, if 
used, shall have their means of adjustment sealed after 
being set to the correct pressure. 

EXCEPTION: No relief valve is required for centrifugal pumps 
driven by induction motors, providing the shut-off, or maximum pres- 
sure which the pump can develop, is not greater than 135 percent of the 
working pressure at the pump. 

2. A check valve shall be provided and shall be so installed that 
it will hold the elevator car with rated load at any point when the 
pump stops or the maintained pressure drops below the minimum 
operating pressure. 

(c) Supply Piping and Fittings. 

1. Supply piping materials and fittings shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Design Section 7-3102 (g). 

EXCEPTION: Flexible hydraulic hose and fitting assemblies and 
flexible coupling. 

2. The minimum wall thickness shall conform to the following: 



71 



7-3069 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



A. For working pressures up to 250 pounds per square inch, 
piping equal to standard schedule 40 steel pipe may be 
used without stress analysis. 

B. For working pressures more than 250 pounds per square 
inch, the wall thickness shall be not less than that deter- 
mined by the formula in Section 7-3102 (g). 

C. Pipe lighter than schedule 40 shall not be threaded, nor 
grooved for couplings. 

Tanks. 
7-3069. 

(a) General Requirements. 

1. All tanks shall be of sufficient capacity to provide for an ade- 
quate liquid reserve to prevent the entrance of air or other gas into 
the system. 

2. The permissible minimum liquid level shall be clearly indi- 
cated. 

(b) Storage and Discharge Tanks. Storage and discharge tanks 
shall conform to the following: 

1. They shall be covered and suitably vented to the atmosphere. 

2. They shall be so designed and constructed that, when com- 
pletely filled, the factor of safety shall be at least 4 based on the 
ultimate strength of the material. 

3. Welding of parts on which safe operation depends shall con- 
form to Section 7-3033 (g). 

Terminal Stopping Devices. 

7-3070. 

(a) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices. Normal terminal 
stopping devices shall be provided, conforming to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3039 (a). 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. The device shall be so designed and installed 
that it will continue to function until the car reaches its extreme limits 
of travel. 

2. The bottom terminal stopping device may be made ineffective 
while the car is under control of the top-of-car operating device. 

3. The switch contacts shall be directly opened mechanically. Ar- 
rangements which depend on a spring, or gravity, or a combination of 
both, to open the switch contacts, shall not be used. 

(b) Emergency Terminal Stopping Devices. Emergency ter- 
minal stopping devices shall be installed at the top of the hoistway 
for rated car speeds of more than 100 feet per minute and shall con- 
form to the following: 

1. They shall operate independently of the normal terminal 
stopping device should this device fail to slow down the car at the 
terminal as intended. 

2. They shall retard the car to 100 feet per minute with a retarda- 
tion not greater than gravity before the plunger reaches its limit of 
travel in the up direction. 

3. At least two control means are required, one controlled by the 
emergency terminal stopping device and another by the normal 
terminal stopping device. 

4. A single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds or 
by other conditions shall not prevent the functioning of the emer- 
gency terminal stopping device. 

EXCEPTION: Where the plunger is provided with a device to re- 
tard the car to 100 feet per minute, with a retardation not greater than 
gravity, before the plunger reaches its extreme limit of travel, emergen- 
cy terminal stopping devices are not required. 

(c) Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final terminal stopping 
devices are not required. 



Operation, Operating Devices and Control Equipment. 
7-3071. 

(a) Types of Operating Devices. 

1. Operating devices shall be of a type conforming to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3040 (a) 1, Section 7-3040 (a) 2 and Sec- 
tion 7-3040 (a) 3. 

2. Top-of-car operating devices shall be provided and shall con- 
form to the requirements of Section 7-3040 (a) 4. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators having a rise of not more than 15 feet 
and which do not have access switches at the upper landing. 

2. The operation in the down direction may be independent of the 
down terminal stopping device. 

(b) Operation. Operation shall conform to the requirements of 
Sections 7-3040 (a) 4, (a) 5, (a) 6, (a) 7 and (a) 8. 

(c) Leveling Devices and Truck-zoning Devices. 

1. A two-way automatic maintaining leveling device shall be 
provided for elevators with automatic or continuous pressure but- 
ton operation. 

2. Leveling and truck-zoning devices shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3040 (a) 5. 

(d) Electrical Protective Devices. In addition to the terminal 
stopping devices required by Section 7-3070, the following elec- 
trical protective devices shall be provided and shall conform to the 
requirements of Section 7-3040 (b), except that their operation 
shall cause the electrical power to be removed from all control 
valves and from the pump motor. 

1. Emergency -stop switch. 

2. Stop switches in pits. 

3. Stop switches on top of cars. 

4. Hoistway door interlocks or hoistway gate contact locks. 

5. Car-door or gate electric contacts. 

6. Electric contacts for hinged car-platform sills. 

EXCEPTION: Devices 4, 5, and 6 need not remove the power 
within the leveling zones. 

(e) Requirements for Electrical Equipment and Wiring All 

electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with the provisions 
of the California Electrical Code. 

(f) Installation of Condensers or Devices to Make Electrical 
Protective Devices Inoperative. The installation of condensers 
or other devices to make electrical protective devices inoperative 
shall conform to Section 7-3040 (d). 

(g) Control and Operating Circuit Requirements. The de- 
sign and installation of the control and operating circuits shall 
conform to the following requirements: 

1. Springs, where used to actuate switches, contactors, or relays 
to stop an elevator at the terminals, or to actuate electrically oper- 
ated valves, shall be of the compression type. 

2. The completion or maintenance of an electric circuit shall not 
be used to interrupt the power to control-valve-operating magnets 
nor to the pump-driving motor under the following conditions: 

A. To stop the car at the terminals. 

B. To stop the car when the emergency stop switch or any of 
the electrical protective devices operate. 

3. The failure of any single magnetically operated switch, con- 
tactor, or relay to release in the intended manner, or the occur- 
rence of a single accidental ground, shall not permit the car to 
start if any hoistway door interlock is unlocked or if any hoistway 
door or car door or gate contact is not in the closed position. 



72 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



■LEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3072 



(h) Load-weighing Devices on Passenger Elevators. Load- 
weighing devices which will stop the elevator while running shall 
not be installed in connection with passenger elevators. They may 
be installed to prevent the elevator from leaving a floor but the set- 
ting shall be for a load not more than that which would actuate the 
relief valve. 

(i) Car Emergency Signal. Elevators which are operated at any 
time without a designated operator shall be provided with an 
emergency signal conforming to the requirements of Section 
7-3041 (a). 

(j) Load Test Required. Every hydraulic elevator installed 
hereafter shall be field tested before a permit to operate is issued, 
and again at intervals not to exceed five (5) years. 

1. The test shall be witnessed by an authorized representative of 
the division, or the division may accept reports of witnesses ac- 
cepted by the division as competent. This test shall demonstrate 
that: 

A. When running the car with rated load in both directions. 

(1) The rated speed as shown on the crosshead data plate 
shall not be greater than 110 percent of the actual 
speed in the up direction with the rated load on the 
car. 

EXCEPTION to 7-3071 (j) 1 A 1: For elevators installed prior to 
3-21-70 the Division may accept a greater percentage of the actual 
speed. 

(2) The full load "down" speed shall not be greater than 
125 percent of the rated speed as shown on the cross- 
head data plate. 

B. The relief valve is in compliance with Section 7-3068 
(b). 

C. When the car with rated load is stopped at some eleva- 
tion in the hoistway for a period of 15 minutes, and with 
the power disconnected, the elevator does not move 
(drift or creep). Any change in car position which cannot 
be accounted for by visible oil leakage or liquid temper- 
ature change indicates a problem and the need for further 
inspection, tests or repairs. 

D. The pressure switch if provided is in compliance with 
Section 7-3071 (m). 



2. A metal, fiber, or plastic tag shall be securely attached to the 
elevator pumping unit in the machine room, with lettering not less 
than 1 J4 inch (6.4 mm) on a contrasting background indicating the 
following information: 

A. Elevator state number 

B. Elevator company who conducted the load test 

C. Date of load test. 

(k) Out-of-service Requirements. 

1. When it is intended to discontinue the use of an elevator for an 
extended period, the power shall be disconnected and the liquid 
line to the cylinder disconnected. 

2. The car shall be landed in a satisfactory manner. 

NOTE: To facilitate reactivation of the elevator, the car should be 
landed at least 2 feet above the bottom terminal. 

(1) Operation of Elevators Under Fire or Other Emergency 



1. Elevators with automatic operation shall conform to fire and 
other emergency requirements as follows: 

A. Elevators with automatic power operated hoistway 
doors to Section 7-3041 (c). 

B. Elevators with manually operated hoistway doors to 
Section 7-3041 (c). 

(m) Loss of Pressure Device. A pressure switch or other means 
shall be provided to prevent the liquid in the cylinder or plunger 
from returning to the tank through an open valve in the event the 
weight of the platform is removed from the cylinder or plunger. 

Counterweight Ropes, Rope Connections and Sheaves. 
7=3072. 

(a) Ropes and Rope Connections. Where a counterweight is 
provided, the counterweight shall be connected to the elevator car 
by not less than two steel wire ropes. 

The wire ropes and their connections shall conform to Section 
7-3042. 

EXCEPTION: The factor of safety of the wire rope shall be not less 
than 7. 

(b) Sheaves. Sheaves for counterweight wire ropes shall con- 
form to Sections 7-3038 (b), 7-3038 (c) and 7-3038 (e). 



73 



7-3073 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-10. Hand and Power Sidewalk Elevators 



General Requirements for Sidewalk Elevators with 
Sidewalk Doors. 

7-3073. 

(a) Type of Elevator. Sidewalk elevators shall be of the direct 
plunger type with a hydroelectric machine or they may be hand 
elevators. 

(b) Limits of Speed and Travel of Power Elevators. 

1. The rated speed of power-driven sidewalk elevators shall be 
not more than 50 feet per minute. 

2. Sidewalk elevators shall not be arranged to travel above the 
normal sidewalk level except as provided in Section 7-3074 (d) 3. 

(c) Construction of Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 
Machine Rooms. 

1. Hoistways and hoistway enclosures for sidewalk elevators 
shall conform to Section 7-3010. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Section 7-3010 (a) 2B. The height of the base- 
ment entrance for new and existing installations shall be not more than 
12 feet. 

2. The requirements of Section 7-3010 (d). 

2. Machine rooms and machine enclosures shall be provided 
and their construction shall conform to Section 7-3050 (b). 

EXCEPTION: Hand elevators. 

A. The clearances and work space requirements shall com- 

ply with the following: 

(1) For hydraulic elevators to Section 7-3050 (b). 

(2) For existing cabled elevators to Section 7-3011. 

B. California Electrical Code for clearance around control 
panels. 

C. Elevator machine rooms or enclosed areas shall be kept 
free of all materials except those used for repair or main- 
tenance of the elevator. 

3. Pits shall be provided for sidewalk elevators. 

A. The pit shall conform to Section 7-3016 except the bot- 
tom clearance shall conform to Section 7-3073 (c) 3B. 

B. The bottom car clearance shall conform to Section 
7-3017 (a) provided that, in the determination of the 
clearance required by Section 7-3017 (a) 1, any undercar 
bracing which is located within 6 inches horizontally 
from the edge of the platform or within 3 inches horizon- 
tally from the centerline of the guide rails shall not be 
considered. 

C. The bottom runby shall be not less than 3 inches for 
hydroelectric elevators. 

(d) Landing Openings in Sidewalks. 

1. The maximum clear opening in any sidewalk and its location 
with respect to the street line or building line shall be determined 
by local building codes except that in no case shall this opening be 
inside the building line. 

2. Hoistways shall not be located either wholly or partially in 
front of any entrance to a building. 

3. The doors shall be of the hinged type with the line of the 
hinges at right angles to the building wall or at right angels to the 
curb, if located next to the curb. 

4. Hoistways shall be located so that the clearance between the 
edge of the doors and the building wall shall be either not more 
than 4 inches or not less than 24 inches. 



5. There shall be a minimum clearance of 18 inches between the 
face of the doors and any obstruction when the doors are in the 
open position. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 
2. Elevators with controls and operating devices that conform to 
Section 7-3074 (i) 3 need not comply with Section 7-3073 (d) 5. 

6. The sidewalk opening shall be protected by metal doors of 
sufficient strength to support a static load of not less than 300 
pounds per square foot, uniformly distributed. They shall have a 
nonslip upper surface. 

A. The doors shall be two section center-opening hinged to 
be level with the sidewalk or other area exterior to the 
building when in the closed position. 

B. The doors of power elevators shall be opened by the as- 
cending car and shall be self-closing and self-locking as 
the car descends, and shall be kept in the closed position 
when the car is not at the top landing. 

EXCEPTION: The sidewalk doors may be held in the open posi- 
tion by a bar or other device that prevents accidental closing of the 
doors. 

C. The sidewalk opening shall be further protected by full 
automatic hinged screens located directly below the 
sidewalk doors and operated by the car. The screens 
shall cover the entire hatchway when the elevator is not 
at the sidewalk level except that openings as necessary 
for the operation of the door lock or the screens will be 
permitted. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947, which are 
arranged so the sidewalk doors are not held open or on which the open 
sides are provided with side screens at least 42 inches high. 

(1) When the sidewalk doors are open and the elevator 
is not at the sidewalk level, the opening shall be pro- 
tected by automatic screens or by side screens on the 
open sides. 

(2) Automatic screens, when closed, shall be capable of 
supporting a 300-pound load on any 1 square foot 
and shall be constructed of materials that will reject 
a ball 2 inches in diameter. 

(3) Automatic screens shall not be tied or held open ex- 
cept when the car is at the sidewalk level. 

D. Sidewalk doors shall be provided with a device that will: 

(1) Prevent the doors from opening automatically more 
than 90 degrees from their closed position when the 
car ascends. 

(2) Prevent the doors from remaining in the open posi- 
tion when the car descends unless the hold-open bar 
or device is in place. 

E. Hold-open bars shall be provided with a self-locking de- 
vice that will prevent the bar from being dislodged by ac- 
cidental contact. 

F. When gates are provided on the elevator car, the clear- 
ance between the gate and the hold-open bar shall be not 
less than 5 inches when the gate is opposite the bar. 

(e) Protection of Other Hoistway Openings. 

1. Entrances at hoistway landings shall comply with the require- 
ments of Section 7-3020, as they apply to freight elevators, in the 
case of power elevators and to Section 7-3076 for hand elevators. 

2. Hoistway door or gate-locking devices shall conform to the 
requirements of Section 7-3021, as they apply to freight elevators, 
except that where gates are used, the bottom landing may be pro- 
vided with a contact lock. 



74 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3074 



(f) Requirements for Electrical Wiring and Electrical 
Equipment. Electrical wiring and wireways in hoistways, ma- 
chine rooms and machinery spaces shall comply with the Califor- 
nia Electrical Code. 

(g) Clearance Between Loading Side of Car Platforms and 
Hoistway Enclosures. The horizontal clearance between the car 
and the hoistway shall comply with Section 7-3018. 

Machinery and Equipment for Elevators with Sidewalk 

Doors. 

7-3074. 

(a) Guide Rails, Guide Rail Supports and Fastenings. Guide 
rails and their supports shall conform to Section 7-3030 and De- 
sign Section 7-3109 (a) for hydroelectric elevators and to Section 
7-3077 (e) for hand elevators. 

1. The top and bottom ends of each run of guide rail shall be lo- 
cated so that the car cannot travel beyond the ends of the rail. The 
rails shall be extended to or supported by the pit floor. 

(b) Buffers. Buffers shall conform to the following: 

1. Hydroelectric elevators to Section 7-3061. 

2. Hand elevators to Section 7-3076 (e) (4). 

(c) Counterweights. Power sidewalk elevators shall be un- 
counterweighted. Existing counterweights shall be maintained to 
comply with Section 7-3032. 

(d) Car Frames and Platforms. 

1. Car frames and platforms shall conform to the requirements 
of Section 7-3063 for hydroelectric elevators, and Section 7-3077 
(a) (3) for hand elevators. 

2. Bow irons shall be provided on the car to operate the sidewalk 
doors and screens except on hand elevators. 

A. Bow irons shall be not less than 7 feet high, except that 
this height may be reduced by an amount necessary to 
permit the sidewalk doors to close when the car is at the 
landing next below the sidewalk level. 

B. Bow irons shall be so designed and installed as to with- 
stand the impact when striking the doors. 

C. Bow irons shall be located approximately symmetrical- 
ly with respect the center of the car platform. 

3. Sidewalk elevators arranged to travel above the level of the 
sidewalk shall conform to the following: 

A. The depth of the car frame and the length and spacing of 
the guiding members shall be such as to prevent tipping 
of the platform when it is at its highest upper landing lev- 
el. See Section 7-3063 (a) 1 for the minimum require- 
ments. 

B. The car platform shall be provided with metal aprons or 
guards on all exposed sides, conforming to the follow- 
ing: 

(1) They shall be made of metal of not less than No. 16 
MS. gage. 

(2) They shall have a straight vertical face flush with the 
outer edge of the platform, having a depth of not less 
than the distance between the normal upper terminal 
landing level and the highest upper landing level 
plus 3 inches. 

(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be rounded or 
bent back at a angle of approximately 75 degrees 
with the horizontal. 



(e) Car Enclosures and Car Doors and Gates. 

1. Power-driven sidewalk elevators shall be provided with a 
car enclosure on the unused sides to a height of not less than 6 feet, 
conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3034 (c). 

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators in existing buildings where be- 
cause of building conditions it is not possible to install sides 6 feet high 
providing the sides furnished are the maximum height obtainable. 

2. Where car gates or doors are provided, they shall conform to 
the requirements of Section 7-3034 (f) and shall be provided with 
a contact conforming to Section 7-3034 (d) (2). 

3. Car enclosures are not required for hand elevators. 

(f) Capacity and Loading. 

1. The capacity and loading requirements shall conform to the 
following: 

A. Hydroelectric elevators to Section 7-3066. 

B. Hand elevators to Section 7-3077 (c). 

2. Elevators designed for Class B or Class C loading shall have 
a sign in the car that conforms to the requirements of Section 
7-3037 (e) 1A. 

(g) Driving Machines and Sheaves. Driving machines and 
sheaves shall conform to Sections 7-3067, 7-3068, and 7-3069 for 
hydroelectric elevators, and to Section 7-3037 (g) for hand 
elevators. 

(h) Terminal Stopping Devices of Power Elevators. 

1. Terminal stopping devices shall conform to the following: 

A. Hydroelectric elevators to Section 7-3070. 

B. Limit switches installed in the hoistway at the lower ter- 
minal shall be located as far above the bottom of the pit 
as practicable. 

C. All terminal limit switches in the hoistway or on the car 
shall be weatherproof. 

(i) Operating Devices and Control Equipment of Power 
Elevators. 

1. Operating devices and control equipment shall conform to 
the requirements of Section 7-3071. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Top of car inspection switches. 
2. Top of car stop switches. 

2. Access switches are not required except where biparting 
doors are installed at the lowest landing. 

3. The operation of power elevators through the sidewalk doors 
shall conform to the following: 

A. The elevator shall be operated in both the up and down 
directions through the opening, only from the sidewalk 
level, except when the doors are held in the open posi- 
tion by the hold-open bar or device. 

B. The operation from the sidewalk level shall be by means 
of key-operated continuous-pressure type up and down 
switches or by continuous-pressure type up and down 
buttons on the free end of a lug-in flexible cord not more 
than 5 feet in length. 

C. Key-operated switches shall be of the continuous- 
pressure spring-return type and shall be operated by a 
cylinder-type lock having not less than a 5-pin or 5-disc 
combination with the key removable only when the 
switch is in the off position. 

D. Where the elevator is located on the building wall half of 
the sidewalk, but not more than 4°0' from the building 
wall, the key switch or plub receptacle shall be located in 
the wall within 18 inches horizontally of the edge of the 



75 



7-3075 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



hoistway or within one section of the sidewalk door. 

When the elevator is not located on the building wall 
half of the sidewalk, the key switch or plug receptacle 
shall be located within one section of the sidewalk door 
or within 18 inches horizontally of the edge of the hoist- 
way. 

Key -operated switches and plug receptacles shall be 
weatherproof. 

4. Operating buttons may be provided in the elevator car pro- 
vided that such buttons shall operate the car only when the bow 
iron is not in contact with the sidewalk doors. 

5. Operating buttons may be provided, mounted on the under- 
side of the sidewalk doors in such a manner as to be clear of the 
automatic screens, provided that such buttons shall operate the car 
only when doors are held in the fully open position by the hold- 
open bar or device. 

6. Operating buttons for operation of the elevator from the hall 
landings shall not be used except the access switch required for ac- 
cess to the pit where biparting vertically sliding doors are installed 
at the lowest landing. The access switch shall operate the car only 
when the bow iron is not in contact with the sidewalk doors. 

7. Operation shall be of the continuous-pressure type. 

8. When it is intended to discontinue the use of a sidewalk eleva- 
tor for an extended period of time, power elevators shall comply 
with the requirements of Section 7-3071 (k) and hand power 
elevators shall comply with Section 7-3077 (j). 



Sidewalk Elevators without Sidewalk Doors. 

7-3075. 
(a) General Requirements. 

1. Sidewalk elevators without sidewalk doors shall be of the hy- 
droelectric type. 

2. Sidewalk elevators may be installed inside the building with 
the top landing opening onto the sidewalk or other outside area 
served, but without any opening into the interior of the building at 
the top landing. 

3. The rated speed for sidewalk elevators of this type shall not 
exceed 150 feet per minute. 

4. Sidewalk elevators of this type shall conform to all sections of 
Article 9 as they apply to freight elevators, subject to the following 
requirements: 

A. The car frame shall be of a type without a crosshead. 

B. No car top shall be provided. 

C. The car shall be enclosed to a height of 6 feet except for 
the necessary entrances. 

D. The underside of the hoistway ceiling shall be not less 
than 10 feet 6 inches above the car floor when the car 
floor is level with the top landing nor less than 10 feet 
above the car floor when the ram has reached its extreme 
limit of travel in the up direction. 

E. The requirements for car top inspection, car top stop 
switch, light, and convenience outlet shall not apply. 

F. Access switches for car top inspection are not required. 

5. The hoistway enclosure shall be smooth and flush except for 
the necessary entrances with no recesses or projections in the 
hoistway walls. 



76 



2001 CALBFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTBON CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3076 



Article 7-11. Hand Elevators 



Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Related Construction. 
7-3076. 

(a) Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. 

1 . Hoistways of hand elevators shall be enclose as required for 
power-driven elevators in Section 7-3010 (a). 

2. The strength of the hoistway enclosure shall be as required in 
Section 7-3010 (b). 

3. The construction at the bottom of the hoistway shall comply 
with Section 7-3010 (c). 

(b) Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 

1. Hand elevator machines may be located inside the hoistway 
enclosure at the top or bottom without intervening enclosures or 
platforms. Machines of hand sidewalk elevators having a travel of 
not more than one story are not required to be enclosed. 

2. The access to machine rooms and machinery spaces shall 
comply with Section 7-3011 (c) except that vertical ladders with 
handgrips may be used for access from building floors where the 
difference in level exceeds 3 feet. 

3. Permanent electric lighting shall be provided in all machine 
rooms or machinery spaces. 

(c) Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Founda- 
tions. The machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda- 
tions shall comply with the requirements of Section 7-3015. 

(d) Pits. A pit shall be provided at the bottom of every hand 
elevator hoistway. These pits shall extend the entire area of the ho- 
istway and shall be of sufficient depth so that there will be not less 
than 12 inches clearance between the bottom of the pit and the un- 
derside of the elevator when the elevator is landed on the fully 
compressed buffers or bumpers. The pit shall be not less than 
30 inches deep. 

(e) Bottom and Top Clearances and Runby for Cars and 
Counterweights. 

1. The top car clearance shall be not less than the sum of the fol- 
lowing: 

A. The bottom counterweight runby, if any. 

B. The stroke of the counterweight buffer where buffers are 
used. 

C. 12 inches. 

2. The top counterweight clearance shall be not less than the 
sum of the following: 

A. The bottom car runby, if any. 

B. The stroke of the car buffers where buffers are used. 

C. 6 inches. 

3. The top car clearance shall be not less than 18 inches with the 
platform level with the top landing. 

4. Bumpers or buffers shall be provided under all handpowered 
elevators. 

(f) Hoistway Clearance. The horizontal clearance between the 
car and the hoistway or the car and the counterweights shall com- 
ply with Section 7-3018 except that shear plates described in Sec- 
tion 7-3018 (g) need not be provided when the car will not travel in 
the up direction with 150 pounds on the platform and the brake re- 
leased. 

(g) Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. The requirements 
of Section 7-3019 shall apply. 



(h) Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings. 

1. Hoistway landing openings shall be provided with vertically 
sliding semiautomatic or full automatic gates not less than 
66 inches high of a design that will reject a ball 2 inches in diame- 
ter. Gates shall be so constructed and guided as to withstand a lat- 
eral force of 100 pounds concentrated at the center of the gate 
without being deflected beyond the line of the landing sill, and a 
force of 250 pounds without forcing the gate from its guides or 
breaking the gate. 

EXCEPTION: Where architectural conditions or necessary access 
to the operating rope preclude the use of 66 inch high gates, the follow- 
ing conditions are permitted: 

1 . A top landing full automatic gate may be not less than 41 nor more 
than 43 inches high. 

2. A lowest landing full automatic gate not less than 41 nor more 
than 43 inches high may be used if it disappears into the pit. 

3. Semi-automatic gates not less than 41 nor more than 43 inches 
high may be used at any landing. 

2. Where any gate less than 66 inches high is used at any landing 
other than the top landing, telltale chains or ropes not less than 

4 feet long nor more than 5 inches apart shall be hung from the 
lower edge of the car platform adjacent to such gates. 

3. Slots in gates required for access to the operating rope or the 
brake rope or such slots in the hoistway enclosure shall not exceed 

5 inches in width. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before June 5, 1947. 

4. Full automatic gates shall be provided with mechanical locks 
that prevent the gate from being opened unless the opening device 
is operated by the elevator car. Semi-automatic gates shall be pro- 
vided with mechanical locks to prevent the gate from being 
opened unless the elevator car is within the landing zone. 

Machinery and Equipment. 
7-3077. 

(a) Car Construction. 

1. Cars shall be enclosed on the sides not used for entrance. The 
deflection of the enclosure shall be not more than V4 inch when 
subjected to a force of 75 pounds applied perpendicularly to the 
car enclosure at any point. The enclosure shall be secured to the 
car platform or frame in such a manner that it cannot work loose or 
become displaced in ordinary service. 

EXCEPTION: Sidewalk elevators. 

2. Car tops shall be provided for hand-powered freight eleva- 
tors and shall comply with the requirements for tops on power- 
driven freight elevators, as enumerated in Section 7-3034 (c). 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where all gates, when closed, come down to 
within 2 inches of the floor except the lowest landing gate. 
2. Elevators having a rise of not more than 15 feet. 

3. The car shall be provided with an electric light controlled by a 
switch on the car, or on elevators with no car top and a rise of not 
more than 15 feet, the light may be at the top of the hoistway. 

4. Car frames and platforms shall be of metal or sound seasoned 
wood design with a factor of safety of not less than 4 for metal and 

6 for wood, based on the rated load uniformly distributed. 

Connections between frame members of the car frame and plat- 
form shall be riveted, bolted, or welded. 

Sidewalk elevator platforms shall be provided with steel bow- 
irons to open the sidewalk doors. 

5. Glass shall not be used in elevator cars. 

(b) Car Safety Devices. 

1. Hand elevators shall be provided with a car safety device. 



77 



7-3077 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before January 1, 1925, having 
a rise not exceeding 15 feet. 

2. Governor actuated safeties shall be located below the car 
platform and shall be approved by the division as required in Sec- 
tion 7-3106 and the governor and safety tested on each installation 
as required by Section 7-3035. 

3. Safety devices actuated by the breaking or slackening of the 
hoist cables shall be drop tested on each installation and the test 
shall be witnessed by a representative of the division. 

4. Where the travel exceeds 40 feet, driving machines having 
hand-operated brakes shall also be equipped with an automatic 
speed retarder. 

EXCEPTION: Elevators installed before January 1, 1925. 

(c) Capacity and Loading. 

1. The rated load of hand elevators shall be not less than 
50 pounds per square foot of net inside car area. 

2. A metal plate shall be fastened in a conspicuous place in the 
elevator car and shall bear the following information in not less 
than V4 inch letters or figures; stamped, etched, or raised on the 
surface of the plate. 

A. Rated load in pounds. 

B. The maximum number of passengers to be carried based 
on 150 pounds per person (if passenger elevator). 

C. Suspension data required by Section 7-3077 (i) 5. 

(d) Load and Car Safety Test. A rated-load test and a test of the 
car safety device with rated load in the car, shall be made of every 
new elevator before it is placed in regular service. See Section 
7-3077 (b). 

(e) Guide Rails and Fastenings. 

1. Cars and counterweights shall be provided with guide rails of 
steel or straight-grained seasoned wood. 

2. Guide rails for sidewalk elevators shall be of steel. 

3. Guide rails shall be securely fastened with through -bolts or 
clips of such strength, design, and spacing that: 

A. The guide rails and their fastenings shall not deflect 
more than V4 inch under normal operation. 

B. The guide rails and their fastenings shall withstand the 
application of the safety when stopping the car with 
rated load or when stopping the counterweight. 

4. Car and counterweight guide rails shall rest on suitable sup- 
ports and extend at the top of the hoistway sufficiently to prevent 



the guide shoes from running off the guide rails in case the car or 
counterweight travels beyond the terminal landings. 

(f) Counterweights. Sections of counterweights, whether car- 
ried in frames or not, shall be secured by at least two tie rods pass- 
ing through holes in the sections. The tie rods shall have lock nuts 
at each end, secured by cotter pins. 

(g) Driving Machines and Sheaves. 

1. The factors of safety, based on the static loads, to be used in 
the design of driving machines and sheaves shall be not less than 8 
for wrought iron or wrought steel and 10 for cast iron or other 
materials. 

2. Driving machines shall be equipped with a hand brake or an 
automatic brake operating in either direction of motion of the 
elevator, and capable of stopping and holding the car with its 
rated load. When the brake has been applied, it shall remain in the 
"On" position until released by the operator. 

(h) Power Attachments. 

1. Hand elevators shall not be equipped with any means or 
attachment for applying electric or other power. 

(i) Suspension Means. 

1. Suspension means shall consist of not less than two wire 
ropes or chains. 

2. The factor of safety used in determining the size and number 
of the suspension members shall be not less than 5, based on the 
weight of the car and its rated load. 

3. The length of suspension means shall be such as to provide 
the minimum top car and counterweight clearances. 

4. Drum ends of suspension means shall be secured to the inside 
of the drum by clamps or babbitted sockets, and there shall be not 
less than one complete turn of the suspension means around the 
winding drum when the car or counterweight is resting on its buff- 
ers. 

5. The capacity plate required by Section 7-3077 (c) 2C, shall 
state the size, rated ultimate strength, and material of the suspen- 
sion means. The date of installation of the suspension means shall 
be shown on a metal tag attached to the suspension fastenings. 

(j) Out-of-service Requirements. When it is intended to dis- 
continue the use of a hand powered elevator for a extended period 
of time, the cables shall be disconnected and the car and counter- 
weights landed satisfactorily. 



78 



2001 CALBFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3078 



Article 7=1 2. Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 



Scope. 

Hand and power dumbwaiters shall comply with the require- 
ments of this article, except that hand dumbwaiters serving not 
more than two consecutive stories and having a capacity of 
20 pounds or less and a car platform area of not more than 2 square 
feet need not comply with these regulations. 

Enclosure of Hoistways, Machine Rooms and Machinery 

Spaces. 

7-3078. 

The enclosures shall be building walls, ceiling materials and 
fireproofing conforming to governing building codes. The regula- 
tions included in this section establish minimum standards for 
hoistway enclosures. These regulations are not intended to super- 
sede applicable local building codes establishing higher stand- 
ards. 

(a) Dumbwaiter Hoistway Enclosures. Hoistway and hoist- 
way enclosures shall comply with the following: 

1. Section 7-3010 (a). Enclosures of Hoistways. 

2. Section 7-3010 (b). Strength of Enclosures. 

3. Section 7-3010 (c). Construction at Bottom of Hoistway. 

4. Sufficient overhead clearance shall be provided for reason- 
able overtravel and final stopping. 

EXCEPTION: Dumbwaiters of the undercounter type. 

(b) Dumbwaiter Machine Rooms, Machinery Spaces and 
Access to Machinery. 

1. The control panels shall be located to conform to the require- 
ments of the California Electrical Code. 

2. When overhead machines of power dumbwaiters are located 
within the hoistway, the following regulations shall apply: 

A. The controller shall be located outside the hoistway. 

B. A floor capable of supporting 300 pounds shall be 
installed below the machine in hoistways over 9 square 
feet in area. 

C. Access to the machine space shall be provided by means 
other than the top hoistway landing door. 

D. Access to all parts of the machine shall be provided from 
the access door, or additional doors, or removable panels 
shall be installed in the hoistway enclosure for safe and 
convenient access to the machine. 

E. Access doors shall be not less than 18 inches in the least 
dimension, nor less than 4 square feet in area, and shall 
be kept locked. 

EXCEPTION: Removable panels shall be provided with an elec- 
tric contact that will prevent operation of the dumbwaiter when the 
panel is removed. 

F. Access to the machine space may be by means of a porta- 
ble ladder provided the bottom of the access door is not 
more than 8 feet above floor level and the access door is 
located below the room ceiling line. 

G. Access to the machine space shall be by means of a per- 
manent ladder or stairs when the bottom of the access 
door is more than 8 feet above floor level or when the ac- 
cess door is located above the room ceiling in an attic or 
crawl space. 

(1) Landings at the top of permanent ladders and walk- 
ways in attics or crawl spaces shall be provided. The 



headroom above walkways shall be not less than 
4 feet and the walkways shall be provided with per- 
manent electric lighting. 

3. When basement machines of power dumbwaiters are located 
within the hoistway, the following regulations shall apply: 

A. The controller shall be located outside the hoistway. 

B. The machine space shall be provided with an access 
door. 

C. The access door shall be not less than 18 inches in its 
least dimension and shall be kept locked. 

D. The access door shall be provided with a electric contact 
that will prevent the dumbwaiter from operating with the 
door open. 

E. Access to overhead sheave spaces shall be provided. The 
access shall conform to the requirements for access to 
overhead machines in Section 7-3078 (b) 2 unless the 
equipment at the top of the hoistway can be serviced 
safely from the hoistway landing door. 

4. When the machines of power dumbwaiters are located out- 
side the hoistway, either above or at the side, the following regula- 
tions shall apply: 

A. Machine rooms or machine enclosures shall be provided 
conforming to the requirements of machine rooms or 
elevators in Section 7-3011 of the machine shall be en- 
closed with removable panels provided with electric 
contacts that will prevent the dumbwaiter from operat- 
ing with the panels removed. 

B. Access to machine rooms or machine enclosures located 
above the hoistway shall conform to Section 7-3011 (c) 
except that a permanent ladder may be installed for ac- 
cess to a roof or attic space. 

C. The clear headroom in machine rooms or machine en- 
closures located outside the hoistway shall be not less 
than 6 feet 3 inches. 

5. Handpower dumbwaiters machines may be located inside the 
hoistway enclosure at the top or bottom without intervening en- 
closures or platforms. 

(c) Electrical Wiring, Pipes and Ducts in Dumbwaiter 
Hoistways, Machine Rooms or Machinery Spaces. 

1. Electrical wiring and equipment in dumbwaiter hoistways, 
machine rooms, and machinery spaces shall comply with the State 
Electrical Code. See Article 620. 

2. The installation of pipes, ducts and wiring shall comply with 
Section 7-3012. 

(d) Dumbwaiter Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, 
and Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and 
foundations shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sec- 
tion 7-3015. 

EXCEPTION: Hand dumbwaiter machines may be supported by 
wood beams. 

(e) Pits for Dumbwaiters. 

1. Pits are not required for power or hand dumbwaiters; howev- 
er, sufficient pit and bottom clearance shall be provided for rea- 
sonable overtravel and automatic final stopping. 

2. Dumbwaiter pits shall be maintained in a reasonably clean 
and dry condition. 

(f) Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances. Horizon- 
tal car and counterweight clearances shall conform to Sections 
7-3018 (a), 7-3018 (b), 7-3018 (c) and 7-3018 (d). 



79 



7-3079 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



(g) Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways of Dumbwaiters. 

Where the space below the hoistway is used for a passageway, or is 
occupied by persons, or if unoccupied is not permanently sealed 
against access, the following requirements shall be conformed to: 

1. Dumbwaiter cars and their counterweights shall be provided 
with safeties which may be operated as a result of the breaking of 
the suspension means and which may be of the inertia type without 
governors. The safety may be located in the car or counterweight 
crosshead. See Section 7-3079 for test requirements. 

2. The cars and counterweights shall be provided with spring 
buffers. Oil buffers may be used. 

A. Spring buffers shall be so designed and installed that 
they will not be fully compressed when struck by the car 
with its rated load at 125 percent of rated speed, or gov- 
ernor tripping speed if a governor is used. 

3. Car and counterweight buffer supports shall be of sufficient 
strength to withstand without permanent deformation the impact 
resulting from the condition listed in Section 7-3078 (g) 2 A. 

EXCEPTION: Where it can be demonstrated by recognized engi- 
neering calculations, submitted in writing by a qualified engineer, that 
the structure over the passageway, vault, or other usable space is capa- 
ble of withstanding the impact of the loaded car or the counterweights 
falling their maximum distance, no safety device or buffers need be 
provided. 

(h) Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings. 

1. Hoistway landing openings of power dumbwaiters shall be 
provided with hoistway doors or gates which will fill the full height 
and width of the openings. 

2. Hoistway landing openings of hand dumbwaiters having a 
landing sill that is less than 30 inches above the floor level shall be 
protected by doors or gates which will close automatically when 
the car leaves the landing. When the doors or gates are arranged 
so there is no possibility of a shear, these doors or gates may be full 
automatic. 

3. The width and height of doors openings for power dumbwait- 
ers shall not exceed the width and height of the dumbwaiter car by 
more than 1 inch in each dimension. 

EXCEPTION: One door opening may be of sufficient size to per- 
mit installing and removing the car, but shall be not more than 4 feet 
9 inches in height. 

4. The width of door openings for hand dumbwaiters shall not 
exceed the width of the car by more than 6 inches, and the maxi- 
mum height of the opening for any height of car shall be 54 inches. 

5. Hoistway gates shall comply with the applicable portions of 
Section 7-3020 (c). 

6. Hoistway doors of the horizontal or vertical slide or of the 
swing-type, shall be located so there is not more than 4 inches 
from the inside face of the door to the nose of the landing thresh- 
old. 

(i) Hoistway Door Locking Devices. Hoistway doors or gates 
of power dumbwaiters shall be equipped with interlocks or com- 
bination mechanical locks and electric contacts (contact locks) 
approved for use on dumbwaiters. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Doors or gates of existing dumbwaiters 
installed with electric contacts provided the landing sill is not less than 
30 inches above the floor level. 

2. Doors or gates of dumbwaiters installed before June 5, 1947 with 
approved devices to prevent the operation of the dumbwaiter with any 
door or gate open. 

3. Existing hydraulic dumbwaiters equipped with semiautomatic or 
full automatic doors or gates. 

4. Hoistway doors or gates for dumbwaiters having a capacity of 
20 pounds or less and doors or gates not more than 18 inches wide or 



24 inches high may be equipped with approved devices to prevent 
operation of the dumbwaiter with any door or gate open. 

Machinery and Equipment for Hand and Power 

Dumbwaiters. 

7-3079. 

(a) Dumbwaiter Cars. 

1. Cars shall be of solid or openwork construction on all sides 
except the necessary openings and of such strength and stiffness 
that they will not deform appreciably where the load leans or falls 
against the sides of the car. 

2. Nonmetal cars shall be reinforced with metal from the bottom 
of the car to the point of suspension. 

EXCEPTION: Hand dumbwaiters. 

3. Metal car sections shall be riveted, welded or bolted together. 

4. The total inside height of the car shall not exceed 4 feet. The 
inside net floor area shall not exceed 9 square feet. 

5. Cars shall be provided with a platform and a solid car top. 

(b) Structural Capacity Load. Driving machines, car and 
counterweight suspension means, and overhead beams and sup- 
ports shall be designed and installed to sustain the car with a struc- 
tural capacity load not less than that specified in Table 7-3079 B, 
based on the inside net platform area or the rated load, whichever 
is greater, with the factors of safety specified in the respective 
rules applying to such parts. The motive power shall not be re- 
quired to be sufficient to lift the structural capacity load. 

(c) Rated Load. 

1. The rated load shall be not more than 500 pounds. 

(d) Capacity and Data Plates. 

1. A metal plate shall be fastened in a conspicuous place in the 
car and shall give the rated load in letters and figures not less than 
V4 inch high, stamped, etched or raised on the surface of the plate. 

2. A data plate shall be attached inside or on the car top and indi- 
cate the following: 

A. Manufacturer's name and date of installation. 

B. Total weight of car. 

C. Rated speed. 

D. Wire rope data required by Section 7-3042 (b) 1 for 
cabled dumbwaiters. 

E. The outside diameter and wall thickness of the finished 
plunger for hydraulic dumbwaiters. 

F. The height of data plate letters and figures shall be not 
less than Vs inch. 

(e) Car and Counterweight Safeties. 

1. Car or counterweight safeties are not required except as spe- 
cified in Section 7-3078 (g). 

2. Governors and governor actuated safeties shall be approved 
as required for elevators in Design Sections 7-3105 and 7-3106. A 
field test shall be conducted witnessed by a representative of the 
division. 

3. Safeties actuated by breaking or slackening of the hoist ropes 
shall be drop tested on each installation. The test shall be wit- 
nessed by a representative of the division. 

4. The safety device need not be located below the car or the 
counterweight. 

(f) Driving Machines and Sheaves. 

1. Driving machines shall be located in machine rooms or ma- 
chine spaces and shall be one of the following types: 



80 



2001 CAUFORNJA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3079 



A. Drum 

B. Traction 

C. Screw 

D. Plunger 

E. Single Belt 

F. Chain Drive 

2. Driving machines and sheaves shall be designed with a factor 
of safety, based on the static load (the rated load plus the weight of 
the car, ropes, counterweights, etc.) of not less than: 

A. 6 for steel, and 

B. 9 for cast iron and other materials. 

3. Sheaves and drums used with suspension shall: 

A. Be of metal with finished grooves, except that grooves 
of sheaves not used to transmit power, may be lined with 
rubber or other sound isolating material. 

B. Have a pitch diameter not less than 24 times the diameter 
of the rope where used with suspension ropes. 

4. Belts used as the driving means between the motor and the 
machine of power dumbwaiters shall comply with the following 
requirements: 

A. Where flat belts are used, the rated speed shall be not 
more than 50 feet per minute. 

B. Where multiple V-belts are used, the rated speed shall be 
not more than 150 feet per minute. 

5. Electric and hand driven machines shall be equipped with 
brakes as follows: 

A. Electric driving machines shall have electrically re- 
leased brakes applied automatically by springs in com- 
pression or by gravity when the power is removed from 
the motor. 

B. Belt drive machines shall be equipped with a brake lo- 
cated so as to be effective in event of belt failure. 

C. Hand driving machines shall be equipped with hand 
brakes or automatic brakes which will sustain the car 
and its rated load. When the brake is applied, it shall re- 
main locked in the "ON" position until released by the 
operator. 

6. Hydraulic driving machines shall conform to Section 7-3067, 
except they may be other than the direct plunger type. 

(g) Car and Counterweight Guides and Guide Fastenings. 

1. Car and counterweight guide rails for power dumbwaiters 
shall be of meal of such design and strength, and so supported as to 
withstand without undue deflection the loads imposed upon them 
under normal conditions of service or upon application of a re- 
quired safety device. 

EXCEPTION: Dumbwaiters having a capacity of 20 pounds or 
less may have guides of wood or spring steel wires maintained in 
tension. 

2. Cars and counterweights of all dumbwaiters shall run in 
guides. The same set of guide rails may be used for both the car and 
counterweight. 

3. Guides shall be securely fastened to the hoistway. 

4. Guides for hand dumbwaiters may be of wood. 



5. Guide-rail joints shall be either tongued and grooved or dow- 
eled and fitted with splice plates. 

(h) Counterweights. Counterweights may be of sectional 
construction, supported by tie rods provided they are secured by at 
least two tie rods. Tie rods shall have lock nuts secured by cotter 
pins. 

(i) Means of Suspension and Fastenings. 

1. Cars and counterweights for power dumbwaiters except 
those having hydraulic or screw-type driving machines, shall be 
suspended by one or more iron or steel wire hoisting ropes or 
chains secured to the car or counterweight or rope hitch by bab- 
bitted sockets, rope clamps, or equally substantial fastenings. 

A. Suspension ropes shall be provided with a rope data tag 
conforming to Section 7-3042 (c). 

B. Suspension chains shall be provided with data tags simi- 
lar to Section 7-3042 (c). 

2. Chains, where used, shall be roller, block, or multiple-link si- 
lent type. 

3. The factor of safety, based on the static load, of car and coun- 
terweight suspension means of power dumbwaiters shall be not 
less than the value specified in Table 7-3079 1 for the actual speed 
of the rope or chain corresponding to the rated speed of the dumb- 
waiter. The fastenings for the suspension means shall develop not 
less than the factor of safety required for the suspension means. 

4. The suspension means for hand dumbwaiters shall conform 
to the following: 

A. Dumbwaiters having a rated load of more than 
75 pounds shall be suspended by steel wire ropes or 
chains having a factor of safety of not less than 4 1 /2. 

B. Dumbwaiters having a rated load of 75 pounds or less 
may be suspended by manila or braided-cotton ropes 
having a factor of safety not less than 6. 

5. Wire ropes shall not be lengthened or repaired by splicing. 

6. The winding-drum ends of car and counterweight ropes or 
chains shall be secured inside the drum, and there shall be not less 
than one turn of the rope or chain on the drum when the car or 
counterweight has reached the extreme limit of its overtravel. 

(j) Control and Operation off Power Dmimbwaiters. 

1. Operation shall be of the automatic or continuous-pressure 
type. 

2. Dumbwaiters equipped with winding-drum machines, shall 
be equipped with a slack-rope switch which will remove the power 
from the motor and brake if the car is obstructed in its descent. 

EXCEPTION: Dumbwaiters installed before June 5, 1947. 

3. Operating devices shall be of the enclosed electric-type. 

4. When it is intended to discontinue for an extended period of 
time, the use of a dumbwaiter, the car and counterweight shall be 
landed satisfactorily and the power shall be disconnected. 

(k) Terminal Stopping Devices for Power Dumbwaiters. 

Normal terminal stopping devices conforming to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3039 (a) shall be provided. 

EXCEPTION: The switch contacts shall be directly opened me- 
chanically. Arrangements which depend on a spring, or gravity, or a 
combination of both, to open the switch contacts, shall not be used. 

(1) Hydraulic Dumbwaiters. Valves, supply piping, fittings 
and tanks for hydraulic dumbwaiters shall conform to Sections 
7-3068 and 7-3069. 



8-8 



TABLE 7-3079 B 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



TABLE 7-3079 B— MINIMUM ALLOWABLE STRUCTURAL CAPACITY LOAD 
CORRESPONDING TO INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREA 



NET PLATFORM AREA IN SQUARE FEET 


STRUCTURAL CAPACITY LOAD IN POUNDS 


4 


100 


5 


150 


6V 4 


300 


9 


500 



TABLE 7-3079 I— FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR WIRE ROPES AND FOR CHAINS 



ROPE OR CHAIN SPEED 
FEET PER MINUTE 


FACTOR OF SAFETY 


For Ropes 


For Chains 


50 


4.8 


6.0 


100 


5.2 


6.5 


150 


5.5 


7.9 


200 


5.9 


7.4 


250 


6.2 


7.8 


300 


6.6 


8.3 


350 


7.0 


8.8 


400 


7.3 


9.1 


450 


7.7 


9.6 


500 


8.0 


10.0 



82 



2001 CAL8FORNBA 



■LEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTS 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



CODE 



7=3080 



Article 7-12.1. Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with Automatic Transfer Dmlces 



Electric Material Lifts with Automatic Transfer Devices. 
7=3080. 

(a) Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Reflated Construc- 
tion. Hoistway, hoistway enclosures and related construction 
shall conform to the requirements of Article 7-7, except as sec- 
tions are modified by the following: 

1. Section 7=3010. When cutouts are required in doors for the 
accommodation of any part of the transfer device, the fire resist- 
ance rating of the closed hoistway entrance assembly shall be 
maintained as required by the governing local building code. 

2. Section 7=3018 (d). The running clearance between any part 
of a car mounted transfer device and the hoistway sill shall be not 
less than V2 inch. 

3. Section 7-3020 (a) 4. This section does not apply. 

4. Section 7-3020 (to) 11. Only the following types of entrances 
shall be used with material lifts with automatic transfer devices: 

A. Horizontal slide, single or multi-section. 

B. Power operated, vertical slide, bi-parting, counterbal- 
anced. 

EXCEPTION: Manual doors are permitted at landings where the 
automatic transfer device is inoperative and carts are transferred 
manually. 

5. Section 7-3020 (b) 15. The transfer mechanism or stationary 
track shall not project beyond the line of the landing sill unless 
solid-type guide shoes are provided on the car. 

A. The running clearance between the car and any projec- 
tion of the transfer mechanism shall not be less than 
V2 inch. 

6. Section 7-3020 (b) 18. The area of hoistway door vision 
panels where provided shall be not less than 9 square inches. 

7. Section 7-3020 (a) 3D. This Section does not apply. 

8. Section 7-3021 (d) 2. In restricted areas only and when ac- 
cess to the hoistway doors is blocked by a permanently floor 
mounted transfer mechanism the hoistway doors shall close and 
lock before the car has traveled more than 18 inches away from the 
landing. 

9. Section 7=3021 (k) 3C. The switch required by this section 
may be located in the central operating station. 

10. Section 7-3022 (c) 4. 

A. In nonrestricted areas, all the provisions of Section 
7-3022 (c) 4 shall apply except Item C. 

B. In restricted areas only and when access to the hoistway 
doors is blocked by a permanently floor mounted trans- 
fer mechanism, Section 7-3022 (c) 4 does not apply ex- 
cept Section 7-3022 (c) 4F. 

(b) Machinery and Equipment. The machinery and equip- 
ment shall conform to the requirements of Article 8 except Section 
7-3041 and except as sections are modified by the following: 

1. Section 7-3031 (a) 3. Oil buffers or their equivalent shall be 
used where the rated speed is in excess of 300 feet per minute. 

2. Section 7=3031 (c). The rated car speeds that determine the 
buffer strokes specified in the section may be increased by 100 
feet per minute. 

3. Section 7=3031 (f). The rated car speeds that determine the 
buffer strokes specified in the regulation may be increased by 100 
feet per minute. 



4. Section 7-3033 (e). Transfer device on the floor of the lift 
may serve as a platform. Open areas in the platform shall be cov- 
ered with solid flooring, grille or perforated metal. Any openings 
in such material shall reject a ball 2 inches in diameter. The floor- 
ing shall be designed to sustain a 300 pound load on any square 
area 2 feet on a side and 100 pounds at any point. Simultaneous 
application of these loads is not required. 

5. Section 7-3034 (a) 4. Top emergency exits are not required. 

6. Section 7-3034 (c) 1. Grille or perforated construction may 
be used for the full height and top of car enclosure. The car enclo- 
sure shall be not less than the height of the hoistway entrance. 

7. Section 7-3034 (d) 1. Car doors and gates may be omitted for 
lifts in restricted areas if required by the type of transfer device 
used and drawings giving details of the installation are submitted 
to the division before construction is started. 

8. Section 7-3034 (f) 1. Vertical sliding car doors may be power 
operated. 

9. Section 7=3034 (If) 5. Where the openings exceed 6 feet in 
height, the doors or gates shall extend from the car floor to a height 
of not less than 6 feet. Where the openings are 6 feet or less in 
height, the car doors or gates shall extend from the car floor to the 
full height of the opening. 

10. Section 7-3035 (h) 1. Type A safeties are permitted for lifts 
having a rated speed of 200 feet per minute or less. 

11. Section 7-3037 (b) 1. The rated load of the lifts shall be 
based on the weight of the maximum load to be handled or on 
50 pounds per square foot of inside net platform area, whichever is 
greater. 

12. Section 7=3037 (d). Lifts shall be restricted to handling of 
material only, and shall not be used to carry persons. A sign con- 
forming to the requirements of Section 7-3037 (e) 2 and reading 
"No Persons Permitted" or an equivalent warning shall be pro- 
vided and shall be mounted in the car. 

13. Section 7=3037 (e). This section does not apply. 

14. Section 7-3040 (b) 5. An emergency stop switch (switches) 
conforming to Section 3040 (b) 5 shall be provided to stop opera- 
tion of the lift, the door operation and transfer device operation. 
The emergency stop switch shall be located in the car adjacent to 
each entrance in a position that shall be accessible to a person 
standing at the floor adjacent to the car entrance. If a permanently 
mounted transfer device, located at the landing, blocks the en- 
trance to the car, an emergency stop switch shall be located at that 
landing in a position accessible to a person standing near that land- 
ing in addition to the emergency stop switch in the car. 

A. A switch shall be mounted adjacent to each landing en- 
trance that will stop the operation of power operated 
doors and the transfer device at that landing. 

15. Section 7=3040 (a). Car operating devices shall not be per- 
mitted unless required for maintenance and, if furnished, shall be 
in a key-locked cabinet or controlled only by a key-operated 
switch. 

(c) Lifts with Obscured Transfer Devices. Any lift which con- 
tains a transfer device not readily visible (e.g., lifts handling self- 
propelled carts or with the transfer device mounted fully below 
floor with slot operation) shall conform to the requirements of Ar- 
ticle 7-7 and Article 7-8 of these orders and shall be classified as an 
elevator. Such elevators are required to have dual control systems. 
One shall be for use as a material lift and the other for use as an 
elevator. One system shall be locked out of operation when the 
other is in use. 



83 



7-3081 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Hydraulic Material Lifts with Automatic Transfer Devices. 
7-3081. 

Hydraulic lifts shall conform to the requirements of Article 7-9 
except as modified by Sections 7-3080 (a), 7-3080 (b) and 7-3080 
(c). 

Power Dumbwaiters with Automatic Transfer Devices. 

7-3082. 

Power dumbwaiter with automatic transfer devices shall con- 
form to the requirements of Article 7-12 except as sections are 
modified by the following and by the additional orders in this 
section. 

(a) Section 7-3078 (i). All hoistway entrances shall be equipped 
with approved interlocks. 

(b) Section 7-3079 (a) (4). The effective inside height of the car 
above or below the transfer device shall not exceed 4 feet. 

(c) Section 7-3079 (a) (5). The transfer device on the floor of 
the lift shall be permitted to serve as a platform. Open areas in the 
floor shall be covered with solid flooring, grille or perforated met- 
al, and openings in such material shall reject a ball 2 inches in di- 
ameter and shall support not less than 300 pounds on any square 
area 2 feet on a side. 

(d) Section 7-3079 (e). Safety Devices. Safety devices shall be 
provided when the inside net floor area exceeds 6 square feet or the 
gross load exceeds 1500 pounds. 

1. Where the gross load (i.e., car transfer device, rated load, 
gates, operating devices, etc.) exceeds 1500 pounds, car safeties 
conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3080 (b) 10 shall be 
provided. 

2. Where the gross load does not exceed 1500 pounds and the 
rated speed does not exceed 100 feet per minute, a safety actuated 
by inertia or as the result of the parting of the hoisting ropes may be 
provided. 

(e) Section 7-3079 (J). Emergency Stop Switch. An emergen- 
cy stop switch (switches) conforming to Section 7-3040 (b) 5 shall 
be provided to stop operation of the lift, and stop the door opera- 
tion and transfer device operation. The stop switch shall be located 
in the car adjacent to each entrance in a position that shall be acces- 
sible to a person standing at the floor adjacent to the car entrances 
and outside the path of the transferred load. A switch or button 
shall be mounted adjacent to each landing entrance that will stop 
the operation of power operated doors and the transfer device at 
that landing. 



(f) Section 7-3079 (b). Structural Capacity Load. Dumbwait- 
ers with automatic transfer devices which have a net inside plat- 
form area of 3.75 square feet or more shall be rated for a lifting 
load of not less than 300 pounds. 

(g) Access Switches. Dumbwaiters required by Section 7-3079 
(d) to be provided with safety devices shall be provided with ac- 
cess switches conforming to Section 7-3021 (k) except that the 
switch required by Section 7-3021 (k) 3C may be located in the 
central operating station. 

(h) Car Top Operation. Dumbwaiters required to have access 
switches shall be provided with means to operate the dumbwaiter 
from the top of the car conforming to Section 7-3040 (a) 4. 

Automatic Transfer Devices. 

7-3083. 

(a) Where used in nonrestricted areas, the automatic transfer de- 
vice shall be so designed that the kinetic energy of the load during 
the discharge shall not exceed 30 foot-pounds and the speed shall 
not exceed IV2 feet per second. When the transfer device is 
mounted on the car, the load shall be capable of being stopped by a 
force of 100 pounds. The transfer device shall stop the load at the 
completion of a discharge operation. A flashing light or a gong 
shall be actuated on the start of door opening prior to transfer. 

(b) Where the transfer of load is in a nonrestricted area, there 
shall be a clearance of not less than 4 feet between the end of the 
transferred load and any fixed obstruction in line with the end of 
the load. 

EXCEPTION: A clearance of not less than 2 feet will be allowed 
where the system is arranged to prevent the automatic transfer of more 
than one load into the area. 

(c) In nonrestricted areas, discharge shall not take place unless 
the area is clear or a protective device or suitable guarding is pro- 
vided. Guarding means shall be: 

1. Railings or suitable barriers to prevent persons from entering 
the path of transfer accidentally or colliding with a discharging 
load, or 

2. Mechanical or electrical devices designed to prevent or stop 
transfer if a person or object is in the path of the transferring load, 
or 

3. When transfer load is on a table or section raised not less than 
18 inches above the floor, and load does not overhang the table or 
raised section and the distance between car platform sill and the 
nearest edge of table does not exceed 6 inches. 



84 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTBON CODE 7-3084 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Anticlle 7-12.2. Incline Elevators 

Incline Elevators, EXCEPTION: Incline elevators which do not comply with the reg- 

7=3084 ulations of Article 7-7 and 7-8 may be installed if their plans, specifica- 

, , „ . . Tnr«x no «, Da ti^< x a.' tions, and general arrangement have been approved by the Division of 

(a) Hoistway, Hoistway Enclosures, Related Construction, Industrial Safety in writing bef()re ^^J^ of the incline elevator 

Machinery and Equipment. Hoistway, hoistway enclosures, re- has begun. 

lated construction, machinery and equipment for incline elevators 
shall conform to the requirements of Article 7-7 and 7-8. 



85 



7-3085 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-12.6. Screw Type Elevators 



Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. 

7-3085. 

(a) Scope. This article applies to elevators permanently 
installed in a wide variety of structures and locations to provide 
vertical transportation of authorized personnel and their tools and 
equipment only. Such elevators are typically installed in struc- 
tures such as grain elevators, radio antenna and bridge towers, un- 
derground facilities, dams, power plants, moving and stationary 
cranes, derricks and similar structures where, by reason of their 
limited use and the types of construction of the structures served, 
full compliance with Articles 7-7 and 7-8 is not practical or neces- 
sary. 

(b) Nonguided or wire-rope guided hoists are prohibited except 
that wire-rope guided special purpose personnel elevators may be 
used in chimney and stack type construction provided the elevator 
is: 

1. Designed by a civil or mechanical engineer registered in Cali- 
fornia; 

2. The elevator is erected under the supervision of a qualified 
engineer; 

3. The engineering design and calculations have been approved 
by the Division prior to installations and 

4. A valid operating permit has been issued by the Division prior 
to use of the elevator. 

(c) Elevators in manholes or similar difficult structures, which 
do not fully comply with this Article, may be installed provided 
the four conditions listed in subsection 7-3085 (b) are met. 

(d) This article applies to new and existing special purpose per- 
sonnel elevators. 

EXCEPTION: Special purpose personnel elevators previously al- 
lowed by variance. 

NOTE: Numbers indicated in brackets following an order refer to 
the corresponding ANSI A17. 1-1981 rule number. 

Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures [Rule 1500.1] 

7-3085.1. 

(a) Hoistways adjacent to and within 4 feet (1.22 m) of areas 
permitting passage of people (e.g., passageways, stairwells, ele- 
vator landings) shall be enclosed to a height of not less than 8 feet 
(2.44 m) above the floor or stair treads. The enclosure shall be of 
sufficient strength to prevent contact between the enclosure mate- 
rial and the car or counterweight when the enclosure is subjected 
to a force of 250 pounds (113 kg) applied at right angles at any 
point over an area of 4 inches (102 mm) by 4 inches (102 mm). 
Openwork enclosures may be used and shall reject a ball 1 inch 
(24 mm) in diameter and shall be so located as to provide at least 
4 inches (102 mm) between the outside of the enclosure and the 
closest member of any moving object inside the enclosure. Enclo- 
sures within 4 inches (102 mm) of moving equipment shall have 
no openings exceeding V2 inch (13 mm) in diameter. 

(b) The Division shall be provided with engineering details and 
drawings approved by a California registered engineer, competent 
in this field, showing the adequacy of the supporting members, 
foundations and building attachments to safely withstand the 
forces generated during normal operation and safety tests. The 
installation of the elevator shall be in conformance with these 
plans and details. 



Electric Wiring, Pipes and Ducts. 

7-3085.2. 

Electric wiring, pipes and ducts shall comply with the require- 
ments of Section 7-3012. 

EXCEPTION: Main feeders supplying power for the elevator. 

Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 

[Rule 1500.2] 

7-3085.3. 

(a) Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall conform 
to the requirements of Section 7-3018 and subsection 7-3085.6 
00- 

(b) Where the distance between the car sill and the facia, where 
provided, or the building structure exceeds 7 inches (178 mm), the 
car door or gate shall be equipped with an interlock or contact 
lock. 

Pits, Runby and Top Clearances [Rule 1500.3] 
7-3085.4. 

(a) Pits. 

1. A pit shall be provided for every elevator. In every pit a stop 
switch conforming to the requirements of subsection 7-3040 (b) 7 
shall be provided. [1500.3a] 

2. Access to pits over 3 feet (.91 m) above or below the pit access 
door shall comply with the requirements of subsection 7-3016 (d) 
4 and 5. 

3. Pits shall be equipped and maintained to comply with the re- 
quirements of subsections 7-3016 (e), (f) and (g), except that the 
light may be omitted if the elevator is exterior to the building. 

4. Where necessary because liquid can collect, design and 
construction of pits shall comply with the requirements of subsec- 
tion 7-3016 (b). 

(b) Protection of spaces below hoistways not extending to the 
lowest level of the structure shall conform to the applicable re- 
quirements of Section 7-3019. [1500.3b] 

(c) Bottom runby shall conform to the requirements of subsec- 
tions 7-3017 (a), (b), (c) and (d). [1500.3c] 

(d) There shall be a clearance of not less than 30 inches (762 
mm) from the highest projection of the car top and/or the cross- 
head and the nearest part of the overhead structure, when the coun- 
terweight is resting on its fully compressed buffer. For rack and 
pinion elevators without counterweights, there shall be a clear- 
ance of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) from the highest projec- 
tion of the car top and the nearest part of the overhead structure, 
when the car has reached the uppermost limit of its travel. 
[1500.3d] 

(e) A floor conforming to the requirements of subsection 
7-3010(d) shall be provided at the top of the hoistway. [1500.3e] 

Overhead Machinery Beams and Supports [Rule 1500.4] 
7-3085.5. 

(a) All machinery and sheaves shall be so supported and secured 
as to effectively prevent any part from becoming loose or dis- 
placed. 

(b) If bolts in tension are used, the bolts shall be provided with 
lock nuts (double nutted) and a cotter pin at the end. 

(c) Beams directly supporting machinery shall be of steel or re- 
inforced concrete. 

(d) Machinery or equipment shall be secured to and supported 
on, or from the top of overhead beams or floors. 



86 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3085.6 



EXCEPTIONS: 1. Secondary or deflecting sheaves of traction 
elevators. 

2. Devices and their accessories for limiting or retarding car speed. 

3. Driving machines on the car. 

(e) Cast iron in tension shall not be used for supporting members 
for sheaves where they are hung beneath beams. [1500.4a] 

(f) The total load on overhead beams shall be equal to the weight 
of all apparatus resting on the beams plus twice the maximum load 
suspended from the beams. [1500.4b] 

NOTE: The object in doubling the suspended load is to allow for 
impact, accelerating stresses, etc. 

1. The load resting on the beams shall include the complete 
weights of the driving machine, sheaves, controller, etc. 

2. The load suspended from the beams shall include the sum of 
the tensions in all ropes suspended from the beams. 

(g) The factor of safety for overhead beams and their supports 
shall be not less than 5 for steel and 6 for reinforced concrete. 
[1500.4c] 

(h) Overhead beams and supports shall conform to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3015. [1500.4d] 

Counterweights [Rule 1500.5] 
7-3085.6. 

(a) Where a counterweight runway is not in the same hoistway 
as the car, a enclosure meeting the requirements of Section 
7-3085.1 shall be provided. 

(b) Access shall be provided for inspection, maintenance and 
repair of an enclosed counterweight and its ropes. Doors in the 
counterweight enclosures shall be self-closing and shall be pro- 
vided with: 

1. An electric contact, the opening of which will remove power 
from the elevator driving machine motor and brake; and 

2. A self-locking keyed tumbler lock. [1500.5b] 

(c) When the counterweight is in the same hoistway as the car, a 
guard meeting the requirements of subsection 7-3013 (b) shall be 
provided. 

Hoistway Doors and Gates [Rule 1500.6] 
7-3085.7. 

(a) Where hoistway doors or gates are required, the full width of 
each landing opening shall be protected to its full height, or 8 feet 
(2.44 m), whichever is less, by doors or gates. The entire entrance 
assembly shall be capable of withstanding a force of 250 pounds 
(113 kg) applied on the landing site at right angles to, and approxi- 
mately at, the center of a panel. This force shall be distributed over 
an area of 4 inches (102 mm) by 4 inches (102 mm). There shall be 
no permanent displacement or deformation of any parts of the en- 
trance assembly resulting from this test. Openwork entrances 
shall reject a ball 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter. [1500.6a] 

(b) The hoistway face of the landing doors or gates shall not 
project into the hoistway beyond the landing sill. No hardware, ex- 
cept that required for door locking devices or contacts, signals or 
door-operating devices, shall project into the hoistway beyond the 
line of the landing sill. [1500.6b] 

(c) Hoistway doors or gates shall be so arranged that it will not 
be necessary to reach behind any panel or jamb to operate them. 
[1500.6d] 

(d) Hangers conforming to the requirements of subsection 
7-3020 (b) (17) shall be provided. [1500.6e] 

(e) The distance between the hoistway doors or gates and the 
hoistway edge of the landing sill shall not exceed 2V4 inches 



(57 mm). The distance between the hoistway faces of the landing 
door or gate and the car door or gate shall not exceed 5V4 inches 
(133 mm). [1500.6f] 

(f) Power operated hoistway entrance doors shall be unperfor- 
ated and shall meet the requirements of Section 7-3022. 

Operating Devices and Control Equipment [Rule 1501] 
7-3085.8. 

(a) Operating devices and control equipment shall conform to 
the requirements of Section 7-3040 except subsection 7-3040 (a) 
4, top of car operating devices. 

(b) A top of car operating station may be provided and, if pro- 
vided, shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3040 (a) 4. 

Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors or Gates [Rule 1501.2] 
7-3085.9. 

Hoistway doors or gates shall be provided with approved hoist- 
way-door interlocks complying with Section 7-3021. 

EXCEPTION: Stationary cam, zoned interlocks may be used on 
two landing, two opening installations where permitted by the division. 

Operation [Rule 1501.3] 
7-3085.10. 
Operation shall be one of the following: 

(a) Continuous-pressure. 

(b) Momentary-pressure with up-down, or call-send, buttons or 
switches in the car and at each landing. 

(c) Single-automatic-push button. 

(d) Selective-collective. [1501.3a] 

Car Guide Rails and Guide Rail Fastenings [Rule 1502.1] 
7-3085.11. 

(a) Guide rail and guide rail fastenings shall be of steel. 
[1502.1a] 

EXCEPTION: Where steel may present a hazard, as in chemical or 
explosive atmospheres, guide rails may be of selected wood or other 
suitable nonferrous materials. 

(b) Guide rails shall be securely fastened, shall not deflect more 
than V4 inches (6 mm) under normal operation and shall have their 
joints well fitted and strongly secured. Guide rails, and their joints 
and fastenings shall withstand, without failure, the application of 
the car safety when stopping the car with its rated load. [1502.1b] 

(c) Guide rails shall extend from the bottom of the hoistway to a 
sufficient height above the top landing to prevent the guide shoes 
from running off the rails when the car or counterweight is at its 
extreme upper position. [1502.1c] 

(d) For rack and pinion elevators adequate provisions shall be 
made to prevent an ascending car from running off the guides and 
mast to prevent disengagement of the safety pinion from the rack 
where a rack and pinion car holding safety is used. 

Car and Counterweight Buffers [Rule 1502.2] 
7-3085.12. 

(a) Car and counterweight buffers shall be provided and shall 
conform to the applicable requirements of Section 7-3031. 

(b) For rack and pinion elevators, spring buffers, where used, 
shall be so designed and installed that they will not be fully com- 
pressed when struck by the car with its rated load at governor trip- 
ping speed where the safety is governor operated, or at 125 percent 
of rated speed where the safety is not governor operated. Kinetic 
energy from the drive unit shall be taken into account in the design 
calculations. The effect of the counterweight, where used, may 
also be taken into account in the design calculations. 



87 



7-3085.13 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Counterweight Guiding and Construction [Rule 1502.3] 
7-3085.13. 

(a) Counterweights shall be guided to prevent horizontal move- 
ment. Guide rails, where used, shall conform to the requirements 
of Section 7-3085.11. [1502.3a] 

(b) A car counterweight on drum machines shall not be of suffi- 
cient weight to cause slackening of any car hoisting rope during 
acceleration or retardation of the car. [1502.3b] 

(c) Types of Counterweight Construction [1502.3c] 

1. One-piece solid or laminated steel counterweights may be 
used. 

2. The counterweight sections, if sections are used, whether car- 
ried in a frame or not, shall be fastened together by at least two tie 
rods which shall pass through all weight sections. Tie rods shall be 
provided with lock nuts (double nutted) and cotter pins at each 
end. 

EXCEPTION: Tie rods are not required where other means are 
provided to retain weight sections in place if they become broken. 

Car Construction [Rule 1502.4] 
7-3085.14. 

(a) Elevator car frames shall be constructed of metal. Elevator 
car platforms shall be constructed of metal or a combination metal 
and wood. Where wood is used, the platform shall conform to the 
requirements of subsection 7-3033 (f). Car frames and platforms 
shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5, based on the rated 
load. [1502.4a] 

(b) Cast iron shall not be used in the construction of any member 
of the car frame or platform other than for guide shoes and guide- 
shoe brackets. [1502.4b] 

(c) Glass except for glass meeting the requirements of subsec- 
tion 7-3034 (a) 7, shall not be used inside elevator cars except for 
the car light and accessories necessary for the operation of the car 
or for car door vision panels which, if provided, shall conform to 
the requirements of subsection 7-3034 (b) 4. [1502.4c] 

(d) The car shall not have more than one compartment unless 
approved by the division prior to installation. [1502.4d] 

(e) All material or personnel to be transported shall be totally 
within the car compartment and a suitable sign to this effect shall 
be posted. 

Car Enclosures [Rule 1502.5] 
7-3085.15. 

(a) Except at the entrance, cars shall be fully enclosed with 
metal at sides and top. The enclosure at the sides shall be solid or of 
openwork which will reject a ball of 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter. 
Glass, or other transparent materials, if used as part of the enclo- 
sure, shall comply with the requirements of subsection 7-3034 (b) 
5. The minimum clear height inside the car shall be 78 inches (1.98 
m). [1502.5a] 

(b) The car enclosure shall be secured to the platform in such a 
manner that it cannot work loose or become displaced in regular 
service. [1502.5b] 

(c) Each car shall be provided with an electric light and a light 
control switch. The light shall provide illumination of at least 
2V2 footcandles (27 lx) at the landing edge of the car platform. Car 
lights and convenience outlets shall be fed from a separate branch 
circuit, independent of the motor circuit power feeders. [1502.5c] 

(d) When car size and construction permit, an emergency exit 
with a cover shall be provided in the top of the elevator car enclo- 
sure conforming to the following requirements: 



1. The exit opening shall have an area of not less than 352 inch- 
es 2 (0.227m 2 ), and shall not measure less than 16 inches (406 mm) 
on any side. 

2. The exit shall be so located as to provide a clear passageway 
unobstructed by fixed elevator equipment located in, or on top of, 
the car. 

3. The exit shall open outward and shall be hinged, or otherwise 
attached to the car top. 

4. The exit cover shall be equipped with a switch or contact that, 
when opened, will cause a device to remove power from the ma- 
chine motor and brake. The exit cover switch or contact shall be of 
a manual reset type. [1502.5d] 

(e) Where the machine or control panel are located on the car 
top, the following shall be provided: 

1. Standard guardrails and toeboard; 

2. Worklight, light switch and convenience outlet; and 

3. Car top operating station conforming to subsection 7-3040 
(a)(4). 

Car Doors or Gates [Rule 1502.6] 
7-3085.16. 

(a) A car door or gate shall be provided at each entrance to the 
car which, when closed, shall guard the opening to its full height. 
Car doors may be of solid or openwork construction which will re- 
ject a ball 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter. Collapsible car gates shall 
comply with subsection 7-3034 (e) (5). 

(b) A car door or gate contact meeting the requirements of sub- 
section 7-3034 (d) (2) shall be provided. 

Car Safeties and Governors [Rule 1502.7] 
7-3085.17. 

(a) Traction and drum type elevators suspended by wire ropes 
shall be provided with an approved car safety capable of stopping 
and sustaining the car with rated load. Safeties, testing, and mark- 
ing plates shall comply to the requirements of Section 7-3035. 
[1502.7a] 

(b) The car safety shall be actuated by an approved speed gover- 
nor. The governor, governor rope, and operation shall conform to 
the requirements of Section 7-3036. 

(c) The speed governor shall be located where it cannot be 
struck by the car or counterweight in case of overtravel and where 
there is sufficient space for full movement of the governor parts. 

(d) Rack and pinion type elevators shall be provided with one or 
more safeties acceptable to the division. The safeties shall be at- 
tached to the car frame or supporting structure. All car safeties 
shall be mounted on a single car frame and shall operate on one 
pair of guide members or on one vertical rack. [1502.7b] 

1. Stopping Distances. The travel of the car, measured from the 
point at which the governor trips to the point of full stop shall not 
exceed the following values: (for higher speeds, see Section 
7-3085.19 exception) 

A. For car safeties: 64 inches (1.63 m). 

B. For counterweight: 78 inches (1.98 m). 

2. A metal plate shall be securely attached to each safety so as to 
be readily visible and shall comply with the requirements of sub- 
section 7-3035 (n). 

3. Governor ropes shall conform to the requirements of subsec- 
tion 7-3036 (e), when applicable. 

(e) The motor-control circuit and the brake-control circuit shall 
be opened before, or at the time, the safety applies. [1502.7c] 



88 



2001 CALIFORNBA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTBON CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3085.18 



(f) A car safety device which depends upon the completion or 
maintenance of an electric circuit for the application of the safety 
shall not be used. Car safeties shall be applied mechanically. 
[1502.7d] 

(g) The minimum factors of safety and stresses of safety parts 
and any associated rope connections shall comply with Section 
7-3035 (1). [1502.7e] 

Capacity and Data Plates [Rule 1502.8] 
7=3085.18. 

(a) Capacity and data plates, conforming to the requirements of 
Section 7-3037 (c), shall be provided. 

EXCEPTION: For cars having no crosshead, the data plate shall be 
located inside the car. 

(b) A conspicuous sign shall be posted that will convey the mes- 
sage that use of the elevator is limited to authorized personnel 
only. 

Limitation of Load, Speed and Platform Area [Rule 1502.9] 
7-3085.19. 

(a) The rated load shall not exceed 650 pounds (294 kg). 

(b) The inside net platform area shall not exceed nine (9) feet 2 
(0.84 m 2 ). 

(c) The minimum rated load shall not be less than that based on 
70 pounds/feet 2 (3.35 kPa) of inside net platform area or 250 
pounds (113 kg) whichever is greater. 

(d) The rated speed shall not exceed 100 feet per minute (0.51 
m/s). 

EXCEPTION: The capacity and/or speed may be increased if the 
Division approves and the approval shall be based on data submitted 
before installation or alteration indicating compliance with the applica- 
ble requirements of Section 7-3000 (h), Major Alterations. For rack 
and pinion type elevators the data submitted shall include engineering 
details and calculations where applicable. 

Driving Machines and Sheaves [Rule 1502.10] 
7=3085.20. 

(a) Driving machines shall be of the traction, drum, screw, or 
rack and pinion type. The installation of belt-drive and chain- 
drive machines is prohibited. [1502.10a] 

1. Screw machines shall conform to the requirements of Section 
7-3088. 

2. The rack and pinion drive shall consist of one or more power- 
driven rotating pinions mounted on the car and arranged to travel 
on a stationary vertical rack mounted in the hoistway. The drive 
shall have at least one pinion, one rack, and two backup rollers. 
The pinions and rack shall be of steel with a minimum safety fac- 
tor of eight for the pinion and the rack. Driving machines located 
within the car shall be fully enclosed with solid or openwork metal 
which shall reject a ball V2 inch (13 mm) in diameter and which 
shall be locked. 

(b) Winding drums, traction sheaves and overhead and deflect- 
ing sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and of a pitch diameter of 
not less than 30 times the diameter of the wire suspension ropes. 
The rope grooves shall be machined. [1502.10b] 

EXCEPTION: Where 8 x 19 steel ropes are used on a drum type 
machine installation, the pitch diameter of drums and sheaves may be 
reduced to 21 times the diameter of the rope. 

(c) The factor of safety for driving machines and sheaves shall 
conform to the requirements of Section 7-3038 (c). [1502.10c] 

(d) Bolts transmitting torque and set screws shall conform to the 
requirements of Section 7-3038 (d). [1502.10d] 



(e) Friction-gearing or clutch mechanisms shall not be used for 
connecting the drum or sheaves to the main driving mechanism. 
[1502. lOe] 

(f) Worms and worm gears made of cast iron shall not be used. 
[1502.10f] 

(g) Driving machines shall be equipped with brakes meeting the 
requirements of Section 7-3038 (h). [1502. lOg] 

(h) A single ground or short circuit, a counter- voltage or a motor 
field discharge shall not prevent the brake magnet from allowing 
the brake to set when the operating device is placed in the stop 
position. [1502.10h] 

(i) A permanent, safe and convenient means of access to eleva- 
tor machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall be pro- 
vided for authorized personnel. [1502.10i] 

Suspension Means [Rule 1502.11] 
7=3085.21. 

(a) Suspension means shall consist of not less than two wire 
ropes. Only iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire ropes having the 
commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope", or wire rope 
specifically constructed for elevator use, shall be used for the sus- 
pension of elevator cars and for the suspension of counterweights. 
The wire material for ropes shall be manufactured by the open- 
hearth or electric furnace process or their equivalent. [1502.11a] 

(b) The minimum diameter of any suspension rope shall be not 
less than 3 / 8 inch (9.5 mm). [1502.11b] 

(c) Rope data shall be indicated on the crosshead data plate as 
required by Section 7-3042 (b). 

(d) A rope data tag shall be provided that meets the require- 
ments of Section 7-3042 (c). 

(e) The factor of safety of the suspension means shall conform 
to Section 7-3042 (e) passenger elevators. [1502.11c] 

(f) The arc of contact of a wire rope on a traction sheave and the 
shape of the grooves shall be sufficient to produce adequate trac- 
tion under all load conditions. [1502. lid] 

(g) All wire ropes anchored to a winding drum shall have not 
less than one full turn of rope on the drum when the car or counter- 
weight has reached its limit of possible over-travel, including a 
fully compressed buffer. Each turn of the wire rope on the winding 
drum shall be in a separate groove on the drum. [1502. lie] 

(h) No car or counterweight rope shall be lengthened or repaired 
by splicing. If one wire rope of a set is worn or damaged and re- 
quires replacement, the entire set of ropes shall be replaced. 
[1502.11f] 

(i) The winding-drum ends of car and counterweight wire ropes 
shall be secured by clamps on the inside of the drum or by one of 
the methods specified in Section 7-3085.20 (h) for fastening wire 
ropes to car or counterweight. [1502.11g] 

(j) The car or counterweight ends of wire ropes shall be fastened 
as required by Section 7-3042. 

Emergency Signal and/or Communication [Rule 1502.12] 
7=3085.22. 

Each elevator shall be equipped with an alarm button or switch 
in the car operating station and an alarm device mounted in a loca- 
tion which shall be readily available to a person who is normally 
situated in the vicinity when the elevator is in use, or a means or 
voice communication with a receiving station which is always at- 
tended when the installation is in use. If the alarm device or means 
or voice communication is normally activated by utility power 
supply, it shall be backed up by a manual or battery operated 
device. 



7-3087 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-12.7. Vertical and Inclined Reciprocating Conveyors 



Application. 

7-3087. 

(a) This Article applies to the design, construction, installation, 
use, operation, maintenance and inspection of vertical or inclined 
reciprocating conveyors equipped with a platform or carrier and 
intended for moving inanimate objects and/or material only. 

(b) The orders of this Article establish minimum requirements 
and take precedence over any other safety orders with which they 
are inconsistent. Machines, equipment, and operations not specif- 
ically covered by these orders shall be governed by applicable 
General Industry Safety Orders. 

NOTE: Corresponding paragraph references to ASME 
B20.1-1990 are shown in brackets. All references apply strictly to ver- 
tical or inclined reciprocating conveyors. All automated systems asso- 
ciated with conveyors are excluded from this Article. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Definitions. 

7-3087.1. 

Actuator. A manually operated device that initiates the action 
of controls or controllers. 

Antirunaway (Safety Stop). A safety device to stop and hold 
the uncontrolled descent of a platform or carrier. 

Backstop. A mechanical device to prevent reversal of a loaded 
vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyor under action of gravity 
when upward travel is interrupted. 

Bracing. Structural members used to stabilize the supporting 
structure. 

Brake. A friction device for slowing down conveyor compo- 
nents, bringing conveyor equipment to a controlled stop, holding 
traveling equipment at a selected landing, preventing reverse trav- 
el and controlling overspeed due to the action of gravity. 

Control. The system governing the starting, stopping, direction 
of motion, acceleration, speed, retardation identification and 
function of the moving member in a predetermined manner. 

Controller. An electromechanical device or assembly of de- 
vices for starting, stopping, accelerating or decelerating a drive, or 
serving to govern in a predetermined manner the power delivered 
to the drive. 

Conveyor Vertical or Inclined. A hydraulically or mechani- 
cally powered reciprocating device exclusively designed for mov- 
ing freight (not to carry passengers or an operator) vertically or on 
an incline between two or more landings. 

Counterweight. Weights in a structural frame used to balance 
or impose a load. 

Drive. An assembly of the necessary structural, mechanical and 
electrical parts that provides the motive power. 

Emergency Stop. A stop resulting from a sudden and unex- 
pected need, and not as part of the normal operation. 

Emergency Stop Switch. A device that must be actuated in an 
emergency situation to stop a conveyor. 

Enclosed. Describes the guarding of moving parts in such a 
manner that physical contact by parts of the body is precluded as 
long as the guard remains in place. 

Guard. A covering or barricade to prevent entry into operating 
components such as gear, chain or nip points. 



Guarded. Shielded, fenced, enclosed or otherwise protected by 
means of suitable enclosure, covers, casing shields, troughs, rail- 
ings or by nature of location as to reduce forseeable injury. 

Guarded by Location. Describes moving parts so protected by 
their remoteness from the floor, platform, walkway or other work- 
ing level, or by their location with reference to frame, foundation 
or structure as to reduce the forseeable risk of accidental contact 
by persons or objects. 

Nip Point. A point at which moving or rotating machinery com- 
ponents may entrap persons or objects by nipping, pinching or 
squeezing. 

Platform or Carrier. The moving part of a vertical or inclined 
reciprocating conveyor that supports the load. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Safety Considerations. 

7-3087.2. 

(a) Vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyor equipment shall 
be used to convey materials within the manufacturer's rated ca- 
pacity and speed. [5.1] 

(b) Means shall be provided to prevent injury to persons in the 
event of mechanical or electrical failure, where the effect of gravi- 
ty will allow uncontrollable lowering of the load and where this 
load will cause a hazard to persons. [5.5 and 6.6.1] 

(c) Riding vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyors shall be 
forbidden to all persons. [6.6.1] 

1. Warning signs to this effect shall be conspicuously and se- 
curely posted at each point of access to platform or carrier. 

2. Lettering shall be not less than 2 in. (51 mm) high on a con- 
trasting background. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Electrical Code. 

7-3087.3. 

All electrical installations and wiring shall conform to the Cali- 
fornia Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 3, California Electrical 
Code. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Controls. 
7-3087.4. 

(a) Controls shall be remotely installed so as to be inaccessible 
from the platform or carrier. [6.6.1 and 6.21.2 (e)] 

(b) Control stations shall be provided for each landing or lo- 
cated near the access point to the platform or carrier. 

(c) The area around the starting and stopping devices shall be 
kept free of obstruction to permit ready access. 

1. Whenever a solid access door is used, audible or visible 
means shall be provided at each landing to indicate the platform or 
carrier arrival. 

2. The area around the control stations shall be kept free of ob- 
struction to permit ready access. [5.12 (b)] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 



90 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3087.5 



Operatiom. 

7=3087.5. 

(a) Only persons authorized by the owner shall be permitted to 
operate vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyors. [5.12] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Guarding. 
7=3087.6. 

(a) Vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyors shall be 
guarded so as to prevent injury from inadvertent physical contact. 
The enclosure shall be not less than 8 ft. (2.44 m) high and 
constructed of a metal mesh that will reject a ball 2 in. (51 mm) in 
diameter. [6.6.2] 

(b) Vertical or inclined reciprocating conveyor enclosures shall 
be equipped with doors or gates or equivalent device at each 
manual loading and unloading station, interlocked so that they can 
be opened only when the platform or carrier has stopped at that 
level and the platform or carrier cannot be moved until they are 
closed. [6.21.2] 

(c) Where the application requires that personnel walk onto the 
platform or carrier to load or unload, the platform or carrier shall 
be provided with standard railings with midrail, kickplate and 
snap chains across operating ends or equivalent guarding. [6.21.2 
(d)] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Counterweights. 

7=3087.7. 

(a) Whenever counterweights are used, to protect persons in the 
event of failure of the normal counterweight support, counter- 
weights shall be confined in an enclosure to prevent the presence 
of persons beneath the counterweight, or the arrangement shall 
provide a means to restrain the falling counterweight. [5.8] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Maintenance and Service. 
7=3087.8. 

(a) Maintenance and service shall be performed by qualified 
and trained personnel. [5.2 (a)] 

(b) Where the lack of maintenance or service would cause a haz- 
ardous condition, the user shall establish a maintenance program 
to ensure that conveyor components are maintained in a condition 
that does not constitute a hazard to personnel. 

(c) Where a conveyor is stopped for maintenance or service, the 
starting devices, prime movers, or power accessories shall be 
locked or tagged out in accordance with the procedures indicated 
in California Code of Regulations, Title 8, General Industry Safe- 
ty Orders, Section 3314. [5.2 (d)] 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943, Health and Safety 
Code. 

Screw Type Elevators. 

7=3088. 

(a) Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Related Construc- 
tion. Hoistway, hoistway enclosures and related construction 
shall conform to the requirements of Article 7-7, except as the re- 
quirements for elevators with screw type hoisting means are mod- 
ified by the following: 



1. Section 7-3010. (Hoistway Enclosures). Safe access to the 
hoist machines located on the car or in the pit shall be provided 
from the machine room at the lowest landing or pit level. The 
access door shall be electrically interlocked to prevent operation 
of the car when the door is not closed and locked. 

2. Section 7=3011. (Machine Room). 

A. Hoist motors, rotors, brakes and reduction gears may be 
located on the car top or in the pit provided. 

(1) Hoist machines located on the car top are perma- 
nently enclosed so they are inaccessible from the car 
top. 

(2) Access to drive machines mounted on the car or lo- 
cated in the pit is from the bottom level machine 
room only. An enclosure shall separate the drive unit 
on the car or in the pit from the machine room. 
Access doors shall comply with the requirements of 
Section 7-3088 (a) 1. 

B. Screw fastening, car lowering mechanisms and car over 
speed governors may be housed in a removable enclo- 
sure secured against unauthorized access. 

C. Where the drive unit of a screw type elevator is located 
in the elevator pit, a permanent means shall be provided 
in the pit to support the car and platform during repairs or 
adjustments of the unit. Clear head room under the plat- 
form shall be not less than 7 feet 10 inches when the 
elevator is landed on the supports. 

3. Section 7-3017. (Top and bottom raintoys and clearances). 

A. Elevator top and bottom clearances and runbys shall 
comply with Section 7-3017 for elevators with electric 
drive motors and Section 7-3054 for elevators with hy- 
draulic drive motors. 

B. The bottom runby required by Section 7-3088 (a) 3 may 
be eliminated where spring buffers complying with Sec- 
tion 7-3088 (b) 1C are provided and the speed of the 
elevator as it approaches the landing is not more than 
10 feet per minute and the spring buffers are not com- 
pressed under normal operating conditions. 

4. Section 7-3018. Horizontal clearances shall comply with 
Section 7-3055. 

5. Section 7=3019. Protection of spaces below pits shall con- 
form to the applicable portions of Section 7-3056. 

(b) Machinery and Eqeipment. The machinery and equip- 
ment for elevators with screw type machines shall conform to the 
requirements of Article 74 except as sections are modified by the 
following: 

1. Section 7-3031. (Car buffers) 

A. Spring buffers used on elevators with screw type drive 
machines shall be so designed and installed that they 
will not be fully compressed when struck by the car with 
its rated load at governor tripping speed. 

B. Buffer design shall consider the energy of the rotating 
machinery and shall provide an average deceleration of 
not more than l.Oq for oil buffers and a maximum decel- 
eration of 2.0q for spring buffers. 

C. Where recoil of the car upon impact with the spring buff- 
ers is detrimental to the screw, dampening shall be pro- 
vided by means of a hydraulic or pneumatic device to 
eliminate any recoil. 

D. Calculations satisfactory to the division shall be pro- 
vided for each spring buffer design and rating. 



91 



7-3088 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



2. Section 7-3063. (Car frames and platforms). Car frames 
and platforms shall comply with Section 7-3063. 

3. Sections 7-3035 and 7-3036. Car safeties and over speed 
governors. Screw elevators whose screws have not been shown to 
be capable of supporting 125 percent of the rated load and the car 
weight both in compression and tension shall be provided with car 
safety and over speed devices of an approved type. Car safeties 
and governors shall comply with the requirements of Section 
7-3035 for safeties and Section 7-3036 for governors. 

4. Section 7-3038. Screw machines shall comply with the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3068, Section 7-3104 and Section 7-3036 
except subsections (a) and (b). 

A. In the design of screw machines, the load to be used in 
computing factors of safety shall be the maximum load 
imposed when lifting 125 percent of the rated load. 

B. For design purposes, screw machines shall include hoist 
and pump motors, gear boxes, sprockets, brakes, brake 
drums or discs, screws, screw supports and fastening, ro- 
tors, lowering mechanisms, pumps, hoses, and other 
equipment necessary to raise and lower the elevator. 

C. The hoisting screws of screw machines shall have a fac- 
tor of safety of not less than 15 based on combined ten- 
sion and torsion stresses when lifting 125 percent of 
rated load and combined compression and torsion 
stresses when the screw is supporting 125 percent of 
rated load when used as a column. 

D. Where the rotor or nut travels with the elevator, the ma- 
chine except for the screw, shall be inaccessible from the 
elevator car top and from outside the hoist way. Provi- 
sions shall be incorporated in the design of such a system 
for manually lowering the elevator, from the bottom ma- 
chine room, to gain access to the machine. This manual 
control shall be fail safe and have a dead-man control. 
The lowering means shall be adjustable so the lowering 
speed is less than one-half rated speed with rated load on 
the car and shall stop and hold a load of 125 percent of 
rated load. This adjustment shall be set and sealed at the 
time of the initial inspection and at periods not exceed- 
ing 5 years. 



E. Machines in which the screw is stationary shall have the 
screw restrained at both the top and bottom ends to pre- 
vent the screw from rotating except when the car is being 
lowered as required by Section 7-3088 (b) 3D. 

F. The screw shall be supported vertically and horizontally 
in such a way as to eliminate those forces or torques not 
taken into consideration in the design. Factors of safety 
required by Section 7-3104 shall be based on loads when 
lifting 125 percent of rated load. 

G. Drawings showing details of the entire screw machine 
and appropriate calculations by a California Registered 
Engineer shall be provided before the first machine of a 
kind and rating is installed and when requested by the 
Division. The calculations shall show the stress in all 
critical support members and major components of the 
machine. Where screws are spliced, the details of the 
splice shall be acceptable to the division. 

H. The hoist machine brake shall be located so there is no 
coupling between the brake and screw or rotor. 

I. Belts and chains shall not be used except where 
multiple-link silent chain is enclosed in a transmission 
housing. When multiple-link silent chain is used, its 
wear shall be monitored with a chain switch to remove 
power from the drive machine motor and brake when 
chain wear or etch becomes excessive. 

J. Hoist machine brakes shall be released electrically or 
hydraulically and applied by springs. 

K. A flexible hose supplying high pressure fluid to the 
hoisting rotor motor shall comply with requirements of 
Section 7-3068 (a) 3 except that where the failure of a 
hose will not result in lowering the car the hose shall 
have a bursting strength sufficient to withstand only 
4 times the working pressure and shall be tested in the 
factory or in the field prior to installation of a pressure of 
at least 2 times the working pressure. Flexible hoses 
shall in addition to other criteria be designed to with- 
stand the flexing to which they are subjected. 



92 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3089 



e7=13. Escalators 



Construction Requirements. 
7=3089. 

(a) Protection of Floor Openings. The protection of floor 
openings and the means of enclosing escalators, which may or 
may not be a part of the required egress system of the building, 
shall conform to governing building codes and are not considered 
part of the Elevator Safety Orders. 

(b) Angle of Inclination. The angle of inclination shall be not 
more than 30 degrees from the horizontal. 

(c) Geometry. 

1. The width of the escalator shall be the width of the step tread 
(to the next whole inch). 

2. The handrail shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) hori- 
zontally and 1 inch (25 mm) vertically away from adjacent sur- 
faces. The centerline of the handrail shall be not more than 10 
inches (254 mm), measured horizontally, from the vertical plane 
through the edge of the exposed step. 

3. The following applies to escalators installed between April 
16, 1970, and the effective date of Sections 7-3089 (c) 1 and 2, un- 
less they have been brought into compliance with subsections 
7-3089 (c) 1 and 2. 

The width between balustrades shall be measured on the incline 
at a point 27 inches vertically above the nose line of the steps, and 
shall not be less than the width of the step. It shall not exceed the 
width of the step by more than 13 inches with a maximum of 
6 1 /2 inches on either side of the escalator. See Figure 7-3089B. 

(d) Balustrades. 

1. A solid balustrade shall be provided on each side of the mov- 
ing steps. 

A. The balustrade on the step side shall have no areas or 
moldings depressed or raised more than V4 inch from the 
parent surface, except when skirt deflection devices, 
such as brushes, are used per Section 7-3089 (d) 7. 

B. Such areas or moldings shall have all boundary surfaces 
beveled unless parallel to the direction of travel. 

2. Safety glass or plastic panels, if used in balustrades, shall con- 
form to the requirements of ANSI Z97.1, except that there shall be 
no requirement for the panels to be transparent. 

EXCEPTION: Plastic material bonded to a basic supporting panel. 

3. The clearance on either side of the steps between the steps and 
the adjacent skirt guard shall be not more than V4 inch and the sum 
of the clearances on both sides shall be not more than 3 /g inch. 

4. The width between the balustrades in the direction of travel 
shall not be changed abruptly nor by more than 8 percent of the 
greatest width. 

In changing from the greater to the smaller width, the maximum 
allowable angle of change in the balustrading shall be 15 degrees 
from the line of travel. 

5. A solid guard shall be provided in the intersecting angle of the 
outside balustrade (deck board) and the ceiling or soffitt. 

EXCEPTION: Where the intersection of the outside balustrade 
(deck board) and the ceiling or soffitt is more than 24 inches from the 
center line of the handrail. 

A. The vertical face of the guard shall project at least 
14 inches horizontally from the apex of the angle. On ex- 
isting installations, the vertical face of the guard shall be 
not less than 6 inches. 



B. The exposed edge of the guard shall be rounded to elimi- 
nate shear hazard. Guard may be glass or plastic, pro- 
vided they meet the requirements of Section 7-3089 (d) 2. 

6. Existing escalators shall comply with the following: 

A. Skirt deflection devices to protect against the accidental 
entrapment of body parts, clothing, shoes, etc., shall be 
installed; or 

B. Clearances between the skirt and the step shall comply 
with ASME A 17.1-1996, Rule 802.3e, hereby incorpo- 
rated by reference; and the skirt panel shall comply with 
ASME A17. 1-1996, Rule 802.3f, hereby incorporated 
by reference. 

C. The escalator shall be inspected by the Division, follow- 
ing the completion of Section 7-3089 (d) 6. A. or B., and 
a new permit to operate issued. Escalator owners shall 
have three years from April 12, 2000, to comply with 
Section 7-3089 (d) 6. 

7. If provided, the skirt deflection device shall comply with the 
following: 

A. The rigid portion of the device shall not rise more than 
3 /4 inch from the parent surface of the balustrade. 

B. The plans, drawings and specifications on the planned 
installation of the deflection device shall be submitted to 
the Division for review before the deflection device is 
installed. The Division shall review the plans, drawings 
and specifications to ensure the planned installation and 
subsequent operation does not conflict with other re- 
quirements of Article 7-13. 

C. The deflection device shall be inspected by the Division 
for entanglement, entrapment, shearing or tripping haz- 
ard. 

NOTE: Authority Cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Sections 142.3, Labor Code and 18943, Health and Safety Code. 

(e) Handrails. 

1. Each balustrade shall be provided with a handrail moving in 
the same direction and at substantially the same speed as the steps. 

2. Each moving handrail shall extend at normal handrail height 
not less than 12 inches beyond the line of points of the combplate 
teeth at the upper and lower landings. 

3 . Hand or finger guards shall be provided at the point where the 
handrail enters the balustrade. 

4. The horizontal distance between the center lines of the two 
handrails shall not exceed the width of the escalator by more than 
19 inches (483 mm). 

EXCEPTION: Existing installations installed prior to April 16, 
1970. 

(f) Step Treads. 

1. The depth of any step tread in the up direction of travel shall 
be not less than 15 3 /4 inches, and the rise between treads shall be 
not more than 8V2 inches. The width of a step tread shall be not 
less than 22 inches nor more than 40 inches. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. For existing installations installed prior to the 
effective date of this order, with width of a step tread shall not be less 
than 16 inches. 

2. Escalators installed prior to April 16, 1970 at which time no order 
existed. 

2. The step riser shall be provided with vertical cleats which 
shall mesh with slots on the adjacent step treads as the steps make 
the transition from incline to horizontal. 



93 



7-3090 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



3. The tread surface of each step shall be slotted in a direction 
parallel to the travel of the steps. Each slot shall be not more than 
74 inch wide and not less than ^/g inch deep; and the distance from 
center to center of adjoining slots shall be not more than 3 /g inch. 

Slots shall be so located on the step tread surface as to form a 
cleat on each side of the step tread adjacent to the skirt panel. 

(g) Combplates. 

1. There shall be a combplate at the entrance and at the exit of 
every escalator. 

2. The combplate teeth shall be meshed with and set into the 
slots in the tread surface so that the points of the teeth are always 
below the upper surface of the treads. 

Combplates shall be adjustable vertically. Sections forcing the 
combplates shall be readily replaceable. 

(h) Trusses or Girders. The truss or girder shall be designed to 
safely sustain the steps and running gear in operation and in the 
event of failure of the track system, the truss shall retain the tracks, 
steps, and running gear. Where tightening devices are operated by 
means of tension weights, provision shall be made to retain these 
weights in the truss if they should be released. 

(i) Step Wheel Tracks. Step wheel tracks shall be so designed 
to contain the step wheels in the track if a step chain breaks. 

(j) Rated Load. 

1. For the purpose of structural design, the rated load shall be 
considered to be not less than: 

(Customary Units) 

Structural rated load (lb) = 4.6 (W + 8) A 
(SI Units) 

Structural rated load (kg) = 0.27 (W+ 203) A 
WHERE: 

A = length of the horizontal projection of the entire truss, ft. 

(m) 
W = width of the escalator, in. (mm) 

2. For the purpose of driving machine and power transmission 
calculations, the rated load shall be considered to be not less than: 

(Customary Units) 

Machinery rated load (lb) = 3.5 (W + 8) B 
(SI Units) 

Machinery rated load (kg) = 0.21 (W - 203) B 
WHERE: 

B = 1.732 X rise, ft (m) 

W = width of the escalator, in. (mm) 

3. For the purpose of brake calculations, the rated load shall be 
not less than: 

A With Escalator Stopped 

(Customary Units) 

Brake rated load (lb) = 4.6 (W + 8) B 

(SI Units) 

Brake rated load (kg) = 0.27 (W + 203) B 

B With Escalator Running 

(Customary Units) 

Brake rated load (lb) = 3.5 (W + 8) B 

(SI Units) 

Brake rated load (kg) = 0.21 (W + 203) B 



WHERE: 

B = 1.732 X rise, ft (m) 

W = width of the escalator, in. (mm) 

EXCEPTION: For existing installations installed prior to the effec- 
tive date of this order, the rated load shall be computed as follows: 

The rated load, in pounds, shall be computed by the following 
formula: 

Rated Load = 4.6WA 

Where W is the width in inches between the balustrades and A the 
horizontal distance in feet between the upper and lower combplate 
teeth. See Figure 7-3089B. 

(k) Design Factors of Safety. The factors of safety, based on the 
static loads, shall be at least the following: 

1. For driving machine parts: 

A. Where made of steel or bronze, 8. 

B. Where made of cast iron or other materials, 10. 

2. For power-transmission members, 10. 

EXCEPTION: Step chains composed of cast-steel links which, if 
thoroughly annealed, shall be permitted with a factor of safety of at 
least 20. 

3. Steel trusses and supporting structures, including tracks, shall 
conform to AISC Specification for Design Fabrication and Erec- 
tion of Structural Steel for Buildings. 

(1) Rated Speed. The rated speed shall be not more than 125 feet 
per minute. 

Escalator Machinery and Equipment. 
7-3090. 
(a) Driving Machine, Motor and Brake. 

1. The driving machine shall be connected to the main drive 
shaft by toothed gearing, a coupling, or a chain. 

2. An electric motor shall not drive more than one escalator. 

3. Each escalator shall be provided with an electrically released 
and mechanically or magnetically applied brake. If the brake is 
magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall be used. 

A. There shall be no intentional time delay designed into 
the application of the brake. 

B. The brake shall be applied automatically if the electrical 
power supply is interrupted. 

C. The brake shall be capable of stopping the down running 
escalator with any load up to the brake rated load. 

D. The escalator brake shall stop the down running escala- 
tor at a rate no greater than 3 feet per second 2 (0.91 
m/s 2 ). 

E. The escalator brake shall be provided with a nameplate 
which indicates the brake torque in ft-lb (N-m) required 
to stop and hold brake rated load. 

4. Where means other than a continuous shaft, coupling, or 
toothed gearing is used to connect the motor to a gear reducer, the 
escalator brake shall be located on the gear reducer or main drive 
shaft. 

5. If the escalator brake is separated from the main drive shaft 
by a chain used to connect the driving machine to the main drive 
shaft, a mechanically or magnetically applied brake capable of 
stopping a down running escalator with brake rated load shall be 
provided on the main drive shaft. 

A. If the brake is magnetically applied, a ceramic perma- 
nent magnet shall be used. 

B. The brake shall stop the down running escalator at a rate 
no greater than 3 feet per second 2 (0.91 m/s 2 ) at brake 
rated load. 



94 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3090 



EXCEPTION to Section 7-3090 (a) 3, 4, 5: For existing installa- 
tions installed prior to the effective date of this order, each escalator 
shall comply with the following: 

Each escalator shall be provided with an electrically released me- 
chanically applied brake capable of stopping the up or down traveling 
escalator with any load up to rated load as defined in subsection 7-3089 
(j) exception. This brake shall be located either on the driving machine 
or on the main drive shaft. 

Where a chain is used to connect the driving machine to the main 
drive shaft, a brake shall be provided on the driven shaft. It is not re- 
quired that this brake be of the electrically released type if an electrical- 
ly released brake is provided on the driving machine. 

(b) Operating and Safety Devices. 

1. Operating and safety devices shall be provided conforming to 
the requirements of this section. 

A. Starting switches shall be of the key-operated, spring 
return-type and shall be located within sight of the esca- 
lator steps. 

B. Emergency stop buttons or other type of manually oper- 
ated switches having red buttons or handles shall be ac- 
cessibly located at or near the top and bottom landings of 
each escalator, and shall be protected against accidental 
operation. An escalator stop button with an unlocked 
cover over it which can readily be lifted or pushed aside 
shall be considered accessible. The operation of either of 
these buttons or switches shall interrupt the power to the 
driving machine. It shall not be possible to start the driv- 
ing machine by these buttons or switches. 

C. Escalators may be arranged to be started and stopped 
from remote locations only with prior approval from the 
division. Such approval will be based on, but not limited 
to the applicant demonstrating that: 

(1) There shall be provided an acceptable means of 
viewing the run and landing of the escalator at the re- 
mote location. 

(2) There shall be provided an acceptable means of 
communication between the escalator and the re- 
mote location. 

D. Escalators may be arranged for automatic starting and 
stopping only with prior approval from the division. 
Such approval will be based on, but not limited to, the 
applicant demonstrating that: 

(1) The escalator shall be provided with an acceptable 
means to prevent it from starting when a person is on 
the steps. 

(2) The escalator shall be provided with some means to 
determine the direction the person wishes to go, up 
or down. 

(3) The starting shall be such that the steps are up to full 
speed before the person reaches them. 

(4) The escalator shall be provided with some accept- 
able means to prevent the escalator from stopping 
until all riders are off the steps. 

(5) The escalator landing areas shall be provided with il- 
luminated signs that inform the potential rider of the 
information needed for safe use of the escalator. 

E. A speed governor shall be provided, the operation of 
which will cause the interruption of power to the driving 
machine should the speed of the steps exceed a predeter- 



mined value, which shall be not more than 40 percent 
above the rated speed. 

EXCEPTION: The overspeed governor is not required where a low 
slip alternating current squirrel cage induction motor is used and the 
motor is directly connected to the driving machine. 

F. A broken step-chain device shall be provided that will 
cause the interruption of power to the driving machine if 
a step chain breaks, and, where no automatic chain ten- 
sion device is provided, if excessive sag occurs in either 
step chain. 

G. An electrically released brake shall automatically stop 
the escalator when any of the safety devices function. 

H. Where the driving machine is connected to the main 
drive shaft by a chain, a device shall be provided which 
will cause the application of the brake on the main drive 
shaft if the drive chain parts. 

I. Each space containing moving parts, where a means of 
access is provided, shall be equipped with a stop switch 
located adjacent to the access door or panel. The stop 
switches shall: 

(1) Be of the manually opened and closed type. 

(2) Be conspicuously and permanently marked, 
"STOP." 

(3) Be positively opened mechanically and their open- 
ing shall not be solely dependent on springs. 

(4) When opened, cause electric power to be removed 
from the escalator driving machine motor and brake. 

EXCEPTION: Machinery space in which main line disconnect 
switch is located. 

J. Means shall be provided to cause the opening of the 
power circuit to the escalator driving machine motor and 
brake should an object become wedged between the step 
and the skirt panel as the step approaches the lower 
combplate. 

K. Rolling shutters, if used, shall be provided with a device 
which shall be actuated as the shutters begin to close to 
cause electric power to be removed from the escalator 
driving machine motor and brake. 

L. Means shall be provided to cause the opening of the 
power circuit to the driving machine motor and brake in 
case of accidental reversal of travel while the escalator is 
operating in the ascending direction. 

(c) Access to Machine Rooms or Machinery Spaces. Suffi- 
cient clearance shall be provided within the machine room for safe 
access, as required for inspection and maintenance, and safe ac- 
cess shall be provided to the machine room. 

1. Floor access panels, in excess of 70 lbf (311 N) shall be coun- 
terbalanced or provided with means to lift and move the panel 
away from the machinery space. 

2. The building owner shall provide a competent person to assist 
the Division's representative where steps removal is required to 
gain access to drive units, brake and upthrust devices inside the es- 
calator truss. 

(d) Lighting and Electrical Work. Lighting and electrical 
work shall conform to the requirements of the California Electri- 
cal Code. See Article 620. 

(e) Guarding in Machine Space. A guard shall be provided be- 
tween the machine room and the steps to prevent accidental con- 
tact with the moving steps. 



95 



FIGURE 7-3089A 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



4 IN. 

(102 mm) 
MIN. 




6 IN. 

(152 mm) 
MAX. 



IN. (25 mm) 
MIN. 



INTERIOR OR 

HIGH-DECK 

BALUSTRADE 



22 IN. (559 mm) MIN. 



4 IN. 

(102 mm) 
MIN. 




40 IN. (1020 mm) MAX. 



INTERIOR 

LOW-DECK 

BALUSTRADE 



FIGURE 7-3089A 
RELATIONSHIP OF ESCALATOR PARTS 



ESCALATOR WIDTH + 6 IN. MAX. 



3 FT. MAX. 




6 FT. 1 / 2 IN. MAX. 



ESCALATOR 
WIDTH (NOTE) 



27 IN. ABOVE 
NOSE LINE 
OF STEPS 



-NOTE- 
ESCALATOR WIDTH SHALL 
NOT BE LESS THAN STEP 
THREAD WIDTH 



STEP TREAD 



I 16 IN. MIN. J 

r 40 IN. MAX. H 

STEP TREAD WIDTH + 13 FT. MAX. 



3 FT. MAX. 



6 FT. 1 / 2 IN. MAX. 



FIGURE 7-3089 B 
RELATIONSHIP OF ESCALATOR PARTS 



96 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3091 



Article 7=14= Moving Walks 



Design Requirements. 
7=3091. 

(a) Direction of Passage. Passage from a landing to a treadway 
or vice versa shall be in the direction of treadway travel at the point 
of passenger entrance or exit. 

(b) Load Rating 

1. For the purpose of structural design, the load rating shall be 
considered to be not less than 100 pounds per square foot of ex- 
posed treadway. 

2. For the purpose of brake, treadway and power transmission 
calculations, the load rating shall be considered to be not less than 
75 pounds per square foot of exposed treadway. 

(c) Width. 

1. The width of a moving walk is the exposed width of treadway 
and shall be not less than 16 inches. The maximum width shall de- 
pend both on the maximum treadway slope at any point on the 
treadway, and on the treadway speed. The width shall not exceed 
the value determined by Table 7-309 1C. 

2. The exposed width of treadway shall not be decreased in the 
direction of travel. 

This width requirement applies only to moving walks having 
entrance to or exit from landings. It is not intended to preclude de- 
velopment of moving walk systems in which changes in width are 
made safe and practical by direct passage from one treadway to 
another, subject to the approval of the division. 

(d) Belt Type Treadways. 

1. Belt type treadways shall be designed with a factor of safety 
of not less than 5, based on ultimate strength. 

2. Splicing of the treadway belt shall be made in such a manner 
as to result in a continuous unbroken treadway surface of the same 
characteristics as the balance of the belt. 

3. The treadway surface shall be grooved in a direction parallel 
to its travel for the purpose of meshing with comb plates at the 
landings. Each groove shall be not more than V4 inch wide at the 
treadway surface and not less an 3 /i6 inch deep; and the distance 
from center to center of adjoining grooves shall be not more than 
V2 inch. Sides of grooves may slope for mold draft purposes and 
may be filleted at the bottom. 

(e) Belt Pallet Type Treadways. 

1. Pallet connecting chains or other connecting devices between 
pallets, and pallets where part of the propelling system, shall have 
a factor of safety of not less than 10, based on ultimate strength. 

2. Splicing of the treadway belt shall be made in such a manner 
as to result in a continuous unbroken treadway surface of the same 
characteristics as the balance of the belt. 

3. The treadway surface shall be grooved in a direction parallel 
to its travel for the purpose of meshing with comb plates at the 
landings. Each groove shall be not more than V4 inch wide at the 
treadway surface and not less than 3 /ig inch deep; and the distance 
from center to center of adjoining grooves shall be not more than 
V2 inch. Sides of grooves may slope for mold draft purposes and 
may be filleted at the bottom. 

4. Adjacent ends of pallets shall not vary in elevation more than 
Vl6 inch. The fasteners that attach the belt to the pallets shall not 
project above the exposed treadway surface. 



(f) Pallet Type Treadway. 

1. Pallet connecting chains or other connecting devices, and 
pallets where part of the propelling system, shall have a factor of 
safety of not less than 10, based on ultimate strength. 

2. The maximum clearance between pallets shall be 5 /32 inch. 

3. The treadway surface of each pallet shall be grooved in a di- 
rection parallel to its travel. Each groove shall be not more than 
V4 inch wide at the treadway surface and not less than 3 /i6 inch 
deep; and the distance from center to center of adjoining grooves 
shall be not more than V2 inch. Sides of grooves may slope for 
mold draft purposes and may be filleted at the bottom. 

4. Adjacent ends of pallets shall not vary in elevation more than 
V16 inch. 

(g) Treadway Slope. The slope of a treadway shall not exceed 
15 degrees at any point. 

(h) Speed. 

1. The maximum speed of a treadway shall depend both on the 
maximum treadway slope at points of entrance or exit, and on the 
maximum treadway slope at any other point on the treadway. This 
speed shall not exceed the lesser of the values determined by 
Tables 7-3091H1 and 7-3091H2. 

2. The maximum speeds listed in Tables 7-3091H1 and 
7-309 1H2 apply only to moving walks having entrance from or 
exit to landings. It is not intended to preclude development of 
moving walk systems in which high speeds are made safe and 
practical by direct passage from one treadway to another, subject 
to the approval of the division. 

(i) Supports. 

1. For slider bed walks, the carrying portion of the treadway 
shall be supported for its entire width and length except where it 
passes from a support to a pulley. The surface of the slider bed 
shall be reasonably smooth. It shall be so constructed that it will 
not support combustion. 

2. For roller bed walks, the combination of roller spacing, belt 
tension and belt stiffness shall be such that the deflection of the 
treadway surface, midway between rollers, shall not exceed the 
quantity 0.094 inch + (0.004 times center to center distance of roll- 
ers in inches) when measured as follows: 

The Treadway surface shall be loaded midway between rollers 
with a 25 pound weight concentrated on a cylindrical footpiece 
2 inches long by 1 inch diameter placed with its long axis across 
the belt. Deflection of this footpiece from its unloaded position 
shall not exceed the figure obtained above. 

The rollers shall be concentric and true running within commer- 
cially acceptable tolerances. 

3. For edge supported belts, where the treadway belt is trans- 
versely rigid and is supported by rollers along its edges, the fol- 
lowing requirements shall apply: 

A. With the belt tensioned through the take-up system, the 
permissible slope of a straight line from the top of a 
treadway rib adjacent to the center line of the treadway 
to the top of a treadway rib adjacent to the balustrade, in 
a line perpendicular to the path of the treadway, shall not 
exceed 3 percent when the treadway is loaded with a 150 
pound weight on a 6 inch by 10 inch plate located on the 
center line of the treadway with the 10 inch dimension in 
the direction of treadway travel. 

B. In order to support the treadway in case of localized 
overload, supports shall be supplied at intervals, not ex- 



97 



7-3091 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



ceeding 6 feet along the centerline of the treadway. The 
supports shall be located at a level not more than 2 inches 
below the underside of the treadway when it is loaded 
under the test conditions required by the preceding para- 
graph. 

4. For pallet and belt pallet walks, pallet wheel tracks shall be so 
designed and located as to prevent more than Vs inch vertical dis- 
placement of the treadway should the pallet connection means 
break. 

(j) Threshold Plates. The entrance to or exit from a moving 
treadway shall be provided with a threshold plate designed and 
installed to provide a smooth passage between treadway and land- 
ing and vice versa and conform to the following: 

1. The threshold plate shall be provided with a comb. 

2. The threshold comb teeth shall be meshed with a set into the 
grooves of the treadway surface so that points of the teeth are al- 
ways below the upper surface of the treadway. 

3. The surface of the plate shall afford a secure foothold. The 
surface shall be smooth from the point of intersection of the comb 
teeth and the upper surface of the treadway, for a distance not ex- 
ceeding 4 inches and not less than 1 inch. 

(k) Balustrades. Moving walks shall be provided with an en- 
closed balustrade on each side conforming to the following: 

1. Construction. 

A. Balustrades without moving handrails shall be designed 
so as to provide no surfaces which can be gripped by a 
passenger. 

(1) On the treadway side, the balustrade shall have no 
areas or moldings depressed or raised more than 
V4-inch from the parent surface, except when skirt 
deflection devices, such as brushes, are used per 
Section 7.3091 (k) 4. Such areas or moldings shall 
have all boundary surfaces beveled unless parallel to 
the direction of travel. The balustrades shall extend 
at normal height not less than 12 inches beyond the 
end of the exposed treadway. 

B. Glass or plastic panels, if used in the balustrades, shall 
conform to the requirements of ANSI Z97.1 except that 
there shall be no requirement for the panels to be trans- 
parent. 

C. Balustrades shall be designed to resist the simultaneous 
application of a lateral force of 40 pounds per lineal foot 
and a vertical load of 50 pounds per lineal foot, both ap- 
plied to the top the balustrade. 

2. The height of a balustrade shall be not less than 30 inches 
measured perpendicular to the treadway surface. At this height, 
the inner surface of the balustrade shall be located not more than 
8 inches outside the vertical projected edge of the exposed tread- 
way. 

3. If the balustrade covers the edge of the treadway, the clear- 
ance between the top surface of the treadway and the underside of 
the balustrade shall not exceed V4-inch. Where skirt panels are 
used, the horizontal clearance on either side of the treadway be- 
tween the treadway and the adjacent skirt panel shall be not more 
than V4-inch. 

4. Where moving walks are provided with skirt deflection de- 
vices to protect against accidental entrapment of body parts, cloth- 
ing, shoes, etc., the following shall apply: 

A. The rigid portion of the device shall not raise more than 
3 /4 inch from the parent surface of the balustrade. 



B. The plans, drawings and specifications on the planned 
installation of the deflection device shall be submitted to 
the Division for review before the deflection device is 
installed. The Division shall review the plans, drawings 
and specifications to ensure the planned installation and 
subsequent operation does not conflict with other re- 
quirements of Article 7-14. 

C. The deflection device shall be inspected by the Division 
for entanglement, entrapment, shearing or tripping haz- 
ards. 

NOTE: Authority Cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Sections 142.3, Labor Code and 18943, Health and Safety Code. 

(1) Guards at Ceiling. Where the intersection of the balustrade 
(deck bord) and the ceiling or soffitt is less than 24 inches from the 
center line of the handrail, a solid guard shall be provided in the 
intersecting angle. The vertical face of the guard shall have a 
height of at least 7 inches and shall be rounded. Guards may be of 
glass if of the tempered-type conforming to ANSI Z97.1. 

(m) Handrails. 

1. Two moving handrails shall be provided on each moving 
walk. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Moving walks having a slope of 3 degrees or 
less and a speed of 70 feet per minute or less. 

2. Moving walks having a width of 21 inches or less; where a single 
moving handrail may be used. 

2. The moving handrail at both the entrance and exit landings 
shall extend at normal height at least 12 inches beyond the end of 
the exposed treadway. The point where the moving handrail enters 
or leaves an enclosure shall be not more than 10 inches above the 
floor line. 

3. Hand or finger guards shall be provided at the points where 
the handrail enters the balustrade. 

4. The moving handrail return run and its driving and supporting 
machinery shall be fully enclosed. 

5. Each moving handrail shall move in the same direction and at 
substantially the same speed as the treadway. 

(n) Drive, Motor and Brakes. 

1. The driving machine shall be connected to the main drive 
shaft by toothed gearing, a coupling or a chain. 

2. Each moving walk shall be provided with an electrically re- 
leased mechanically applied brake capable of stopping and hold- 
ing the treadway with any load up to the load rating. This brake 
shall be located either on the main drive shaft or on the driving ma- 
chine and connected to the main drive shaft by toothed gearing, a 
coupling, or a chain. 

Where a chain is used to connect the driving machine to the 
main drive shaft, a brake shall be provided on that shaft. It is not 
required that this brake be of the electrically released type if an 
electrically released brake is provided on the driving machine. 

EXCEPTION: Moving walks which will not run in the down direc- 
tion by gravity under any load condition up to their load rating with the 
power supply interrupted do not require brakes. 

3. Electrically released brakes shall stop the treadway automati- 
cally upon failure of power or when any of the safety devices spe- 
cified in Section 7-3092 (a) operate. Brakes on the main drive 
shaft, if not of the electrically released type, shall be applied 
should the drive chain part. 

4. Speed reducers shall meet the requirements for design and 
application as established for the various types in the appropriate 
AGMA Practice Standards, as follows: 

420.03 — Helical and Herringbone Gear Speed Reducers 



98 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3092 



430.03 — Spiral Bevel Gear Speed Reducers 

440.03 — Single and Double Reduction Cylindrical-worm and 
Helical-worm Speed Reducers 

441.03 — Double Enveloping-worm Gear Speed Reducers 

460.04 — Gearmotors 

480.03— Shaft Mounted Speed Reducers 

The loading shall be considered to be uniform and the service to 
be 24 hours per day. 

5. Chain drives shall be of the types covered by the following 
American Standards: 

A. ANSI B29.1 — Transmission Roller Chains and Sprock- 
et Teeth 

B. ANSI B29.2— Inverted Tooth Chains and Sprocket 
Teeth 

When operating at the load rating of the treadway, the 
load imposed on such chains shall not exceed the horse- 
power rating as established by these standards. 

The loading shall be considered to be uniform and the 
service to be 24 hours per day. 

6. When operating at the load rating of the treadway, the load 
imposed on V-belt drives shall not exceed the horsepower rating 
as established by the American Standard Specification for Multi- 
ple V-Belt Drives, US AS B55.1. The loading shall be considered 
to be uniform and the service to be 24 hours per day. 

7. Pallet propelling chains and drive components other than 
those specified shall have a factor of safety of not less than 10, 
based on ultimate strength. 

(o) Supporting Structure. The steel supporting structure for 
the treadway, balustrades, and machinery shall conform to Chap- 
ter 27, State Building Code. 

Operating and Safety Devices, Electrical Equipment and 
Wiring. 

7-3092. 

(a) Devices Required. Operating and safety devices shall be 
provided conforming to the following requirements: 

1. Starting switches shall be of the key-operated, spring return- 
type and shall be located within sight of the exposed treadway. 

2. Emergency stop buttons or other types of manually operated 
switches having red buttons or handles shall be accessibly located 
at every entrance to and exit from a moving walk, and shall be pro- 
tected against accidental operation. The operation of any of these 
buttons or switches shall interrupt the power to the driving ma- 
chine and to the brake, where provided. It shall be impossible to 
start the driving machine by these buttons or switches. 



3. Where the driving machine is connected to the main drive 
shaft by a chain, and where a brake is located on that shaft when 
required by Section 7-3091 (n) 2, a device shall be provided which 
will cause the application by such brake if the drive chain parts. 

4. Moving walks required by Section 7-3091 (n) 2 to be 
equipped with a brake, or which are driven by a direct current mo- 
tor, shall be provided with a speed governor which will cause the 
interruption of power to the driving machine and to the brake, 
where provided, should the speed of the treadway exceed a prede- 
termined value, which shall be not more than 40 percent above the 
maximum designed treadway speed. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Moving walks driven by low slip-alternating 
current induction motors directly connected to the driving machine do 
not require speed governors. 

2. Moving walks driven by low-slip alternative current induction 
motors connected to the driving machine by belts or chains, where a 
device is provided which will cause interruption of power to the motor 
and apply the brake should the belts lose driving tension or should the 
belts or chains break. 

5. A device shall be provided which will cause interruption of 
power to the driving machine and to the brake, where provided, if 
the connecting means between pallets break. 

6. Where a device is required to interrupt power, such interrup- 
tion shall be not subject to intentional delay. The use of a supple- 
mental and independent device with or without intentional delay 
is permissible. 

7. Each space containing moving parts, where a means of access 
is provided, shall be equipped with a stop switch located adjacent 
to the access door or panel. The stop switches shall: 

A. Be of the manually opened and closed type. 

B. Be conspicuously and permanently marked "STOP." 

C. Be positively opened mechanically and their opening 
shall not be solely dependent on springs. 

D. When opened, cause electric power to be removed from 
the moving walk driving machine motor and brake. 

(b) Electrical Equipment and Wiring. Electrical equipment 
and wiring shall conform to the State Electrical Code. See Article 
620. 

(c) Access and Work Space. Sufficient clearance shall be pro- 
vided within the machine room for safe access as required for in- 
spection and maintenance, and safe access shall be provided to the 
machine room. 

Floor access panels, in excess of 70 pounds, shall be counterbal- 
anced or provided with means to lift and move the panel away 
from the machinery space. 

(d) Guarding in Machine Space. On pallet type moving walks, 
a guard shall be provided between the machine room and the pal- 
lets to prevent accidental contact with the moving pallets. 



99 



TABLE 7-3091 C 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



TABLE 7-3091 C— MAXIMUM MOVING WALK TREADWAY WIDTH 



MAXIMUM TREADWAY SLOPE 
AT ANY POINT 


MAXIMUM MOVING WALK TREADWAY WIDTH IN INCHES 


90 fpm Max. 
Treadway Speed 


Above 90 to 140 fpm 
Treadway Speed 


Above 140 to 180 fpm 
Treadway Speed 


0to5° 


Unrestricted 


60 


40 


above 5 to 8° 


40 


40 


40 


above 8 to 15° 


40 


40 


Not Permitted 



TABLE 7-3091 H1— MAXIMUM MOVING WALK TREADWAY SPEED— ENTRANCE OR EXIT 



MAXIMUM TREADWAY SLOPE AT POINT OF 
ENTRANCE OR EXIT 


MAXIMUM TREADWAY SPEED IN F.P.M. 


0to3° 


180 


above 3 to 5° 


160 


above 5 to 8° 


140 


above 8 to 12° 


130 


above 12 to 15° 


125 



TABLE 7-3091 H2— MAXIMUM MOVING WALK TREADWAY SPEED ON THE TREADWAY 



MAXIMUM TREADWAY SLOPE 
AT ANY POINT ON TREADWAY 


MAXIMUM TREADWAY SPEED IN F.P.M. 


0to8° 


180 


above 8 to 15° 


140 



100 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3093 



Article 7-15. Special Access Elevators and Special Access Lifts 



• 



% 



• 



Special Access Elevators. 
7=3093. 

(a) Scope. Sections 7-3093 through 7-3093.60 apply to special 
access elevators installed to facilitate access according to Title 24, 
under the jurisdiction of the division intended for the exclusive use 
of persons with disabilities. 

(b) Special access elevators installed in locations under the ju- 
risdiction of the division shall comply with the requirements of 
Article 7-15. 

EXCEPTION: Special access elevators allowed by variance. 

(c) The machine and associated controllers and equipment shall 
be installed meeting the requirements of Sections 7-3011 (a) and 
(a) 1 and be secured against unauthorized access. 

(d) Use of the elevator shall serve disabled individual(s) only 
and shall not be used to transport materials and equipment. 

(e) The division shall inspect the elevator, witness a safety 
test(s) and issue a permit to operate, prior to being placed in ser- 
vice. 

Hoistway Enclosure Construction. 
7=3093.1. 

(a) Hoistways shall be fully enclosed meeting the requirements 
of Section 7-3010. 

(b) Exterior windows within the hoistway shall be protected by 
grillwork. 

(c) Enclosures shall be of sufficient strength to support in true 
alignment, the hoistway doors, gates and their locking equipment. 

Pits. 
7=3093.2. 

(a) A pit shall be provided and the pit depth shall not be less than 
is required for the installation of the buffers and all other necessary 
elevator equipment. 

(b) The pit shall be kept clean and free from dirt and rubbish. 
The pit shall not be used for storage purposes and shall be main- 
tained free of an accumulation of water. 

Top Car Clearance. 
7=3093.3. 

The top car clearance shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) 
plus 1 inch (25 mm) for each 3V3 feet per minute (0.017 m/s) of the 
rated speed in excess of 30 feet per minute (0.15 m/s). 

Protection of Hoistway Openings. 
7=3093.4. 

(a) Hoistway doors conforming with Section 7-3020 shall be 
provided to protect each landing opening. 

(b) Hoistway doors shall be provided with approved interlocks 
complying with Section 7-3021. 

EXCEPTION: Interlocks may be zoned complying with subsec- 
tion 7-3021 (d) 1 (D). 

(c) Hoistway doors shall be power-operated for special access 
elevators installed after September 28, 2001. 

1. The power-operated hoistway doors shall be either horizon- 
tally sliding or swing-type doors. 

A. Horizontally sliding doors shall have power opening 
that complies with Section 7-3022 (b) 2, and power clos- 
ing that complies with Sections 7-3022 (c) and 7-3022 
(e). 



(1) Power-operated doors shall remain open for at least 
20 seconds when activated. 

B. When provided, automatic swing-type doors shall be 
low energy, power-operated and shall comply with 
ANSI/BHMA A156. 19-1990, American National Stan- 
dard for power assist and low energy power-operated 
doors, except Section 3, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference. 

NOTE: A low energy power-operated door is a door with power 
mechanisms that open and close the door upon receipt of an actuating 
signal and does not generate more kinetic energy than specified in 
ANSI/BHMA A156.19-1990. 

Pipes in Hoistways. 
7=3093.5. 

Pipes conveying steam, gas or liquids which, if discharged into 
the hoistway, would endanger life shall not be installed in the 
hoistway. 

Horizontal Car Clearances. 
7=3093.6. 

(a) There shall be a clearance of not less than 3 /4 inch (19 mm) 
between the car and the hoistway enclosure, and between the car 
and its counterweight. 

(b) The clearance between the car platform and the landing sill 
shall be not less than V2 inch (13 mm) nor more than IV2 inches 
(35 mm). 

Guarding of Suspension Means. 
7=3093.7. 

(a) Ropes and chains passing through a floor or stairway outside 
the hoistway enclosure shall be enclosed with a solid or openwork 
enclosure. If of openwork, the enclosure shall reject a ball V2 inch 
(13 mm) in diameter. Means for inspection shall be provided. The 
floor openings shall not be larger than is necessary to clear the sus- 
pension means. 

(b) Ropes and chains immediately adjacent to a stairway shall 
be guarded with solid or openwork panels on the stair side. Open- 
work panels shall reject a ball V2 inch (13 mm) in diameter. 

EXCEPTION: Ropes or chains which operate within a guide or 
track shall be considered suitably guarded. 

Car Frames and Platforms. 
7= 



(a) Car frames and platforms shall be constructed of metal or a 
combination of metal and wood having a factor of safety of not 
less than 5 based on rated load. 

(b) Cast iron shall not be used in any member of the car frame or 
platform other than for guides or guide shoe brackets. 

Car Enclosure. 
7=3093.9. 

(a) Except at entrances, cars shall be enclosed on all sides and on 
the top. The enclosure shall be constructed of solid material, ex- 
cept where other material is permitted by the division. 

(b) Car enclosures shall be secured in conformance with the re- 
quirements of Sections 7-3034 (a) 1 and 7-3034 (a) 2. 

(c) Glass, where used in elevator cars, shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3034 (a) 7. 

Number of Compartments. 
7=3093.10. 
The car shall have only one compartment. 



101 



7-3093.11 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Car Doors and Gates. 
7-3093.11. 

(a) Car doors or gates are required. They shall protect the entire 
car entrance and be constructed of solid material. 

1. Material shall be nonperf orated. 

2. Scissor gates are prohibited. 

(b) Power opening, where used for car doors and gates, shall 
conform to the requirements of subsection 7-3022 (b) 1. Power 
closing, where used for car doors and gates, shall conform to the 
requirements of Sections 7-3022 (c), 7-3022 (d), and 7-3022 (e). 

(c) Power opening and power closing car doors or gates shall be 
required for special access elevators installed after September 28, 
2001. 

(d) Every car door or gate shall be provided with an electric con- 
tact conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3034 (d) 2. The 
design of the car door or gate electric contacts shall be such that, 
for a sliding door or gate, the car cannot move unless the door or 
gate is within 2 inches (51 mm) of the fully closed position. If the 
door or gate swings outward to open, the car door or gate must be 
closed and locked before the car can move. 

(e) The distance between the hoistway enclosure opposite the 
car entrance and the car gate shall not exceed 5 inches. 

Light in Car. 
7-3093.12. 

The car shall be provided with an electric light. The control 
switch for the light shall be located in the car and near the car en- 
trance. The minimum illumination at the car threshold, with the 
door closed, shall be not less than 5 footcandles (54 lux). 

Counterweights. 
7-3093.13. 

(a) Counterweights, where used, shall run in guide rails. 

(b) Counterweights shall be located as required by Section 
7-3013 (a). 

(c) Where a car counterweight is used, it shall not be of suffi- 
cient weight to cause slackening of any rope during acceleration 
or retardation of the car. 

(d) The counterweight sections, whether carried in a frame or 
not, shall be fastened together and shall also be secured to prevent 
shifting by an amount which will reduce the running clearance to 
less than that specified in Section 7-3093.6 (a). 

Location and Guarding of Counterweights. 
7-3093.14. 

Access shall be provided for inspection, maintenance, and re- 
pair of an enclosed counterweight and its ropes. Doors on the 
counterweight enclosure shall be self-closing and self-locking 
and openable from the outside only with a suitable key. If the en- 
closure is of such size that the door can be closed when the enclo- 
sure is occupied by a person, the door shall be easily openable 
from the inside without the use of a key or other instrument. A stop 
switch conforming to the requirements of Section 7-3040 (b) 5 
shall be located adjacent to and inside the opening and operable 
without entering the enclosure. 

Safeties Required. 

7-3093.15. 

Each elevator shall be provided with a car safety. Where the 
space below the hoistway is not permanently secured against ac- 
cess, the counterweight shall be provided with a safety conform- 
ing to the requirements of Section 7-3093.16. 



Operation of Safeties. 
7-3093.16. 

The car safety shall be of the inertia or other approved type oper- 
ated by the breakage of the suspension means or by the action of a 
speed governor. If it is a speed governor type, the governor shall 
operate the safety at a maximum speed of 75 feet per minute (0.38 
m/s). On the breakage of the suspension means, the safety shall 
operate without delay and independent of the speed governor 
action. 

Application of Safeties. 
7-3093.17. 

The application of any safety required by Section 7-3093.15 
shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3035 (i). 

Materials Used in Safeties. 
7-3093.18. 

The minimum factors of safety and stresses of safety parts and 
rope connections shall conform to the requirements of Section 
7-3106 (d). 

Location of Speed Governor. 
7-3093.19. 

Where a speed governor is used, it shall be located where it is 
readily accessible from outside the hoistway and it cannot be 
struck by any moving object in normal operation or under condi- 
tions of overtravel and where there is sufficient space for full 
movement of the governor parts. 

Opening of the Brake Circuit on Safety Application. 
7-3093.20. 

Where a speed governor is used, the motor circuit and the brake 
circuit shall be opened before or at the time that the safety applies. 

Governor Ropes. 
7-3093.21. 

The governor ropes shall be of iron, steel, monel metal or phos- 
phor bronze not less than V4 inch (6.3 mm) in diameter. Tiller rope 
construction shall not be used. 

Car and Counterweight Guide Rails and Guide Fastenings. 
7-3093.22. 

Car and counterweight guide rails and guide fastenings shall 
conform to the requirements of Sections 7-3030 (b), 7-3030 (j) 
and 7-3106 (a) 1, 2. 

Buffers and Buffer Supports. 
7-3093.23. 

(a) The car and counterweight shall be provided with spring 
buffers so designed and installed that they will not be fully com- 
pressed when struck by car with its rated load and speed or by the 
counterweight traveling at 125 percent of the rated speed, or at 
governor tripping speed where a governor-operated safety is used. 

(b) Car and counterweight-buffer supports shall be of sufficient 
strength to withstand without failure the impact resulting from 
buffer engagement at 125 percent of the rated speed, or at gover- 
nor tripping speed where a governor operated safety is used. 

Overhead Machinery Beams and Supports. 
7-3093.24. 

(a) All machinery and sheaves shall be so supported and secured 
as to prevent any part from becoming loose or displaced. 

(b) Beams supporting machinery shall be of steel, sound timber 
or reinforced concrete. 

(c) Overhead beams and their supports shall be designed for not 
less than the sum of the following: 



102 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTS CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3093.25 



% 



1. The load resting on the beams and their supports which shall 
include the complete weight of the machine, sheaves, controller 
and any other equipment supported thereon. 

2. Two times the sum of the tension on all suspension ropes or 
chains. 

Material for Sheaves and Drams and Minimum Diameter. 
7=3093.25. 

(a) Winding drums, traction sheaves, and overhead and deflect- 
ing sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and of a diameter of not 
less than 30 times the diameter of the wire suspension means. The 
rope grooves shall be machined and designed to conform with the 
requirements of Section 7-3038 (b). 

EXCEPTION: Where 8 x 19 steel ropes or 7 x 19 aircraft cable 
are used, the required minimum diameter of drums and sheaves may 
be reduced to 21 times the diameter of the rope. 

(b) The factor of safety, based on the static load (the rated load 
plus the weight of the car, ropes, counterweights, etc.) to be used in 
the design of the driving machine and sheaves shall be not less 
than 8 for wrought iron and steel, and 10 for cast iron, cast steel and 
other metals. 

Fastening of Driving Machines and Sheaves to Underside of 
Overhead Beams. 

7=3093.26. 

(a) Overhead driving machines or sheaves shall not be fastened 
to the underside of the supporting beams. 

EXCEPTION: Idlers or deflecting sheaves including the guards 
and frames. 

(b) Cast iron in tension shall not be used for supporting idler and 
deflections sheaves where they are hung beneath the beams. 

Factor of Safety for Overhead Beams and Supports. 

7=3093.27. 

The factor of safety for overhead beams and supports based on 
ultimate strength of material shall not be less than 5 for steel, and 6 
for timber and reinforced concrete. 

Hydramlic Driving Machine. 

7=3093.28. 

Hydraulic Driving Machines shall conform to the requirements 
of Section 7-3067. 

EXCEPTION: Roped-hydraulic machines may be used. 

Screw Machines. 

7=3093.29. 

Screw machines, where used, shall conform to the requirements 
of Section 7-3088. 

EXCEPTION: The rated speed shall not exceed 40 feet per minute 
(0.20 m/s). 

Set Screw Fastenings. 

7=3093.30. 

Set screw fastenings shall not be used in lieu of keys or pins if 
the connection is subject to torque or tension. 

Friction Gearing, Clutch Mechanism or Couplings. 
7=3093.31. 

Friction gearing, clutch mechanisms, or couplings shall not be 
used for connecting the drum or sheaves to the main drive gear. 

Use of Cast Iron in Gears. 
7=3093.32. 
Worm gearing having cast iron teeth shall not be used. 



Driving-machine Roller Chains and Sprockets. 
7=3093.33. 

Driving-machine chains and sprockets shall be of steel and shall 
conform to the design and dimensions specified in ASME 
B29.1M-1993, Precision Power Transmission Roller Chains, At- 
tachments and Sprockets, which is hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

Driving=machine Brakes. 
7=3093.34. 

Driving machines shall be equipped with electrically released, 
mechanically applied brakes conforming to the requirements of 
Section 7-3038 (h). The operation of the brake shall conform to the 
requirements of Section 7-3040 (e). 

EXCEPTION: Hydraulic driving machines. 
Terminal Stopping Devices. 
7=3093.35. 

(a) Upper and lower normal terminal stopping devices, oper- 
ated by the car, shall be provided and shall be set to stop the car at, 
or near, the upper and lower terminal landings. The switches shall 
be opened as required by Section 7-3039 (a). 

(b) Upper and lower final terminal stopping devices shall be 
provided, operated by the car, to remove power from the motor 
and the brake. They shall be set to stop the car after it travels past 
the normal terminal stopping device and before an obstruction is 
struck. The switches shall be opened as required by Section 
7-3039 (b). 

EXCEPTION: A slack-rope switch conforming to the require- 
ments of Section 7-3040 (b) 1 may be used as the lower final terminal 
stopping device. 

(c) If the driving machine is of the winding drum or sprocket and 
chain suspension type, a final terminal stopping device operated 
by the driving machine shall also be provided. 

Operation of the Stopping Devices. 
7=3093.36. 

(a) The final terminal stopping device shall act to prevent move- 
ment of the car in both directions of travel. The normal and final 
terminal stopping devices shall not control the same switches on 
the controller unless two or more separate and independent 
switches are provided, two of which shall be closed to complete 
the motor and brake circuit in each direction of travel. 

(b) The switches required in Section 7-3093.36 (a) shall be posi- 
tively opened mechanically as required by Section 7-3039 (a). 

Type of Operation. 
7=3093.37. 

(a) The operation of the car shall be by continuous pressure 
means or by single automatic means. 

(b) Special access elevators may be locked for security reasons, 
except during business hours. 

Control and Operating Circuit Requirements. 

7=3093.38. 

(a) Control systems that depend on the completion of an electric 
circuit shall not be used for: 

1. the interruption of the power and the application of the brake 
at the terminals; 

2. the stopping of the car when the emergency stop switch in the 
car is opened or when any of the electrical protective devices 
operate; 

3. the stopping of the machine when the safety applies. 



11 



7-3093.39 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



(b) If springs are used to actuate switches, contactors or relays, 
or to break the circuit to stop a car or carriage at a terminal, they 
shall be of the restrained compression type. 

(c) The failure of any single magnetically operated switch, relay 
or contactor to release in its intended manner, or the occurrence of 
a single accidental ground, shall not permit the car to start if any 
hoistway door or car door or gate is not in the closed position. 

(d) If an instantaneous reversible motor is not used, a protective 
device or circuit shall be provided to prevent the motor from con- 
tinuing in the same direction if the reversing control is actuated. 

Key-operated Switches. (Deleted) 
7-3093.39. 

Electric Equipment and Wiring. 

7-3093.40. 

All electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3012 (a). 

Power Supply-line Disconnecting Means. 

7-3093.41. 

Power supply-line disconnecting means conforming to the re- 
quirement of the California Electrical Code. 

Phase Reversal and Failure Protection. 

7-3093.42. 

Phase reversal and failure protection shall conform to Section 
7-3040 (c) 2. 

Emergency Stop Switch. 

7-3093.43. 

An emergency stop switch, conforming to the requirements of 
Section 7-3040 (b) 5, shall be provided in every car. 

Slack-rope and Slack-chain Devices. 
7-3093.44. 

(a) Winding drum machines with rope suspension shall be pro- 
vided with a slack-rope device of the manually reset type that will 
remove power from the motor and the brake if the car is obstructed 
in its descent and the hoisting ropes slacken. 

(b) Elevators with roller chain suspension shall be provided 
with a slack chain device which will remove power from the motor 
and the brake if the car is obstructed in its descent and the suspen- 
sion means slacken. This device need not be of the manually reset 
type if the chain sprockets are guarded to prevent the chain from 
becoming disengaged from the sprockets. 

Emergency Devices. 
7-3093.45. 

(a) A telephone, which is connected to a central telephone ex- 
change, shall be installed in the car and an emergency signalling 
device, operable from inside the car and audible outside the hoist- 
way, shall be provided. 

(b) All machines shall be provided with a means to lower the car 
in case of power failure. The device shall be painted bright red or 
orange and shall have suitable instructions for use and warnings 
about use affixed to the operating means. 

Capacity. 

7-3093.46. 

(a) The rated load for existing special access elevators shall not 
exceed 700 pounds (318 kg) and maximum clear inside net plat- 
form area shall not exceed 12 feet 2 (1.1 m 2 ). The minimum rated 
load shall be not less than that based on 40 pound/feet 2 (1.91 kPa) 



of clear inside net platform area or 350 pounds (159 kg) whichever 
is greater. 

(b) The load capacity for special access elevators installed after 
September 28, 2001 shall not be less 750 pounds, and have a mini- 
mum of 32 inches by 54 inches clear inside platform dimensions. 

1. Special access elevators without a front and rear opening 
that facilitates a straight through ingress/egress shall have a load 
capacity of not less than 750 pounds, and a maximum 18 square 
feet clear inside net platform area. The clear inside platform width 
dimensions may range from 42 inches minimum to 48 inches max- 
imum on one side by 60 inches maximum to 54 inches minimum 
length on the other side. 

A. When the platform minimum width of 42 inches is in- 
creased, the platform maximum 60-inch length shall be 
decreased by the number of inches the width has been in- 
creased (see table below). 

TABLE 7-3093.46 (b)— VARYING PLATFORM SIZE 



WIDTH 


X 


LENGTH 


42" 


X 


60" 


43" 


X 


59" 


44" 


X 


58" 


45" 


X 


57" 


46" 


X 


56" 


47" 


X 


55" 


48" 


X 


54" 



2. The platform/car shall be equipped with handrail(s) comply- 
ing with Title 24, Section 7-3003. The clear inside net platform 
area shall be calculated by multiplying the platform width by the 
platform length without consideration of the space occupied by 
the handrails. 

3. The opening and closing of car doors shall not encroach on 
the car platform inside clear space. 

Speed. 
7-3093.47. 

The rated speed shall not exceed 40 feet per minute (0.20 m/s). 

Rise. 
7-3093.48. 

The rise shall not exceed 50 feet (12.19 m). 

Capacity Plate. 
7-3093.49. 

A capacity plate indicating the rated load of the elevator in 
pounds shall be fastened in a conspicuous place inside the car. The 
letters and figures on such plates shall be not less than V4 inch (6.4 
mm) in height. 

Data Plates. 
7-3093.50. 

A data plate indicating the weight of the elevator, the rated 
speed, the suspension means, the manufacturer's name, and the 
date of installation shall be installed in conspicuous place in the 
machinery area. The letters and figures on such plates shall be not 
less than V4 inch (6.3 mm) in height. 

Suspension Means. 
7-3093.51. 

Suspension means shall be not less than two wire ropes or two 
steel roller-type chains. 

Suspension Ropes. 
7-3093.52. 

(a) On elevators having a rated load of 450 pounds (204 kg) or 
less and operating at a rated speed of 30 feet per minute (0.15 m/s) 



104 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUC 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3093.53 



• 



or less, suspension ropes shall be not less than V4 inch (6.3 mm) in 
diameter. 

(b) On elevators having a rated load of less than 750 pounds and 
operating at a rated speed of 30 feet per minute or less, suspension 
ropes shall not be less than 3 /s inch in diameter. 

(c) Where the rated load is more than 750 pounds or the rated 
speed exceeds 30 feet per minute, each suspension rope shall have 
a safety factor of not less than 7.5. 

Factor of Safety Suspension Means. 
7=3093.53. 

The factor of safety of the suspension means shall be not less 
than 7 based on the manufacturers rated breaking strength. When 
the car and counterweight are suspended by steel ropes and the 
driving means is an endless steel roller type chain, the factor of 
safety of such a chain, with the rated load in the car, shall be not 
less than 8 based on the ultimate tensile strength. 

Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on Sheaves and 
ts. 



7=3093.54. 

The arc of contact of a wire rope on a traction sheave shall be 
sufficient to produce traction under all load conditions up to the 
rated load. The arc of contact of a chain with a driving sprocket 
shall not be less than 140 degrees. 

Idle Turns of Ropes on Winding Drums. 

7=3093.55. 

The idle turns of ropes on winding drums shall conform to the 
requirements of Section 7-3042 (h) 2. 

Securing of Wire Suspension Ropes to Windiimg Drams. 

7=3093.56. 

The securing of wire suspension ropes to winding drums shall 
conform to the requirements of Section 7-3042 (h) 1. 

Splicing, Replacement and Reshackling of Suspension 

Ropes. 

7=3093.57. 

Splicing is prohibited, replacement and reshackling of suspen- 
sion ropes shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-3042 (i). 

Fastening of Wire Rope Suspension Means to tie Car or to 

the Counterweights. 

7-3093.58. 

The fastening of a wire rope suspension means to a car or to a 
counterweight shall conform to the requirements of Section 
7-3042 (j), or by properly attached fittings as recommended by 
wire rope manufacturers. 

Replacement of Chains and Sprockets. 
7=3093.59. 

If chains are used as a suspension means and a worn chain is re- 
placed, all chains must be replaced and all sprockets must be re- 
placed. 

Maintenance for Special Access Elevators. 
7=3093.60. 

(a) The owner shall develop, implement and maintain a written 
maintenance program in accordance with the manufacturer's rec- 
ommendations. 

(b) The written maintenance program shall be available to the 
division when the division conducts its inspection for issuance of 
the permit to operate. 



(c) Maintenance shall be performed by person(s) deemed qual- 
ified by the State of California Contractors State License Board. 

Vertical and Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts and 

Inclined Stairway Chairlifts. 

7=3094. 

(a) Scope. Sections 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 pertain to special 
access lifts such as vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts, inclined 
platform (wheelchair) lifts and inclined stairway chairlifts, in- 
tended for the exclusive use of persons with disabilities. These 
sections shall apply to: 

1. Vertical and inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts and inclined 
stairway chairlifts installed after April 24, 1998. 

2. Existing vertical and inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts and 
inclined stairway chairlifts installed pursuant to a permanent vari- 
ance decision issued by the Occupational Safety and Health Stan- 
dards Board, where ownership has changed, or when the lift has 
been moved to a new location after April 24, 1998. 

3. Existing vertical and inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts and 
inclined stairway chairlifts with a rise of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less 
which have been altered, moved to a new location, or the key op- 
eration has been removed. 

4. Existing vertical and inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts and 
inclined stairway chairlifts with a rise greater than 5 feet (1524 
mm), which have never been issued a Permit to Operate by the 
Division. 

(b) In the event of any difference between the provisions of Sec- 
tions 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 and ASME A17. 1-1993 or be- 
tween these orders and the provisions of any other referenced 
codes, documents or standards, Sections 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 
shall govern. 

(c) If a section of ASME A17. 1-1993 indicated a cross-refer- 
ence to another section in ASME A17.1-1993, such cross-refer- 
encing shall be interpreted to mean that which is shown in ASME 
A17.1-1993. If the requirement(s) specified in the referenced sec- 
tion of ASME A17.1-1993 differ from the requirement(s) speci- 
fied in Sections 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 or any other applicable 
part of the California Code of Regulations, then the require- 
ments) specified in Sections 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 or any oth- 
er applicable part of the California Code of Regulations shall 
apply. 

(d) If any section of Sections 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 indicates 
a cross-reference to another section in ASME A17. 1-1993, such 
cross-referencing shall be interpreted to mean that which is shown 
in ASME A17.1-1993. If the requirement(s) specified in Sections 
7-3094 through 7-3094.5 differ from the requirement(s) specified 
in the referenced section of ASME A17.1-1993, then the require- 
ments) specified in Sections 7-3094 through 7-3094.5 or any oth- 
er applicable part of the California Code of Regulations shall 
apply. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Unaltered Existing Lifts. 
7=3094.1. 

(a) Existing vertical and inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts and 
inclined stairway chairlifts with a rise of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less, 
installed prior to April 24, 1998, shall be allowed to continue to 
operate in accordance with the design requirements to which they 
were originally installed. 

(b) Existing vertical and inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts 
and inclined stairway chairlifts installed pursuant to a permanent 
variance decision issued by the Occupational Safety and Health 



105 



7-3094.2 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Standards Board shall be allowed to continue to operate in accor- 
dance with the adopted permanent variance decision. 

(c) Maintenance and record keeping for lifts indicated in Sec- 
tions 7-3094.1 (a) and (b) shall comply with Section 7-3094.5. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Vertical Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts. 
7-3094.2. 

(a) For purposes of this section, the provisions of ASME 
A17. 1-1993, Section 2000, Vertical Wheelchair Lifts, except Rule 
2000.10a and Rule 2000.10i (2), are hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

(b) Vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts shall comply with 
ASME A17. 1-1993, Section 2000, Vertical Wheelchair Lifts, ex- 
cept Rule 2000.10a and Rule 2000.10i (2). 

(c) Vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts with a rise of 5 feet (1524 
mm) or less may be installed without a runway enclosure if the 
landings and platform comply with ASME A17.1-1993, Section 
2000, Vertical Wheelchair Lifts, Rule 2000.1c, except Rule 
2000.1c (1), and the following: 

1. The device as required in ASME A17.1-1993, Section 2000, 
Rule 2000.1c (6), shall stop the downward motion of the platform 
within a maximum travel distance of 1 inch (25 mm) when acti- 
vated. The platform shall not move more than the available move- 
ment of the device. 

2. The switches as required in ASME A17.1-1993, Section 
2000, Rule 2000.1c (6), shall be positively opened by the device. 

3. The operating controls at the lower landing shall be located 
at least 24 inches (610 mm) from any moving parts of the platform 
and runway, but within line sight of the platform. 

4. The pit depth shall be no more than 4 inches (102 mm). 

5. A contrasting stripe shall outline the pit area. 

(d) A separate means for disconnecting power to the lift shall be 
provided in the runway, accessible from the bottom runway land- 
ing, and used when accessing the pit or the underside of the plat- 
form. 

(e) When the bottom runway door is equipped with an electric 
strike lock, a battery backup shall be provided to electrically un- 
lock the door for emergency evacuation in case of power failure. 

(f) Fully enclosed runways, when installed, shall be illuminated 
to provide not less than five foot candles of illumination inside the 
platform at all times. 

(g) Vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts shall have a manual low- 
ering device. The lowering device is for use by others to lower the 
lift to the lower landing should the lift's downward motion be- 
come impaired. The lowering device shall comply with the fol- 
lowing: 

1. The device shall be secured against unauthorized use. 

2. The device shall be operable or accessible from outside the 
enclosure. 

3. When necessary to access the runway to operate the device, 
an opening in the runway with a lockable cover/panel shall be 
provided. The opening and cover/panel shall comply with the 
following: 

A. The opening shall be of sufficient size and located to al- 
low safe access and reach to the lowering device; and 



B. The cover/panel shall be kept locked and the key shall be 
available on the premises during normal business hours 
under the control of an authorized person. 

(h) Vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts shall be for use by per- 
sons with disabilities and shall not be used to transport materials. 

1. The lift capacity shall not be exceeded by materials belong- 
ing to the person with disabilities, children who are the responsi- 
bility of the person with disabilities, or the attendants 
accompanying the person with disabilities. 

(i) Durable signs with lettering on a contrasting background 
shall be permanently and conspicuously posted at the landing in- 
dicating the following: 

1. The international symbol of accessibility; 

2. The lift shall not be used to transport materials or equipment; 

3. The lift capacity; and 

4. The telephone number to call in case of emergency. 

(j) Runway doors over 4 feet (102 mm) in height and 
constructed of nontransparent material cover may be equipped 
with a vision panel. If the vision panel is provided, the vision panel 
shall: 

1. Cover an area of not less than 25 square inches (16 129 
mm 2 ); 

2. Be able to reject a 6-inch (152 mm) ball; and 

3. Be centrally located on the door where the center of the panel 
is not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) above the landing floor 
level. 

(k) Where runway and runway doors of transparent construc- 
tion are provided, detailed drawings of the materials and fasten- 
ings shall be submitted to the division for review prior to 
installation. The division shall review the drawings for structural 
integrity between the door, framing members and fastenings in ac- 
cordance with generally accepted installation practices. 

(1) Transparent materials used for enclosures, doors or vision 
panels shall be labeled as complying with ANSI Z97. 1-1984. 

(m) All runway doors shall be mounted flush with the inside of 
the hoistway. 

(n) On vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts where a runway en- 
closure is installed, and the enclosure complies with ASME 
A17.1-1993, Section 2000, Vertical Wheelchair Lifts, Rule 
2000.1a, Runway Enclosure Provided, an intermediate landing, if 
provided, shall comply with the following provisions: 

1. The access to the platform at the intermediate landing com- 
plies with ASME A17.1-1993, Section 2000, Rule 2000.1a (3), 
and the lift complies with ASME A17.1-1993, Section 2000, 
Rules 2000.1a (4), (5), (6) and (7). 

2. The intermediate landing door shall be arranged so that it 
cannot be opened from outside the hoistway when the lift is in 
operation. 

(o) Operating devices and controls shall comply with the fol- 
lowing: 

1. All passenger operating devices and controls shall be of the 
continuous pressure type. 

2. Operating devices shall be designed so the "up" and "down" 
circuits cannot be operated at the same time. 

(p) Vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts which require the wheel- 
chair or conveyance to be rotated 90 degrees for egress shall com- 
ply with the following: 

1. The platform inside dimensions may range from 42 inches 
(1067 mm) to 50 inches (1270 mm) on one side by 53 inches (1346 
mm) to 60 inches (1524 mm) on the other side. 



106 



2001 CALIFORNBA I 



ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODI 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3094.3 



2. Where there is an increase in the minimum width of 42 inch- 
es (1067 mm), the maximum 60-inch (1524 mm) length shall be 
reduced by the number of inches the width has been increased. 

3. When the length of the platform is reduced, the platform 
width shall be increased by the same amount the length has been 
decreased. 

4. The side entry of the platform door on the long side shall be 
hinged at the end nearest the platform door on the short side unless 
the door is power operated. 

(q) Vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts which comply with 
ASME A17. 1-1993, Section 2000, Vertical Wheelchair Lifts, 
Rule 2000.1a, Runway Enclosure Provided, may penetrate a floor 
if approved by local building authorities and fire authorities. 

(r) The vertical platform (wheelchair) lift may be locked for se- 
curity reasons but shall remain unlocked during normal business 
hours. 

NOTE: Installation of all vertical platform (wheelchair) lifts is 
subject to local building codes, fire regulations and contractors licen- 
sure. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts. 
7=3094.3. 

(a) For purposes of this section, the provisions of ASME 
A17. 1-1993, Section 2001, Inclined Wheelchair Lifts, except 
Rule 2001.10a and Rule 2001. lOg (2), are hereby incorporated by 
reference. 

(b) Inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts shall comply with 
ASME A17.1-1993, Section 2001, Inclined Wheelchair Lifts, ex- 
cept Rule 2001.10a and Rule 2001.10g (2). 

(c) As an alternative to 42-inch (1067 mm) side guards as re- 
quired in ASME A17.1-1993, Section 2001, Inclined Wheelchair 
Lifts, Rule 2001.6c (1), the following shall be provided: 

1. Power-operated safety arms, which guard the open sides of 
the lift, that must be lowered before the lift operates, and 

2. Guarding which complies with ASME A17. 1-1993, Section 
2001, Rule 2001.6c (2). 

(d) Inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts shall comply with Sec- 
tions 7-3094.2 (h), 7-3094.2 (i), 7-3094.2 (m), 7-3094.2 (o) and 
7-3094.2 (r). 

(e) A folding seat and seat belt shall be provided to accommo- 
date a person not in a wheelchair. 

(f) Durable signs with lettering on a contrasting background 
shall be permanently and conspicuously posted at each landing in- 
dicating that passengers not in a wheelchair shall use the seat and 
seat belt, and passengers in a wheelchair shall secure the wheels of 
the wheelchair. 

(g) Inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts installed on stairways 
where vision of any part of the stairway is obstructed shall be pro- 
vided with an audio and visual warning device, located at the ob- 
structed portion of the stairway, to alert persons using the stairway 
that the lift is in operation. 

(h) A fold-type platform, if provided, shall comply with the 
following: 

1. Capable of being power operated from all landings; 

2. Platform guarding shall comply with Section 7-3094.3 (c); 

3. Instructions on the operations of the lift shall be permanently 
and conspicuously posted near the operating controls; 



4. A device which complies with ASME A17. 1-1993, Section 
2001, Inclined Wheelchair Lifts, Rule 2001.6e, Obstruction De- 
vices, shall be provided; and 

5. Inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts will not operate by using 
the landings controls unless the lift is in the fold up position. 

(i) The fold-type platform, if provided, shall be parked in the 
fold up position and clear of the stairway when the lift is not in use. 
A sign as required in Section 7-3094.2 (i) shall be conspicuously 
posted at the landings. 

(j) Intermediate stops, if provided, shall comply with the 
following: 

1. A level and clear floor area or landing at each floor or level 
served by special access lifts shall be provided. 

2. The level and clear floor areas or landings shall be part of the 
path of travel. Path of travel is a passage that may consist of walks 
and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps, lobbies and cor- 
ridors, elevators, other improved areas, or a necessary combina- 
tion thereof, that provides free and unobstructed access to and 
egress from a particular area or location for pedestrians and/or 
wheelchair users. 

3. Access and egress to the platform shall be permitted only in 
the loading and unloading areas. 

4. In new construction, the minimum size of landings shall be 
60 inches by 60 inches (1524 mm by 1524 mm). Other dimensions 
may be substituted where it can be demonstrated that a person us- 
ing a wheelchair measuring 30 inches by 48 inches (762 mm by 
1219 mm) can enter and operate the lift safely. 

(k) Ninety degree turns when entering and exiting on inclined 
platform (wheelchair) lifts shall be allowed only at the lower land- 
ing when two adjacent retractable ramps on the platform are used. 

NOTE: The installation of all inclined platform (wheelchair) lifts 
is subject to local building codes, fire regulations and contractors licen- 
sure. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Inclined Stairway Chairlifts. 
7=3094.4. 

(a) Inclined stairway chairlifts shall comply with ASME 
A17. 1-1993, Section 2002, Inclined Stairway Chairlifts, which is 
hereby incorporated by reference, except Rule 2002.10a and Rule 
2002.10c (2). 

NOTE: The installation of all inclined stairway chairlifts is subject 
to local building codes, fire regulations and contractors licensure. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Maintenance of Special Access Lifts. 
7=3094.5. 

(a) The owner shall develop, implement and maintain a written 
maintenance program for special access lifts in accordance with 
the manufacturer's recommendations. The maintenance shall be 
performed by a qualified person and the maintenance program 
shall include the following: 

1. A routine maintenance to be performed not less than once 
every six months; and 

2. A procedure for checking the operation of the lift to be con- 
ducted not less than weekly. 

(b) A log shall be established and maintained indicating the 
following: 

1. Completion date of all maintenance or repair; 



107 



7-3094.5 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



2. Name of person doing the maintenance or repair; 

3. Nature of the maintenance or repair; 

4. Record of all malfunctions; 

5. Record of all accidents occurring on the lift regardless of the 
nature of the injury; 

6. A record of the time when the operational check as required 
in Section 7-3094.5 (a) (2) was conducted and name of the person 
conducting it; and 

7. Name and telephone number of person(s) to contact in a case 
of an emergency. 

(c) The log as required in Section 7-3094.5 (b) shall be available 
to the division at the time of the required inspection. 

(d) The owner shall keep at the premises where the special ac- 
cess lift is installed a complete set of manufacturer's maintenance 



and operational instructions including, but not limited to, the 
following: 

1. Wiring diagram; 

2. Structure diagram; 

3. Instructions for the operation of the manual lowering device 
(if provided); and 

4. Key(s) which is clearly labeled for the access panel. 

(e) The special access lift shall be tested every five years for 
proper operation under rated load conditions, witnessed by the di- 
vision. The test shall include a check of the car or platform safety 
device, if applicable. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



108 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



■LEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3095 



Hand Power Man Platforms 



Hoistway Construction. 
7=3095. 

(a) Enclosures. Hoistways shall be substantially enclosed to a 
height of not less than 6 feet above all floors on the sides not used 
for entrances, and from floor to ceiling except for the necessary 
entrances on the sides opposite any car entrance. 

(b) Counterweight Enclosure. The counterweight shall be en- 
closed for its entire travel, and no passageway shall be permitted 
under the counterweight. 

(c) Protection of Entrances. All hoistway entrances shall be 
equipped with self closing gates not less than 5 feet 6 inches high, 
constructed to conform to the requirements of Section 7-3020 (c). 

1. The height of the clear hoistway entrance shall be not more 
than the height of the car. 

(d) Top Clearance. 

1. The overhead clearance shall be not less than 18 inches, ex- 
cept platforms installed before June 5, 1947. 

2. The counterweight shall be arranged to land at the bottom of 
the counterweight run before the car is within 12 inches of the 
overhead. The car shall be arranged to land on its bumpers or 
floor before the counterweight is within 12 inches of the overhead. 

(e) Hoistway Clearance. The horizontal car and counter- 
weight clearances shall comply with Section 7-3018 except the re- 
quirements of Section 7-3018 (g). 

Machinery and Equipment. 
7=3096. 

(a) Car Construction. 

1. Car frames and platforms shall comply with the requirements 
of Section 7-3077 (a) 4. 



2. The sides of the car shall be enclosed to a height of not less 
than 6 feet except for the necessary entrances. 

3. The car shall be provided with a car top. 

4. The platform area shall not exceed 4 1 !} square feet. 

(b) Car Safety Devices. A safety device actuated by the break- 
ing or slackening of the car-to-counterweight cable shall be pro- 
vided. This device may be located in the crosshead. The safety 
device shall be capable of stopping and sustaining the car with 
rated load and shall be satisfactorily drop tested on each installa- 
tion. A functional test shall be performed at the time of the annual 
inspection. This test shall be witnessed by a representative of the 
division. 

(c) Brake. Each car shall be equipped with a brake which shall 
be arranged to apply automatically and must be held in the open 
position manually. The brake shall be capable of stopping and 
sustaining the descending car with rated load, or of holding the 
empty car from ascending. 

(d) Sheaves. Sheaves shall comply with the applicable require- 
ments of Section 7-3038. 

(e) Hoist Cables. The car-to-counterweight cable shall be of 
steel not less than 3 fe inch diameter 6 X 19 construction. The fac- 
tor of safety of this cable and its attachments shall be not less than 
10 based on static loading. 

(f) Capacity and Loading. 

1. The rated load shall not exceed 300 pounds or one person. 

2. The total load of the car and rated load shall not exceed 500 
pounds. 



109 



7-3097 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-17. Man lifts 



Construction Requirements for Manlifts Arranged for 
Front Loading. 

7-3097. 

(a) Enclosures. The manlift shall be located in an enclosure 
protected by a self-closing, self-locking door or gate at each land- 
ing located in the same relative position except where building 
layout prevents identical location. Corners of gates shall be 
rounded. 

EXCEPTION: The enclosure may be omitted at landings accessi- 
ble only to plant personnel trained to use the manlift in the performance 
of their duties within the plant when guards described in Sections 
7-3097 (e) 1A and B are provided. 

1. The enclosure shall be not less than 6 feet high and of substan- 
tial material that will, if of openwork, reject a 2-inch ball. 

2. Keys to allow access to the manlift shall be issued to autho- 
rized personnel only. 

3. Doors or gates shall be arranged to be opened from the man- 
lift side without use of a key. 

4. Doors or gates shall be located in the enclosure so that they 
are not in line with the floor openings for the manlift. 

5. Visitor Warning Requirements. A conspicuous sign having 
the following legend: 

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY 

shall be displayed at each landing. Sign shall be of block letters not 
less than 2 inches in height and shall be of a color offering high 
contrast with the background color. 

(b) Floor openings. All floor openings through which the steps 
of a manlift pass shall be uniform in size, located vertically in line, 
and shall conform to the following: 

1. The clearance between the floor opening and side of the step, 
measured parallel with the plane of the belt, shall be not less than 
7 inches nor more than 9 inches. 

2. The clearance between the front edge of the step and the edge 
of the floor opening, measured at the center line of the step, shall 
be not less than 14 inches nor more than 15 inches. 

3. The radius of curvature at the corners of the floor openings 
shall be approximately 15 inches. 

(c) Landings. 

1. The clearance between the floor or mounting platform and 
the lower edge of the conical guard above it required by Section 
7-3097 (d) shall be not less than 7 feet 6 inches. Where this clear- 
ance cannot be obtained, no access to the manlift shall be provided 
and the manlift runway shall be enclosed where it passes through 
such floor. 

2. The landing area and access route to the manlift shall be kept 
clear at all times. 

3. The landing surfaces at the entrances and exits to the manlift 
shall be so constructed and maintained as to provide safe footing 
at all times. (Coefficient of friction of not less than 0.5.) 

4. Emergency landings shall be provided as follows: 

A. Where there is a travel of 50 feet or more between floor 
landings, one or more emergency landings shall be pro- 
vided so that there will be a landing (either floor or emer- 
gency) for every 25 feet or less of manlift travel. 



B. Such emergency landings shall be accessible from both 
runs of the manlift and shall be constructed to meet the 
requirements of the floor landings. 

C. Emergency landings shall be completely enclosed with a 
standard railing and toeboard and shall give access to the 
ladder required in Section 7-3097 (i). 

(d) Floor Opening Guards. 

1. On the ascending side of the manlift, all landings shall be pro- 
vided with a bevel guard or cone meeting the following require- 
ments: 

A. The cone shall make an angle of not less than 60 degrees 
with the horizontal. An angle of less than 60 degrees but 
not less than 45 degrees may be used where ceiling 
heights do not allow the clearance required by Section 
7-3097 (c). 

B. For manlifts installed prior to 1988, the guard shall ex- 
tend not less than 36 inches outward from the face of the 
belt, measured at the center line of the belt. For manlifts 
installed after January 1, 1988, the guard shall extend 
not less than 42 inches outward from the face of the belt, 
measured at the center line of the belt. 

C. The cone shall be made of not less than No. 18 M.S. gage 
steel or material of equivalent strength or stiffness. The 
lower edge shall be rolled to a minimum diameter of 
V2 inch and the interior shall be smooth with no rivets, 
bolts, or screws protruding. 

2. In lieu of the fixed guards specified in Section 7-3097 (d) 1, 
floating type safety cones may be used. Such floating cones are to 
be mounted on hinges at least 6 inches below the underside of the 
floor and so constructed as to actuate a limit switch should a force 
of 2 pounds be applied on the edge of the cone closest to the hinge. 
The depth of this floating cone need not exceed 12 inches. 

(e) Protection of Entrances and Exits to Steps. 

1. The entrance and exit to the manlift shall be arranged so the 
landing area extends not less than 2 feet nor more than 3 feet from 
the edge of the floor opening to the runway enclosure, measured 
perpendicular to the plane of the manlift belt. Where the enclosure 
is more than 3 feet from the edge of the floor opening, or where the 
enclosure is not required by Section 7-3097 (a), the following 
additional guards shall be required: 

A. A standard guardrail located so the landing area extends 
not less than 2 feet nor more than 3 feet from the edge of 
the floor opening to the guardrail, measured perpendicu- 
lar to the plane of the belt and 

B. Standard guardrails parallel to the side guards required 
by Section 7-3097, (f) and forming, with the side guards, 
a maze type entrance to the landing area of the manlift. 

2. Additional guardrails or partitions shall be required whenev- 
er arrangements are such that the loading and unloading can be 
done from the side of the manlift step or when access to the landing 
area or floor opening is direct rather than by a definite guided indi- 
rect route. 

3. The combination of side guards, enclosures, and guardrails 
shall be arranged to minimize the hazard of debris or materials fal- 
ling down the runway for the manlift. 

(f) Side Guards for Openings. 

1. In order to preclude side loading, the floor opening at each 
landing shall be guarded on the open sides by panels of not less 
than No. 13 M.S. gage flattened expanded metal to reject a 1-inch 
ball in a frame of angle iron or pipe. 



110 



2001 CAL8FORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTBON CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3097 



2. The side guard shall be not less than 6 feet high and of a length 
so that the end posts are located at least to the ends of the manlift 
step but not more than 4 inches beyond the step. 

3. The side guards shall be located not more than 4 inches from 
the sides of the floor openings. 

4. Both ends of the side guards shall be equipped with a handle 
projecting approximately 4 inches from the end post in the direc- 
tion away from the plane of the belt. The handle shall have closed 
ends rounded to the end post of the side guard and shall extend 
from approximately 3 feet to 5V2 feet above the floor. 

5. The top ends of the side guards shall be rounded where the top 
and end posts meet. 

(g) Bottom Arrangement. 

1. At the bottom landing the clear area shall be not smaller than 
the area enclosed on the floors above, and any wall in front of the 
down-running side of the belt shall be not less than 48 inches from 
the face of the belt. This space shall not be encroached upon by 
stairs or ladders. 

2. The side guards and handholds shall be installed at approxi- 
mately the same location as on the floors above. 

3. The lower (boot) pulley shall be installed so that it is sup- 
ported by the lowest landing served. Pits are not permitted. 

4. A mounting platform or floor shall be provided in front of the 
up-run at the lowest landing, at or above the point at which the up- 
per surface of the ascending step assumes a horizontal position. 

A. The clearance between the edge of the floor or mounting 
platform and the ascending step shall be approximately 
the same as the clearance between the floor opening and 
the step at the floors above. 

B. The top surface of the mounting platform shall extend 
the entire distance between side guards and shall be not 
less than 14 inches deep. 

(h) Top Arrangement. 

1. Top Arrangements — Clearance From Floor. A top clearance 
shall be provided of at least 11 feet above the top terminal landing, 
This clearance shall be maintained from a plane through each face 
of the belt to a vertical cylindrical plane having a diameter 2 feet 
greater than the diameter of the floor opening, extending upward 
from the top floor to the ceiling on the up-running side of the belt. 
No encroachment of structural or machine supporting members 
within this space shall be permitted. 

2. The top pulley shall be located so: 

A. There shall be a clearance of at least 5 feet between the 
center of the head pulley shaft and any ceiling 
obstruction. 

B. The center of the head pulley shaft shall be not less than 
6 feet nor more than 9 feet above the top terminal 
landing. 

3. On the up-running side of the manlift, an emergency ladder 
shall be provided adjacent to one of the side guards. The top rung 
of the ladder shall be located approximately 6 feet above the floor 
and side rails of the ladder shall extend not less than 3V2 feet above 
the top rung. The supporting member of the side guard may be 
used as one of the side rails of the ladder. 

4. On the up-running side of the manlift, rails shall be provided 
extending from the top of each side guard on a radius to a point 
approximately 3 feet above the center line of the head pulley. 
These rails may be extensions of the supporting members of the 
side guards and may be carried over in a semicircle. 



(i) Emergency Exit Ladders. 

1. A fixed metal ladder accessible from both the "up" and 
"down " run of the manlift shall be provided where the vertical dis- 
tance between landings exceeds 20 feet. 

EXCEPTION: Manlifts installed before June 5, 1947. 

2. Such ladder shall be in accordance with the regulations of 
Section 3277, Article 4, of Title 8, CAC (General Industry Safety 
Orders) for ladders, except that enclosing cages shall not be 
provided. 

A. Manlift supporting members may be used as side rails if 
desired. 

(j) Illumination. 

1. Both runs of the manlift shall be illuminated at all times when 
the lift is in operation. An intensity of not less than 1 foot-candle, 
measured at the belt, shall be provided for the entire runway and 
shall illuminate the warning signs required by Section 7-3099 
0)2. 

2. Lighting of manlift runways shall be by means of circuits per- 
manently tied into the building circuits (no switches), or shall be 
arranged to be turned on by the starting switch controlling the 
manlift motor, or shall be controlled by switches at each landing. 
Where separate switches are provided at each landing, any switch 
shall turn on all lights necessary to illuminate the entire runway. 
Where the runway lighting is turned on by the starting switch con- 
trolling the manlift motor, the lighting for the floor landings shall 
be controlled by other means. 

3. Adequate lighting, not less than 5-foot candles, measured at 
the landing area, shall be provided at each floor landing. 

4. A light and convenience outlet shall be provided in each ma- 
chine room or controller space. 

5. A red warning light of not less than 40-watt rating shall be 
provided immediately below the upper landing terminal and so lo- 
cated as to shine in the passenger's face. 

(k) Electrical Wiring and Equipment. 

1. Wiring and electrical equipment for the manlift shall comply 
with the regulations of the California Electrical Code. 

2. The disconnect means shall be located adjacent to the motor 
controller and shall be arranged to be locked in the open position. 

3. Two motor starting switches are required, arranged so that if 
either switch should be mechanically held in the closed position 
the other switch shall break the circuit to the drive motor and auto- 
matic brake when any of the up limit stops or the stopping device 
are actuated. 

4. The motor controller shall be located within the top landing 
enclosure for the manlift. 

(1) Access to and Work Space for Machinery. 

1. An adequate platform shall be provided for servicing or re- 
pairing the drive machinery. 

A. All open sides of work platforms 30 inches or more 
above floor level shall be guarded by a standard rail and 
toeboard. 

B. Access to work platforms shall be by means of a perma- 
nent ladder or stairs. 

2. Moving equipment shall be guarded against accidental 
contact. 

(m) Weather Protection. 

The entire manlift and its driving mechanism shall be protected 
from the weather at all times. 



7-3098 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Construction Requirements for M anlifts Arranged for Side 
Loading. 

7-3098. 

(a) Enclosures. The enclosures for the manlift shall comply 
with the requirements of Section 7-3097 (a). 

(b) Floor Openings. The floor openings through which the 
steps of a manlift pass shall be the same size as and form no ledges 
with the walls required by Section 7-3098 (f) and shall have the 
edge of the opening on the loading side not more than 9 inches nor 
less than 7 inches from the edge of the up or down steps. 

(c) Landings. The landings shall comply with the requirements 
of Section 7-3097 (c). 

(d) Floor Opening Guards. On the ascending side of the man- 
lift, all landings shall be provided with a bevel guard on the open 
side. The angle of bevel and construction of the guard shall com- 
ply with the requirements of Section 7-3097 (d) (1). 

(e) Protection of Entrances and Exits to Steps. 

1. The entrance and exit to the manlift shall be arranged so the 
landing area extends not less than 2 feet nor more than 3 feet from 
the edge of the floor opening to the enclosure measured parallel to 
the plane of the belt. Where the enclosure is more than 3 feet from 
the edge of the floor opening, or where the enclosure is not re- 
quired by Section 7-3097 (a), the following additional guards shall 
be required: 

A. A standard guardrail located so the landing area extends 
not less than 2 feet nor more than 3 feet from the edge of 
the floor opening measured parallel to the plane of the 
belt, and 

B. Standard guard rails or partitions arranged so that the ac- 
cess to the floor opening is by a definite guided indirect 
route. 

(f) Special Runways for Side Loading. 

1. Runways shall be enclosed by smooth walls on 3 sides of the 
runway. The enclosure shall extend the entire height on one side, 
at right angles to the faces of the belt, located not more than 9 inch- 
es nor less than 7 inches from the edges of the up and down steps. 

The enclosure shall extend from the bottom landing to the floor 
level at the top landing on the up side of the manlift and from the 
second landing to not less than 6 feet above the top floor on the 
down side. The enclosures on the up and down sides shall be lo- 
cated parallel to the face of the belt not more than 15 inches nor 
less than 14 inches from the nose of the steps and shall extend not 
less than the full width of the floor openings. 

(g) Bottom Arrangement. The bottom landing on the down 
side shall be arranged with a platform for side unloading similar to 
that at the upper floors and for front unloading on floor supporting 
the boot pulley. No wall or other obstruction shall be within 6 feet 
of the face of the down side belt at the bottom landing measured at 
right angles to the face of the belt. The ascending side shall be ar- 
ranged with a platform for loading similar to that at upper floors 
and above the point at which the upper surface of the ascending 
step assumes a horizontal position. 

(h) Top Arrangement. 

1. The top landing on the up side of the belt shall be arranged for 
front unloading in addition to the required side unloading. No wall 
or obstruction shall be within 3 feet of the edge of the up side floor 
opening at the top floor measured at right angles to the face of the 
belt. 

2. The top clearance and the location of the head pulley shall 
comply with the requirements of Sections 7-3097 (h) 1 and 7-3097 
(h)2. 



3. An emergency ladder shall be provided to allow any person 
traveling above the top floor to safely return to the top floor. 

4. Hand rails shall be provided over the head pulley to ensure a 
safe hand hold for any person traveling above the top floor. 

(i) Emergency Exit Ladders. Emergency exit ladders shall be 
provided where required by and shall comply with the require- 
ments of Section 7-3097 (i). 

(j) Illumination. The lighting shall comply with the require- 
ments of Section 3-3097 (j). 

(k) Electrical Wiring and Equipment. The electrical equip- 
ment shall comply with the requirements of Section 7-3097 (k). 

(1) Access to and Work Space for Machinery. The access and 
work space shall comply with the requirements of Section 7-3097 

Mechanical Requirements and Operation. 
7-3099. 

(a) Machines. 

1. Machines shall be of the direct connected type or shall be 
driven by multiple V-belts. Cast iron gears shall not be used. 

2. Drive (head) pulleys and idler (boot) pulleys shall have a di- 
ameter not less than given in Table 7-3099. 

3. The machine shall be so designed and constructed as to catch 
and hold the driving pulley in event of shaft failure. 

4. All parts of the machine shall have a factor of safety of 6 
based on a static load of 200 pounds on each horizontal step on the 
up and down runs. 

(b) Brakes. 

1. An inherently self-engaging brake requiring power or force 
from an external source to cause disengagement that applies auto- 
matically when the circuit to the drive motor is opened shall be 
provided on every manlift. 

A. The brake shall be electrically released and shall be ap- 
plied to the motor shaft for direct connected units. 

B. No belt or connecting means, other than a direct me- 
chanical connection shall exist between the brake and 
the head pulley on belt-driven units. 

2. A mechanically applied brake that will apply should the 
pulley speed exceed 125 percent of rated speed or should the di- 
rection of rotation of the head pulley be reversed shall be on every 
manlift. 

A. This brake shall be applied directly to the head pulley or 
the head pulley shaft at the side opposite the driving 
means. 

B. The power to the drive motor shall be automatically dis- 
connected at or before the time the brake sets and shall 
remain disconnected until the brake or disconnecting 
means is manually reset. 

3. Either brake required by Section 7-3099 (b) 1 and Section 
7-3099 (b) 2 shall be capable of stopping and holding the manlift 
when the descending side is loaded with 250 pounds on each step. 

4. The automatic brake required by Section 7-3099 (b) 1 shall be 
capable of stopping the manlift within not more than 12 inches 
travel after an up limit stop device has been actuated. 

(c) Belts. 

1. The belt shall be of hard -woven canvas, rubber-coated can- 
vas, leather, or other material meeting the strength requirements of 
Section 7-3099 (c) 3 and having a coefficient of friction such that 
when used in conjunction with an adequate tension device it will 
meet the brake test specified in Section 7-3099 (b) 3. 



112 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3099 



2. The width of the belt shall not be less than: 



TOTAL RISE IN FEET 


BELT WIDTH IN INCHES 


Less than 100 


12 


100 to 150 


14 


More than 150 


16 


3. The strength of the belt shall not be less than: 


TOTAL RISE IN FEET 


STRENGTH IN POUNDS 
PER INCH WIDTH 


Less than 100 


1500 


100 to 200 


1800 


More than 200 


2450 



4. Belts shall be fastened by a lapped splice or shall be butt- 
spliced with a strap on the side away from the pulley. 

A. For lapped splices, the overlap of the belt at the splice 

shall be not less than 3 feet where the total travel of the 
manlift does not exceed 100 feet, and not less than 4 feet 
if the travel exceeds 100 feet. 

Where butt splices are used, the strap shall extend not 
less than 3 feet on each side of the butt for a travel not in 
excess of 100 feet, and 4 feet for a travel in excess of 100 
feet. 

B. Splices shall be fastened with special elevator bolts ar- 

ranged to cover the splice area effectively. These bolts 
shall have a minimum diameter of V4 inch and conform 
to the following: 



BELT WIDTH IN INCHES 


MINIMUM LAP SPUCE 


NUMBER OF BOLTS 
BUTT SPLICE 


12 


20 


40 


14 


23 


46 


16 


27 


54 



5. A belt that has become torn while in use on a manlift shall not 
be spliced and put back in service. 

(d) Speed. 

1 . The rated speed of a manlift shall not exceed 80 feet per min- 
ute. To take care of variations in voltage, etc., the actual no-load 
running speed of the belt may exceed rated speed by not more than 
10 percent. 

2. All manlifts in a given plant should run at approximately the 
same speed. 

(e) Platforms or Steps. 

1. Steps or platforms shall be not less than 12 inches nor more 
than 14 inches deep, measured from the belt to the edge of the step 
or platform. 

2. The width of the step or platform shall be not less than 
17 inches nor more than 21 inches. 

3. The distance between steps shall be equally spaced and not 
less than 16 feet measured from the upper surface of one step to the 
upper surface of the next step above it. 

4. The surface of the step shall be approximately level. 

5. Surface of the step shall be of a nonslip material. 

6. When subjected to a load of 400 pounds applied at the 
approximate center of the step, step frames or supports and their 
guides shall be of adequate strength to: 

A. Prevent the disengagement of any step roller. 

B. Prevent any appreciable misalignment. 



C. Prevent any visible deformation of the step or its sup- 
port. 

7. No step shall be provided unless there is a corresponding 
handhold above or below it meeting the requirements of Section 
7-3099 (f). If a step is removed for repairs or permanently, the 
handholds immediately above and below it shall be removed be- 
fore the lift is again placed in service. 

(f) Handholds. 

1. Handholds attached to the belt shall be provided and so 
installed that they are not less than 4 feet nor more than 4 feet 
8 inches above the step tread. These shall be so located as to be 
available on both the "up" and "down" run of the belt. 

2. The grab surface of the handhold shall be not less than 
4V2 inches in width, not less than 3 inches in depth and shall pro- 
vide 2 inches of clearance from the belt. Fastenings for handholds 
shall not come within 1-inch of the edge of the belt. 

3. The handhold shall be capable of withstanding without dam- 
age a load of 300 pounds applied parallel to the run of the belt. 

4. No handhold shall be provided without a corresponding step. 
If a handhold is removed permanently or temporarily, the corre- 
sponding step and handhold for the opposite direction of travel 
shall also be removed before the lift is again placed in service. 

5. All handholds shall be of the closed type. 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing installations where the same handhold 
is used for both directions. 

2. Existing installations where a belt flap arrangement is provided. 

(g) Up Limit Stops. 

1. Two separate automatic stop devices shall be provided to cut 
off the power and apply the brake when a loaded step passes the 
upper terminal landing. 

A. One of these devices shall consist of two switches each 
actuated by the deflection of a step roller due to a load on 
the step traveling above the top floor and arranged to 
stop the manlift should one or both of the switches be ac- 
tuated. Each rail shall be provided with a switch located 
so that the device will function when the surface of the 
step is not more than 12 inches above the top landing. 

B. The second device shall be a switch actuated by a lever, 
rod, or plate located above the center line of the head 
pulley but projecting over the ascending steps so as to 
just clear a passing step. The lever, rod, or plate shall be 
not more than IOV2 feet above the top landing. 

2. After the manlift has been stopped by an up limit stop, it shall 
be necessary to reset the device manually. 

3. After resetting an up limit stop, it shall be necessary to start 
the manlift by a restart button so located at the top landing as to 
provide a clear view of both up limit stops. 

4. Existing manlifts shall be provided with an automatic limit 
stop which will shut off the power and stop the belt if any passen- 
ger rides a step more than 12 inches above the upper landing. 

(h) Starting and Stopping Device. 

1. A manually operated starting and stopping device shall be 
provided. 

2. This device shall be within easy reach of the ascending and 
descending runs of the belt. 

3. The starting and stopping means shall be so connected with 
the control lever or operating mechanism that it will cut off the 
power and apply the brake when pulled in the direction of travel. 

4. This stop shall consist of a cotton rope with a wire center, ma- 
nila or sisal rope, marlin covered wire rope, or synthetic fiber, not 
less than % inch in diameter. 



113 



TABLE 7-3099 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



5. Where a spring is used to maintain rope tension, the rope con- 
nection shall be made in such a manner that failure of the spring 
will not disconnect the operating rope. 

(i) Instruction and Warning Signs. 

1. Signs of conspicuous and easily read style, giving instruc- 
tions for the use of the manlift, shall be posted at each landing or 
stenciled on the belt. 

A. Such signs shall be of letters not less than 1 inch in height 
and of a color having high contrast with the surface on 
which it is stenciled or painted (white or yellow on black 
or black on white or gray). 

B. The instructions shall read approximately as follows: 
"Face the Belt." 

"Use the Handhold." 

"To Stop— Pull Rope in Direction of Travel." 

2. At the top floor, illuminated signs shall be displayed bearing 
the following wording: 

"Top Floor— Get Off." 

A. Signs shall be in block letters not less than 2 inches in 
height. 

B. A sign shall be located on the inside of each side guard 
on front loading manlifts and not more than 2 feet above 
the floor at the top landing. 

C. A sign shall be located just before reaching the top land- 
ing of side loading manlifts, readily visible when facing 
the side used for unloading. 

3. At the approach to the bottom floor, an illuminated sign shall 
be displayed bearing the following wording: 

"Bottom Floor— Get Off." 

4. On existing installations, illuminated warning signs shall be 
displayed at points before reaching the top and bottom landings. 

(j) Carrying of Materials and Tools. 

1. No freight or packaged goods shall be carried on any manlift. 

2. No pipe, lumber, or other construction material shall be han- 
dled on any manlift. 

3. No tools except those which will fit entirely within a pocket in 
usual working clothes shall be carried on any manlift except that 
tools may be carried inside a canvas bag having dimensions not 
larger than 11 inches by 13 inches and provided with carrying 
loops or handles. Such bag shall be provided with a leather bot- 
tom. Such bag shall not be provided with shoulder straps but shall 
be carried in the passenger's hand while he is riding the manlift. 

(k) Periodic Inspections. 

1. Periodic Inspection Frequency. All manlifts shall be in- 
spected by a competent designated person at intervals of not more 



than 30 days. Limit switches shall be checked weekly. Manlifts 
found to be unsafe shall not be operated until properly repaired. 

2. Items Covered. This periodic inspection should cover all 
portions of the manlift and the immediate area around the manlift 
including but not limited to the following items: 

Steps 

Step Fastenings 
Rails 

Rail Supports and Fastenings 
Rollers and Slides 
Belt and Belt Tension 
Handholds and Fastenings 
Floor Landings 
Guardrails 
Lubrication 
Limit Switches 
Warning Signs and Lights 
Illumination 
Drive Pulley 

Bottom (boot) Pulley and Clearance 
Pulley Supports 
Motor 

Driving Mechanisms 
Brake 

Electrical Switches 
Vibration and Misalignment 
"Skip" on up or down run when mounting step 
(indicating worn gears) 

3. Inspection Log. A written record shall be kept for a period of 
five years of findings at each inspection. Records of inspection 
shall be made available to the division. 

(1) Design Requirements. All new manlift installations and 
equipment installed after the effective date of these regulations 
shall meet the strength of material requirements of the "American 
National Safety Standards for Manlifts ANSI A90.1-1969" and 
the requirements of this section. 

(m) Beams and Supports Required. Machines, machinery, 
rails and pulleys shall be so supported and maintained in place as 
to effectually prevent any part from becoming loose or displaced 
under the conditions imposed in service. 

(n) Out-of-Service Requirements. When it is intended to re- 
move a manlift from service for an extended period of time, the 
leads to the disconnecting switch shall be disconnected and taped, 
the drive pulley and belt shall be restrained to prevent movement 
of the belt and the floor openings shall be covered over with ply- 
wood not less than 3 /4 inch thick fastened in place. 

(o) Guarding. Guarding of mechanical equipment and floor 
openings shall conform to the requirements of Subchapter 7, 
Chapter 4, Title 8, Division 1, Chapter 4, Subchapter 7 (General 
Industry Safety Orders) of the California Code of Regulations. 



TABLE 7-3099— IDLER AND DRIVE PULLEY DIAMETERS 



BELT CONSTRUCTION 


MINIMUM STRENGTH 
(lb. per Inch of width) 


MINIMUM PULLEY DIAMETER 
(Inches) 


5 ply 


1500 


20 


6 ply 


1800 


20 


7 ply 


2100 


22 



The above values are based on 32 ounce duck; 300 pounds per linear inch per ply. 



114 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3097 A 



' 




6 


IXI 






I 









IXI 






□ 



l ^^ l 



□ 




7 IN. TO 9 IN. MIN. 
— 17 IN. TO 21 IN. MIN. 
— 7 IN. TO 9 IN. MIN. 



2 FT. TO 3 FT. 

MIN. 



APPROX. 15 FT. R 



FIGURE 7-3097 A 
TYPICAL FLOOR PLANS WITH MANL1FT RUNWAYS ENCLOSED— FRONT LOADING 



115 



FIGURE 7-3097 B 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 




BELT SPLICES 



BUTT 



FIGURE 7-3097 B 
TYPICAL FLOOR PLANS WHERE GUARD RAILINGS ARE PERMITTED— FRONT LOADING 



116 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Titl<3 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3098 A 



P>x 



^ 



IM_ _^y TYPICAL FLOOR PLANS 



SIDE LOADING 



-A 




• -„?' ,3„;- ; ,j;„;:. .-,-,:'- :" 


t 


"M 


1 X 




% 


4 


,;jr3jj-=,:-3,;rrj3";jsis;s:i 


ifL 




TOP ARRANGEMENT 



3 FT. MIN. 

i 



4- 




UP RUN 



BOTTOM ARRANGEMENT 



Ar 




DOWN RUN 



FIGURE 7-3098 A 
TYPICAL FLOOR PLANS-SIDE LOADING 



6 FT. MIN. 



117 



7-3100 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-18. Design Data, Formulas, Tests on Approved Devices 
and Basic Electrical Regulations 



Rated Load of Passenger Elevators. 
7-3100. 

(a) Minimum Rated Load of Passenger Elevators. The fol- 
lowing formulas shall be used for determining the minimum rated 
load of passenger elevators. 

1. For a passenger elevator having an inside net platform area of 
not more than 50 square feet 

w _ 24 2 . 20O4 
3 3 

2. For a passenger elevator having an inside net platform area of 
more than 50 square feet 

w = m + 125A ~ 1367 

Where W = Minimum rated load in pounds, and A = inside net 
platform area in square feet. 

3. Figures 7-3100 Al, 7-3100 A2 and 7-3100 A3 are graphs of 
the above two formulas. 

(b) Additional Requirements for Passenger Overload. Pas- 
senger elevators shall be designed and installed to safely lower, 
stop, and hold the car with an additional load up to 25 percent in 
excess of the rated load; however, the elevator is not required to 
attain rated load performance under the overload conditions. For 
passenger elevators, the term "125 percent of rated load" shall be 
used in place of "rated load" in the following sections: 

1. Duplex Safeties— Section 7-3035 (b). 

2. Function and Stopping Distance of Safeties — Section 7-3035 
(c)l. 

3. Driving Machine Brakes — Section 7-3038 (h) 2. 

4. Normal Terminal Stopping Devices — Section 7-3039 (a) 2. 

5. Control and Operating Circuit Requirements — Section 
7-3040 (f) (5). 

6. Absorption of Regenerative Power — California Electrical 
Code. 

Electric Elevator Car Frame and Platform Stresses and 
Deflections. 

7-3101. 

(a) General Requirements. 

1. Steel, where used in the construction of car frames and plat- 
forms, shall conform to the following requirements: 

A. Steel shall be rolled, formed, forged, or cast, conforming 
to the requirements of the following specifications of the 
American Society for Testing and Materials: 

(1) Rolled Steel, ASTM A 36, or ASTM A 283 Grade D. 

(2) Forged Steel, ASTM 235 Class C. 

(3) Cast Steel, ANSI G50.1 or ASTM A 27 Grade 60/30. 

EXCEPTION: Steels of greater strength than those specified 
may be used provided they have an elongation of not less than 22 per- 
cent in a length of 2 inches, and provided that the stresses and deflec- 
tions conform to the requirements of Design Sections 7-3101 (a) 4 and 
(a) 5. 

B. Steel used for rivets, bolts, and rods shall conform to the 
following specifications of the American Society for 
Testing and Materials. 

(1) Rivets, ASTM A 502. 



(2) Bolts and Rods, ASTM A 307. 

EXCEPTION: Steels of greater strength than those specified 
may be used provided they have an elongation of not less than 22 per- 
cent in a length of 2 inches, and provided that the stresses and deflec- 
tions conform to the requirements of Design Sections 7-3101 (a) 4 and 
(a) 5. 

2. Wood used for platform stringers and for platform floors and 
subfloors shall conform to the requirements of ANSI 04.3 — 
(ASTM D 245-687). 

3. Paint used for protection against fire shall be of an approved 
type having a flame spread rating of not over 50, applied in accor- 
dance with the instructions of the manufacturer. Such ratings shall 
be based on the test procedures specified in ANSI A2.5. 

4. The stresses in car frame members and their connections, 
based on the static loads imposed upon them, shall not exceed the 
following: 

A. For steels meeting the requirements of Sections 7-3101 
(a) 1A and 7-3101 (a) IB, the stresses listed in Table 
7-3101 A4. 

B. For steels of greater strength, the stresses listed in Table 
7-3101 A4 may be increased proportionately based on 
the ratio of the ultimate strengths. 

C. For metals other than steel, the factor of safety shall be 
not less than is required for steel. 

5. The deflections of car frame and platform members, based on 
the static loads imposed upon them, shall be not more than the fol- 
lowing, irrespective of the type of steel or other metal used: 

A. For crosshead, l/960th of the span. 

B. For plank, l/960th of the span. 

C. For stiles or uprights, as determined by Section 7-3101 
(e)3. 

D. For platform frame members, l/960th of the span. 

6. The stresses and deflections in side-post-type car frame and 
platform members shall be based on the data and formulas listed in 
this section. 

7. For cars with corner-post or underslung-type car frames, the 
formulas and specified methods of calculation do not generally 
apply and shall be modified to suit the specific conditions and re- 
quirements in each case. 

(b) Car Frame Crosshead. The stresses in the car frame cross- 
head shall be based on the total load supported by the crosshead 
with the car and its rated load at rest at the top terminal landing. 

1. Where a hoisting rope sheave is mounted on the car frame, the 
construction shall conform to the following: 

A. Where multiple sheaves mounted on separate sheave 
shafts are used, provision shall be made to take the com- 
pressive forces, developed by tension in the hoist ropes 
between the sheaves, on a strut or struts between the 
sheave shaft supports, or by providing additional com- 
pressive strength in the car frame or car frame members 
supporting the sheave shafts. 

B. Where the sheave shaft extends through the web of a car 
frame member, the reduction in area of the member shall 
not reduce the strength of the member below that re- 
quired. Where necessary, reinforcing plates shall be 
welded or riveted to the member to provide the required 
strength. The hearing pressure shall in no case be more 



118 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODI 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3101 



than that permitted in Table 7-3101 A4 for bolts in clear- 
ance holes. 

C. Where the sheave is attached to the car crosshead by 
means of a single threaded rod or specially designed 
member or members in tension, the following require- 
ments shall be conformed to: 

(1) The single rod, member or members, in tension shall 
have a factor of safety 50 percent higher than the fac- 
tor of safety required for the suspension wire ropes, 
but in no case less than 15. 

(2) The means for fastening the single threaded rod, 
member or members, in tension to the car frame shall 
conform to Section 7-3033 (m). 

(c) Car Frame PSank (Normal). The stresses in the car frame 
plank shall be based on a uniformly distributed load equal to not 
less than the sum of 5 /g of the rated load, 5 /% of the platform weight, 
and the concentrated loads due to the tensions in the compensating 
ropes and traveling cables. 

(d) Car Frame Pflank (Buffer Engagement). In calculating the 
stress resulting from oil-buffer engagement, V2 the sum of the 
weight of the car and its rated load shall be considered as being 
concentrated at each end of the plank with the buffer force applied 
at the middle. The buffer force shall be considered to be that re- 
quired to produce gravity retardation with rated load in the car. 

The following formula shall be used to determine the stress re- 
sulting from buffer engagement: 



Stress = 



D{C + W) 

2Z 



Where more than one oil buffer is used, the formula shall be modi- 
fied to suit the location of the buffers. 

NOTE: Symbols used in the above and subsequent formulas are de- 
fined in Section 7-3101 (g). 

(e) Car Frame Stiles (Uprights). The total stress in each car 
frame upright due to tension and bending, and the slenderness ra- 
tio of each upright and its moment of inertia, shall be determined 
in accordance with the following formulas: 

1. Stress Due to Bending and Tension. 

Total Stress = KL/4HZ U + G/7A 

Where KL/4HZ U is the bending stress in each upright in the plane 
of the frame due to the live load Won the platform for the class of 
loading A, B or C for which the elevator is to be used, and G/2A is 
the tensile stress in each upright. 

K is determined by the following formulas (See Figure 7-3101 
E): 

A. For class A freight loading or passenger loading, K = 

WE/8 

B. For class B freight loading, K = W [{EH) - 48] or K = 
WE/8, whichever is greater 

C. For class C freight loading, K = WE/4 is the tensile stress 
in each upright. 

NOTE: Symbols used in the above formulas are defined in Section 
7-3101 (h). 

2. Slenderness Ratio. The slenderness ratio L/R for uprights 
subject to compressions other than those resulting from safety and 
buffer action shall not exceed 120. 

EXCEPTION: Where the upper side-brace connections on passen- 
ger elevator car frame uprights are located at a point less than ^/ 3 of L 
from the bottom (top fastening in car frame plank) a slenderness ratio 
of L/R not exceeding 160 shall be permissible. 



NOTE: Symbols used in the above formulas are defined in Section 
7-3101 (h). 

3. Moment of Inertia. The moment of inertia of each upright 
shall be not less than determined by the following formula: 

/ = KL 3 /18EH 

NOTE: Symbols used in the above formula are defined in Section 
7-3101 (h). 

(f) Freight Elevator Platforms. 

1. The calculations for the stresses in the platform members of 
freight elevators shall be based on the following concentrated 
loads assumed to occupy the position which will produce the max- 
imum stress: 

A. Class A Loading: V4 of the rated load. 

B. Class B Loading: 75 percent of the rated load divided 
into two equal loads 5 feet apart. 

C. Class CI and C2 Loading with A Full Load Rating of 
20,000 pounds or less: 80 percent of the rated load or of 
the loaded truck, whichever is greater, divided into equal 
loads 2 feet 6 inches apart. 

D. Class CI and C2 Loading with a Full Load Rating in 
excess of 20,000 pounds: 80 percent of 20,000 pounds 
or of the loaded truck weight whichever is the greater, di- 
vided into two equal parts 2 feet 6 inches apart. 

E. Class C3 Loading: Determine on the basis of the actual 
loading conditions but not less than that required for 
Class A loading. 

2. Freight elevators shall be designed for one of the following 
classes of loading: 

A. Class A — General Freight Loading. Where the load is 
distributed, the weight of any single piece of freight or of 
any single hand truck and its load is not more than V4 of 
the rated load of the elevator, and the load is handled on 
and off the car platform manually or by means of hand 
trucks. For this class of loading, the rated load shall be 
based on not less than 50 pounds per square foot of inside 
net platform area. 

B. Class B — Motor Vehicle Loading. Where the elevator 
is used solely to carry automobile trucks or passenger 
automobiles up to the rated capacity of the elevator. 

For this class of loading, the rated load shall be based 
on not less than 30 pounds per square foot of inside net 
platform area. 

C. Class C — These loadings apply where the weight of the 
concentrated load, including an industrial power or hand 
truck, if used, is more than V4 of the rated load and where 
the load to be carried does not exceed the rated load. 

There are three types of Class C loading as follows: 

Class CI — Industrial Truck Loading where truck is 
carried by the elevator. 

Class C2 — Industrial Truck Loading where truck is 
not carried by the elevator but used only for loading and 
unloading. 

Class C3— Other loading with Heavy Concentrations 
where truck is not used. 

The following requirements shall apply to all three 
types of Class C loading: 

(1) The rated load of the elevator shall be not less than 
the load (including any truck) to be carried, and shall 
in no case be less than load based on 50 pounds per 
square foot of inside net platform area. 

(2) The elevator shall be provided with a two-way auto- 
matic leveling device. 



119 



7-3102 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



For Class CI and Class C2 loadings, the following 
additional requirements shall apply: 

(3) For elevators with rated loads of 20,000 pounds or 
less, the car platform shall be designed for a loaded 
truck of weight equal to the rated load or for the actu- 
al weight of the loaded truck to be used, whichever is 
greater. For elevators with rated loads exceeding 
20,000 pounds, the car platform shall be designed 
for a loaded truck weighing 20,000 pounds, or for the 
actual weight of the loaded truck to be used, which- 
ever is greater. 

(4) For Class C2 loading, the maximum load on the car 
platform during loading or unloading shall not ex- 
ceed 150 percent of rated load. For any load in ex- 
cess of the rated load, the driving machine motor, 
brake, and traction relation shall be adequate to sus- 
tain and level the full 150 percent of rated load. 

NOTE: When the entire rated load is loaded or unloaded by an in- 
dustrial truck in increments, the load imposed on the car platform while 
the last increment is being loaded or the first increment unloaded will 
exceed the rated load by part of the weight of the empty industrial truck. 

(g) Passenger Elevator Platforms. The stresses in platform 
members of passenger elevators shall be based on concentrated 
loads not less than those which apply to Class A freight loading. 

(h) Formula Symbols. The symbols used in the formulas in 
Section 7-3101 shall have the following meanings: 

W = Rated load in pounds. 

C = Net weight in pounds of complete elevator car. 

G = Load in pounds supported by crosshead with rated load 
in car at rest at top terminal landing. 

K = Turning moment in inch-pounds as determined by class 

of loading. 
D = Distance in inches between guide rails. 
E = Inside clear width of car in inches, except in formulas in 

Sections 7-3101 (e) 3 and 7-3103 (a) 4D where E = 

modulus of elasticity (psi) of the material used. 
H = Vertical center distance between upper and lower guide 

shoes (or rollers) in inches. 
L = Free length of uprights in inches (distance from lowest 

fastening in crosshead to top fastening in plank). 

A = Net area of section in (inches) 2 . 
R = least radius of gyration of section in inches. 
/ = Moment of inertia of member, gross section in (inches) 4 . 
Z = Combined section moduli of plank members, gross sec- 
tion, (inches) 3 . 
Z u = Section modulus of one upright, gross section, (inches) 3 . 

Hydraulic Plunger, Cylinder and Piping Design. 
7-3102. 

(a) Plunger Design. Plunger shall be designed and constructed 
in accordance with one of the following formulas: 

1. Where slenderness ratio of plunger is less than 120: 
(W/A) = 13600 - 0.485 (L/R) 2 

2. Where slenderness ratio of plunger is greater than 120: 
(W/A) = 95,000,000/(L/flJ 2 

WHERE: 

W = Allowable gross weight to be sustained by plunger. 
Where a counterweight is provided, the weight of the 
counterweight plus the unbalanced weight of the coun- 
terweight ropes may be deducted in determining W In 



determining W, V2 of the weight of the plunger shall be 
included. Where the cylinder is attached to the car 
frame, the weight of the cylinder, the liquid in the cylin- 
der, and V2 the weight of the plunger shall be included. 

A = Net sectional area of plunger (area of metal) in square 
inches. 

L = Maximum free length of plunger in inches. 

R = Radius of gyration of plunger section in inches. 
W/A = Maximum allowable fiber stress. 

EXCEPTION: Plungers having a free length of 25 feet or less may 
be accepted without further examination for strength and elastic stabil- 
ity provided all of the following conditions exist: 

1. The working pressure is 300 pounds per square inch or less. 

2. The plunger is 4 inches nominal pipe size or larger. 

3. Pipe not lighter than schedule 40 is used and not more than 
Vl6 inch of metal has been removed from the wall thickness in 
machining. 

4. The plunger is not of the telescoping type. 

3. Figures 7-3102 Al and 7-3102 A2 may be used as a guide for 
the maximum free lengths for various loads on some of the more 
common pipe sizes used for plungers. 

(b) Design of Joints in Plungers. Plungers composed of more 
than one section shall have the joints designed and constructed to: 

1. Carry in tension the weight of all plunger sections below the 
joint, and 

2. Transmit in compression the gross load on the plunger with a 
factor of safety of not less than 5 based on ultimate strength. 

(c) Attachment of Plunger to Platform. The plunger shall be 
attached to the car platform with fastenings of sufficient strength 
to support the weight of the plunger with a factor of safety of not 
less than 4. 

(d) Plungers Subjected to External Pressure. For plungers 
subjected to external pressure, the working pressure shall be not 
more than that indicated by the following formula: 

1. Where the ratio of -, is less than 0.023: 



P = 333 



l-yi-1600(£) 2 



2. Where the ratio of -7 is greater than 0.023: 

P = 28890 ^ - 462 
a 

WHERE: 

p = Working pressure in pounds per square inch. 
t = Finished wall thickness in inches. 
d = External finished diameter in inches, 
(e) Cylinder Design. 

1. Cylinders shall be designed and constructed in accordance 
with the following formula: 

pd 

WHERE: 

t = 



Thickness of wall in inches, minimum. 
p = Working pressure in pounds per square inch. 
d = Internal diameter in inches. 

S = Design stress in pounds per square inch (12,000 psi max- 
imum for mild steel and V5 the ultimate strength for 
other metals). 
2. Gray cast iron (or other brittle material), if used in the cylin- 
der assembly, shall have a factor of safety of not less than 10. 



120 



2001 CALiFORWSA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3103 



(f) Cylinder and Plunger Heads. 

1. Heads of cylinders, and heads of plungers subject to fluid 
pressure, shall conform to the following requirements: 

A. They shall be designed and constructed in accordance 
with the applicable formulas in Section 7-3102 (f) 2, 
provided that steel heads shall in no case have a thick- 
ness less than that required for the adjoining shell. 

B. Dished seamless heads, convex to pressure, shall have a 
maximum allowable working pressure not more than 
60 percent of that for heads of the same dimensions with 
pressure on the concave. 

C. Reinforced heads shall be designed and constructed so 
that the maximum stress at rated capacity shall not ex- 
ceed 12,000 pounds per square inch for mild steel and V5 
of the ultimate strength of the material for other metals. 

D. Pressure heads subjected to mechanical loads in addi- 
tion to fluid pressure loads shall be so designed and 
constructed that the combined stresses will not exceed 
the limits specified in Sections 7-3102 (f) 1A, 7-3102 (f) 
IB, and 7-3102 (f) 1C. 

2. Heads of cylinders and heads of plungers subject to fluid 
pressure shall be designed and constructed in accordance with one 
of the following applicable formulas: 

A. Flat unreinforced heads: 



B. Dished seamless heads, concave to pressure: 

5pr 



t = 



65 



WHERE; 

t = Thickness of head in inches, minimum. 
d = Diameter of head between supporting edges in inches. 
p = Working pressure in pounds per square inch. 

S = Design stress in pounds per square inch (12,000 psi max- 
imum for mild steel and V5 of ultimate strength for other 
metals). 

r = Radius to which head is dished, measured on concave 
side in inches (not greater than d). 

3. Welding of parts on which safe operation depends shall con- 
form to Section 7-3033 (g). 

(g) Pipe Design. 

1. The minimum wall thickness of pipe for working pressures 
over 250 pounds per square inch shall be determined by the fol- 
lowing formula: 

t = (pD/2S) + C 
WHERE: 

D = Outside diameter of pipe in inches. 
t = Minimum wall thickness in inches. 
p = Working pressure in pounds per square inch, 
c = 0.050 for threaded pipe up to 3 /s inch pipe size. Depth of 
thread in inches, for threaded pipe over 3 /s inch pipe size. 
Depth of groove in inches, for grooved pipe. 0.000 for 
other pipe of unreduced thickness. 

S = Allowable stress in pounds per square inch (V5 ultimate 
strength). 

2. Supply piping materials and fittings shall conform with the 
applicable provisions of US AS B3 1.1.0 except that nonductile 



material shall not be used. The material used shall have a factor of 
safety of not less than 5 based on ultimate strength and on elonga- 
tion of not less than 10 percent. 

3. Plain end nonferrous pipe or tubing shall have a wall thick- 
ness not less than that determined by the formula in Section 
7-3102 (g) 1 where C = 0.000 and S (max) V5 of the ultimate 
strength of the material used. 

4. Welding of parts on which safe operation depends shall con- 
form to Section 7-3033 (g). 

5. Threads of piping, fittings, and valves shall conform to US AS 
B2.1. 

Hydraulic Elevator Car Frame and Platform Stresses and 



(a) General Requirements. The stresses and deflections in car 
frame and platform members shall be based on the data and formu- 
las listed in this section. For cars with corner post or subpost car 
frames, the formulas and data do not generally apply and shall be 
modified to suit the specific conditions in each case. 

1. The maximum stresses in car frame uprights which are nor- 
mally subject to compression shall be such that the quantity 
[(falF a ) + (fblFb)] does not exceed unity. 

WHERE; 
F a = Allowable axial compressive unit stress [not exceeding 

17,000 - 0.485 (L/R) 2 ]. 
Ff, = Allowable bending unit stress (15,000 psi if area basis is 
gross section or 18,000 psi if area basis is net section). 
f a = Actual axial compressive unit stress based on gross sec- 
tion. 
fb = Actual bending unit stress. 
L = Free length of uprights in inches (distance from lowest 

fastening in crosshead to top fastening in plank). 
R = Least radius of gyration of section in inches. 

2. The stresses in the car frame crosshead shall be based on the 
total load, if any, supported by the crosshead. 

The moment of inertia in the crosshead shall be not less than 
twice that of the stile section about an axis parallel to that of the 
crosshead section. The connection between the crosshead and the 
stile shall have sufficient rigidity to transmit the bending moment 
in the stile into the crosshead. 

3. The normal stresses in the car frame plank for elevators hav- 
ing a single plunger shall be based on a load equal to V2 the maxi- 
mum static load on the plunger concentrated at each end of the 
plank with the plunger force applied at the middle. Where multiple 
plungers are used, the stresses shall be analyzed for the specific 
case. Stresses resulting from oil buffer engagement shall be calcu- 
lated in accordance with Design Section 7-3101 (d). 

4. The stresses in each car frame upright due to compression and 
bending and the slenderness ratio of each upright and its moment 
of inertia shall be determined in accordance with the following 
formulas: 

A. Stresses due to bending. 

f b = (KL/4HZ U ) 



fb = The bending stress in each upright in the plane of the 
frame due to the live load Won the platform for the class 
of loading A, B, or C for which the elevator is to be used. 

K = Turning moment in inch-pounds as determined by the 
class of loading by the following formulas: 
(1) For Class A freight loading or passenger loading: 



121 



7-3104 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



K = (WE/8) 
(2) For class B freight loading: 



K= w(£-48\orK = ^ 

whichever is greater 
(3) For Class C freight loading: 

For explanation of symbols L, H, and Z u> see Design 
Section 7-3101 (g). 

B. Stresses due to compression: 

f a = Compressive stress in each upright. 

C. Slenderness Ratio. The slenderness ratio L/R for up- 
rights subject to compressions other than those resulting 
from buffer action shall not exceed 120. 

EXCEPTION: Where the upper side-brace connections on passen- 
ger elevator car frame uprights are located at a point less than V 3 of L 
from the bottom (top fastening in car frame plank), a slenderness ratio 
of L/R not exceeding 160 shall be permissible. 

D. Moment of Inertia. The moment of inertia of each up- 
right shall be not less than determined by the following 
formula: 



/ = 



XL 3 



18EH 

For explanation of symbols, see Design Section 7-3101 
(g)- 
Factor of Safety for Driving Machines and Sheaves. 
7-3104. 
(a) Factor of Safety for Driving Machines and Sheaves. 

1. The factor of safety to be used in the design of driving ma- 
chines and in the design of sheaves used with hoisting and com- 
pensating ropes shall be not less than: 

A. Eight for steel, bronze, or for other metals having an 
elongation of at least 14 percent in a length of 2 inches. 

B. Ten for cast iron, or for other metals having an elonga- 
tion of less than 14 percent in a length of 2 inches. 

2. The load to be used in determining the factor of safety shall be 
the resultant of the maximum tensions in the ropes leading from 
the sheave or drum with the elevator at rest and with rated load in 
the car. 

Governor Trip Speeds and Approval Data. 
7-3105. 

(a) Governor Tripping Speeds. Figure 7-3105 A gives the 
maximum tripping speeds for various rated speeds. 

(b) Data Required for Approval. 

1. Two complete sets of assembly and detail drawings of the 
governor shall be submitted, and shall show the following: 

A. The construction of the governor and the dimensions of 
major parts for identification. 

B. The adjustment range and values of the data as marked 
on the governor marking plate required by Section 
7-3036 (h). 

2. The results of a test performed at the maximum tripping 
speeds for which the approval is to be issued. This test shall be wit- 
nessed by an authorized representative of the Division of Industri- 
al Safety, or the division may accept reports of witnesses 
recognized as competent by the division. 



Car and Counterweight Safety Stopping Distances and 
Approval Data. 
7-3106. 
(a) Stopping Distances, Type B safeties. 

1. The following formulas shall be used to determine the maxi- 
mum and minimum stopping distances for Type B car and coun- 
terweight safeties: 

(V) 2 



s = 



81, 144 

(V) 2 



+ 0.84 



S' = 



231 840 
WHERE: 

S = Maximum stopping distance in feet. 

S' = Minimum stopping distance in feet. 

V = Governor stripping speed in feet per minute. 

2. Figures 7-3106 A-l to 7-3106 A-7 show the maximum and 
minimum stopping distances from various governor tripping 
speeds. 

(b) Data Required for Approval. 

1. Two complete sets of assembly and detail drawings of the 
safety device shall be submitted to the division and shall show the 
following: 

A. The construction of the safety device and the dimensions 
of major parts for identification. 

B. The adjustment range and valves of the data as marked 
on the safety marking plate required by Section 7-3035 
(n). 

C. The design and operational details indicating that the 
safety device complies with Sections 7-3035 (g), 7-3035 
(i), 7-3035 (j), 7-3035 (k), 7-3035 (o), 7-3035 (1), and 
7-3035 (p). 

2. The results of performance tests conducted by the manufac- 
turer or an approved testing laboratory. These tests shall be con- 
ducted to demonstrate that the safety device will function 
satisfactorily within the range of loads and speeds for which the 
safety is to be approved. 

(c) Performance Tests Required for Safety Approval. 

1. On Type B safeties in which the maximum retarding force 
does not depend on the pull in the governor rope, the tests shall be 
of the drop-test type or of the overspeed type. On such tests the 
governor tripping speed need not exceed 280 feet per minute. 

2. On Type B safeties in which the maximum retarding force de- 
pends on the pull in the governor rope and the car speed at which 
the safety is applied, the tests shall be of the drop-test type. 

3. On Type A safeties the tests shall be: 

A. A test shall be made of the inertia application of the safe- 
ty by attaching the proper weight, as determined by the 
manufacturer, to the return run of the governor rope. 
This weight shall be that necessary to reproduce inertia 
operation of the safety at not to exceed V10 gravity. The 
inertia application shall be made with the car stationary, 
and the weight when released shall move the safety parts 
into contact with the rails, and 

B. A runaway test made from governor tripping speed with 
the safety device applied by the governor mechanism. 

4. On Type C safeties, the tests shall be of the over speed type. 
The inertia application of the safety is not required. 

(d) Factor of Safety. Parts of safeties, except springs, shall have 
a factor of safety of not less than 3.5, and the materials used shall 



122 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTS 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3108.1 



have an elongation of not less than 15 percent in a length of 2 inch- 
es. Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved. 

EXCEPTION: Safety-rope drums, leading sheaves, and their sup- 
porting brackets and safety jaw gibs may be made of cast iron and other 
metals, provided such parts have a factor of safety of not less than 10. 

1. Rope used as a connection from the safety to the governor 
rope, including rope wound on the safety rope drum, shall be not 
less than 3 /$ inch in diameter and shall be made of a corrosion-re- 
sistant metal. Tiller rope construction shall not be used. The factor 
of safety of the rope shall be not less than 5. 

2. The factors of safety shall be based upon the maximum 
stresses developed in the parts during the operation of the safety 
when stopping rated load from governor tripping speed. 

3. Springs may be used in the operation of car or counterweights 
safeties. Where used, and where partially loaded prior to safety 
operation, the loading on the spring shall not produce a fiber stress 
exceeding V2 the elastic limit of the material. During operation of 
the safety, the fiber stress shall not exceed 85 percent of the elastic 
limit of the material. Helical springs, where used, shall be in com- 
pression. 

4. Safety-rope leading-sheave brackets and other safety operat- 
ing parts shall not be attached to or supported by wood platform 
members. 

Plunger Engaging Safety Device for Direct Plunger 
Hydraulic Elevators. 

7=3106.1. 



(a) Plunger Engaging Safety Device Design and Operation. 
The plunger engaging safety device (PESD), when used on direct 
plunger hydraulic elevators to stop uncontrolled descent due to 
loss of pressure, shall comply with the following requirements: 

1. The forces applied to the plunger shall be compressive and 
distributed over the circumference of the plunger when the PESD 
is actuated. The force shall not exceed 28 percent of the plunger 
yield stress. 

2. Supports for the PESD shall be capable of withstanding a 
kinetic force of 115 percent of the total load stopping with a decel- 
eration of 1 g. 

3. The PESD shall: 

A. Actuate when there is a loss of hydraulic pressure that 
could cause the elevator to go into an out-of-control de- 
scent, 

B. Not release the plunger if there is downward motion of 
the plunger, 

C. Be fully operational during a primary electrical system 
power failure, and 

D. Have sufficient running clearance between the gripping 
surface and the plunger to not adversely affect the plung- 
er or the gripping surface. 

4. The PESD bearings, when used, shall be corrosion-resistant. 

5. Parts of the PESD and supports, except springs, shall have a 
safety factor of not less than 3.5. The materials used shall have an 
elongation of not less than 15 percent in length of 2 inches. Forged, 
cast or welded parts shall be stress relieved. Roller chains, if pro- 
vided, shall comply with ASME 29.1M-1993, which is hereby in- 
corporated by reference. Wire rope, if provided, shall comply with 
Section 7-3107. 



(b) Data Required for Approval. 

1. Two complete sets of detail drawings showing the assembly 
of the PESD shall be submitted to the Division and shall show the 
following: 

A. The construction of the PESD and the dimensions of ma- 
jor parts for identification. 

B. The shim adjustment range indicated on the safety mark- 
ing plate required by Section 7-3065 (b) 3. 

C. Indication of how the clamping surfaces are held in the 
released position. 

2. The results of performance tests conducted by the manufac- 
turer or approved testing laboratory. These tests shall be con- 
ducted to demonstrate that the PESD will function satisfactorily 
within the range of loads and speeds for which the PESD is to be 
approved. 

(c) Performance Tests Required for PESD Approval. 

1. Tests to indicate that surfaces subjected to friction by the 
PESD will not reduce the reasonable life expectancy of such sur- 
faces. 

2. Tests to indicate the gripping mechanism of the PESD does 
not adversely affect the plunger. 

Factors of Safety for Suspension Wire Ropes and Design of 
Wire Rope Fastenings for Power Elevators. 
7=3107. 
(a) Factors of Safety for Wire Ropes. 

1. The factor of safety for wire ropes shall be calculated by the 
following formula: 



/ = 



S xN 
W 



S = Manufacturer's rated breaking strength of one rope. 
N = Number of runs of rope under load (See Note). 

W = Maximum static load imposed on all car ropes with the 
car and its rated load at any position in the hoistway. 

NOTE: In the case of multiple roping, the number of runs of rope 
(N) under load will be: For 2:1 roping, twice the number of ropes use; 
for 3:1 roping, three times the number of ropes used; etc. 

2. The factor of safety for wire suspension ropes shall be not less 
than that determined by Figure 7-3107 A2 for the various rope 
speeds. 

(b) Design of Wire Rope Fastenings. 

1. Tapered babbitted-type rope sockets shall be of a design 
shown in Figure 3107 Bl as follows: 

A. The axial length (L) of the tapered portion of the socket 
shall be not less than 4 3 /4 times the diameter of the rope 
used. 

B. The axial length (V) of the open portion of the rope socket 

shall be not less than 4 times the diameter of the rope 
used. 

C. The length of the straight bore (L") at the small end of the 
socket shall be not more than V2-inch (51 mm) nor less 
than Vs inch (3.2 mm), and its outer edge shall be 
rounded and free from cutting edges. 

D. The diameter (d) of the hole at the large end of the ta- 
pered portion of the socket shall be not less than 
2V4 times nor more than 3 times the diameter of the wire 
rope used. 



123 



7-3108 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



E. The diameter (d') of the hole at the small end of the 
tapered portion of the socket shall be not more than 
shown in Table 7-3107 B1E. 

2. Types of rope fastenings other than individual tapered bab- 
bitted rope sockets may be accepted by the division subject to the 
following: 

A. Data is submitted showing the results of adequate tensile 
and fatigue tests made by a qualified testing laboratory. 

B. The fastenings shall conform to the requirements of Sec- 
tion 7-3042 (j). 

C. The rope socketing shall be such as to develop at least 
80 percent of the ultimate breaking strength of the stron- 
gest rope to be used in such fastenings. 

D. U-bolt type rope clips (clamps) shall not be used for such 
fastenings. 

3. Cast or forged steel rope sockets, shackle rods and their con- 
nections shall be made of unwelded steel, having an elongation of 
not less than 20 percent in a length of 2 inches, conforming to 
ASTM A 235 for forged steel, and to USAS G50.1 (ASTM A 27) 
for cast steel, and shall be stress relieved. 

4. The shackle rod, eye bolt, or other means used to connect the 
rope socket to the car or counterweight, shall have a strength at 
least equal to the rope manufacturer's rated breaking strength of 
the rope. 

5. Eye bolts used as connections with clevis-type sockets shall 
be of forged steel conforming to ASTM A 235 without welds. 

6. Rope sockets shall be of such strength that the rope will break 
before the socket is perceptibly deformed. 

(c) Method of Babbitting Wire Ropes in Tapered Sockets. 

Where the tapered babbitted type socket is used, the method and 
procedure to be followed in making up the fastening shall conform 
to the following: 

1. Handling. The rope to be socketed shall be carefully handled 
to prevent twisting, untwisting, or kinking. 

2. Seizing of Rope Ends. The rope ends to be socketed shall be 
served before cutting with seizings in accordance with the follow- 
ing: 

A. The seizing shall be done with annealed iron wire, pro- 
vided that other methods of seizing may be used which 
give the same protection from loss of rope lay. 

Where iron wire is used for seizing, the length of each 
seizing shall be not less than the diameter of the rope. 

B. For nonpreformed rope, three seizings shall be made at 
each side of the cut in the rope. 

C. For preformed rope, one seizing shall be made at each 
side of the cut in the rope. 

D. For nonpreformed rope, the first seizing shall be close to 
the cut end of the rope and the second seizing shall be 
spaced back from the first the length of the end of the 
rope to be turned in. The third seizing shall be at a dis- 
tance from the second equal to the length of the tapered 
portion of the socket. 

For preformed rope, the seizing shall be at a distance 
from the end of the rope equal to the length of the tapered 
portion of the socket plus the length of the portion of the 
rope to be turned in. 

3. Spreading of Rope Strands. After the rope has been seized, 
it shall be inserted into the socket through the hole in the small end 
a sufficient distance for manipulation; and where nonpreformed 
rope is used, the first two seizings shall be removed. The rope 



strands shall then be spread apart and where rope with fiber core is 
used, the fiber core shall be cut away as close as possible to the re- 
maining seizing. 

4. Removal of Grease or Oil. Grease and oil shall be removed 
by cleaning the outer surface of the exposed rope strands with a 
nonflammable low-toxic solvent. 

5. Turning in of Rope Strands. The exposed rope strands shall 
then be bent, turned in, and bunched closely together, each strand 
being turned back the same distance. The portion turned in shall 
have a length of not less than 2V2 times the diameter of the rope 
and such that, when the rope is pulled as far as possible into socket, 
the bend of the turned-in strands shall be slightly overflush with 
the mouth of the tapered socket (large end) and will be visible 
when the socket has been babbitted. Where rope with steel core is 
used, the steel core shall be cut off even with the tops of the looped 
strands. 

6. Insertion of Bent-in Rope Strands in Socket. The rope end 
shall be pulled as far as possible into the socket so that the remain- 
ing seizing projects outside the hole at the small end of the socket. 

7. Position of Socket Preparatory to Pouring Babbitt. The 

socket shall be held in a vertical position with the large end up, and 
the rope held in a position truly axial with the socket. Tape or waste 
may be wound around the rope at the small end of the socket to 
prevent the babbitt from seeping through, but shall be removed af- 
ter the metal has cooled. 

8. Heating of Babbitt. The babbitt shall be heated to a fluidity 
just sufficient to char a piece of soft wood such as white pine with- 
out igniting it. Care shall be taken not to overheat the babbitt suffi- 
ciently to damage the rope. 

9. Heating of Socket-basket and Pouring of Babbitt. The 

rope socket-basket shall be heated by a blowtorch flame suffi- 
ciently to prevent chilling of the babbitt and to insure that the bab- 
bitt when poured will completely fill the basket, including all the 
spaces between the rope strands. Following this molten babbitt 
shall be poured slowly and evenly into the basket until it is filled to 
a point level with the top of the opening in the large end. 

10. Babbitt metal shall contain at least 9 percent antimony and 
shall be clean and free from dross. 

(d) Design of Suspension Rope Equalizers. Cable equalizers 
and their fastenings may be of types other than individual com- 
pression spring type provided: 

1. Data is submitted to the division showing that adequate ten- 
sile and fatigue tests have been made by a qualified testing labora- 
tory. 

2. The tests show the ultimate strength of the equalizer and its 
fastenings in its several parts and assembly, which shall be not less 
than 10 percent in excess of the required strength of the suspension 
ropes. 

3. Equalizers of the single-bar type or springs in tension shall 
not be used. 

Design of Oil Buffers and Buffer Supports and Tests for 
Approval of Oil Buffers. 
7-3108. 
(a) Stroke of Oil Buffers. 

1. The stroke shall be such that the car or the counterweight on 
striking the buffer at 115 percent of rated speed shall be brought to 
rest with an average retardation of not more than 32.2 feet per 
second, or 

2. Where an emergency terminal stopping device is installed 
which conforms to the requirements of Section 7-3039 (c), and 
which will limit the speed at which the car or counterweight can 



124 



■LEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3109 



strike its buffer, the buffer stroke shall be based on at least 115 per- 
cent of the reduced striking speed and on an average retardation 
not exceeding 32.2 feet per second per second. 

3. The following formula gives the value of the stopping dis- 
tance based on gravity retardation from any initial velocity: 



S = 



in 



19,320 



V = Initial velocity in feet per minute 

5 = Free fall in inches (gravity stopping distance) 

4. Figure 7-3108 shows the gravity stopping distances based on 
the formula of Section 7-3108 (a) 3. 

(b) Retardation by Oil Buffers. Oil buffers shall develop an 
average retardation not in excess of 32.2 feet per second per sec- 
ond, and shall develop no peak retardation greater than 80.5 feet 
per second per second having a duration exceeding V25 of a sec- 
ond with any load in the car from rated load to a minimum load of 
150 pounds when the buffers are struck with an initial speed of not 
more than: 

1. One hundred fifteen percent of rated speed for buffers con- 
forming with Section 7-3031 (f), and 

2. One hundred fifteen percent of the predetermined reduced 
speed for buffers conforming with the exception to Section 7-3031 

(0- 

(c) Factor of Safety for Oil buffer Parts. The factor of safety 
of parts of oil buffers, based on the yield point for compression 
members and on the ultimate strength and elongation for other 
parts, at gravity retardation with the maximum load for which the 
buffer is designed, shall be not less than the following: 

1. Three for materials having a elongation of 20 percent or more 
in a length of 2 inches. 

2. Three and one-half for materials having a elongation of from 
15 to 20 percent in a length of 2 inches. 

3. Four for materials having a elongation of from 10 to 15 per- 
cent in a length of 2 inches. 

4. Five for materials having an elongation of less than 10 per- 
cent in a length of 2 inches, except that cast iron shall have a factor 
of safety of 10. 

(d) L/R for Members Under Compression as Columns. The 
L/R ratio of members of oil buffers under compression as columns 
shall be not more than 80. 

The L/R ratio specified applies only to those main buffer mem- 
bers which are subject to the impact of the fully loaded car when 
striking the buffer. 

(e) Buffer Oil Requirements. Oils used in oil buffers shall 
have a pour point of zero degrees F or lower a defined in ANSI 
Z11.5 (ASTM D 97) and a viscosity index of 75 or higher as de- 
fined in ANSI Z11.211 (ASTM D 2270). 

(f) Approval of Oil Buffers. 

1. The buffer shall be approved on the basis of the engineering 
tests specified in ANSI A17.1 made by an approved testing labo- 
ratory or by the manufacturer and witnessed by a representative of 
such an approved testing laboratory or by a representative of the 
Division of Industrial Safety. Tests shall be made on a buffer of 
each type or design to be approved and having the following oil 
por tings: 

A. The porting having the range of the maximum loads for 
which the buffer is designed. 



B. The porting having the range of the minimum loads for 
which the buffer is designed. 

2. The approval shall include buffers of the same type or design 
having a greater or shorter stroke, up to a maximum of 7 feet, and 
having oil portings for any load range within the maximum and 
minimum loads for which the buffer has been tested, provided that 
the buffer will conform to the requirements of Section 7-3031 (f). 

3. Certification. When the buffer has been subjected to all of the 
specified tests and all test records and data indicate that it con- 
forms to the requirements of Sections 7-3031 and 7-3108, the lab- 
oratory shall issue to the manufacturer at test report and a 
certificate stating that the buffer of the particular stroke, and hav- 
ing the portings tested, has met the requirements for the maximum 
and minimum loads as stated in the certificate. 

A copy of the test reports, together with drawings and descrip- 
tions of the buffer to allow field identification, shall be submitted 
to the division with the request for approval. 

(g) Impact on Buffer Supports. The following formulas give 
the buffer reaction and the impact on the car and counterweight oil 
buffer supports resulting from buffer engagement: 

R = W[\ + (v 2 /2gS)] 

P = 2R 

The following formulas give the buffer reaction and the impact 
on the supports of car and counterweight spring buffers which do 
not fully compress under the conditions outlined in Section 
7-3019. 

R = 2W[1 + (v 2 /2gS)] 

P = R 



R = Buffer reaction in pounds. 

P = Impact in pounds. 

W = Weight in car plus rated load in pounds. 

v = Speed in feet per second at impact. 

S = Buffer stroke in feet. 

g = 



£5 U11C1 SUUK.C 111 1CCI. 

32.2 feet per second per second. 



Guide Rails, Guide Rail Brackets, 

for Electric Elevators. 



Fastenings and Supports 



(a) Stresses and Deflections. 



1. The stresses in a guide rail, or in a rail and its reinforcement, 
due to the horizontal forces imposed on the rail during loading, un- 
loading, or running, calculated without impact, shall not exceed 
15,000 pounds per square inch based upon the class of loading. 
The deflection, calculated on the same basis, shall not exceed 
V4 inch. 

EXCEPTION: Where steels of greater strength than those speci- 
fied in Section 7-3109 (b) are used, the stresses may be increased pro- 
portionately based on the ratio of the ultimate strengths. 

2. The guide rail brackets, their fastenings and supports, such as 
building beams and walls, shall be capable of resisting the hori- 
zontal forces imposed by the class of loading with a total deflec- 
tion at the point of support of not more than Vs inch. 

(b) Requirements for Steel. 

1. Rails, brackets, fishplates, and rail clips shall be made of 
open-hearth steel or its equivalent having a tensile strength of not 
less than 55,000 pounds per square inch and having an elongation 
of not less than 22 percent in a length of 2 inches. 

2. Bolts shall conform to ASTM A 307. 



125 



7-3110 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



3. Rivets shall conform to ASTM A 502. 

(c) Rail Section. When shapes other than those specified in Sec- 
tion 7-3030 (e) are used, they shall: 

1. Have a section modulus and moment of inertia equal to or 
greater than that of the sections shown in Figure 7-3030 El for a 
given loading condition. 

2. Have a sectional area sufficient to withstand the compressive 
forces resulting from the application of the car or counterweight 
safety device. 

(d) Moment of Inertia for a Single Guide Rail. The minimum 
moment of inertia about an axis (1-1) parallel to the base of a 
single rail or to the base of a single rail and its reinforcement for a 
car or counterweight with a safety device, is given in Figure 
7-3109 D for total weight per pair of rails and bracker spacing. 

NOTE: The moments of inertia of the most common size standard 
T-rails are shown in Figure 7-3109 D as vertical lines. 

Approval of Hoistway Door Interlocks and Hoistway Door 
Combination Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts 
(Contact Locks). 

7-3110. 
(a) Methods of Approval. 

1. Hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door combination me- 
chanical locks and electric contacts used on installations covered 
by these regulations shall be of an approved type. The Division of 
Industrial Safety will classify as "Approved" such hoistway door 
locking devices that have been approved, listed, labeled, or 
manufactured as conforming to the standards of the Underwrit- 
ers 's Laboratories, Inc., or similar approved institutions, pro- 
vided, however, that the division may refuse to approve such 
devices that do not comply with the requirements of Section 
7-3021. 

A. Drawings and test reports shall be submitted to the divi- 
sion with the request for lock approval. 

2. The division may classify as "Approved" hoistway door 
locking devices which have not been approved, listed, labeled, or 
manufactured as conforming to the standards of one of the institu- 
tions specified in Section 7-3110 (a) (1) upon satisfactory evi- 
dence that they are designed and constructed so that they do 
comply with the requirements of Section 7-3021. 

A. Drawings and a working model of the lock shall be sub- 
mitted to the division for approval, together with design 
data on the component parts of the locking device. 

Stresses and Deflection in Machinery and Sheave Beams 
and Their Supports. 

7-3111. 

(a) Allowable Loads and Stresses for Beams and Floors. 

1. The stresses shall not exceed 80 percent of those permitted for 
static loads. 

A. Structural steel by AISC Specification for Design Fab- 
rication and Erection of Structural Steel Building. 

B. Reinforced concrete by ANSI A89.1 Concrete Building 
Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 

2. The stresses in overhead beams, floors, and their supports 
shall be based on not less than the sum of the following loads: 

A. The load resting on the beams and supports, which shall 
include the complete weight of the machine, sheaves, 
controller, governor, and any other equipment, together 
with that portion, if any, of the machine room floor sup- 
ported thereon. 



B. Twice the sum of the tensions in all wire ropes passing 
over sheaves or drums supported by the beams with 
rated load in the car. 

NOTE: These tensions are doubled to take care of impact accelerat- 
ing stresses, etc. 

3. The stresses in beams, foundations, and floors for machinery 
and sheaves not located directly over the hoistway shall be based 
on not less than the following loads: 

A. The foundation shall support the total weight of the ma- 
chine, sheaves, and other equipment, and the floor, if 
any. 

B. The sheave beams and the foundation bolts shall with- 
stand twice the vertical component of the tensions in all 
hoisting ropes passing over sheaves or drums on the 
foundation or beams, less the weight of the machine or 
sheaves. 

C. The sheave beams and the foundation bolts shall with- 
stand twice the horizontal component, if any, of the ten- 
sions in all hoisting ropes passing over sheaves or drums 
on the foundation or beams. 

D. The foundation shall withstand twice the turning mo- 
ment, if any, developed by the tensions in all the hoisting 
ropes passing over sheaves or drums on the foundation 
or beams. 

4. Where stresses due to loads, other than elevator loads, sup- 
ported on beams or floor exceed those due to elevator loads, 100 
percent of the permitted stresses may be used. 

(b) Allowable Deflections. 

The allowable deflections of machinery and sheave beams, and 
their immediate supports under static load, shall not exceed 
1/1666 of the span. 

(c) Bolts and Rivets. 

1. Anchor bolts for machines or sheaves located below or to one 
side of the hoistway shall conform to ASTM A 307. 

A. Total tension in anchor bolts shall not exceed 12,000 
pounds per square inch of net section. 

B. Total shear in anchor bolts shall not exceed 8,600 
pounds per square inch of actual area in the shear plane. 

EXCEPTION: Bolts made of steel having greater strength than 
specified by ASTM A 307 may be used and the maximum allowable 
stresses increased proportionately based on the ratio of ultimate 
strengths. Elongation shall conform to the requirements of the corre- 
sponding ASTM specification. 

2. Bolts or rivets used to secure overhead hoisting rope 
hitch plates shall conform to ASTM A 307 and ASTM A 502, 
respectively. 

A. Where bolts or rivets are subjected to shearing stresses 
due to tension in the hoisting ropes, the total shear shall 
not be more than 8,600 pounds per square inch of actual 
area in the shear plane. The stresses in welds shall not be 
more than 8,000 pounds per square inch based on the 
throat area of the welds. 

EXCEPTION: Bolts made of steel having greater strength than 
specified by ASTM A 307 may be used and the maximum allowable 
stresses increased proportionately based on the ratio of ultimate 
strengths. Elongation shall conform to the requirements of the corre- 
sponding ASTM specification. 

3. The fastenings used to attach equipment, except rail brackets, 
to the supporting structure shall be designed to withstand seismic 
forces of 1.0 g. horizontally and 0.5 g. vertically acting simulta- 
neously when such fastenings are rigid or when fastenings use 
rubber or similar material for vibration isolation of equipment. 



126 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3113 



Fastenings using springs for vibration isolation of equipment shall 
be designed to withstand forces double those for rigid fastenings. 

The stresses in parts or structural members made of steel shall 
not exceed 88% of the yield strength of the material used in the fas- 
tenings. 

(d) Hitch Plates and Hitch Plate Supports. Total stresses in 
tension, plus bending in hitch plates and in hitch plate shapes, shall 
not be more than 12,000 pounds per square inch. The hitch plate 
supporting beams shall be designed to withstand twice the sum of 
the tensions in all the hoisting ropes attached to the hitch plates. 

(e) Cast Metals in Tension or Bending. Cast metals having an 
elongation of less than 20 percent in a length of 2 inches, which are 
subject to tension or bending, shall not be used to support machin- 
ery or equipment from the underside of overhead beams or floors. 

Special Elevators. 
7= 



scribed in the following sections in addition to all other applicable 
requirements of Articles 7-7, 7-8 and 7-9: 

Section 

7-3001 (a) 3 



(a) Observation Elevators. Observation elevators installed in 
unenclosed hoistways shall comply with special requirements de- 



1. Submission of Plans 

2. Cleaning of Glass and Replacement 
of Lamps 

3. Hoistway Enclosure 



4. Top Clearance. Cable Elevators 
Top Clearance. Hydraulic Elevators 

5. Access Switches 

6. Emergency Exit 

7. Car Top Guardrails 

8. Glass Passenger Car Enclosure 

9. Safeties 



7-3001 (a) 7 

7-3010 (a) 1 
7-3010 (a) 6 
7-3010 (e) 

7-3017 (k) 4 

7-3054 (a) 5D 

7-3021 (k) 1 

7-3034 (a) 4 

7-3034 (a) 9 

7-3034 (b) 5D 

7-3035 (h) 4 



TABLE 7-3101 A4— MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN CAR FRAME AND PLATFORM MEMBERS 
AND CONNECTIONS, FOR STEELS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 7-3101 (a) 1A AND 7-3101 (a) 1B 


MEMBER 


TYPE OF STRESS 


MAX STRESS psl 


AREA BASIS 


Car Crosshead 


Bending 


12,500 


Gross Section 


Car Frame Plank Normal Loading 


Bending 


12,500 


Gross Section 


Car Frame Plank Buffer Reaction 


Bending 


25,000 


Gross Section 


Car Frame Uprights (Stiles) 


Bending plus 


15,000 


Gross Section 


Tension 


18,000 


Net Section 


Hoisting Rope 
Hitch Shapes 


Bending plus 
Tension 


8,000 


Net Section 


Platform Framing 


Bending 


12,500 


Gross Section 


Platform Stringers 


Bending 


15,000 


Gross Section 


Threaded Brace Rods and other 
Tension Members Except Bolts 


Tension 


8,000 


Net Section 


Bolts 


Tension 


7,000 


Net Section 


Bolts in Clearance Holes 


Shear 


7,000 


Actual Area in Shear Plane 


Bolts in Clearance Holes 


Bearing 


16,000 


Gross Section 


Rivets or Tight Body-fit Bolts 


Shear 


10,000 


Actual Area in Shear Plane 


Rivets or Tight Body-fit Bolts 


Bearing 


18,000 


Gross Section 


Any Framing Member, Normal 
Loading 


Compression 


14,000 - 59L 
R 


Gross Section 



TABLE 7-3107 B1E— RELATION OF ROPE DIAMETER TO SMALL DIAMETER OF SOCKET 



NOMINAL ROPE DIAMETER 
(Inch) 


MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF HOLE 
d' (Inch) 


3 /8 to 7 /i6 inclusive 


3 /32 larger than Nominal Rope Diameter 


V2 to 3 /4 inclusive 


Vs larger than Nominal Rope Diameter 


7 /s to P/s inclusive 


5 /32 larger than Nominal Rope Diameter 


IV4 to IV2 inclusive 


3 /i6 larger than Nominal Rope Diameter 



General Note: 1 in. = 25.4 mm. 



127 



FIGURE 7-3100 A1 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



5,000 




















/ 














w 




















/ 














Q 4,000 

z 

3 


































O 

Z 3,000 

Q 


































































< 

o 

q 2,000 
LU 


































































< 

cc 

1,000 





































































/ 


/ 































10 20 30 40 50 60 70 

INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREA IN SQUARE FEET 

FIGURE 7-3100 A1 
MINIMUM RATED LOADS FOR PASSENGER ELEVATORS 



80 



14.0UU 




























/ 






14,000 


























/ 


/ 






13,000 


























/ 






























/ 










12,000 






















/ 






























/ 


/ 












00 

§ 11,000 

=> 

o 

Q. 

^ 10,000 

Q 

< 




















/ 






























/ 






























/ 


r 




























/ 


/ 


















O 

_i 

g 9,000 
5 














/ 






























/ 






















8,000 










/ 


/ 




























/ 


/ 
































/ 


























7,000 






/ 




























6,000 




/ 


/ 




























/ 


/ 






























R.nnn 


/ 

































50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 

INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREA IN SQUARE FEET 



128 



FIGURE 7-3100 A2 
MINIMUM RATED LOADS FOR PASSENGER ELEVATORS 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3100 A3 



C/5 
Q 

Z 
Z> 
O 
Q. 



25,500 
25,000 

24,000 

23,000 

22,000 

21,000 

20,000 

19,000 

18,000 

17,000 

16.000 

15,000 

14,000 

































/ 


































/ 
































































































/ 
































/ 


/ 
































/ 
































/ 
































/ 


/ 
































/ 
































/28.000 












/ 


















/ 


f 












/ 
















/ 


-Q 

O 
a. 

-z 

Q 

■< 

O 

_J 

Q 
LU 


27,000 




























/ 






























/ 




26,000 






/ 


















/ 


/ 












/ 


















/ 






25,000 




/ 


















/ 












/ 


/ 
















/ 


r 








24,000 


/ 
















/ 


/ 












I 190 






210 


220 




/ 














INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREA 
IN SQUARE FEET 




/ 


































/ 



































120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 

INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREA IN SQUARE FEET 

FIGURE 7-3100 A3 
MINIMUM RATED LOADS FOR PASSENGER ELEVATORS 



f 1 




4] 






/ 


y 






I 


w 

2 


E 


*\ 


<^ 


^4 






ly 




J 



H 



K = 



WE 



CLASS A FREIGHT LOADING 

OR 

PASSENGER LOADING 




K = W(| - 48) OR ^ = j 
WHICHEVER IS GREATER 




CLASS B FREIGHT LOADING 

FIGURE 7-3101 E 
TURNING MOMENT BASED ON CLASS OF LOADING 



CLASS C FREIGHT LOADING 



129 



FIGURE 7-3102 A1 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



NOTE 1: CURVES ARE BASED UPON THE REMOVAL 
OF NOT MORE THAN Vie INCH FROM THE 
WALL THICKNESS IN MACHINING 



60 



NOTE 2: CURVES STOP AT 60-FOOT LENGTH FOR CON- 
VENIENCE ONLY. FOR PLUNGER SIZES OR 
LENGTHS NOT SHOWN ON THIS CHART, SEE THE 
APPLICABLE FORMULA IN RULE 1202.1 A 



LU 50 
UJ ou 



I 
h- 


Z 
HI 

_l 
cc 

LU 

o 



a. 

UJ 
UJ 

cc 

LL 



40 



30 



20 



10 





1 \ 


\ 


\ 


\ 




\ 


<* 


<w 
































\ \ 
\ 

\ 


\ 


> 


\ 


% 


^ 




% 


^/A 




























\ 


\ 


\ 


\>1 


*s 


* 










«** 
























\ \ 

\ 




-V 


^ 


*fe 




^ 












^ 


*$L_ 


















V 


H 


% 


K 


«*> 




































\ 


h 


l\ 


■m 






> 


*^v 


































% 




* 


* 

\ 


^ 
















-~1 
























5 r<? 


V 

*. 




















1 

1 


■ VERTICAL 














V. 




— 


1 




















LINES = "P" FOR 
MAX. EXTERNAL . 
PRESSURE ON 
. PLUNGER 














1 
































1 

1 














































1 

1 



































10 20 30 40 

GROSS WEIGHT "W" IN THOUSAND LB (SEE RULE 1202.1A) 



50 



FIGURE 7-3102 A1 
ALLOWABLE GROSS LOADS 



NOTE 1 : CURVES ARE BASED UPON THE REMOVAL OF 
NOT MORE THAN 1 /i 6 INCH FROM THE WALL 
THICKNESS IN MACHINING 



NOTE 2: CURVES STOP AT 60-FOOT LENGTH FOR CON- 
VENIENCE ONLY. FOR PLUNGER SIZES OR 
LENGTHS NOT SHOWN ON THIS CHART, SEE THE 
APPLICABLE FORMULA IN RULE 1202.1A 



x 
i- 
(5 
Z 
UJ 

_l 
cc 

LU 

(5 



60 






\ 






\ 
\ 










* 


\ 






V 


^ 






























\ 


\ 




































bU 






LU 
N 

CO - 
LU 

a. 

a. - 
cc 

LU 

O ■ 

z 

D 
_l 
(L 

O 

Q 
LU 

X 

o 
co 

b 






















I 










































p 


















1 
















VER 1 IUAL LINbb = "K" 
FOR MAX. EXTERNAL 
PRESSURE ON 
PUjMnun 




4U 






















































































30 






o 

Q 
LU 
I 
O 
CO 

CM 


O 

-ri 

LU 

X 

.o 

CO 

5fr 




o 

Q 
LU 

X 

o 

CO 


































co | 

•Q 1 - 
LU 1 
X I 

ol. 

CO 1 
CO 


20 








o 

Tj- 

Q 

LU 

X 

o 

CO 
oo 


b 

CO 

ib 






Oi 
CO | 




ol 
oo 1 

d|- 

LU. 
X 

CO 






° 1 

oo | 
















LUl 
Xl 

ol 








LU 1 
X 1 

o 1 








10 










CO | 
CM 








CO 
to 
























































n 



















































20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 

GROSS WEIGHT "W" IN THOUSAND LB (SEE RULE 1202.1A) 
FIGURE 7-3102 A2 
ALLOWABLE GROSS LOADS 



180 



200 



130 



2001 CALIFORNIA 



■LEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3105 A 



Q 
LU 
HI 

a. 

CO 
CD 

z 

a. 

cc 

I- 

CC 
O 
Z 
DC 
LU 
> 
O 
CD 



1,200 



1,100 



1,000 



900 



800 



700 



600 



500 



400 



300 



200 





J 


























. 


/ 


















- LU 
LU 

a. 

CO 

CDiu 
Zh 

Q-Z 

DC? 

- 1- . 

t" LU 

Si 


300 






















/ 


/ 


























/ 














/ 




















200 








/ 












/ 




























/ 












/ 






























100 


















/ 






















/ 




100 200 


























/ 






I I I I . 
RATED CAR SPEED / 


1 ,700 


















/ 








" CT 


>- IN FEET PER MINUTE/ 
















/ 


/ 
























Q 
LU 
LU 
Q. 
CO 

CDuj 

Zh 

p-Z 

15 
- "-^ 

- gf 


1,600 ■ 
















/ 


































































1 ,500 


















































/ 
































1,400 








/ 
























/ 
















/ 






















/. 












1,3 


00 ■ 




























/ 


r 




































/ 


/ 














c 


rj «■£. 


1 2 


nn 


























/ 




















1,000 1,100 1,200 


1,300 1,400 1,500 





















































200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 
RATED CAR SPEED IN FEET PER MINUTE 

FIGURE 7-3105 A 

MAXIMUM GOVERNOR TRIPPING SPEEDS 



1,000 



1,000 



III 


1,000 


\- 




D 




Z 




S 


900 


LX 




LU 




a. 




i- 

LU 


800 


LU 




LL 




z 


700 


Q 




LU 




LU 




a. 

CO 


600 


CD 




z 




a. 
a. 


500 


DC 




i- 




cc 

O 


400 


z 




cc 




LU 




> 


300 


u 




CD 





200 



100 



















































































































■ MINIf 


/ii ii\ 


A C 


rnp 


















/ 




DISTANCE 
















/ 


/ 






























/ 




















y 










/ 






























/ 


f 






























/ 






























A 
































/ 






























/ 


f 






























/ 








/ 




MAXIMUM STOP 










/ 








/ 




DISTANCE 








1 


1 






/ 
























/ 






/ 


























/ 




i 


/ 






























/ 





























































01 2345 678 

STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 

FIGURE 7-3106 A1 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



131 



FIGURE 7-3106 A2 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



LU 

3 



1,800 



1,700 



- 1,600 
Q 

LU 
LU 

c/5 1,500 

U 

z 

cl 1,400 

cc 

\- 

O 1,300 

z 
cc 

LU 

> 1,200 

o 

1,000 













































































































































































/ 








































































































































I 


MINIMUM £>IUK 

DISTANCE 





























































































































































































































































7 8 9 10 11 12 
STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 



13 14 



FIGURE 7-3106 A2 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



o 

LU 
LU 

CLLU 
C/3I- 



1,800 







b 1,000 



Q-CC 

gin 



LU 



900 



800 



700 





















































































































































l\ 
[ 


MAXIMUM STOP 
)ISTANCE 








s 



























































































9 10 11 12 13 

STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 



14 



15 



FIGURE 7-3106 A3 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



1,400 



LU 

3 1 ,300 



PE £1,200 



1,100 



1,000 





































































M> 


*xn 


VIUI\ 


yis' 


roF 


> Dl 


STA 


NC 


E 














































































































































/ 

































14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 



21 



22 



FIGURE 7-3106 A4 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



132 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



IGURE 7-3106 A5 



1,550 
1,500 



Q 
LU 

UJ 
CLLU 

Bh 

Z 2 . 

E5 

Q-CC 1,400 

§w 1 ' 300 

LU 2 
>~ 

o 

CO 



1,200 





































MAXIMUM STOP DISTANCE 















































































































































































21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 

FIGURE 7=3106 A5 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



o 


1,850 


UJ 




UJ 
Q-LU 


1,800 


€01— 




z?. 




E=5 

Q-CC 


1,700 


rr-u 




i-u- 




""Ir. 




sU- 


1,600 


CC !, 




LL|Z 




> 

o 


1,500 


CD 







































M> 


-VXII 


ViUh 


dS" 


roF 


>DI 


STO 


NC 


E 















































































































































































28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 
STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 

FIGURE 7=3106 A6 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



Q 


1,850 


LU 




UJ 
GLUI 


1,800 


(Oh 




o2 

Z^ 




K^ 


1,700 


Q-CC 




dcuj 




h-u- 




<rfr, 




uj 


1,600 


oc_: 




U|Z 




> 

o 


1,500 


© 





































M 


AXI 


Mill 


VIS 


IUI 


J UI 


SI/ 


UMC 


b 















































































































































































35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 

STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 



FIGURE 7=3106 A7 
STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 



133 



FIGURE 7-3107 A2 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



12 














































































^FETY 


































































CO 


































o 






/ 




POWER PASSENGER ELEVATORS 




O 9 

1- 

o 






/ 




























8 




/ 






























/ 


/ 






























7 


/ 

































UJ 

LL 
< 
CO 
LL 
O 
fX 
O 
I- 

o 
< 



200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,300 1,600 
ROPE SPEED IN FEET PER MINUTE 



11 



10 







































































































































































/ 




PO 


WE 


RF 


RE 


GH 


TE 


_EV 


ATC 


DRS 










J 


/ 






























/ 






























/ 


( 






























/ 

































200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 
ROPE SPEED IN FEET PER MINUTE 



FIGURE 7-3107 A2 

FACTORS OF SAFETY OF SUSPENSION WIRE ROPES OF POWER 
PASSENGER AND FREIGHT ELEVATORS 



I r 






\_ 






A 

1 






I 




\ ~ 1 


- Q 


I 


Q 


J 


/ ^ 


t 


*- 


r 


\ 


L"— * 


L »- 


L' *- 


SEE NOTE 



NOTE: ROPE SOCKET AND SHACKLE ROD MAY BE IN 
ONE PIECE, AS SHOWN (UNIT CONSTRUCTION), 
OR THE SOCKET AND ROD MAY BE SEPARATE. 



FIGURE 7-3107 B1 
TAPERED BABBITTED ROPE SOCKETS 



134 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



PEGU RE 7-3108 



450 
400 

300 

200 
100 





















































































450 

400 
350 




























DC 


























































Zjlu 

LD-L 


^ 


8 


£ 




10 

i 


11 




















GRAVITY STOPPING 
DISTANCE IN INCHES 



3 4 5 6 7 

GRAVITY STOPPING DISTANCE IN INCHES 



1,450 
1,400 

1,300 
1,200 
1,100 

1,000 
900 
800 
700 
600 
500 





























































y 


/ 




























/ 


/ 
























































































/ 


' 
























































































/ 






























-^ 


/ 






























/ 






























/ 


















/ 


s 










/ 


1,6 


^n - 


























V 


/ 












/ 


7^ 














/ 


LU 


50 - 
























/ 


/ 


LU 
> 


























/ 




:1,4 
l 


50 - 






















/ 


f 




9 

| 


10 

| 


11 
I 


12 
i 


1 


3 


/ 








GRAV 


ITYSTO 


I 
PPING D 


ISTANCE 


E IN FEE 


T 



3 4 5 6 7 

GRAVITY STOPPING DISTANCE IN FEET 



FIGURE 7-3108 

GRAVITY STOPPING DISTANCE 
BASED ON FORMULA OF SECTION 7=3108 (3) 



135 



FIGURE 7-3109 D 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Eg 
U 
is 

iu< 

<*o 
o 



10,000 



5,000 







*z 

Oi 
CM 

■*' 

I 

TSPAC 


/ 
15 

16' 

;ing 




/ 


X 
















/ 


/ 


< 










I 




/ 



































m 



10 



MOMENT OF INERTIA IN IN. 4 



-"fe 

o 





11.000 




























0,000 














' , 


S* 




























/ 




























z 


15' 






/ 






























/' 




















5,000 






i 


1fi 




/ 




























/ 




























1— 


































IT SPAUINU 































1 1 

























5 10 

MOMENT OF INERTIA IN IN. 4 



15 



LU< 



15,000 








Z 
00 


12' 
14 

15 

16 
17' 


'/ 




































































10,000 






































5,000 










































IT J 


SPACING 












































































10 15 

MOMENT OF INERTIA IN IN. 4 



20 



FIGURE 7-3109 D 

MINIMUM MOMENT OF INERTIA ABOUT 1-1 AXIS FOR A SINGLE 
GUIDE RAIL WITH ITS REINFORCEMENT 



136 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTOR CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



FIGURE 7-3109 D 



ffis 
U 

LU< 



L1J< 

:<0 



21 ,000 






















20,000 


14 " 

15' 

/ > 
16 

17 

18" 
SPA 


/ 








































15,000 


/ 

Z 
'' CM 

co- 




















-" 


















10,000 






































9,000 


CING 






































n 

























10 20 

MOMENT OF INERTIA IN IN. 4 



30,000 



20,000 



10,000 



30 



10' 

12 

14 

15' 
16' 

17' 
1fi 






















^ 


■* 


















1^ „ 
























1 














































SPA 


CING 
I 



















00 



10 20 

MOMENT OF INERTIA IN IN. 4 



30 



£3 
U 

UJ< 

<-* 

_JLL 

<*:o 
o 



50,000 



40,000 



30,000 



20,000 



10,000 





8 

10 
12' 
14' 
15' 
16 

17' 
18' J 






























^""^ 


























z 
00 

CM 
1 




































































































































































jPACjj 


JG. 









































CO 



20 30 

MOMENT OF INERTIA IN IN. 4 



40 



50 



FIGURE 7=3109 D (Continued) 

MINIMUM MOMENT OF INERTIA ABOUT 1=1 AXIS FOR A SINGLE 

GUIDE RAIL WITH UTS REINFORCEMENT 



137 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



138 



2001 CAL5FORNSA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3120.0 



GROUP III. NEW ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS 

Article 7-20. Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and 
Related Construction for Electric Elevators 



Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. 
7=3120.0. 

(a) Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. 
Construction of hoistways and hoistway enclosures shall comply 
with Section 100 of ASME A17.1-1996; except for Rules 100.1a 
(3), and 100.1c (3); which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Construction of hoistways and hoistway enclosures shall 
comply with Sections 7-3010 (a) (6) and 7-3010 (d) (2) (B). 

(b) Screening of Hoistway. When two or more elevators are lo- 
cated in the same hoistway, the elevators shall be fully separated 
by a material complying with the following: 

1. Where unperforated steel is used, it shall be equal to or stron- 
ger than 0.0437 inch (1.110 mm) thick steel; 

2. Where wire screen or perforated steel is used it shall be equal 
to or stronger than 0.0915 inch (2.324 mm) diameter metal grill; 

3. The material shall reject a ball 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter; 

4. Be so supported and braced that when subjected to a pressure 
of 100 lb/ft 2 (4.79 kPa) applied horizontally at any point, the 
deflection shall not exceed 1 inch (25.4 mm). 

NOTE: Screening is subject to local building code requirements. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 
7=3120.1. 

(a) Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. Machine rooms 
and machinery spaces shall comply with Section 101 of ASME 
A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall comply with Sec- 
tions 7-3011 (b) (3), 7-3011 (e) (2) (D), 7-3011 (f) (2), 7-3011 (g), 
and 7-3011 (h). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes and Ducts in 
Hoistways, Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. 
7-3120.2. 

(a) Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes and Ducts in Hoist- 
ways, Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. Electrical 
equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in hoistways, machine rooms 
and machinery spaces shall comply with Section 102 of ASME 
A17. 1-1996, except for the reference to ANSI/NFPA 70, which is 
hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. All electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with CCR, 
Title 24, Part 3, California State Electrical Code. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Location and Guarding of Counterweights. 
7-3120.3. 

(a) Location and Guarding of Counterweights. Location and 
guarding of counterweights shall comply with Section 103 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. If the counterweight pit guard prevents viewing of the coun- 
terweight runby, an opening in the guard shall be provided which 



will allow verification of the counterweight runby. The opening 
shall be protected to prevent accidental contact with the moving 
equipment. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Guarding of Exposed Equipment. 
7-3120.4. 

(a) Guarding of Exposed Equipment. Guarding of exposed 
equipment shall comply with Section 104 of ASME A17. 1-1996, 
which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Guarding of exposed equipment shall comply with Sections 
7-3014 (a) and 7-3014 (b). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports and Foundations. 
7-3120.5. 

Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and foundations shall 
comply with Section 105 of ASME A17. 1-1996, which is hereby 
incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



(a) Pits. Pits shall comply with Section 106 of ASME 
A17.1-1996; except for Rules 106.1c and 106.1d (2); which is 
hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Pits shall comply with Sections 7-3016 (a), 7-3016 (d) (3), 
7-3016 (d) (4), 7-3016 (d) (5) and 7-3016 (h). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys for Elevator Cars 

and Counterweights. 

7-3120.7. 

Bottom and top clearances and runbys for elevator cars and 
counterweights shall comply with Section 107 of ASME 
A17.1-1996; except for Rules 107.1b (1) (a) and 107.1b (1) (b); 
which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances. 
7-3120.8. 

(a) Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall comply 
with Section 108 of ASME A17.1-1996, except for Rule 108.1e 
(1) (a), which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. The clearance between the edge of the car platform sill and 
the hoistway enclosure or fascia plate may be increased to not 
more than 7V2 inches for vertically sliding hoistway doors of the 
pass type or of the heavy duty type requiring special sills for extra 
wide openings. 

NOTE: Horizontal clearance requirements for Seismic Zone 2 or 
greater are contained in Article 7-37. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



139 



7-3120.9 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. 
7-3120.9. 

Protection of spaces below hoistways shall comply with Sec- 
tion 109 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Protection of Hoistway-landing Openings. 

7-3120.10. 

(a) Protection of hoistway-landing openings shall comply with 
Section 110 of ASME A17. 1-1996; except for Rules 110.1 and 
110.4 (b) (2); which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Protection of hoistway-landing openings shall comply with 
Sections 7-3020 (a) (1), 7-3020 (a) (2), 7-3020 (a) (3) (B), 7-3020 
(a) (4), 7-3020 (b) (6) (B) and 7-3020 (b) (9) (C). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Hoistway-door Locking Devices, Car Door or Gate Electric 
Contacts, Hoistway Access Switches and Elevator Parking 
Devices. 
7-3120.11. 

(a) Hoistway-door locking devices, car door or gate electric 
contacts, hoistway access switches and elevator parking devices 



shall comply with Section 111 of ASME A17.1-1996; except for 
Rules 111.9a, 111.9d, 111.9e and 111.10; which is hereby incorpo- 
rated by reference. 

1. Prior to installation, hoistway door locking devices shall be 
approved by the Division, pursuant to Section 7-3120.11. Approv- 
al criteria are specified in Section 7-3110. 

2. Hoistway access switches shall comply with Section 7-3021 
(k) (1), excluding the exception, and Section 7-3021 (k) (2) (B). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Power Operation, Power-opening and Power-closing of 
Hoistway Doors and Car Doors or Gates. 

7-3120.12. 

Power operation, power-opening and power-closing of hoist- 
way doors and car doors or gates shall comply with Section 112 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



C 



140 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7=3121.0 



Article 7-21 . Machinery and Equipment for Electric Elevators 



Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-rail Supports 
and Fastenings. 

74121.0. 

(a) Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports and 
fastenings shall comply with Section 200 of ASME A17.1-1996, 
which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Guide rail supports and fastenings shall comply with Section 
7-3030 (k) (3). 

2. Where slots are used for adjustment of the distance between 
guide rails, the brackets shall be secured in their final position by a 
bolt not less than % inch diameter or by welding. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Buffers and Bumpers. 

7=3121.1. 

(a) Buffers and bumpers shall comply with Section 201 of 
ASME A17.1-1996; except for Rule 201.4h; which is hereby in- 
corporated by reference. 

1. Buffers and bumpers shall comply with Sections 7-3031 (j) 
(3) and 7-3031 (o) (2). 

2. Prior to installation, oil buffers installed shall be approved by 
the Division, pursuant to Section 7-3121.1. Approval criteria are 
specified in Section 7-3108 (f). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Counterweights. 

7-3121.2. 

(a) Counterweights shall comply with Section 202 of ASME 
A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Counterweights shall comply with Section 7-3032 (b) (2). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Car Frames and Platforms. 
7-3121.3. 

(a) Car frames and platforms shall comply with Section 203 of 
ASME A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Car frames and platforms shall comply with Sections 7-3033 
(a) and 7-3033 (i) (3). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car 

Illumination,, 

7-3121.4. 

(a) Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumination 
shall comply with Section 204 of ASME A17. 1-1996, except for 
Rule 204. le (2), which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumination 
shall comply with Sections 7-3034 (a) (3), 7-3034 (a) (4) (D), 
7-3034 (a) (9), 7-3034 (b) (3) and 7-3034 (b) (5). 

2. Collapsible type car gates are prohibited. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



Car and Counterweight Safeties. 
7=3121.5. 

(a) Car and counterweight safeties shall comply with Section 
205 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

1. Prior to installation, car and counterweight safeties shall be 
approved by the division, pursuant to Section 7-3121.5. Approval 
criteria are specified in Section 7-3106 (b). 

2. Car and counterweight safeties shall comply with Sections 
7-3035 (c) (6) and 7-3035 (n) (4). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Speed Governors. 
7-3121.6. 

(a) Speed governors shall comply with Section 206 of ASME 
A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Prior to installation, speed governors shall be approved by the 
Division, pursuant to Section 7-3121.6. Approval criteria are spe- 
cified in Section 7-3105 (b). 

2. Speed governors shall comply with Sections 7-3036 (h) (3) 
and 7-3036 (h)(4). 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



7-3121.7. 

(a) Capacity and loading shall comply with Section 207 of 
ASME A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Driving Machines and Sheaves. 
7-3121.8. 

(a) Driving machines and sheaves shall comply with Section 
208 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Terminal Stopping Devices. 
7-3121.9. 

Terminal stopping devices shall comply with Section 209 of 
ASME A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Operating Devices and Control Equipment. 
7-3121.10. 

(a) Operating devices and control equipment shall comply with 
Section 210 of ASME A17.1-1996, except for Rule 210.4 (a), 
which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Operating devices and control equipment shall comply with 
Sections 7-3040 (a) (5) (F), 7-3040 (a) (7), and 7-3040 (f) (7). 

2. Operating devices and control equipment shall comply with 
the following: 

A. Elevators with static control shall be tested for suscepti- 
bility to both radiated and conducted electromagnetic 



7-3121.11 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



interference (EMI) that can be expected to occur in nor- 
mal field operation so as not to render ineffective the 
electrical protective devices required in Section 
7-3121.10. 

B. Elevator controls shall comply with the following when 
a key operated in the car stop switch is provided: 

(1) The controls shall be arranged so that the car will not 
move, level or advance start, unless the hoistway 
door(s) and the car door(s) are in the closed position, 
except for the required releveling or anti-creep. 

(2) The car door contacts shall be adjusted so that the 
closed position of the car door is one inch or less. 

(3) A key for the switch shall be kept in the elevator ma- 
chine room for use by maintenance and inspection 
personnel. 

3. Electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with CCR, 
Title 24, Part 3, California State Electrical Code. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices. 
7-3121.11. 

(a) Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices. Emergen- 
cy operation and signaling devices shall comply with Section 211 
of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(b) Medical Emergency Service. Medical emergency service 
shall comply with Section 7-3041 (e). 



NOTE: Earthquake requirements are in Article 7-37. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Suspension Ropes and Their Connections. 

7-3121.12. 

Suspension ropes and their connections shall comply with Sec- 
tion 212 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Welding. 

7-3121.13. 

Welding requirements shall comply with Section 213 of ASME 
A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Layout Data. 

7-3121.14. 

Layout data shall comply with Section 214 of ASME 
A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



142 



2001 CALIFORN8A ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODi 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3122.0 



Artiele 7=22= Hydraulic Elevators 



Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Related Construction. 
7=3122.0. 

(a) Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures and Related Construc- 
tion. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures and related construction 
shall comply with Section 300 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is 
hereby incorporated by reference. 

(b) Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. Machine rooms 
and machinery spaces shall comply with Sections 7-3050 (b) (7) 
and 7-3050 (b) (8). 

(c) Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes and Ducts in Hoist- 
ways, Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. Electrical 
equipment, wiring, pipes and ducts in hoistways, machine rooms 
and machinery spaces shall comply with Section 7-3120.2. 

(d) Guarding of Exposed Equipment. Guarding of exposed 
equipment shall comply with Sections 7-3120.4 (a) and 7-3052 (a) 
(2) (A). 

(e) Pits. Pits shall comply with Section 7-3120.6 (a) 1. 

(f) Horizontal Clearance. The horizontal clearance between 
the enclosure and any side of the car top that is not protected by 
guide rails shall be not more than 24 inches. 

(g) Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings. Protection of 
hoistway landing openings shall comply with Section 7-3120.10 
(a)l. 

(h) Hoistway-door Locking Devices, Car Door and Gate 
Electric Contacts, Hoistway Access Switches and Elevator 
Parking Devices. Hoistway-door locking devices, car door and 
gate electric contacts, hoistway access switches, and elevator 
parking devices shall comply with Sections 7-3120.11 (a) 1 and 
7-3120.11 (a) 2. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Mechanical Equipment. 
7-3122.1. 

(a) Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment shall com- 
ply with Section 301 of ASME Al 7.1-1996, which is hereby in- 
corporated by reference. 

(b) Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide Rail Sup- 
ports and Fastenings. Car and counterweight guide rails, guide 
rail supports and fastenings shall comply with Sections 7-3121.0 
(a) 1 and 7-3121.0 (a) 2. 

(c) Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers shall comply 
with Sections 7-3121.1 (a) 1 and 7-3121.1 (a) 2. The average re- 
tardation for a buffer or bumper shall not be greater than 32.2 ft./ 
sec 2 (lg). 

(d) Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumina- 
tion. Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumination 
shall comply with Sections 7-3121.4 (a) 1 and 7-3121.4 (a) 2. 

(e) Car and Counterweight Safeties. Car and counterweight 
safeties shall comply with Sections 7-3121.5 (a) 1 and 7-3121.5 
(a) 2. 

(f) Speed Governors. Speed governors shall comply with Sec- 
tion 7-3121.6. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



Driving Machines. 
7=3122.2. 

Driving machines shall comply with Section 302 of ASME 
A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Valves, Supply Piping and Fittings. 
7-3122.3. 

Valves, supply piping and fittings shall comply with Section 
303 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Hydraulic Machines, Tanks. 
7-3122.4. 

Tanks shall comply with Section 304 of ASME A17. 1-1996, ex- 
cept for Rule 304.4, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Terminal Stopping Devices. 
7-3122.5. 

Terminal stopping devices shall comply with Section 305 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Operating Devices and Control Equipment. 
7-3122.6. 

(a) Operating Devices and Control Equipment. Operating 
devices and control equipment shall comply with Section 306 of 
ASME A17. 1-1996, except Rule 306.6 (a), which is hereby incor- 
porated by reference. 

1. Operating devices and control equipment shall comply with 
Sections 7-3121.10 (a) 1 and 7-3121.10 (a) 2. 

(b) Medical Emergency Service. Medical emergency service 
shall comply with Section 7-3121.11 (b). 

(c) Electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with CCR, 
Title 24, Part 3, California Electrical Code. 

NOTE: Earthquake requirements are in Article 7-37. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Counterweights Ropes, Rope Connections and Sheaves. 
7-3122.7. 

Counterweight ropes, rope connections and sheaves shall com- 
ply with Section 307 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby in- 
corporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Layout Data. 
7-3122.8. 

Layout data shall comply with Section 308 of ASME 
A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



143 



7-3123 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-23. Power Sidewalk Elevators 

Power Sidewalk Elevators. 7-3120.10 (a) 1, as they apply to freight elevators; and Sections 

7.3123. 7-3120.11 (a) 1, 7-3121.1 (a) 2, 7-3121.5 (a) 1, 7-3121.6 (a) 1 and 

(a) Power Sidewalk Elevators. Power sidewalk elevators shall 7-3121.10 (a) 2. 

comply with Part IV of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby in- NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

corporated by reference Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Code. 

1. Power side walk elevators shall comply with Sections 

7-3120.1 (a) 1, 7-3120.2, 7-3120.6 (a) 1, 7-3120.8 (a) 1 and 



144 



2001 CAL8FQRNSA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7-3124 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

cle 7-24= Hand Elevators 

1. Hand elevators shall comply also with Section 7-3120.2. 

7=3124 

. . ' ,_, TT j , , „ , • , nr. ,, T NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

(a) Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall comply with Part VI section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Code. 



145 



7-3125 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-25. Hand and Power Dumbwaiters 

Hand and Power Dumbwaiters. 1. Hand and power dumbwaiters shall comply with Sections 

7.3125. 7-3079 (c) (1) and 7-3 120.2. 

(a) Hand and Power Dumbwaiters Hand and power dumb- N0TE . Authority dted: Section 142 3> ^ Code Reference: 

waiters shall comply with Part VII of ASME A17.1-1996, which section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

is hereby incorporated by reference. Code. 



146 



2001 CAUFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



7-3126.0 



Article 7-26= Escalators 



Protection of Floor Openings. 

7=3126.0. 

Protection of floor openings shall comply with Section 800 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Protection off Supports and Machine Spaces Against Fire. 

7=3126.1. 

Protection of supports and machine spaces against fire shall 
comply with Section 801 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby 
incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Construction Requirements. 
7=3126.2. 

(a) Construction requirements shall comply with Section 802 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(b) The escalator balustrade may be provided with brushes or 
sideplates between the balustrade skirt and the step to guard 
against entrapment of foot, finger, clothing, shoe, sneakers, etc. 

1. The rigid mounting assembly for the brushes (brush carrier) 
affixed to the skirt panel shall project no more than 3 /4 of an inch 
from the balustrade skirt surface. 

2. The Division shall inspect the installation and operation of 
the brushes/sideplates for entanglement, entrapment, shearing or 
tripping hazards before the escalator is placed in service. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Rated Speed. 

7=3126.3. 

The rated speed of an escalator shall comply with Section 803 of 
ASME A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



Driving Machine, Motor and Brake. 
7=3126.4. 

The driving machine, motor and brake shall comply with Sec- 
tion 804 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Operating and Safety Devices. 
7=3126.5. 

(a) Operating and safety devices shall comply with Section 805 
of ASME A17.1-1996, except for Rule 805.3n (1), which is here- 
by incorporated by reference. 

1 . Means shall be provided to open the power circuit to the esca- 
lator driving machine motor and brake if a horizontal force ex- 
ceeding 400 lbf. is applied in the direction of travel at either side, 
or exceeding 800 lbf. at the center of the front edge of the comb- 
plate. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Lighting, Access and Electrical Work. 
7=3126.6. 

(a) Lighting, access and electrical work shall comply with Sec- 
tion 806 of ASME A17.1-1996, except Rule 806.4 (a), which is 
hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. All electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with CCR, 
Title 24, Part 3, California State Electrical Code. 

2. The building owner or responsible party shall provide a com- 
petent person to assist the Division's representative, where step re- 
moval is required, to gain access to the drive unit, brakes or safety 
devices required by Section 7-3126.4 and Section 7-3126.5. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Outdoor Escalators. 
7=3126.7. 

Outdoor escalators shall comply with Section 807 of ASME 
A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



147 



7-3127.0 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-27. Moving Walks 



Protection of Floor Openings. 

7-3127.0. 

Protection of floor openings shall comply with Section 900 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Protection of Supports and Machine Space Against Fire. 

7-3127.1. 

Protection of supports and machine spaces against fire shall 
comply with Section 901 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby 
incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Construction Requirements. 

7-3127.2. 

Construction requirements shall comply with Section 902 of 
ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(a) Moving walks with balustrade skirt panels may be provided 
with brushes between the balustrade skirt and the treadway to 
guard against entrapment of foot, finger, clothing, shoe, sneakers, 
etc. 

1. The rigid mounting assembly for the brushes (brush carrier) 
affixed to the skirt panel shall project no more than 3 /4 of an inch 
from the balustrade skirt surface. 

2. The division shall inspect the installation and the operation of 
the brushes for entanglement, entrapment, shearing, or tripping 
hazards before the moving walk is placed in service. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Rated Speed. 

7-3127.3. 

The rated speed of a moving walk shall comply with Section 
903 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by refer- 
ence. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



Driving Machine, Motor and Brake. 

7-3127.4. 

The driving machine, motor and brake shall comply with Sec- 
tion 904 of ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by 
reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Operating and Safety Devices. 

7-3127.5. 

(a) Operating and safety devices shall comply with Section 905 
of ASME A17. 1-1996, except for Rule 905.3k (1), which is here- 
by incorporated by reference. 

1. Means shall be provided which will cause the opening of the 
power circuit to the escalator driving machine motor and brake if a 
horizontal force exceeding 400 lbf. in the direction of travel is ap- 
plied at either side, or exceeding 800 lbf. At the center of the front 
edge of the combplate. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Lighting, Access and Electrical Work. 

7-3127.6. 

(a) Lighting, Access and Electrical Work. Lighting, access, 
and electrical work shall comply with Section 906 of ASME 
A17.1-1996, except for Rule 906.4 (a), which is hereby incorpo- 
rated by reference. 

1. All electrical equipment and wiring shall comply with Part 3 
of Title 24 of the CCR, California Electrical Code. 

2. The building owner or responsible party shall provide a com- 
petent person to assist the Division's representative, when neces- 
sary, to gain access to the drive unit, brakes or safety devices 
required by Section 905 of ASME A17.1-1996, except for Rule 
905.3k (1), which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 

Outdoor Moving Walks. 

7-3127.7. 

Outdoor moving walks shall comply with Section 907 of ASME 
A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



148 



2001 CALIFORN8A ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7-31 28 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7=28, Periodic and Acceptance inspections and Tests 

Periodic and Acceptance Inspections and Tests. 1005.3b, 1010.2, 1010.8, 1010.11, 1010.13 and Section 1011; 

= ~~ 2 g which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Periodic and acceptance inspections and tests shall comply with Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Part X of ASME A17.1-1996; except for Rules 1001.1, 1004.1, Code. 



149 



7-3129 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-29. Engineering and Type Tests 

Engineering and Type Tests. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7-3129. Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Engineering and type tests shall comply with Part XI of ASME 
All. 1-1996; except for Sections 1102 and 1104; which is hereby 
incorporated by reference. 



150 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7-3130 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-30= Design Data and Formulas 

Design Data and Formulas. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7=313© Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Code. 
Design data and formulas shall comply with Part XIII of ASME 

A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 



151 



7-3131 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-31. Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with Automatic Transfer Devices 

Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with Automatic Transfer 1. Material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer de- 

Devices, vices shall comply with Section 7-3120.2. 

7-3131. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

(a) Material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer de- Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

vices shall comply with Part XIV of ASME A17.1-1996, which is Code - 
hereby incorporated by reference. 



152 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7-31 32 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-32. Special-purpose Elevators 

Special -purpose Elevators. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7-3132 Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Code, 
(a) Special-purpose elevators shall comply with Part XV of 

ASME A17.1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Special-purpose elevators shall comply with Sections 
7-3120.2, 7-3120.11 (a) 1, 7-3121.1 (a) 2, 7-3121.5 (a) 1 and 
7-3121.6 (a) 1. 



153 



7-3133 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-33. Rack and Pinion Elevators 

Rack and Pinion Elevators. 2. Rack and pinion elevators shall comply with Section 

7-3133. 7-3120.1 (a) 1, if the machine room and/or machinery space is a 

(a) Rack and pinion elevators shall comply with Part XVI of separate room and/or space, it shall also comply with Section 

ASME A17.1-1996, except for Rule 1600.3, which is hereby in- 7-3120.1 (a) 1. 

corporated by reference. 

. . • , o • NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

1. Rack and pinion elevators shall comply with Sections Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

7-3120.2, 7-3120.11 (a) 1 and 7-3121.1 (a) 2. Code. 



154 



2001 CAL8FORN8A ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7-3134 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Icle 7-34. Inclined Elevators 



Inclined Elevators. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7=1134 Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943(b), Health and Safety 

Code, 
(a) Inclined elevators shall comply with Part XVII of ASME 

A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

1. Inclined elevators shall comply with Sections 7-3120.2, 
7-3120.11 (a) 1 and 7-3121.1 (a) 2; and if applicable, Sections 
7-3121.5 (a) 1 and 7-3121.6 (a) 1. 



155 



7-31 35 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-35. Screw Column Elevators 

Screw Column Elevators. 2. Screw column elevators shall comply with Sections 

7-3135. 7-3120.2, 7-3120.11 (a) 2, 7-3121.1 (a) 2; and if applicable, Sec- 

(a) Screw columns elevators shall comply with Part XVIII of tions 7-3121.5 (a) 2 and 7-3121.6 (a) 2. 

ASME A17. 1-1996, which is hereby incorporated by reference. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

1. Screw column elevators shall comply with Section Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
7-3120.1(a)2 if the machine room and/or machinery space is in a 
separate room and/or space. 



156 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7-31 36 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-36. Special Access Elevators and Special Access Lifts 

Special Access Elevators and Special Access Lifts. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7„3J36 Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Code. 
Special access elevators and special access lifts shall comply 

with Group II, Article 7-15. 



157 



7-3137 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



Article 7-37. Seismic Requirements for Elevators, Escalators and Moving Walks 



Seismic Requirements for Elevators, Escalators and Moving 
Walks. 

7-3137. 

(a) Seismic Requirements for Elevators, Escalators and 
Moving Walks. Elevators shall comply with the seismic require- 
ments for elevators in Part XXIV of ASME A17.1-1996, except 
for Rule 2409.1b (1), which is hereby incorporated by reference. 

(b) Earthquake Protective Devices. Earthquake protective de- 
vices shall be designed, arranged and maintained to ensure that if 
any component fails, the elevator will go into the earthquake- 
sensed mode and be removed from service in the same manner as 
though an earthquake were occurring, and that the elevator will so 
remain until the faulty component has been repaired and the sys- 
tem is again arranged to work as intended. 

(c) Earthquake Sensing Device. For hospital buildings, the 
earthquake sensing device shall activate upon excitation in a hori- 
zontal or vertical direction of not more than 0.5g. 

(d) Earthquake Protection Devices. Earthquake protection 
devices shall be arranged to be checked once a year for satisfacto- 
ry operation and shall be calibrated at intervals recommended by 
the manufacturer. 

(e) Seismic Requirements for Escalators and Moving 

Walks. The following requirements apply to escalators and mov- 
ing walks and are in addition to the requirements contained in oth- 
er parts of this code: 

1. Connections which join the escalator or moving walk to the 
building shall be designed for seismic loads of 0.5g in both princi- 
pal horizontal directions. 

2. The design connections shall provide for maximum design 
story drift. 

A. Seismic restraint shall be provided. Where seismic re- 
straint is provided at one end, the design shall account 
for torsion. All other supports shall be free to slide in the 
longitudinal direction. Where seismic restraint is pro- 
vided at both ends which allows some degree of longitu- 



dinal and transverse motion, additional means shall be 
provided to prevent the upper ends of the truss from slip- 
ping off the building support. All other supports shall be 
free to slide sufficiently in the longitudinal direction to 
accommodate the remainder of the design story drift. 

B. At the sliding end or ends, the width or widths of the 
beam seat shall be capable of accommodating, without 
damage, at least two times the current code allowable 
story drift (see Title 24, Chapter 16A, Section 1628A.8) 
in both tensile and compressive modes. 

C. Seismic restraint shall be provided in the transverse di- 
rection at all supports. The gap between the escalator 
truss and the seismic restraint shall not exceed V4 inch 
on each side. 

3. The handrail supports shall be designed to resist a lateral load 
of 50 lb/ft applied at the top of the handrail. In balustrades which 
contain glass, the glass shall not be part of the structural support 
system of the handrail unless documentation can be presented, to 
the division, to verify the glass used in support can withstand the 
stresses occurring during an earthquake. 

4. A minimum of one seismic switch shall be provided in every 
building in which an escalator or moving walk in installed. 

A. The seismic switch shall activate according to manufac- 
turer specifications at a level and direction established 
by the escalator/moving walk manufacturer and a Cali- 
fornia registered professional engineer. 

B. Activation of the seismic switch shall remove power 
from the escalator/moving walk and apply the brake. 

C. Where a seismic switch is used exclusively to control the 
escalator or moving walk, it shall be located in an escala- 
tor or moving walk machine room and where possible 
shall be mounted adjacent to a vertical load-bearing 
structural member. 

NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 
Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 
Code. 



158 



2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 7=3138 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-38= Hand Power fVSan PBatforms 

Hand Power Mail Platforms. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7-3138 Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Hand power man platforms shall comply with Group II, Article 
7-16. 



159 



7-3139 2001 CALIFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 

(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 

Article 7-39. Manlifts 

ManliftS. NOTE: Authority cited: Section 142.3, Labor Code. Reference: 

7-3139 Section 142.3, Labor Code; and Section 18943 (b), Health and Safety 

Code. 
Manlifts shall comply with Group II, Article 7-17. 



160 



2001 CALBFORNIA ELEVATOR SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CODE 
(Part 7, Title 24, C.C.R.) 



HISTORY NOTE APPENDIX 

:alifornia elevator safety construction code 

(Title 24, Part 7 ? California Code of Regulations) 



For prior history, see the History Note Appendix to the Califor- and 7-3136. Approved as submitted by the California Building 

nia Elevator Safety Construction Code, 1998 Triennial Edition, Standards Commission on July 23, 2001. Filed with the Secretary 

effective July 1, 1999. of State on July 23, 2001, effective August 22, 2001. 

1. (DOSH 1/00) Part 7, Sections 7-3071 (j) 1. E. Approved as 3. The 2001 Triennial Edition, California Elevator Safety 
submitted by the California Building Standards Commission on Construction Code, was published May 1, 2002. The California 
January 31, 2001. Filed with the Secretary of State on February 2, Building Standards Commission established November 1, 2002 
2001, effective March 4, 2001. as the effective date. 

2. (DOSH 2/00) Part 7, Sections 7-3009, 7-3093-7-3093.60, 



161 



162 



READ THIS! 

Don't Miss Out On Your FREE Subscription! 



Keep your California Elevator Safety Construction Code 

(Title 24, Part 7) current with this ONE-TIME OFFER 

for a FREE SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE. This service 

includes all erratas, emergency updates. 



You will receive this FREE subscription ONLY 

if you fill out and return the card below. 



Note: If you ordered multiple copies of California Elevator Safety Construction Code 
(Title 24, Part 7) and would like all copies of the coordinating updates to be shipped to 
one address, please complete the information at the bottom of the card below. 



THIS IS 

YOUR 

CHANCE 



T 



DON'T 
MISS OUT 



FILL THIS 
OUT NOW 



FREE Subscription 

Don't Miss Out! 



YES, I want a free subscription service for my California Elevator Safety 
Construction Code (Part 7). Mail it to the following address: 



Name 



Cust/Mbr# 



Company/Jurisdiction 
Mailing Address 



Phone Number 



(Item No. T01P7SB) 



□ Yes, I purchased multiple copies of California Elevator Safety Construction Code 
(Title 24, Part 7). Please send copies of the coordinating updates to the 

number of copies 

address above. 



If you have any questions 
please call or FAX 




INTERNATIONAL 
CODE COUNCIL 8 



Phone (562) 699-0541 
Fax (562) 699-9721 




ovw 



BUSINESS REPLY MAIL 

FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 81 WHITTIER, CA 



POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY THE ADDRESSEE 



ATTN: ORDER DEPT 
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL 
5360 WORKMAN MILL RD 
WHITTIER CA 90601-9904 



II.I..II....II..H .III.I..I.I..II....U..I.II 



NO POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF MAILED 

IN THE 

UNITED STATES